pocketbase/tests/data/types.d.ts

// GENERATED CODE - DO NOT MODIFY BY HAND

// -------------------------------------------------------------------
// routerBinds
// -------------------------------------------------------------------

/**
 * RouterAdd registers a new route definition.
 *
 * Example:
 *
 * ```js
 * routerAdd("GET", "/hello", (c) => {
 *     return c.json(200, {"message": "Hello!"})
 * }, $apis.requireAdminOrRecordAuth())
 * ```
 *
 * _Note that this method is available only in pb_hooks context._
 *
 * @group PocketBase
 */
declare function routerAdd(
  method: string,
  path: string,
  handler: echo.HandlerFunc,
  ...middlewares: Array<string|echo.MiddlewareFunc>,
): void;

/**
 * RouterUse registers one or more global middlewares that are executed
 * along the handler middlewares after a matching route is found.
 *
 * Example:
 *
 * ```js
 * routerUse((next) => {
 *     return (c) => {
 *         console.log(c.Path())
 *         return next(c)
 *     }
 * })
 * ```
 *
 * _Note that this method is available only in pb_hooks context._
 *
 * @group PocketBase
 */
declare function routerUse(...middlewares: Array<string|echo.MiddlewareFunc>): void;

/**
 * RouterPre registers one or more global middlewares that are executed
 * BEFORE the router processes the request. It is usually used for making
 * changes to the request properties, for example, adding or removing
 * a trailing slash or adding segments to a path so it matches a route.
 *
 * NB! Since the router will not have processed the request yet,
 * middlewares registered at this level won't have access to any path
 * related APIs from echo.Context.
 *
 * Example:
 *
 * ```js
 * routerPre((next) => {
 *     return (c) => {
 *         console.log(c.request().url)
 *         return next(c)
 *     }
 * })
 * ```
 *
 * _Note that this method is available only in pb_hooks context._
 *
 * @group PocketBase
 */
declare function routerPre(...middlewares: Array<string|echo.MiddlewareFunc>): void;

// -------------------------------------------------------------------
// baseBinds
// -------------------------------------------------------------------

// skip on* hook methods as they are registered via the global on* method
type appWithoutHooks = Omit<pocketbase.PocketBase, `on${string}`>

/**
 * `$app` is the current running PocketBase instance that is globally
 * available in each .pb.js file.
 *
 * @namespace
 * @group PocketBase
 */
declare var $app: appWithoutHooks

/**
 * arrayOf creates a placeholder array of the specified models.
 * Usually used to populate DB result into an array of models.
 *
 * Example:
 *
 * ```js
 * const records = arrayOf(new Record)
 *
 * $app.dao().recordQuery(collection).limit(10).all(records)
 * ```
 *
 * @group PocketBase
 */
declare function arrayOf<T>(model: T): Array<T>;

/**
 * DynamicModel creates a new dynamic model with fields from the provided data shape.
 *
 * Example:
 *
 * ```js
 * const model = new DynamicModel({
 *     name:  ""
 *     age:    0,
 *     active: false,
 *     roles:  [],
 *     meta:   {}
 * })
 * ```
 *
 * @group PocketBase
 */
declare class DynamicModel {
  constructor(shape?: { [key:string]: any })
}

/**
 * Record model class.
 *
 * ```js
 * const collection = $app.dao().findCollectionByNameOrId("article")
 *
 * const record = new Record(collection, {
 *     title: "Lorem ipsum"
 * })
 *
 * // or set field values after the initialization
 * record.set("description", "...")
 * ```
 *
 * @group PocketBase
 */
declare const Record: {
  new(collection?: models.Collection, data?: { [key:string]: any }): models.Record

  // note: declare as "newable" const due to conflict with the Record TS utility type
}

interface Collection extends models.Collection{} // merge
/**
 * Collection model class.
 *
 * ```js
 * const collection = new Collection({
 *     name:       "article",
 *     type:       "base",
 *     listRule:   "@request.auth.id != '' || status = 'public'",
 *     viewRule:   "@request.auth.id != '' || status = 'public'",
 *     deleteRule: "@request.auth.id != ''",
 *     schema: [
 *         {
 *             name: "title",
 *             type: "text",
 *             required: true,
 *             options: { min: 6, max: 100 },
 *         },
 *         {
 *             name: "description",
 *             type: "text",
 *         },
 *     ]
 * })
 * ```
 *
 * @group PocketBase
 */
declare class Collection implements models.Collection {
  constructor(data?: Partial<models.Collection>)
}

interface Admin extends models.Admin{} // merge
/**
 * Admin model class.
 *
 * ```js
 * const admin = new Admin()
 * admin.email = "test@example.com"
 * admin.setPassword(1234567890)
 * ```
 *
 * @group PocketBase
 */
declare class Admin implements models.Admin {
  constructor(data?: Partial<models.Admin>)
}

interface Schema extends schema.Schema{} // merge
/**
 * Schema model class, usually used to define the Collection.schema field.
 *
 * @group PocketBase
 */
declare class Schema implements schema.Schema {
  constructor(data?: Partial<schema.Schema>)
}

interface SchemaField extends schema.SchemaField{} // merge
/**
 * SchemaField model class, usually used as part of the Schema model.
 *
 * @group PocketBase
 */
declare class SchemaField implements schema.SchemaField {
  constructor(data?: Partial<schema.SchemaField>)
}

interface MailerMessage extends mailer.Message{} // merge
/**
 * MailerMessage defines a single email message.
 *
 * ```js
 * const message = new MailerMessage({
 *     from: {
 *         address: $app.settings().meta.senderAddress,
 *         name:    $app.settings().meta.senderName,
 *     },
 *     to:      [{address: "test@example.com"}],
 *     subject: "YOUR_SUBJECT...",
 *     html:    "YOUR_HTML_BODY...",
 * })
 *
 * $app.newMailClient().send(message)
 * ```
 *
 * @group PocketBase
 */
declare class MailerMessage implements mailer.Message {
  constructor(message?: Partial<mailer.Message>)
}

interface Command extends cobra.Command{} // merge
/**
 * Command defines a single console command.
 *
 * ```js
 * const command = new Command({
 *     use: "hello",
 *     run: (cmd, args) => { console.log("Hello world!") },
 * })
 *
 * $app.rootCmd.addCommand(command);
 * ```
 *
 * @group PocketBase
 */
declare class Command implements cobra.Command {
  constructor(cmd?: Partial<cobra.Command>)
}

interface ValidationError extends ozzo_validation.Error{} // merge
/**
 * ValidationError defines a single formatted data validation error,
 * usually used as part of a error response.
 *
 * ```js
 * new ValidationError("invalid_title", "Title is not valid")
 * ```
 *
 * @group PocketBase
 */
declare class ValidationError implements ozzo_validation.Error {
  constructor(code?: string, message?: string)
}

interface Dao extends daos.Dao{} // merge
/**
 * @inheritDoc
 * @group PocketBase
 */
declare class Dao implements daos.Dao {
  constructor(concurrentDB?: dbx.Builder, nonconcurrentDB?: dbx.Builder)
}

// -------------------------------------------------------------------
// dbxBinds
// -------------------------------------------------------------------

/**
 * `$dbx` defines common utility for working with the DB abstraction.
 * For examples and guides please check the [Database guide](https://pocketbase.io/docs/js-database).
 *
 * @group PocketBase
 */
declare namespace $dbx {
  /**
   * {@inheritDoc dbx.HashExp}
   */
  export function hashExp(pairs: { [key:string]: any }): dbx.Expression

  let _in: dbx._in
  export { _in as in }

  export let exp:        dbx.newExp
  export let not:        dbx.not
  export let and:        dbx.and
  export let or:         dbx.or
  export let notIn:      dbx.notIn
  export let like:       dbx.like
  export let orLike:     dbx.orLike
  export let notLike:    dbx.notLike
  export let orNotLike:  dbx.orNotLike
  export let exists:     dbx.exists
  export let notExists:  dbx.notExists
  export let between:    dbx.between
  export let notBetween: dbx.notBetween
}

// -------------------------------------------------------------------
// tokensBinds
// -------------------------------------------------------------------

/**
 * `$tokens` defines high level helpers to generate
 * various admins and auth records tokens (auth, forgotten password, etc.).
 *
 * For more control over the generated token, you can check `$security`.
 *
 * @group PocketBase
 */
declare namespace $tokens {
  let adminAuthToken:           tokens.newAdminAuthToken
  let adminResetPasswordToken:  tokens.newAdminResetPasswordToken
  let adminFileToken:           tokens.newAdminFileToken
  let recordAuthToken:          tokens.newRecordAuthToken
  let recordVerifyToken:        tokens.newRecordVerifyToken
  let recordResetPasswordToken: tokens.newRecordResetPasswordToken
  let recordChangeEmailToken:   tokens.newRecordChangeEmailToken
  let recordFileToken:          tokens.newRecordFileToken
}

// -------------------------------------------------------------------
// securityBinds
// -------------------------------------------------------------------

/**
 * `$security` defines low level helpers for creating
 * and parsing JWTs, random string generation, AES encryption, etc.
 *
 * @group PocketBase
 */
declare namespace $security {
  let randomString:                   security.randomString
  let randomStringWithAlphabet:       security.randomStringWithAlphabet
  let pseudorandomString:             security.pseudorandomString
  let pseudorandomStringWithAlphabet: security.pseudorandomStringWithAlphabet
  let parseUnverifiedJWT:             security.parseUnverifiedJWT
  let parseJWT:                       security.parseJWT
  let createJWT:                      security.newJWT
  let encrypt:                        security.encrypt
  let decrypt:                        security.decrypt
}

// -------------------------------------------------------------------
// filesystemBinds
// -------------------------------------------------------------------

/**
 * `$filesystem` defines common helpers for working
 * with the PocketBase filesystem abstraction.
 *
 * @group PocketBase
 */
declare namespace $filesystem {
  let fileFromPath:      filesystem.newFileFromPath
  let fileFromBytes:     filesystem.newFileFromBytes
  let fileFromMultipart: filesystem.newFileFromMultipart
}

// -------------------------------------------------------------------
// formsBinds
// -------------------------------------------------------------------

interface AdminLoginForm extends forms.AdminLogin{} // merge
/**
 * @inheritDoc
 * @group PocketBase
 */
declare class AdminLoginForm implements forms.AdminLogin {
  constructor(app: core.App)
}

interface AdminPasswordResetConfirmForm extends forms.AdminPasswordResetConfirm{} // merge
/**
 * @inheritDoc
 * @group PocketBase
 */
declare class AdminPasswordResetConfirmForm implements forms.AdminPasswordResetConfirm {
  constructor(app: core.App)
}

interface AdminPasswordResetRequestForm extends forms.AdminPasswordResetRequest{} // merge
/**
 * @inheritDoc
 * @group PocketBase
 */
declare class AdminPasswordResetRequestForm implements forms.AdminPasswordResetRequest {
  constructor(app: core.App)
}

interface AdminUpsertForm extends forms.AdminUpsert{} // merge
/**
 * @inheritDoc
 * @group PocketBase
 */
declare class AdminUpsertForm implements forms.AdminUpsert {
  constructor(app: core.App, admin: models.Admin)
}

interface AppleClientSecretCreateForm extends forms.AppleClientSecretCreate{} // merge
/**
 * @inheritDoc
 * @group PocketBase
 */
declare class AppleClientSecretCreateForm implements forms.AppleClientSecretCreate {
  constructor(app: core.App)
}

interface CollectionUpsertForm extends forms.CollectionUpsert{} // merge
/**
 * @inheritDoc
 * @group PocketBase
 */
declare class CollectionUpsertForm implements forms.CollectionUpsert {
  constructor(app: core.App, collection: models.Collection)
}

interface CollectionsImportForm extends forms.CollectionsImport{} // merge
/**
 * @inheritDoc
 * @group PocketBase
 */
declare class CollectionsImportForm implements forms.CollectionsImport {
  constructor(app: core.App)
}

interface RealtimeSubscribeForm extends forms.RealtimeSubscribe{} // merge
/**
 * @inheritDoc
 * @group PocketBase
 */
declare class RealtimeSubscribeForm implements forms.RealtimeSubscribe {}

interface RecordEmailChangeConfirmForm extends forms.RecordEmailChangeConfirm{} // merge
/**
 * @inheritDoc
 * @group PocketBase
 */
declare class RecordEmailChangeConfirmForm implements forms.RecordEmailChangeConfirm {
  constructor(app: core.App, collection: models.Collection)
}

interface RecordEmailChangeRequestForm extends forms.RecordEmailChangeRequest{} // merge
/**
 * @inheritDoc
 * @group PocketBase
 */
declare class RecordEmailChangeRequestForm implements forms.RecordEmailChangeRequest {
  constructor(app: core.App, record: models.Record)
}

interface RecordOAuth2LoginForm extends forms.RecordOAuth2Login{} // merge
/**
 * @inheritDoc
 * @group PocketBase
 */
declare class RecordOAuth2LoginForm implements forms.RecordOAuth2Login {
  constructor(app: core.App, collection: models.Collection, optAuthRecord?: models.Record)
}

interface RecordPasswordLoginForm extends forms.RecordPasswordLogin{} // merge
/**
 * @inheritDoc
 * @group PocketBase
 */
declare class RecordPasswordLoginForm implements forms.RecordPasswordLogin {
  constructor(app: core.App, collection: models.Collection)
}

interface RecordPasswordResetConfirmForm extends forms.RecordPasswordResetConfirm{} // merge
/**
 * @inheritDoc
 * @group PocketBase
 */
declare class RecordPasswordResetConfirmForm implements forms.RecordPasswordResetConfirm {
  constructor(app: core.App, collection: models.Collection)
}

interface RecordPasswordResetRequestForm extends forms.RecordPasswordResetRequest{} // merge
/**
 * @inheritDoc
 * @group PocketBase
 */
declare class RecordPasswordResetRequestForm implements forms.RecordPasswordResetRequest {
  constructor(app: core.App, collection: models.Collection)
}

interface RecordUpsertForm extends forms.RecordUpsert{} // merge
/**
 * @inheritDoc
 * @group PocketBase
 */
declare class RecordUpsertForm implements forms.RecordUpsert {
  constructor(app: core.App, record: models.Record)
}

interface RecordVerificationConfirmForm extends forms.RecordVerificationConfirm{} // merge
/**
 * @inheritDoc
 * @group PocketBase
 */
declare class RecordVerificationConfirmForm implements forms.RecordVerificationConfirm {
  constructor(app: core.App, collection: models.Collection)
}

interface RecordVerificationRequestForm extends forms.RecordVerificationRequest{} // merge
/**
 * @inheritDoc
 * @group PocketBase
 */
declare class RecordVerificationRequestForm implements forms.RecordVerificationRequest {
  constructor(app: core.App, collection: models.Collection)
}

interface SettingsUpsertForm extends forms.SettingsUpsert{} // merge
/**
 * @inheritDoc
 * @group PocketBase
 */
declare class SettingsUpsertForm implements forms.SettingsUpsert {
  constructor(app: core.App)
}

interface TestEmailSendForm extends forms.TestEmailSend{} // merge
/**
 * @inheritDoc
 * @group PocketBase
 */
declare class TestEmailSendForm implements forms.TestEmailSend {
  constructor(app: core.App)
}

interface TestS3FilesystemForm extends forms.TestS3Filesystem{} // merge
/**
 * @inheritDoc
 * @group PocketBase
 */
declare class TestS3FilesystemForm implements forms.TestS3Filesystem {
  constructor(app: core.App)
}

// -------------------------------------------------------------------
// apisBinds
// -------------------------------------------------------------------

interface ApiError extends apis.ApiError{} // merge
/**
 * @inheritDoc
 *
 * @group PocketBase
 */
declare class ApiError implements apis.ApiError {
  constructor(status?: number, message?: string, data?: any)
}

interface NotFoundError extends apis.ApiError{} // merge
/**
 * NotFounderor returns 404 ApiError.
 *
 * @group PocketBase
 */
declare class NotFoundError implements apis.ApiError {
  constructor(message?: string, data?: any)
}

interface BadRequestError extends apis.ApiError{} // merge
/**
 * BadRequestError returns 400 ApiError.
 *
 * @group PocketBase
 */
declare class BadRequestError implements apis.ApiError {
  constructor(message?: string, data?: any)
}

interface ForbiddenError extends apis.ApiError{} // merge
/**
 * ForbiddenError returns 403 ApiError.
 *
 * @group PocketBase
 */
declare class ForbiddenError implements apis.ApiError {
  constructor(message?: string, data?: any)
}

interface UnauthorizedError extends apis.ApiError{} // merge
/**
 * UnauthorizedError returns 401 ApiError.
 *
 * @group PocketBase
 */
declare class UnauthorizedError implements apis.ApiError {
  constructor(message?: string, data?: any)
}

/**
 * `$apis` defines commonly used PocketBase api helpers and middlewares.
 *
 * @group PocketBase
 */
declare namespace $apis {
  let requireRecordAuth:         apis.requireRecordAuth
  let requireAdminAuth:          apis.requireAdminAuth
  let requireAdminAuthOnlyIfAny: apis.requireAdminAuthOnlyIfAny
  let requireAdminOrRecordAuth:  apis.requireAdminOrRecordAuth
  let requireAdminOrOwnerAuth:   apis.requireAdminOrOwnerAuth
  let activityLogger:            apis.activityLogger
  let requestData:               apis.requestData
  let recordAuthResponse:        apis.recordAuthResponse
  let enrichRecord:              apis.enrichRecord
  let enrichRecords:             apis.enrichRecords
}

// -------------------------------------------------------------------
// httpClientBinds
// -------------------------------------------------------------------

declare namespace $http {
  /**
   * Sends a single HTTP request (_currently only json and plain text requests_).
   *
   * @group PocketBase
   */
  function send(params: {
    url:     string,
    method?:  string, // default to "GET"
    data?:    { [key:string]: any },
    headers?: { [key:string]: string },
    timeout?: number // default to 120
  }): {
    statusCode: number
    raw:        string
    json:       any
  };
}

// -------------------------------------------------------------------
// migrate only
// -------------------------------------------------------------------

/**
 * Migrate defines a single migration upgrade/downgrade action.
 *
 * _Note that this method is available only in pb_migrations context._
 *
 * @group PocketBase
 */
declare function migrate(
  up: (db: dbx.Builder) => void,
  down?: (db: dbx.Builder) => void
): void;
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onAdminAfterAuthRefreshRequest(handler: (e: core.AdminAuthRefreshEvent) => void): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onAdminAfterAuthWithPasswordRequest(handler: (e: core.AdminAuthWithPasswordEvent) => void): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onAdminAfterConfirmPasswordResetRequest(handler: (e: core.AdminConfirmPasswordResetEvent) => void): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onAdminAfterCreateRequest(handler: (e: core.AdminCreateEvent) => void): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onAdminAfterDeleteRequest(handler: (e: core.AdminDeleteEvent) => void): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onAdminAfterRequestPasswordResetRequest(handler: (e: core.AdminRequestPasswordResetEvent) => void): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onAdminAfterUpdateRequest(handler: (e: core.AdminUpdateEvent) => void): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onAdminAuthRequest(handler: (e: core.AdminAuthEvent) => void): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onAdminBeforeAuthRefreshRequest(handler: (e: core.AdminAuthRefreshEvent) => void): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onAdminBeforeAuthWithPasswordRequest(handler: (e: core.AdminAuthWithPasswordEvent) => void): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onAdminBeforeConfirmPasswordResetRequest(handler: (e: core.AdminConfirmPasswordResetEvent) => void): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onAdminBeforeCreateRequest(handler: (e: core.AdminCreateEvent) => void): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onAdminBeforeDeleteRequest(handler: (e: core.AdminDeleteEvent) => void): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onAdminBeforeRequestPasswordResetRequest(handler: (e: core.AdminRequestPasswordResetEvent) => void): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onAdminBeforeUpdateRequest(handler: (e: core.AdminUpdateEvent) => void): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onAdminViewRequest(handler: (e: core.AdminViewEvent) => void): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onAdminsListRequest(handler: (e: core.AdminsListEvent) => void): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onAfterApiError(handler: (e: core.ApiErrorEvent) => void): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onAfterBootstrap(handler: (e: core.BootstrapEvent) => void): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onBeforeApiError(handler: (e: core.ApiErrorEvent) => void): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onBeforeBootstrap(handler: (e: core.BootstrapEvent) => void): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onCollectionAfterCreateRequest(handler: (e: core.CollectionCreateEvent) => void): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onCollectionAfterDeleteRequest(handler: (e: core.CollectionDeleteEvent) => void): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onCollectionAfterUpdateRequest(handler: (e: core.CollectionUpdateEvent) => void): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onCollectionBeforeCreateRequest(handler: (e: core.CollectionCreateEvent) => void): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onCollectionBeforeDeleteRequest(handler: (e: core.CollectionDeleteEvent) => void): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onCollectionBeforeUpdateRequest(handler: (e: core.CollectionUpdateEvent) => void): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onCollectionViewRequest(handler: (e: core.CollectionViewEvent) => void): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onCollectionsAfterImportRequest(handler: (e: core.CollectionsImportEvent) => void): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onCollectionsBeforeImportRequest(handler: (e: core.CollectionsImportEvent) => void): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onCollectionsListRequest(handler: (e: core.CollectionsListEvent) => void): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onFileAfterTokenRequest(handler: (e: core.FileTokenEvent) => void, ...tags: string[]): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onFileBeforeTokenRequest(handler: (e: core.FileTokenEvent) => void, ...tags: string[]): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onFileDownloadRequest(handler: (e: core.FileDownloadEvent) => void, ...tags: string[]): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onMailerAfterAdminResetPasswordSend(handler: (e: core.MailerAdminEvent) => void): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onMailerAfterRecordChangeEmailSend(handler: (e: core.MailerRecordEvent) => void, ...tags: string[]): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onMailerAfterRecordResetPasswordSend(handler: (e: core.MailerRecordEvent) => void, ...tags: string[]): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onMailerAfterRecordVerificationSend(handler: (e: core.MailerRecordEvent) => void, ...tags: string[]): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onMailerBeforeAdminResetPasswordSend(handler: (e: core.MailerAdminEvent) => void): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onMailerBeforeRecordChangeEmailSend(handler: (e: core.MailerRecordEvent) => void, ...tags: string[]): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onMailerBeforeRecordResetPasswordSend(handler: (e: core.MailerRecordEvent) => void, ...tags: string[]): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onMailerBeforeRecordVerificationSend(handler: (e: core.MailerRecordEvent) => void, ...tags: string[]): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onModelAfterCreate(handler: (e: core.ModelEvent) => void, ...tags: string[]): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onModelAfterDelete(handler: (e: core.ModelEvent) => void, ...tags: string[]): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onModelAfterUpdate(handler: (e: core.ModelEvent) => void, ...tags: string[]): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onModelBeforeCreate(handler: (e: core.ModelEvent) => void, ...tags: string[]): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onModelBeforeDelete(handler: (e: core.ModelEvent) => void, ...tags: string[]): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onModelBeforeUpdate(handler: (e: core.ModelEvent) => void, ...tags: string[]): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onRealtimeAfterMessageSend(handler: (e: core.RealtimeMessageEvent) => void): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onRealtimeAfterSubscribeRequest(handler: (e: core.RealtimeSubscribeEvent) => void): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onRealtimeBeforeMessageSend(handler: (e: core.RealtimeMessageEvent) => void): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onRealtimeBeforeSubscribeRequest(handler: (e: core.RealtimeSubscribeEvent) => void): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onRealtimeConnectRequest(handler: (e: core.RealtimeConnectEvent) => void): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onRealtimeDisconnectRequest(handler: (e: core.RealtimeDisconnectEvent) => void): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onRecordAfterAuthRefreshRequest(handler: (e: core.RecordAuthRefreshEvent) => void, ...tags: string[]): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onRecordAfterAuthWithOAuth2Request(handler: (e: core.RecordAuthWithOAuth2Event) => void, ...tags: string[]): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onRecordAfterAuthWithPasswordRequest(handler: (e: core.RecordAuthWithPasswordEvent) => void, ...tags: string[]): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onRecordAfterConfirmEmailChangeRequest(handler: (e: core.RecordConfirmEmailChangeEvent) => void, ...tags: string[]): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onRecordAfterConfirmPasswordResetRequest(handler: (e: core.RecordConfirmPasswordResetEvent) => void, ...tags: string[]): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onRecordAfterConfirmVerificationRequest(handler: (e: core.RecordConfirmVerificationEvent) => void, ...tags: string[]): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onRecordAfterCreateRequest(handler: (e: core.RecordCreateEvent) => void, ...tags: string[]): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onRecordAfterDeleteRequest(handler: (e: core.RecordDeleteEvent) => void, ...tags: string[]): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onRecordAfterRequestEmailChangeRequest(handler: (e: core.RecordRequestEmailChangeEvent) => void, ...tags: string[]): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onRecordAfterRequestPasswordResetRequest(handler: (e: core.RecordRequestPasswordResetEvent) => void, ...tags: string[]): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onRecordAfterRequestVerificationRequest(handler: (e: core.RecordRequestVerificationEvent) => void, ...tags: string[]): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onRecordAfterUnlinkExternalAuthRequest(handler: (e: core.RecordUnlinkExternalAuthEvent) => void, ...tags: string[]): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onRecordAfterUpdateRequest(handler: (e: core.RecordUpdateEvent) => void, ...tags: string[]): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onRecordAuthRequest(handler: (e: core.RecordAuthEvent) => void, ...tags: string[]): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onRecordBeforeAuthRefreshRequest(handler: (e: core.RecordAuthRefreshEvent) => void, ...tags: string[]): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onRecordBeforeAuthWithOAuth2Request(handler: (e: core.RecordAuthWithOAuth2Event) => void, ...tags: string[]): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onRecordBeforeAuthWithPasswordRequest(handler: (e: core.RecordAuthWithPasswordEvent) => void, ...tags: string[]): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onRecordBeforeConfirmEmailChangeRequest(handler: (e: core.RecordConfirmEmailChangeEvent) => void, ...tags: string[]): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onRecordBeforeConfirmPasswordResetRequest(handler: (e: core.RecordConfirmPasswordResetEvent) => void, ...tags: string[]): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onRecordBeforeConfirmVerificationRequest(handler: (e: core.RecordConfirmVerificationEvent) => void, ...tags: string[]): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onRecordBeforeCreateRequest(handler: (e: core.RecordCreateEvent) => void, ...tags: string[]): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onRecordBeforeDeleteRequest(handler: (e: core.RecordDeleteEvent) => void, ...tags: string[]): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onRecordBeforeRequestEmailChangeRequest(handler: (e: core.RecordRequestEmailChangeEvent) => void, ...tags: string[]): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onRecordBeforeRequestPasswordResetRequest(handler: (e: core.RecordRequestPasswordResetEvent) => void, ...tags: string[]): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onRecordBeforeRequestVerificationRequest(handler: (e: core.RecordRequestVerificationEvent) => void, ...tags: string[]): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onRecordBeforeUnlinkExternalAuthRequest(handler: (e: core.RecordUnlinkExternalAuthEvent) => void, ...tags: string[]): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onRecordBeforeUpdateRequest(handler: (e: core.RecordUpdateEvent) => void, ...tags: string[]): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onRecordListExternalAuthsRequest(handler: (e: core.RecordListExternalAuthsEvent) => void, ...tags: string[]): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onRecordViewRequest(handler: (e: core.RecordViewEvent) => void, ...tags: string[]): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onRecordsListRequest(handler: (e: core.RecordsListEvent) => void, ...tags: string[]): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onSettingsAfterUpdateRequest(handler: (e: core.SettingsUpdateEvent) => void): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onSettingsBeforeUpdateRequest(handler: (e: core.SettingsUpdateEvent) => void): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onSettingsListRequest(handler: (e: core.SettingsListEvent) => void): void
/** @group PocketBase */declare function onTerminate(handler: (e: core.TerminateEvent) => void): void
type _TygojaDict = { [key:string | number | symbol]: any; }
type _TygojaAny = any

/**
 * Package validation provides configurable and extensible rules for validating data of various types.
 */
namespace ozzo_validation {
 /**
  * Error interface represents an validation error
  */
 interface Error {
  error(): string
  code(): string
  message(): string
  setMessage(_arg0: string): Error
  params(): _TygojaDict
  setParams(_arg0: _TygojaDict): Error
 }
}

/**
 * Package dbx provides a set of DB-agnostic and easy-to-use query building methods for relational databases.
 */
namespace dbx {
 /**
  * Builder supports building SQL statements in a DB-agnostic way.
  * Builder mainly provides two sets of query building methods: those building SELECT statements
  * and those manipulating DB data or schema (e.g. INSERT statements, CREATE TABLE statements).
  */
 interface Builder {
  /**
   * NewQuery creates a new Query object with the given SQL statement.
   * The SQL statement may contain parameter placeholders which can be bound with actual parameter
   * values before the statement is executed.
   */
  newQuery(_arg0: string): (Query | undefined)
  /**
   * Select returns a new SelectQuery object that can be used to build a SELECT statement.
   * The parameters to this method should be the list column names to be selected.
   * A column name may have an optional alias name. For example, Select("id", "my_name AS name").
   */
  select(..._arg0: string[]): (SelectQuery | undefined)
  /**
   * ModelQuery returns a new ModelQuery object that can be used to perform model insertion, update, and deletion.
   * The parameter to this method should be a pointer to the model struct that needs to be inserted, updated, or deleted.
   */
  model(_arg0: {
  }): (ModelQuery | undefined)
  /**
   * GeneratePlaceholder generates an anonymous parameter placeholder with the given parameter ID.
   */
  generatePlaceholder(_arg0: number): string
  /**
   * Quote quotes a string so that it can be embedded in a SQL statement as a string value.
   */
  quote(_arg0: string): string
  /**
   * QuoteSimpleTableName quotes a simple table name.
   * A simple table name does not contain any schema prefix.
   */
  quoteSimpleTableName(_arg0: string): string
  /**
   * QuoteSimpleColumnName quotes a simple column name.
   * A simple column name does not contain any table prefix.
   */
  quoteSimpleColumnName(_arg0: string): string
  /**
   * QueryBuilder returns the query builder supporting the current DB.
   */
  queryBuilder(): QueryBuilder
  /**
   * Insert creates a Query that represents an INSERT SQL statement.
   * The keys of cols are the column names, while the values of cols are the corresponding column
   * values to be inserted.
   */
  insert(table: string, cols: Params): (Query | undefined)
  /**
   * Upsert creates a Query that represents an UPSERT SQL statement.
   * Upsert inserts a row into the table if the primary key or unique index is not found.
   * Otherwise it will update the row with the new values.
   * The keys of cols are the column names, while the values of cols are the corresponding column
   * values to be inserted.
   */
  upsert(table: string, cols: Params, ...constraints: string[]): (Query | undefined)
  /**
   * Update creates a Query that represents an UPDATE SQL statement.
   * The keys of cols are the column names, while the values of cols are the corresponding new column
   * values. If the "where" expression is nil, the UPDATE SQL statement will have no WHERE clause
   * (be careful in this case as the SQL statement will update ALL rows in the table).
   */
  update(table: string, cols: Params, where: Expression): (Query | undefined)
  /**
   * Delete creates a Query that represents a DELETE SQL statement.
   * If the "where" expression is nil, the DELETE SQL statement will have no WHERE clause
   * (be careful in this case as the SQL statement will delete ALL rows in the table).
   */
  delete(table: string, where: Expression): (Query | undefined)
  /**
   * CreateTable creates a Query that represents a CREATE TABLE SQL statement.
   * The keys of cols are the column names, while the values of cols are the corresponding column types.
   * The optional "options" parameters will be appended to the generated SQL statement.
   */
  createTable(table: string, cols: _TygojaDict, ...options: string[]): (Query | undefined)
  /**
   * RenameTable creates a Query that can be used to rename a table.
   */
  renameTable(oldName: string): (Query | undefined)
  /**
   * DropTable creates a Query that can be used to drop a table.
   */
  dropTable(table: string): (Query | undefined)
  /**
   * TruncateTable creates a Query that can be used to truncate a table.
   */
  truncateTable(table: string): (Query | undefined)
  /**
   * AddColumn creates a Query that can be used to add a column to a table.
   */
  addColumn(table: string): (Query | undefined)
  /**
   * DropColumn creates a Query that can be used to drop a column from a table.
   */
  dropColumn(table: string): (Query | undefined)
  /**
   * RenameColumn creates a Query that can be used to rename a column in a table.
   */
  renameColumn(table: string): (Query | undefined)
  /**
   * AlterColumn creates a Query that can be used to change the definition of a table column.
   */
  alterColumn(table: string): (Query | undefined)
  /**
   * AddPrimaryKey creates a Query that can be used to specify primary key(s) for a table.
   * The "name" parameter specifies the name of the primary key constraint.
   */
  addPrimaryKey(table: string, ...cols: string[]): (Query | undefined)
  /**
   * DropPrimaryKey creates a Query that can be used to remove the named primary key constraint from a table.
   */
  dropPrimaryKey(table: string): (Query | undefined)
  /**
   * AddForeignKey creates a Query that can be used to add a foreign key constraint to a table.
   * The length of cols and refCols must be the same as they refer to the primary and referential columns.
   * The optional "options" parameters will be appended to the SQL statement. They can be used to
   * specify options such as "ON DELETE CASCADE".
   */
  addForeignKey(table: string, cols: Array<string>, refTable: string, ...options: string[]): (Query | undefined)
  /**
   * DropForeignKey creates a Query that can be used to remove the named foreign key constraint from a table.
   */
  dropForeignKey(table: string): (Query | undefined)
  /**
   * CreateIndex creates a Query that can be used to create an index for a table.
   */
  createIndex(table: string, ...cols: string[]): (Query | undefined)
  /**
   * CreateUniqueIndex creates a Query that can be used to create a unique index for a table.
   */
  createUniqueIndex(table: string, ...cols: string[]): (Query | undefined)
  /**
   * DropIndex creates a Query that can be used to remove the named index from a table.
   */
  dropIndex(table: string): (Query | undefined)
 }
 /**
  * BaseBuilder provides a basic implementation of the Builder interface.
  */
 interface BaseBuilder {
 }
 interface newBaseBuilder {
  /**
   * NewBaseBuilder creates a new BaseBuilder instance.
   */
  (db: DB, executor: Executor): (BaseBuilder | undefined)
 }
 interface BaseBuilder {
  /**
   * DB returns the DB instance that this builder is associated with.
   */
  db(): (DB | undefined)
 }
 interface BaseBuilder {
  /**
   * Executor returns the executor object (a DB instance or a transaction) for executing SQL statements.
   */
  executor(): Executor
 }
 interface BaseBuilder {
  /**
   * NewQuery creates a new Query object with the given SQL statement.
   * The SQL statement may contain parameter placeholders which can be bound with actual parameter
   * values before the statement is executed.
   */
  newQuery(sql: string): (Query | undefined)
 }
 interface BaseBuilder {
  /**
   * GeneratePlaceholder generates an anonymous parameter placeholder with the given parameter ID.
   */
  generatePlaceholder(_arg0: number): string
 }
 interface BaseBuilder {
  /**
   * Quote quotes a string so that it can be embedded in a SQL statement as a string value.
   */
  quote(s: string): string
 }
 interface BaseBuilder {
  /**
   * QuoteSimpleTableName quotes a simple table name.
   * A simple table name does not contain any schema prefix.
   */
  quoteSimpleTableName(s: string): string
 }
 interface BaseBuilder {
  /**
   * QuoteSimpleColumnName quotes a simple column name.
   * A simple column name does not contain any table prefix.
   */
  quoteSimpleColumnName(s: string): string
 }
 interface BaseBuilder {
  /**
   * Insert creates a Query that represents an INSERT SQL statement.
   * The keys of cols are the column names, while the values of cols are the corresponding column
   * values to be inserted.
   */
  insert(table: string, cols: Params): (Query | undefined)
 }
 interface BaseBuilder {
  /**
   * Upsert creates a Query that represents an UPSERT SQL statement.
   * Upsert inserts a row into the table if the primary key or unique index is not found.
   * Otherwise it will update the row with the new values.
   * The keys of cols are the column names, while the values of cols are the corresponding column
   * values to be inserted.
   */
  upsert(table: string, cols: Params, ...constraints: string[]): (Query | undefined)
 }
 interface BaseBuilder {
  /**
   * Update creates a Query that represents an UPDATE SQL statement.
   * The keys of cols are the column names, while the values of cols are the corresponding new column
   * values. If the "where" expression is nil, the UPDATE SQL statement will have no WHERE clause
   * (be careful in this case as the SQL statement will update ALL rows in the table).
   */
  update(table: string, cols: Params, where: Expression): (Query | undefined)
 }
 interface BaseBuilder {
  /**
   * Delete creates a Query that represents a DELETE SQL statement.
   * If the "where" expression is nil, the DELETE SQL statement will have no WHERE clause
   * (be careful in this case as the SQL statement will delete ALL rows in the table).
   */
  delete(table: string, where: Expression): (Query | undefined)
 }
 interface BaseBuilder {
  /**
   * CreateTable creates a Query that represents a CREATE TABLE SQL statement.
   * The keys of cols are the column names, while the values of cols are the corresponding column types.
   * The optional "options" parameters will be appended to the generated SQL statement.
   */
  createTable(table: string, cols: _TygojaDict, ...options: string[]): (Query | undefined)
 }
 interface BaseBuilder {
  /**
   * RenameTable creates a Query that can be used to rename a table.
   */
  renameTable(oldName: string): (Query | undefined)
 }
 interface BaseBuilder {
  /**
   * DropTable creates a Query that can be used to drop a table.
   */
  dropTable(table: string): (Query | undefined)
 }
 interface BaseBuilder {
  /**
   * TruncateTable creates a Query that can be used to truncate a table.
   */
  truncateTable(table: string): (Query | undefined)
 }
 interface BaseBuilder {
  /**
   * AddColumn creates a Query that can be used to add a column to a table.
   */
  addColumn(table: string): (Query | undefined)
 }
 interface BaseBuilder {
  /**
   * DropColumn creates a Query that can be used to drop a column from a table.
   */
  dropColumn(table: string): (Query | undefined)
 }
 interface BaseBuilder {
  /**
   * RenameColumn creates a Query that can be used to rename a column in a table.
   */
  renameColumn(table: string): (Query | undefined)
 }
 interface BaseBuilder {
  /**
   * AlterColumn creates a Query that can be used to change the definition of a table column.
   */
  alterColumn(table: string): (Query | undefined)
 }
 interface BaseBuilder {
  /**
   * AddPrimaryKey creates a Query that can be used to specify primary key(s) for a table.
   * The "name" parameter specifies the name of the primary key constraint.
   */
  addPrimaryKey(table: string, ...cols: string[]): (Query | undefined)
 }
 interface BaseBuilder {
  /**
   * DropPrimaryKey creates a Query that can be used to remove the named primary key constraint from a table.
   */
  dropPrimaryKey(table: string): (Query | undefined)
 }
 interface BaseBuilder {
  /**
   * AddForeignKey creates a Query that can be used to add a foreign key constraint to a table.
   * The length of cols and refCols must be the same as they refer to the primary and referential columns.
   * The optional "options" parameters will be appended to the SQL statement. They can be used to
   * specify options such as "ON DELETE CASCADE".
   */
  addForeignKey(table: string, cols: Array<string>, refTable: string, ...options: string[]): (Query | undefined)
 }
 interface BaseBuilder {
  /**
   * DropForeignKey creates a Query that can be used to remove the named foreign key constraint from a table.
   */
  dropForeignKey(table: string): (Query | undefined)
 }
 interface BaseBuilder {
  /**
   * CreateIndex creates a Query that can be used to create an index for a table.
   */
  createIndex(table: string, ...cols: string[]): (Query | undefined)
 }
 interface BaseBuilder {
  /**
   * CreateUniqueIndex creates a Query that can be used to create a unique index for a table.
   */
  createUniqueIndex(table: string, ...cols: string[]): (Query | undefined)
 }
 interface BaseBuilder {
  /**
   * DropIndex creates a Query that can be used to remove the named index from a table.
   */
  dropIndex(table: string): (Query | undefined)
 }
 /**
  * MssqlBuilder is the builder for SQL Server databases.
  */
 type _subqtYZD = BaseBuilder
 interface MssqlBuilder extends _subqtYZD {
 }
 /**
  * MssqlQueryBuilder is the query builder for SQL Server databases.
  */
 type _subUGoRL = BaseQueryBuilder
 interface MssqlQueryBuilder extends _subUGoRL {
 }
 interface newMssqlBuilder {
  /**
   * NewMssqlBuilder creates a new MssqlBuilder instance.
   */
  (db: DB, executor: Executor): Builder
 }
 interface MssqlBuilder {
  /**
   * QueryBuilder returns the query builder supporting the current DB.
   */
  queryBuilder(): QueryBuilder
 }
 interface MssqlBuilder {
  /**
   * Select returns a new SelectQuery object that can be used to build a SELECT statement.
   * The parameters to this method should be the list column names to be selected.
   * A column name may have an optional alias name. For example, Select("id", "my_name AS name").
   */
  select(...cols: string[]): (SelectQuery | undefined)
 }
 interface MssqlBuilder {
  /**
   * Model returns a new ModelQuery object that can be used to perform model-based DB operations.
   * The model passed to this method should be a pointer to a model struct.
   */
  model(model: {
   }): (ModelQuery | undefined)
 }
 interface MssqlBuilder {
  /**
   * QuoteSimpleTableName quotes a simple table name.
   * A simple table name does not contain any schema prefix.
   */
  quoteSimpleTableName(s: string): string
 }
 interface MssqlBuilder {
  /**
   * QuoteSimpleColumnName quotes a simple column name.
   * A simple column name does not contain any table prefix.
   */
  quoteSimpleColumnName(s: string): string
 }
 interface MssqlBuilder {
  /**
   * RenameTable creates a Query that can be used to rename a table.
   */
  renameTable(oldName: string): (Query | undefined)
 }
 interface MssqlBuilder {
  /**
   * RenameColumn creates a Query that can be used to rename a column in a table.
   */
  renameColumn(table: string): (Query | undefined)
 }
 interface MssqlBuilder {
  /**
   * AlterColumn creates a Query that can be used to change the definition of a table column.
   */
  alterColumn(table: string): (Query | undefined)
 }
 interface MssqlQueryBuilder {
  /**
   * BuildOrderByAndLimit generates the ORDER BY and LIMIT clauses.
   */
  buildOrderByAndLimit(sql: string, cols: Array<string>, limit: number, offset: number): string
 }
 /**
  * MysqlBuilder is the builder for MySQL databases.
  */
 type _subekZiI = BaseBuilder
 interface MysqlBuilder extends _subekZiI {
 }
 interface newMysqlBuilder {
  /**
   * NewMysqlBuilder creates a new MysqlBuilder instance.
   */
  (db: DB, executor: Executor): Builder
 }
 interface MysqlBuilder {
  /**
   * QueryBuilder returns the query builder supporting the current DB.
   */
  queryBuilder(): QueryBuilder
 }
 interface MysqlBuilder {
  /**
   * Select returns a new SelectQuery object that can be used to build a SELECT statement.
   * The parameters to this method should be the list column names to be selected.
   * A column name may have an optional alias name. For example, Select("id", "my_name AS name").
   */
  select(...cols: string[]): (SelectQuery | undefined)
 }
 interface MysqlBuilder {
  /**
   * Model returns a new ModelQuery object that can be used to perform model-based DB operations.
   * The model passed to this method should be a pointer to a model struct.
   */
  model(model: {
   }): (ModelQuery | undefined)
 }
 interface MysqlBuilder {
  /**
   * QuoteSimpleTableName quotes a simple table name.
   * A simple table name does not contain any schema prefix.
   */
  quoteSimpleTableName(s: string): string
 }
 interface MysqlBuilder {
  /**
   * QuoteSimpleColumnName quotes a simple column name.
   * A simple column name does not contain any table prefix.
   */
  quoteSimpleColumnName(s: string): string
 }
 interface MysqlBuilder {
  /**
   * Upsert creates a Query that represents an UPSERT SQL statement.
   * Upsert inserts a row into the table if the primary key or unique index is not found.
   * Otherwise it will update the row with the new values.
   * The keys of cols are the column names, while the values of cols are the corresponding column
   * values to be inserted.
   */
  upsert(table: string, cols: Params, ...constraints: string[]): (Query | undefined)
 }
 interface MysqlBuilder {
  /**
   * RenameColumn creates a Query that can be used to rename a column in a table.
   */
  renameColumn(table: string): (Query | undefined)
 }
 interface MysqlBuilder {
  /**
   * DropPrimaryKey creates a Query that can be used to remove the named primary key constraint from a table.
   */
  dropPrimaryKey(table: string): (Query | undefined)
 }
 interface MysqlBuilder {
  /**
   * DropForeignKey creates a Query that can be used to remove the named foreign key constraint from a table.
   */
  dropForeignKey(table: string): (Query | undefined)
 }
 /**
  * OciBuilder is the builder for Oracle databases.
  */
 type _subicixw = BaseBuilder
 interface OciBuilder extends _subicixw {
 }
 /**
  * OciQueryBuilder is the query builder for Oracle databases.
  */
 type _subgVgiv = BaseQueryBuilder
 interface OciQueryBuilder extends _subgVgiv {
 }
 interface newOciBuilder {
  /**
   * NewOciBuilder creates a new OciBuilder instance.
   */
  (db: DB, executor: Executor): Builder
 }
 interface OciBuilder {
  /**
   * Select returns a new SelectQuery object that can be used to build a SELECT statement.
   * The parameters to this method should be the list column names to be selected.
   * A column name may have an optional alias name. For example, Select("id", "my_name AS name").
   */
  select(...cols: string[]): (SelectQuery | undefined)
 }
 interface OciBuilder {
  /**
   * Model returns a new ModelQuery object that can be used to perform model-based DB operations.
   * The model passed to this method should be a pointer to a model struct.
   */
  model(model: {
   }): (ModelQuery | undefined)
 }
 interface OciBuilder {
  /**
   * GeneratePlaceholder generates an anonymous parameter placeholder with the given parameter ID.
   */
  generatePlaceholder(i: number): string
 }
 interface OciBuilder {
  /**
   * QueryBuilder returns the query builder supporting the current DB.
   */
  queryBuilder(): QueryBuilder
 }
 interface OciBuilder {
  /**
   * DropIndex creates a Query that can be used to remove the named index from a table.
   */
  dropIndex(table: string): (Query | undefined)
 }
 interface OciBuilder {
  /**
   * RenameTable creates a Query that can be used to rename a table.
   */
  renameTable(oldName: string): (Query | undefined)
 }
 interface OciBuilder {
  /**
   * AlterColumn creates a Query that can be used to change the definition of a table column.
   */
  alterColumn(table: string): (Query | undefined)
 }
 interface OciQueryBuilder {
  /**
   * BuildOrderByAndLimit generates the ORDER BY and LIMIT clauses.
   */
  buildOrderByAndLimit(sql: string, cols: Array<string>, limit: number, offset: number): string
 }
 /**
  * PgsqlBuilder is the builder for PostgreSQL databases.
  */
 type _subKmbTo = BaseBuilder
 interface PgsqlBuilder extends _subKmbTo {
 }
 interface newPgsqlBuilder {
  /**
   * NewPgsqlBuilder creates a new PgsqlBuilder instance.
   */
  (db: DB, executor: Executor): Builder
 }
 interface PgsqlBuilder {
  /**
   * Select returns a new SelectQuery object that can be used to build a SELECT statement.
   * The parameters to this method should be the list column names to be selected.
   * A column name may have an optional alias name. For example, Select("id", "my_name AS name").
   */
  select(...cols: string[]): (SelectQuery | undefined)
 }
 interface PgsqlBuilder {
  /**
   * Model returns a new ModelQuery object that can be used to perform model-based DB operations.
   * The model passed to this method should be a pointer to a model struct.
   */
  model(model: {
   }): (ModelQuery | undefined)
 }
 interface PgsqlBuilder {
  /**
   * GeneratePlaceholder generates an anonymous parameter placeholder with the given parameter ID.
   */
  generatePlaceholder(i: number): string
 }
 interface PgsqlBuilder {
  /**
   * QueryBuilder returns the query builder supporting the current DB.
   */
  queryBuilder(): QueryBuilder
 }
 interface PgsqlBuilder {
  /**
   * Upsert creates a Query that represents an UPSERT SQL statement.
   * Upsert inserts a row into the table if the primary key or unique index is not found.
   * Otherwise it will update the row with the new values.
   * The keys of cols are the column names, while the values of cols are the corresponding column
   * values to be inserted.
   */
  upsert(table: string, cols: Params, ...constraints: string[]): (Query | undefined)
 }
 interface PgsqlBuilder {
  /**
   * DropIndex creates a Query that can be used to remove the named index from a table.
   */
  dropIndex(table: string): (Query | undefined)
 }
 interface PgsqlBuilder {
  /**
   * RenameTable creates a Query that can be used to rename a table.
   */
  renameTable(oldName: string): (Query | undefined)
 }
 interface PgsqlBuilder {
  /**
   * AlterColumn creates a Query that can be used to change the definition of a table column.
   */
  alterColumn(table: string): (Query | undefined)
 }
 /**
  * SqliteBuilder is the builder for SQLite databases.
  */
 type _subegumr = BaseBuilder
 interface SqliteBuilder extends _subegumr {
 }
 interface newSqliteBuilder {
  /**
   * NewSqliteBuilder creates a new SqliteBuilder instance.
   */
  (db: DB, executor: Executor): Builder
 }
 interface SqliteBuilder {
  /**
   * QueryBuilder returns the query builder supporting the current DB.
   */
  queryBuilder(): QueryBuilder
 }
 interface SqliteBuilder {
  /**
   * Select returns a new SelectQuery object that can be used to build a SELECT statement.
   * The parameters to this method should be the list column names to be selected.
   * A column name may have an optional alias name. For example, Select("id", "my_name AS name").
   */
  select(...cols: string[]): (SelectQuery | undefined)
 }
 interface SqliteBuilder {
  /**
   * Model returns a new ModelQuery object that can be used to perform model-based DB operations.
   * The model passed to this method should be a pointer to a model struct.
   */
  model(model: {
   }): (ModelQuery | undefined)
 }
 interface SqliteBuilder {
  /**
   * QuoteSimpleTableName quotes a simple table name.
   * A simple table name does not contain any schema prefix.
   */
  quoteSimpleTableName(s: string): string
 }
 interface SqliteBuilder {
  /**
   * QuoteSimpleColumnName quotes a simple column name.
   * A simple column name does not contain any table prefix.
   */
  quoteSimpleColumnName(s: string): string
 }
 interface SqliteBuilder {
  /**
   * DropIndex creates a Query that can be used to remove the named index from a table.
   */
  dropIndex(table: string): (Query | undefined)
 }
 interface SqliteBuilder {
  /**
   * TruncateTable creates a Query that can be used to truncate a table.
   */
  truncateTable(table: string): (Query | undefined)
 }
 interface SqliteBuilder {
  /**
   * RenameTable creates a Query that can be used to rename a table.
   */
  renameTable(oldName: string): (Query | undefined)
 }
 interface SqliteBuilder {
  /**
   * AlterColumn creates a Query that can be used to change the definition of a table column.
   */
  alterColumn(table: string): (Query | undefined)
 }
 interface SqliteBuilder {
  /**
   * AddPrimaryKey creates a Query that can be used to specify primary key(s) for a table.
   * The "name" parameter specifies the name of the primary key constraint.
   */
  addPrimaryKey(table: string, ...cols: string[]): (Query | undefined)
 }
 interface SqliteBuilder {
  /**
   * DropPrimaryKey creates a Query that can be used to remove the named primary key constraint from a table.
   */
  dropPrimaryKey(table: string): (Query | undefined)
 }
 interface SqliteBuilder {
  /**
   * AddForeignKey creates a Query that can be used to add a foreign key constraint to a table.
   * The length of cols and refCols must be the same as they refer to the primary and referential columns.
   * The optional "options" parameters will be appended to the SQL statement. They can be used to
   * specify options such as "ON DELETE CASCADE".
   */
  addForeignKey(table: string, cols: Array<string>, refTable: string, ...options: string[]): (Query | undefined)
 }
 interface SqliteBuilder {
  /**
   * DropForeignKey creates a Query that can be used to remove the named foreign key constraint from a table.
   */
  dropForeignKey(table: string): (Query | undefined)
 }
 /**
  * StandardBuilder is the builder that is used by DB for an unknown driver.
  */
 type _subTfEWs = BaseBuilder
 interface StandardBuilder extends _subTfEWs {
 }
 interface newStandardBuilder {
  /**
   * NewStandardBuilder creates a new StandardBuilder instance.
   */
  (db: DB, executor: Executor): Builder
 }
 interface StandardBuilder {
  /**
   * QueryBuilder returns the query builder supporting the current DB.
   */
  queryBuilder(): QueryBuilder
 }
 interface StandardBuilder {
  /**
   * Select returns a new SelectQuery object that can be used to build a SELECT statement.
   * The parameters to this method should be the list column names to be selected.
   * A column name may have an optional alias name. For example, Select("id", "my_name AS name").
   */
  select(...cols: string[]): (SelectQuery | undefined)
 }
 interface StandardBuilder {
  /**
   * Model returns a new ModelQuery object that can be used to perform model-based DB operations.
   * The model passed to this method should be a pointer to a model struct.
   */
  model(model: {
   }): (ModelQuery | undefined)
 }
 /**
  * LogFunc logs a message for each SQL statement being executed.
  * This method takes one or multiple parameters. If a single parameter
  * is provided, it will be treated as the log message. If multiple parameters
  * are provided, they will be passed to fmt.Sprintf() to generate the log message.
  */
 interface LogFunc {(format: string, ...a: {
  }[]): void }
 /**
  * PerfFunc is called when a query finishes execution.
  * The query execution time is passed to this function so that the DB performance
  * can be profiled. The "ns" parameter gives the number of nanoseconds that the
  * SQL statement takes to execute, while the "execute" parameter indicates whether
  * the SQL statement is executed or queried (usually SELECT statements).
  */
 interface PerfFunc {(ns: number, sql: string, execute: boolean): void }
 /**
  * QueryLogFunc is called each time when performing a SQL query.
  * The "t" parameter gives the time that the SQL statement takes to execute,
  * while rows and err are the result of the query.
  */
 interface QueryLogFunc {(ctx: context.Context, t: time.Duration, sql: string, rows: sql.Rows, err: Error): void }
 /**
  * ExecLogFunc is called each time when a SQL statement is executed.
  * The "t" parameter gives the time that the SQL statement takes to execute,
  * while result and err refer to the result of the execution.
  */
 interface ExecLogFunc {(ctx: context.Context, t: time.Duration, sql: string, result: sql.Result, err: Error): void }
 /**
  * BuilderFunc creates a Builder instance using the given DB instance and Executor.
  */
 interface BuilderFunc {(_arg0: DB, _arg1: Executor): Builder }
 /**
  * DB enhances sql.DB by providing a set of DB-agnostic query building methods.
  * DB allows easier query building and population of data into Go variables.
  */
 type _subaNIyW = Builder
 interface DB extends _subaNIyW {
  /**
   * FieldMapper maps struct fields to DB columns. Defaults to DefaultFieldMapFunc.
   */
  fieldMapper: FieldMapFunc
  /**
   * TableMapper maps structs to table names. Defaults to GetTableName.
   */
  tableMapper: TableMapFunc
  /**
   * LogFunc logs the SQL statements being executed. Defaults to nil, meaning no logging.
   */
  logFunc: LogFunc
  /**
   * PerfFunc logs the SQL execution time. Defaults to nil, meaning no performance profiling.
   * Deprecated: Please use QueryLogFunc and ExecLogFunc instead.
   */
  perfFunc: PerfFunc
  /**
   * QueryLogFunc is called each time when performing a SQL query that returns data.
   */
  queryLogFunc: QueryLogFunc
  /**
   * ExecLogFunc is called each time when a SQL statement is executed.
   */
  execLogFunc: ExecLogFunc
 }
 /**
  * Errors represents a list of errors.
  */
 interface Errors extends Array<Error>{}
 interface newFromDB {
  /**
   * NewFromDB encapsulates an existing database connection.
   */
  (sqlDB: sql.DB, driverName: string): (DB | undefined)
 }
 interface open {
  /**
   * Open opens a database specified by a driver name and data source name (DSN).
   * Note that Open does not check if DSN is specified correctly. It doesn't try to establish a DB connection either.
   * Please refer to sql.Open() for more information.
   */
  (driverName: string): (DB | undefined)
 }
 interface mustOpen {
  /**
   * MustOpen opens a database and establishes a connection to it.
   * Please refer to sql.Open() and sql.Ping() for more information.
   */
  (driverName: string): (DB | undefined)
 }
 interface DB {
  /**
   * Clone makes a shallow copy of DB.
   */
  clone(): (DB | undefined)
 }
 interface DB {
  /**
   * WithContext returns a new instance of DB associated with the given context.
   */
  withContext(ctx: context.Context): (DB | undefined)
 }
 interface DB {
  /**
   * Context returns the context associated with the DB instance.
   * It returns nil if no context is associated.
   */
  context(): context.Context
 }
 interface DB {
  /**
   * DB returns the sql.DB instance encapsulated by dbx.DB.
   */
  db(): (sql.DB | undefined)
 }
 interface DB {
  /**
   * Close closes the database, releasing any open resources.
   * It is rare to Close a DB, as the DB handle is meant to be
   * long-lived and shared between many goroutines.
   */
  close(): void
 }
 interface DB {
  /**
   * Begin starts a transaction.
   */
  begin(): (Tx | undefined)
 }
 interface DB {
  /**
   * BeginTx starts a transaction with the given context and transaction options.
   */
  beginTx(ctx: context.Context, opts: sql.TxOptions): (Tx | undefined)
 }
 interface DB {
  /**
   * Wrap encapsulates an existing transaction.
   */
  wrap(sqlTx: sql.Tx): (Tx | undefined)
 }
 interface DB {
  /**
   * Transactional starts a transaction and executes the given function.
   * If the function returns an error, the transaction will be rolled back.
   * Otherwise, the transaction will be committed.
   */
  transactional(f: (_arg0: Tx) => void): void
 }
 interface DB {
  /**
   * TransactionalContext starts a transaction and executes the given function with the given context and transaction options.
   * If the function returns an error, the transaction will be rolled back.
   * Otherwise, the transaction will be committed.
   */
  transactionalContext(ctx: context.Context, opts: sql.TxOptions, f: (_arg0: Tx) => void): void
 }
 interface DB {
  /**
   * DriverName returns the name of the DB driver.
   */
  driverName(): string
 }
 interface DB {
  /**
   * QuoteTableName quotes the given table name appropriately.
   * If the table name contains DB schema prefix, it will be handled accordingly.
   * This method will do nothing if the table name is already quoted or if it contains parenthesis.
   */
  quoteTableName(s: string): string
 }
 interface DB {
  /**
   * QuoteColumnName quotes the given column name appropriately.
   * If the table name contains table name prefix, it will be handled accordingly.
   * This method will do nothing if the column name is already quoted or if it contains parenthesis.
   */
  quoteColumnName(s: string): string
 }
 interface Errors {
  /**
   * Error returns the error string of Errors.
   */
  error(): string
 }
 /**
  * Expression represents a DB expression that can be embedded in a SQL statement.
  */
 interface Expression {
  /**
   * Build converts an expression into a SQL fragment.
   * If the expression contains binding parameters, they will be added to the given Params.
   */
  build(_arg0: DB, _arg1: Params): string
 }
 /**
  * HashExp represents a hash expression.
  * 
  * A hash expression is a map whose keys are DB column names which need to be filtered according
  * to the corresponding values. For example, HashExp{"level": 2, "dept": 10} will generate
  * the SQL: "level"=2 AND "dept"=10.
  * 
  * HashExp also handles nil values and slice values. For example, HashExp{"level": []interface{}{1, 2}, "dept": nil}
  * will generate: "level" IN (1, 2) AND "dept" IS NULL.
  */
 interface HashExp extends _TygojaDict{}
 interface newExp {
  /**
   * NewExp generates an expression with the specified SQL fragment and the optional binding parameters.
   */
  (e: string, ...params: Params[]): Expression
 }
 interface not {
  /**
   * Not generates a NOT expression which prefixes "NOT" to the specified expression.
   */
  (e: Expression): Expression
 }
 interface and {
  /**
   * And generates an AND expression which concatenates the given expressions with "AND".
   */
  (...exps: Expression[]): Expression
 }
 interface or {
  /**
   * Or generates an OR expression which concatenates the given expressions with "OR".
   */
  (...exps: Expression[]): Expression
 }
 interface _in {
  /**
   * In generates an IN expression for the specified column and the list of allowed values.
   * If values is empty, a SQL "0=1" will be generated which represents a false expression.
   */
  (col: string, ...values: {
   }[]): Expression
 }
 interface notIn {
  /**
   * NotIn generates an NOT IN expression for the specified column and the list of disallowed values.
   * If values is empty, an empty string will be returned indicating a true expression.
   */
  (col: string, ...values: {
   }[]): Expression
 }
 interface like {
  /**
   * Like generates a LIKE expression for the specified column and the possible strings that the column should be like.
   * If multiple values are present, the column should be like *all* of them. For example, Like("name", "key", "word")
   * will generate a SQL expression: "name" LIKE "%key%" AND "name" LIKE "%word%".
   * 
   * By default, each value will be surrounded by "%" to enable partial matching. If a value contains special characters
   * such as "%", "\", "_", they will also be properly escaped.
   * 
   * You may call Escape() and/or Match() to change the default behavior. For example, Like("name", "key").Match(false, true)
   * generates "name" LIKE "key%".
   */
  (col: string, ...values: string[]): (LikeExp | undefined)
 }
 interface notLike {
  /**
   * NotLike generates a NOT LIKE expression.
   * For example, NotLike("name", "key", "word") will generate a SQL expression:
   * "name" NOT LIKE "%key%" AND "name" NOT LIKE "%word%". Please see Like() for more details.
   */
  (col: string, ...values: string[]): (LikeExp | undefined)
 }
 interface orLike {
  /**
   * OrLike generates an OR LIKE expression.
   * This is similar to Like() except that the column should be like one of the possible values.
   * For example, OrLike("name", "key", "word") will generate a SQL expression:
   * "name" LIKE "%key%" OR "name" LIKE "%word%". Please see Like() for more details.
   */
  (col: string, ...values: string[]): (LikeExp | undefined)
 }
 interface orNotLike {
  /**
   * OrNotLike generates an OR NOT LIKE expression.
   * For example, OrNotLike("name", "key", "word") will generate a SQL expression:
   * "name" NOT LIKE "%key%" OR "name" NOT LIKE "%word%". Please see Like() for more details.
   */
  (col: string, ...values: string[]): (LikeExp | undefined)
 }
 interface exists {
  /**
   * Exists generates an EXISTS expression by prefixing "EXISTS" to the given expression.
   */
  (exp: Expression): Expression
 }
 interface notExists {
  /**
   * NotExists generates an EXISTS expression by prefixing "NOT EXISTS" to the given expression.
   */
  (exp: Expression): Expression
 }
 interface between {
  /**
   * Between generates a BETWEEN expression.
   * For example, Between("age", 10, 30) generates: "age" BETWEEN 10 AND 30
   */
  (col: string, from: {
   }): Expression
 }
 interface notBetween {
  /**
   * NotBetween generates a NOT BETWEEN expression.
   * For example, NotBetween("age", 10, 30) generates: "age" NOT BETWEEN 10 AND 30
   */
  (col: string, from: {
   }): Expression
 }
 /**
  * Exp represents an expression with a SQL fragment and a list of optional binding parameters.
  */
 interface Exp {
 }
 interface Exp {
  /**
   * Build converts an expression into a SQL fragment.
   */
  build(db: DB, params: Params): string
 }
 interface HashExp {
  /**
   * Build converts an expression into a SQL fragment.
   */
  build(db: DB, params: Params): string
 }
 /**
  * NotExp represents an expression that should prefix "NOT" to a specified expression.
  */
 interface NotExp {
 }
 interface NotExp {
  /**
   * Build converts an expression into a SQL fragment.
   */
  build(db: DB, params: Params): string
 }
 /**
  * AndOrExp represents an expression that concatenates multiple expressions using either "AND" or "OR".
  */
 interface AndOrExp {
 }
 interface AndOrExp {
  /**
   * Build converts an expression into a SQL fragment.
   */
  build(db: DB, params: Params): string
 }
 /**
  * InExp represents an "IN" or "NOT IN" expression.
  */
 interface InExp {
 }
 interface InExp {
  /**
   * Build converts an expression into a SQL fragment.
   */
  build(db: DB, params: Params): string
 }
 /**
  * LikeExp represents a variant of LIKE expressions.
  */
 interface LikeExp {
  /**
   * Like stores the LIKE operator. It can be "LIKE", "NOT LIKE".
   * It may also be customized as something like "ILIKE".
   */
  like: string
 }
 interface LikeExp {
  /**
   * Escape specifies how a LIKE expression should be escaped.
   * Each string at position 2i represents a special character and the string at position 2i+1 is
   * the corresponding escaped version.
   */
  escape(...chars: string[]): (LikeExp | undefined)
 }
 interface LikeExp {
  /**
   * Match specifies whether to do wildcard matching on the left and/or right of given strings.
   */
  match(left: boolean): (LikeExp | undefined)
 }
 interface LikeExp {
  /**
   * Build converts an expression into a SQL fragment.
   */
  build(db: DB, params: Params): string
 }
 /**
  * ExistsExp represents an EXISTS or NOT EXISTS expression.
  */
 interface ExistsExp {
 }
 interface ExistsExp {
  /**
   * Build converts an expression into a SQL fragment.
   */
  build(db: DB, params: Params): string
 }
 /**
  * BetweenExp represents a BETWEEN or a NOT BETWEEN expression.
  */
 interface BetweenExp {
 }
 interface BetweenExp {
  /**
   * Build converts an expression into a SQL fragment.
   */
  build(db: DB, params: Params): string
 }
 interface enclose {
  /**
   * Enclose surrounds the provided nonempty expression with parenthesis "()".
   */
  (exp: Expression): Expression
 }
 /**
  * EncloseExp represents a parenthesis enclosed expression.
  */
 interface EncloseExp {
 }
 interface EncloseExp {
  /**
   * Build converts an expression into a SQL fragment.
   */
  build(db: DB, params: Params): string
 }
 /**
  * TableModel is the interface that should be implemented by models which have unconventional table names.
  */
 interface TableModel {
  tableName(): string
 }
 /**
  * ModelQuery represents a query associated with a struct model.
  */
 interface ModelQuery {
 }
 interface newModelQuery {
  (model: {
   }, fieldMapFunc: FieldMapFunc, db: DB, builder: Builder): (ModelQuery | undefined)
 }
 interface ModelQuery {
  /**
   * Context returns the context associated with the query.
   */
  context(): context.Context
 }
 interface ModelQuery {
  /**
   * WithContext associates a context with the query.
   */
  withContext(ctx: context.Context): (ModelQuery | undefined)
 }
 interface ModelQuery {
  /**
   * Exclude excludes the specified struct fields from being inserted/updated into the DB table.
   */
  exclude(...attrs: string[]): (ModelQuery | undefined)
 }
 interface ModelQuery {
  /**
   * Insert inserts a row in the table using the struct model associated with this query.
   * 
   * By default, it inserts *all* public fields into the table, including those nil or empty ones.
   * You may pass a list of the fields to this method to indicate that only those fields should be inserted.
   * You may also call Exclude to exclude some fields from being inserted.
   * 
   * If a model has an empty primary key, it is considered auto-incremental and the corresponding struct
   * field will be filled with the generated primary key value after a successful insertion.
   */
  insert(...attrs: string[]): void
 }
 interface ModelQuery {
  /**
   * Update updates a row in the table using the struct model associated with this query.
   * The row being updated has the same primary key as specified by the model.
   * 
   * By default, it updates *all* public fields in the table, including those nil or empty ones.
   * You may pass a list of the fields to this method to indicate that only those fields should be updated.
   * You may also call Exclude to exclude some fields from being updated.
   */
  update(...attrs: string[]): void
 }
 interface ModelQuery {
  /**
   * Delete deletes a row in the table using the primary key specified by the struct model associated with this query.
   */
  delete(): void
 }
 /**
  * ExecHookFunc executes before op allowing custom handling like auto fail/retry.
  */
 interface ExecHookFunc {(q: Query, op: () => void): void }
 /**
  * OneHookFunc executes right before the query populate the row result from One() call (aka. op).
  */
 interface OneHookFunc {(q: Query, a: {
  }, op: (b: {
  }) => void): void }
 /**
  * AllHookFunc executes right before the query populate the row result from All() call (aka. op).
  */
 interface AllHookFunc {(q: Query, sliceA: {
  }, op: (sliceB: {
  }) => void): void }
 /**
  * Params represents a list of parameter values to be bound to a SQL statement.
  * The map keys are the parameter names while the map values are the corresponding parameter values.
  */
 interface Params extends _TygojaDict{}
 /**
  * Executor prepares, executes, or queries a SQL statement.
  */
 interface Executor {
  /**
   * Exec executes a SQL statement
   */
  exec(query: string, ...args: {
  }[]): sql.Result
  /**
   * ExecContext executes a SQL statement with the given context
   */
  execContext(ctx: context.Context, query: string, ...args: {
  }[]): sql.Result
  /**
   * Query queries a SQL statement
   */
  query(query: string, ...args: {
  }[]): (sql.Rows | undefined)
  /**
   * QueryContext queries a SQL statement with the given context
   */
  queryContext(ctx: context.Context, query: string, ...args: {
  }[]): (sql.Rows | undefined)
  /**
   * Prepare creates a prepared statement
   */
  prepare(query: string): (sql.Stmt | undefined)
 }
 /**
  * Query represents a SQL statement to be executed.
  */
 interface Query {
  /**
   * FieldMapper maps struct field names to DB column names.
   */
  fieldMapper: FieldMapFunc
  /**
   * LastError contains the last error (if any) of the query.
   * LastError is cleared by Execute(), Row(), Rows(), One(), and All().
   */
  lastError: Error
  /**
   * LogFunc is used to log the SQL statement being executed.
   */
  logFunc: LogFunc
  /**
   * PerfFunc is used to log the SQL execution time. It is ignored if nil.
   * Deprecated: Please use QueryLogFunc and ExecLogFunc instead.
   */
  perfFunc: PerfFunc
  /**
   * QueryLogFunc is called each time when performing a SQL query that returns data.
   */
  queryLogFunc: QueryLogFunc
  /**
   * ExecLogFunc is called each time when a SQL statement is executed.
   */
  execLogFunc: ExecLogFunc
 }
 interface newQuery {
  /**
   * NewQuery creates a new Query with the given SQL statement.
   */
  (db: DB, executor: Executor, sql: string): (Query | undefined)
 }
 interface Query {
  /**
   * SQL returns the original SQL used to create the query.
   * The actual SQL (RawSQL) being executed is obtained by replacing the named
   * parameter placeholders with anonymous ones.
   */
  sql(): string
 }
 interface Query {
  /**
   * Context returns the context associated with the query.
   */
  context(): context.Context
 }
 interface Query {
  /**
   * WithContext associates a context with the query.
   */
  withContext(ctx: context.Context): (Query | undefined)
 }
 interface Query {
  /**
   * WithExecHook associates the provided exec hook function with the query.
   * 
   * It is called for every Query resolver (Execute(), One(), All(), Row(), Column()),
   * allowing you to implement auto fail/retry or any other additional handling.
   */
  withExecHook(fn: ExecHookFunc): (Query | undefined)
 }
 interface Query {
  /**
   * WithOneHook associates the provided hook function with the query,
   * called on q.One(), allowing you to implement custom struct scan based
   * on the One() argument and/or result.
   */
  withOneHook(fn: OneHookFunc): (Query | undefined)
 }
 interface Query {
  /**
   * WithOneHook associates the provided hook function with the query,
   * called on q.All(), allowing you to implement custom slice scan based
   * on the All() argument and/or result.
   */
  withAllHook(fn: AllHookFunc): (Query | undefined)
 }
 interface Query {
  /**
   * Params returns the parameters to be bound to the SQL statement represented by this query.
   */
  params(): Params
 }
 interface Query {
  /**
   * Prepare creates a prepared statement for later queries or executions.
   * Close() should be called after finishing all queries.
   */
  prepare(): (Query | undefined)
 }
 interface Query {
  /**
   * Close closes the underlying prepared statement.
   * Close does nothing if the query has not been prepared before.
   */
  close(): void
 }
 interface Query {
  /**
   * Bind sets the parameters that should be bound to the SQL statement.
   * The parameter placeholders in the SQL statement are in the format of "{:ParamName}".
   */
  bind(params: Params): (Query | undefined)
 }
 interface Query {
  /**
   * Execute executes the SQL statement without retrieving data.
   */
  execute(): sql.Result
 }
 interface Query {
  /**
   * One executes the SQL statement and populates the first row of the result into a struct or NullStringMap.
   * Refer to Rows.ScanStruct() and Rows.ScanMap() for more details on how to specify
   * the variable to be populated.
   * Note that when the query has no rows in the result set, an sql.ErrNoRows will be returned.
   */
  one(a: {
   }): void
 }
 interface Query {
  /**
   * All executes the SQL statement and populates all the resulting rows into a slice of struct or NullStringMap.
   * The slice must be given as a pointer. Each slice element must be either a struct or a NullStringMap.
   * Refer to Rows.ScanStruct() and Rows.ScanMap() for more details on how each slice element can be.
   * If the query returns no row, the slice will be an empty slice (not nil).
   */
  all(slice: {
   }): void
 }
 interface Query {
  /**
   * Row executes the SQL statement and populates the first row of the result into a list of variables.
   * Note that the number of the variables should match to that of the columns in the query result.
   * Note that when the query has no rows in the result set, an sql.ErrNoRows will be returned.
   */
  row(...a: {
   }[]): void
 }
 interface Query {
  /**
   * Column executes the SQL statement and populates the first column of the result into a slice.
   * Note that the parameter must be a pointer to a slice.
   */
  column(a: {
   }): void
 }
 interface Query {
  /**
   * Rows executes the SQL statement and returns a Rows object to allow retrieving data row by row.
   */
  rows(): (Rows | undefined)
 }
 /**
  * QueryBuilder builds different clauses for a SELECT SQL statement.
  */
 interface QueryBuilder {
  /**
   * BuildSelect generates a SELECT clause from the given selected column names.
   */
  buildSelect(cols: Array<string>, distinct: boolean, option: string): string
  /**
   * BuildFrom generates a FROM clause from the given tables.
   */
  buildFrom(tables: Array<string>): string
  /**
   * BuildGroupBy generates a GROUP BY clause from the given group-by columns.
   */
  buildGroupBy(cols: Array<string>): string
  /**
   * BuildJoin generates a JOIN clause from the given join information.
   */
  buildJoin(_arg0: Array<JoinInfo>, _arg1: Params): string
  /**
   * BuildWhere generates a WHERE clause from the given expression.
   */
  buildWhere(_arg0: Expression, _arg1: Params): string
  /**
   * BuildHaving generates a HAVING clause from the given expression.
   */
  buildHaving(_arg0: Expression, _arg1: Params): string
  /**
   * BuildOrderByAndLimit generates the ORDER BY and LIMIT clauses.
   */
  buildOrderByAndLimit(_arg0: string, _arg1: Array<string>, _arg2: number, _arg3: number): string
  /**
   * BuildUnion generates a UNION clause from the given union information.
   */
  buildUnion(_arg0: Array<UnionInfo>, _arg1: Params): string
 }
 /**
  * BaseQueryBuilder provides a basic implementation of QueryBuilder.
  */
 interface BaseQueryBuilder {
 }
 interface newBaseQueryBuilder {
  /**
   * NewBaseQueryBuilder creates a new BaseQueryBuilder instance.
   */
  (db: DB): (BaseQueryBuilder | undefined)
 }
 interface BaseQueryBuilder {
  /**
   * DB returns the DB instance associated with the query builder.
   */
  db(): (DB | undefined)
 }
 interface BaseQueryBuilder {
  /**
   * BuildSelect generates a SELECT clause from the given selected column names.
   */
  buildSelect(cols: Array<string>, distinct: boolean, option: string): string
 }
 interface BaseQueryBuilder {
  /**
   * BuildFrom generates a FROM clause from the given tables.
   */
  buildFrom(tables: Array<string>): string
 }
 interface BaseQueryBuilder {
  /**
   * BuildJoin generates a JOIN clause from the given join information.
   */
  buildJoin(joins: Array<JoinInfo>, params: Params): string
 }
 interface BaseQueryBuilder {
  /**
   * BuildWhere generates a WHERE clause from the given expression.
   */
  buildWhere(e: Expression, params: Params): string
 }
 interface BaseQueryBuilder {
  /**
   * BuildHaving generates a HAVING clause from the given expression.
   */
  buildHaving(e: Expression, params: Params): string
 }
 interface BaseQueryBuilder {
  /**
   * BuildGroupBy generates a GROUP BY clause from the given group-by columns.
   */
  buildGroupBy(cols: Array<string>): string
 }
 interface BaseQueryBuilder {
  /**
   * BuildOrderByAndLimit generates the ORDER BY and LIMIT clauses.
   */
  buildOrderByAndLimit(sql: string, cols: Array<string>, limit: number, offset: number): string
 }
 interface BaseQueryBuilder {
  /**
   * BuildUnion generates a UNION clause from the given union information.
   */
  buildUnion(unions: Array<UnionInfo>, params: Params): string
 }
 interface BaseQueryBuilder {
  /**
   * BuildOrderBy generates the ORDER BY clause.
   */
  buildOrderBy(cols: Array<string>): string
 }
 interface BaseQueryBuilder {
  /**
   * BuildLimit generates the LIMIT clause.
   */
  buildLimit(limit: number, offset: number): string
 }
 /**
  * VarTypeError indicates a variable type error when trying to populating a variable with DB result.
  */
 interface VarTypeError extends String{}
 interface VarTypeError {
  /**
   * Error returns the error message.
   */
  error(): string
 }
 /**
  * NullStringMap is a map of sql.NullString that can be used to hold DB query result.
  * The map keys correspond to the DB column names, while the map values are their corresponding column values.
  */
 interface NullStringMap extends _TygojaDict{}
 /**
  * Rows enhances sql.Rows by providing additional data query methods.
  * Rows can be obtained by calling Query.Rows(). It is mainly used to populate data row by row.
  */
 type _suboQmda = sql.Rows
 interface Rows extends _suboQmda {
 }
 interface Rows {
  /**
   * ScanMap populates the current row of data into a NullStringMap.
   * Note that the NullStringMap must not be nil, or it will panic.
   * The NullStringMap will be populated using column names as keys and their values as
   * the corresponding element values.
   */
  scanMap(a: NullStringMap): void
 }
 interface Rows {
  /**
   * ScanStruct populates the current row of data into a struct.
   * The struct must be given as a pointer.
   * 
   * ScanStruct associates struct fields with DB table columns through a field mapping function.
   * It populates a struct field with the data of its associated column.
   * Note that only exported struct fields will be populated.
   * 
   * By default, DefaultFieldMapFunc() is used to map struct fields to table columns.
   * This function separates each word in a field name with a underscore and turns every letter into lower case.
   * For example, "LastName" is mapped to "last_name", "MyID" is mapped to "my_id", and so on.
   * To change the default behavior, set DB.FieldMapper with your custom mapping function.
   * You may also set Query.FieldMapper to change the behavior for particular queries.
   */
  scanStruct(a: {
   }): void
 }
 /**
  * BuildHookFunc defines a callback function that is executed on Query creation.
  */
 interface BuildHookFunc {(q: Query): void }
 /**
  * SelectQuery represents a DB-agnostic SELECT query.
  * It can be built into a DB-specific query by calling the Build() method.
  */
 interface SelectQuery {
  /**
   * FieldMapper maps struct field names to DB column names.
   */
  fieldMapper: FieldMapFunc
  /**
   * TableMapper maps structs to DB table names.
   */
  tableMapper: TableMapFunc
 }
 /**
  * JoinInfo contains the specification for a JOIN clause.
  */
 interface JoinInfo {
  join: string
  table: string
  on: Expression
 }
 /**
  * UnionInfo contains the specification for a UNION clause.
  */
 interface UnionInfo {
  all: boolean
  query?: Query
 }
 interface newSelectQuery {
  /**
   * NewSelectQuery creates a new SelectQuery instance.
   */
  (builder: Builder, db: DB): (SelectQuery | undefined)
 }
 interface SelectQuery {
  /**
   * WithBuildHook runs the provided hook function with the query created on Build().
   */
  withBuildHook(fn: BuildHookFunc): (SelectQuery | undefined)
 }
 interface SelectQuery {
  /**
   * Context returns the context associated with the query.
   */
  context(): context.Context
 }
 interface SelectQuery {
  /**
   * WithContext associates a context with the query.
   */
  withContext(ctx: context.Context): (SelectQuery | undefined)
 }
 interface SelectQuery {
  /**
   * Select specifies the columns to be selected.
   * Column names will be automatically quoted.
   */
  select(...cols: string[]): (SelectQuery | undefined)
 }
 interface SelectQuery {
  /**
   * AndSelect adds additional columns to be selected.
   * Column names will be automatically quoted.
   */
  andSelect(...cols: string[]): (SelectQuery | undefined)
 }
 interface SelectQuery {
  /**
   * Distinct specifies whether to select columns distinctively.
   * By default, distinct is false.
   */
  distinct(v: boolean): (SelectQuery | undefined)
 }
 interface SelectQuery {
  /**
   * SelectOption specifies additional option that should be append to "SELECT".
   */
  selectOption(option: string): (SelectQuery | undefined)
 }
 interface SelectQuery {
  /**
   * From specifies which tables to select from.
   * Table names will be automatically quoted.
   */
  from(...tables: string[]): (SelectQuery | undefined)
 }
 interface SelectQuery {
  /**
   * Where specifies the WHERE condition.
   */
  where(e: Expression): (SelectQuery | undefined)
 }
 interface SelectQuery {
  /**
   * AndWhere concatenates a new WHERE condition with the existing one (if any) using "AND".
   */
  andWhere(e: Expression): (SelectQuery | undefined)
 }
 interface SelectQuery {
  /**
   * OrWhere concatenates a new WHERE condition with the existing one (if any) using "OR".
   */
  orWhere(e: Expression): (SelectQuery | undefined)
 }
 interface SelectQuery {
  /**
   * Join specifies a JOIN clause.
   * The "typ" parameter specifies the JOIN type (e.g. "INNER JOIN", "LEFT JOIN").
   */
  join(typ: string, table: string, on: Expression): (SelectQuery | undefined)
 }
 interface SelectQuery {
  /**
   * InnerJoin specifies an INNER JOIN clause.
   * This is a shortcut method for Join.
   */
  innerJoin(table: string, on: Expression): (SelectQuery | undefined)
 }
 interface SelectQuery {
  /**
   * LeftJoin specifies a LEFT JOIN clause.
   * This is a shortcut method for Join.
   */
  leftJoin(table: string, on: Expression): (SelectQuery | undefined)
 }
 interface SelectQuery {
  /**
   * RightJoin specifies a RIGHT JOIN clause.
   * This is a shortcut method for Join.
   */
  rightJoin(table: string, on: Expression): (SelectQuery | undefined)
 }
 interface SelectQuery {
  /**
   * OrderBy specifies the ORDER BY clause.
   * Column names will be properly quoted. A column name can contain "ASC" or "DESC" to indicate its ordering direction.
   */
  orderBy(...cols: string[]): (SelectQuery | undefined)
 }
 interface SelectQuery {
  /**
   * AndOrderBy appends additional columns to the existing ORDER BY clause.
   * Column names will be properly quoted. A column name can contain "ASC" or "DESC" to indicate its ordering direction.
   */
  andOrderBy(...cols: string[]): (SelectQuery | undefined)
 }
 interface SelectQuery {
  /**
   * GroupBy specifies the GROUP BY clause.
   * Column names will be properly quoted.
   */
  groupBy(...cols: string[]): (SelectQuery | undefined)
 }
 interface SelectQuery {
  /**
   * AndGroupBy appends additional columns to the existing GROUP BY clause.
   * Column names will be properly quoted.
   */
  andGroupBy(...cols: string[]): (SelectQuery | undefined)
 }
 interface SelectQuery {
  /**
   * Having specifies the HAVING clause.
   */
  having(e: Expression): (SelectQuery | undefined)
 }
 interface SelectQuery {
  /**
   * AndHaving concatenates a new HAVING condition with the existing one (if any) using "AND".
   */
  andHaving(e: Expression): (SelectQuery | undefined)
 }
 interface SelectQuery {
  /**
   * OrHaving concatenates a new HAVING condition with the existing one (if any) using "OR".
   */
  orHaving(e: Expression): (SelectQuery | undefined)
 }
 interface SelectQuery {
  /**
   * Union specifies a UNION clause.
   */
  union(q: Query): (SelectQuery | undefined)
 }
 interface SelectQuery {
  /**
   * UnionAll specifies a UNION ALL clause.
   */
  unionAll(q: Query): (SelectQuery | undefined)
 }
 interface SelectQuery {
  /**
   * Limit specifies the LIMIT clause.
   * A negative limit means no limit.
   */
  limit(limit: number): (SelectQuery | undefined)
 }
 interface SelectQuery {
  /**
   * Offset specifies the OFFSET clause.
   * A negative offset means no offset.
   */
  offset(offset: number): (SelectQuery | undefined)
 }
 interface SelectQuery {
  /**
   * Bind specifies the parameter values to be bound to the query.
   */
  bind(params: Params): (SelectQuery | undefined)
 }
 interface SelectQuery {
  /**
   * AndBind appends additional parameters to be bound to the query.
   */
  andBind(params: Params): (SelectQuery | undefined)
 }
 interface SelectQuery {
  /**
   * Build builds the SELECT query and returns an executable Query object.
   */
  build(): (Query | undefined)
 }
 interface SelectQuery {
  /**
   * One executes the SELECT query and populates the first row of the result into the specified variable.
   * 
   * If the query does not specify a "from" clause, the method will try to infer the name of the table
   * to be selected from by calling getTableName() which will return either the variable type name
   * or the TableName() method if the variable implements the TableModel interface.
   * 
   * Note that when the query has no rows in the result set, an sql.ErrNoRows will be returned.
   */
  one(a: {
   }): void
 }
 interface SelectQuery {
  /**
   * Model selects the row with the specified primary key and populates the model with the row data.
   * 
   * The model variable should be a pointer to a struct. If the query does not specify a "from" clause,
   * it will use the model struct to determine which table to select data from. It will also use the model
   * to infer the name of the primary key column. Only simple primary key is supported. For composite primary keys,
   * please use Where() to specify the filtering condition.
   */
  model(pk: {
   }): void
 }
 interface SelectQuery {
  /**
   * All executes the SELECT query and populates all rows of the result into a slice.
   * 
   * Note that the slice must be passed in as a pointer.
   * 
   * If the query does not specify a "from" clause, the method will try to infer the name of the table
   * to be selected from by calling getTableName() which will return either the type name of the slice elements
   * or the TableName() method if the slice element implements the TableModel interface.
   */
  all(slice: {
   }): void
 }
 interface SelectQuery {
  /**
   * Rows builds and executes the SELECT query and returns a Rows object for data retrieval purpose.
   * This is a shortcut to SelectQuery.Build().Rows()
   */
  rows(): (Rows | undefined)
 }
 interface SelectQuery {
  /**
   * Row builds and executes the SELECT query and populates the first row of the result into the specified variables.
   * This is a shortcut to SelectQuery.Build().Row()
   */
  row(...a: {
   }[]): void
 }
 interface SelectQuery {
  /**
   * Column builds and executes the SELECT statement and populates the first column of the result into a slice.
   * Note that the parameter must be a pointer to a slice.
   * This is a shortcut to SelectQuery.Build().Column()
   */
  column(a: {
   }): void
 }
 /**
  * QueryInfo represents a debug/info struct with exported SelectQuery fields.
  */
 interface QueryInfo {
  builder: Builder
  selects: Array<string>
  distinct: boolean
  selectOption: string
  from: Array<string>
  where: Expression
  join: Array<JoinInfo>
  orderBy: Array<string>
  groupBy: Array<string>
  having: Expression
  union: Array<UnionInfo>
  limit: number
  offset: number
  params: Params
  context: context.Context
  buildHook: BuildHookFunc
 }
 interface SelectQuery {
  /**
   * Info exports common SelectQuery fields allowing to inspect the
   * current select query options.
   */
  info(): (QueryInfo | undefined)
 }
 /**
  * FieldMapFunc converts a struct field name into a DB column name.
  */
 interface FieldMapFunc {(_arg0: string): string }
 /**
  * TableMapFunc converts a sample struct into a DB table name.
  */
 interface TableMapFunc {(a: {
  }): string }
 interface structInfo {
 }
 type _subtLdZe = structInfo
 interface structValue extends _subtLdZe {
 }
 interface fieldInfo {
 }
 interface structInfoMapKey {
 }
 /**
  * PostScanner is an optional interface used by ScanStruct.
  */
 interface PostScanner {
  /**
   * PostScan executes right after the struct has been populated
   * with the DB values, allowing you to further normalize or validate
   * the loaded data.
   */
  postScan(): void
 }
 interface defaultFieldMapFunc {
  /**
   * DefaultFieldMapFunc maps a field name to a DB column name.
   * The mapping rule set by this method is that words in a field name will be separated by underscores
   * and the name will be turned into lower case. For example, "FirstName" maps to "first_name", and "MyID" becomes "my_id".
   * See DB.FieldMapper for more details.
   */
  (f: string): string
 }
 interface getTableName {
  /**
   * GetTableName implements the default way of determining the table name corresponding to the given model struct
   * or slice of structs. To get the actual table name for a model, you should use DB.TableMapFunc() instead.
   * Do not call this method in a model's TableName() method because it will cause infinite loop.
   */
  (a: {
   }): string
 }
 /**
  * Tx enhances sql.Tx with additional querying methods.
  */
 type _subvlQPy = Builder
 interface Tx extends _subvlQPy {
 }
 interface Tx {
  /**
   * Commit commits the transaction.
   */
  commit(): void
 }
 interface Tx {
  /**
   * Rollback aborts the transaction.
   */
  rollback(): void
 }
}

namespace security {
 // @ts-ignore
 import crand = rand
 interface s256Challenge {
  /**
   * S256Challenge creates base64 encoded sha256 challenge string derived from code.
   * The padding of the result base64 string is stripped per [RFC 7636].
   * 
   * [RFC 7636]: https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7636#section-4.2
   */
  (code: string): string
 }
 interface encrypt {
  /**
   * Encrypt encrypts data with key (must be valid 32 char aes key).
   */
  (data: string, key: string): string
 }
 interface decrypt {
  /**
   * Decrypt decrypts encrypted text with key (must be valid 32 chars aes key).
   */
  (cipherText: string, key: string): string
 }
 interface parseUnverifiedJWT {
  /**
   * ParseUnverifiedJWT parses JWT token and returns its claims
   * but DOES NOT verify the signature.
   * 
   * It verifies only the exp, iat and nbf claims.
   */
  (token: string): jwt.MapClaims
 }
 interface parseJWT {
  /**
   * ParseJWT verifies and parses JWT token and returns its claims.
   */
  (token: string, verificationKey: string): jwt.MapClaims
 }
 interface newJWT {
  /**
   * NewJWT generates and returns new HS256 signed JWT token.
   */
  (payload: jwt.MapClaims, signingKey: string, secondsDuration: number): string
 }
 interface newToken {
  /**
   * Deprecated:
   * Consider replacing with NewJWT().
   * 
   * NewToken is a legacy alias for NewJWT that generates a HS256 signed JWT token.
   */
  (payload: jwt.MapClaims, signingKey: string, secondsDuration: number): string
 }
 // @ts-ignore
 import cryptoRand = rand
 // @ts-ignore
 import mathRand = rand
 interface randomString {
  /**
   * RandomString generates a cryptographically random string with the specified length.
   * 
   * The generated string matches [A-Za-z0-9]+ and it's transparent to URL-encoding.
   */
  (length: number): string
 }
 interface randomStringWithAlphabet {
  /**
   * RandomStringWithAlphabet generates a cryptographically random string
   * with the specified length and characters set.
   * 
   * It panics if for some reason rand.Int returns a non-nil error.
   */
  (length: number, alphabet: string): string
 }
 interface pseudorandomString {
  /**
   * PseudorandomString generates a pseudorandom string with the specified length.
   * 
   * The generated string matches [A-Za-z0-9]+ and it's transparent to URL-encoding.
   * 
   * For a cryptographically random string (but a little bit slower) use RandomString instead.
   */
  (length: number): string
 }
 interface pseudorandomStringWithAlphabet {
  /**
   * PseudorandomStringWithAlphabet generates a pseudorandom string
   * with the specified length and characters set.
   * 
   * For a cryptographically random (but a little bit slower) use RandomStringWithAlphabet instead.
   */
  (length: number, alphabet: string): string
 }
}

namespace filesystem {
 /**
  * FileReader defines an interface for a file resource reader.
  */
 interface FileReader {
  open(): io.ReadSeekCloser
 }
 /**
  * File defines a single file [io.ReadSeekCloser] resource.
  * 
  * The file could be from a local path, multipipart/formdata header, etc.
  */
 interface File {
  name: string
  originalName: string
  size: number
  reader: FileReader
 }
 interface newFileFromPath {
  /**
   * NewFileFromPath creates a new File instance from the provided local file path.
   */
  (path: string): (File | undefined)
 }
 interface newFileFromBytes {
  /**
   * NewFileFromBytes creates a new File instance from the provided byte slice.
   */
  (b: string, name: string): (File | undefined)
 }
 interface newFileFromMultipart {
  /**
   * NewFileFromMultipart creates a new File instace from the provided multipart header.
   */
  (mh: multipart.FileHeader): (File | undefined)
 }
 /**
  * MultipartReader defines a FileReader from [multipart.FileHeader].
  */
 interface MultipartReader {
  header?: multipart.FileHeader
 }
 interface MultipartReader {
  /**
   * Open implements the [filesystem.FileReader] interface.
   */
  open(): io.ReadSeekCloser
 }
 /**
  * PathReader defines a FileReader from a local file path.
  */
 interface PathReader {
  path: string
 }
 interface PathReader {
  /**
   * Open implements the [filesystem.FileReader] interface.
   */
  open(): io.ReadSeekCloser
 }
 /**
  * BytesReader defines a FileReader from bytes content.
  */
 interface BytesReader {
  bytes: string
 }
 interface BytesReader {
  /**
   * Open implements the [filesystem.FileReader] interface.
   */
  open(): io.ReadSeekCloser
 }
 type _subfPdNz = bytes.Reader
 interface bytesReadSeekCloser extends _subfPdNz {
 }
 interface bytesReadSeekCloser {
  /**
   * Close implements the [io.ReadSeekCloser] interface.
   */
  close(): void
 }
 interface System {
 }
 interface newS3 {
  /**
   * NewS3 initializes an S3 filesystem instance.
   * 
   * NB! Make sure to call `Close()` after you are done working with it.
   */
  (bucketName: string, region: string, endpoint: string, accessKey: string, secretKey: string, s3ForcePathStyle: boolean): (System | undefined)
 }
 interface newLocal {
  /**
   * NewLocal initializes a new local filesystem instance.
   * 
   * NB! Make sure to call `Close()` after you are done working with it.
   */
  (dirPath: string): (System | undefined)
 }
 interface System {
  /**
   * SetContext assigns the specified context to the current filesystem.
   */
  setContext(ctx: context.Context): void
 }
 interface System {
  /**
   * Close releases any resources used for the related filesystem.
   */
  close(): void
 }
 interface System {
  /**
   * Exists checks if file with fileKey path exists or not.
   */
  exists(fileKey: string): boolean
 }
 interface System {
  /**
   * Attributes returns the attributes for the file with fileKey path.
   */
  attributes(fileKey: string): (blob.Attributes | undefined)
 }
 interface System {
  /**
   * GetFile returns a file content reader for the given fileKey.
   * 
   * NB! Make sure to call `Close()` after you are done working with it.
   */
  getFile(fileKey: string): (blob.Reader | undefined)
 }
 interface System {
  /**
   * List returns a flat list with info for all files under the specified prefix.
   */
  list(prefix: string): Array<(blob.ListObject | undefined)>
 }
 interface System {
  /**
   * Upload writes content into the fileKey location.
   */
  upload(content: string, fileKey: string): void
 }
 interface System {
  /**
   * UploadFile uploads the provided multipart file to the fileKey location.
   */
  uploadFile(file: File, fileKey: string): void
 }
 interface System {
  /**
   * UploadMultipart uploads the provided multipart file to the fileKey location.
   */
  uploadMultipart(fh: multipart.FileHeader, fileKey: string): void
 }
 interface System {
  /**
   * Delete deletes stored file at fileKey location.
   */
  delete(fileKey: string): void
 }
 interface System {
  /**
   * DeletePrefix deletes everything starting with the specified prefix.
   */
  deletePrefix(prefix: string): Array<Error>
 }
 interface System {
  /**
   * Serve serves the file at fileKey location to an HTTP response.
   */
  serve(res: http.ResponseWriter, req: http.Request, fileKey: string, name: string): void
 }
 interface System {
  /**
   * CreateThumb creates a new thumb image for the file at originalKey location.
   * The new thumb file is stored at thumbKey location.
   * 
   * thumbSize is in the format:
   * - 0xH  (eg. 0x100)    - resize to H height preserving the aspect ratio
   * - Wx0  (eg. 300x0)    - resize to W width preserving the aspect ratio
   * - WxH  (eg. 300x100)  - resize and crop to WxH viewbox (from center)
   * - WxHt (eg. 300x100t) - resize and crop to WxH viewbox (from top)
   * - WxHb (eg. 300x100b) - resize and crop to WxH viewbox (from bottom)
   * - WxHf (eg. 300x100f) - fit inside a WxH viewbox (without cropping)
   */
  createThumb(originalKey: string, thumbKey: string): void
 }
}

/**
 * Package tokens implements various user and admin tokens generation methods.
 */
namespace tokens {
 interface newAdminAuthToken {
  /**
   * NewAdminAuthToken generates and returns a new admin authentication token.
   */
  (app: core.App, admin: models.Admin): string
 }
 interface newAdminResetPasswordToken {
  /**
   * NewAdminResetPasswordToken generates and returns a new admin password reset request token.
   */
  (app: core.App, admin: models.Admin): string
 }
 interface newAdminFileToken {
  /**
   * NewAdminFileToken generates and returns a new admin private file access token.
   */
  (app: core.App, admin: models.Admin): string
 }
 interface newRecordAuthToken {
  /**
   * NewRecordAuthToken generates and returns a new auth record authentication token.
   */
  (app: core.App, record: models.Record): string
 }
 interface newRecordVerifyToken {
  /**
   * NewRecordVerifyToken generates and returns a new record verification token.
   */
  (app: core.App, record: models.Record): string
 }
 interface newRecordResetPasswordToken {
  /**
   * NewRecordResetPasswordToken generates and returns a new auth record password reset request token.
   */
  (app: core.App, record: models.Record): string
 }
 interface newRecordChangeEmailToken {
  /**
   * NewRecordChangeEmailToken generates and returns a new auth record change email request token.
   */
  (app: core.App, record: models.Record, newEmail: string): string
 }
 interface newRecordFileToken {
  /**
   * NewRecordFileToken generates and returns a new record private file access token.
   */
  (app: core.App, record: models.Record): string
 }
}

/**
 * Package models implements various services used for request data
 * validation and applying changes to existing DB models through the app Dao.
 */
namespace forms {
 // @ts-ignore
 import validation = ozzo_validation
 /**
  * AdminLogin is an admin email/pass login form.
  */
 interface AdminLogin {
  identity: string
  password: string
 }
 interface newAdminLogin {
  /**
   * NewAdminLogin creates a new [AdminLogin] form initialized with
   * the provided [core.App] instance.
   * 
   * If you want to submit the form as part of a transaction,
   * you can change the default Dao via [SetDao()].
   */
  (app: core.App): (AdminLogin | undefined)
 }
 interface AdminLogin {
  /**
   * SetDao replaces the default form Dao instance with the provided one.
   */
  setDao(dao: daos.Dao): void
 }
 interface AdminLogin {
  /**
   * Validate makes the form validatable by implementing [validation.Validatable] interface.
   */
  validate(): void
 }
 interface AdminLogin {
  /**
   * Submit validates and submits the admin form.
   * On success returns the authorized admin model.
   * 
   * You can optionally provide a list of InterceptorFunc to
   * further modify the form behavior before persisting it.
   */
  submit(...interceptors: InterceptorFunc<models.Admin | undefined>[]): (models.Admin | undefined)
 }
 /**
  * AdminPasswordResetConfirm is an admin password reset confirmation form.
  */
 interface AdminPasswordResetConfirm {
  token: string
  password: string
  passwordConfirm: string
 }
 interface newAdminPasswordResetConfirm {
  /**
   * NewAdminPasswordResetConfirm creates a new [AdminPasswordResetConfirm]
   * form initialized with from the provided [core.App] instance.
   * 
   * If you want to submit the form as part of a transaction,
   * you can change the default Dao via [SetDao()].
   */
  (app: core.App): (AdminPasswordResetConfirm | undefined)
 }
 interface AdminPasswordResetConfirm {
  /**
   * SetDao replaces the form Dao instance with the provided one.
   * 
   * This is useful if you want to use a specific transaction Dao instance
   * instead of the default app.Dao().
   */
  setDao(dao: daos.Dao): void
 }
 interface AdminPasswordResetConfirm {
  /**
   * Validate makes the form validatable by implementing [validation.Validatable] interface.
   */
  validate(): void
 }
 interface AdminPasswordResetConfirm {
  /**
   * Submit validates and submits the admin password reset confirmation form.
   * On success returns the updated admin model associated to `form.Token`.
   * 
   * You can optionally provide a list of InterceptorFunc to further
   * modify the form behavior before persisting it.
   */
  submit(...interceptors: InterceptorFunc<models.Admin | undefined>[]): (models.Admin | undefined)
 }
 /**
  * AdminPasswordResetRequest is an admin password reset request form.
  */
 interface AdminPasswordResetRequest {
  email: string
 }
 interface newAdminPasswordResetRequest {
  /**
   * NewAdminPasswordResetRequest creates a new [AdminPasswordResetRequest]
   * form initialized with from the provided [core.App] instance.
   * 
   * If you want to submit the form as part of a transaction,
   * you can change the default Dao via [SetDao()].
   */
  (app: core.App): (AdminPasswordResetRequest | undefined)
 }
 interface AdminPasswordResetRequest {
  /**
   * SetDao replaces the default form Dao instance with the provided one.
   */
  setDao(dao: daos.Dao): void
 }
 interface AdminPasswordResetRequest {
  /**
   * Validate makes the form validatable by implementing [validation.Validatable] interface.
   * 
   * This method doesn't verify that admin with `form.Email` exists (this is done on Submit).
   */
  validate(): void
 }
 interface AdminPasswordResetRequest {
  /**
   * Submit validates and submits the form.
   * On success sends a password reset email to the `form.Email` admin.
   * 
   * You can optionally provide a list of InterceptorFunc to further
   * modify the form behavior before persisting it.
   */
  submit(...interceptors: InterceptorFunc<models.Admin | undefined>[]): void
 }
 /**
  * AdminUpsert is a [models.Admin] upsert (create/update) form.
  */
 interface AdminUpsert {
  id: string
  avatar: number
  email: string
  password: string
  passwordConfirm: string
 }
 interface newAdminUpsert {
  /**
   * NewAdminUpsert creates a new [AdminUpsert] form with initializer
   * config created from the provided [core.App] and [models.Admin] instances
   * (for create you could pass a pointer to an empty Admin - `&models.Admin{}`).
   * 
   * If you want to submit the form as part of a transaction,
   * you can change the default Dao via [SetDao()].
   */
  (app: core.App, admin: models.Admin): (AdminUpsert | undefined)
 }
 interface AdminUpsert {
  /**
   * SetDao replaces the default form Dao instance with the provided one.
   */
  setDao(dao: daos.Dao): void
 }
 interface AdminUpsert {
  /**
   * Validate makes the form validatable by implementing [validation.Validatable] interface.
   */
  validate(): void
 }
 interface AdminUpsert {
  /**
   * Submit validates the form and upserts the form admin model.
   * 
   * You can optionally provide a list of InterceptorFunc to further
   * modify the form behavior before persisting it.
   */
  submit(...interceptors: InterceptorFunc<models.Admin | undefined>[]): void
 }
 /**
  * AppleClientSecretCreate is a [models.Admin] upsert (create/update) form.
  * 
  * Reference: https://developer.apple.com/documentation/sign_in_with_apple/generate_and_validate_tokens
  */
 interface AppleClientSecretCreate {
  /**
   * ClientId is the identifier of your app (aka. Service ID).
   */
  clientId: string
  /**
   * TeamId is a 10-character string associated with your developer account
   * (usually could be found next to your name in the Apple Developer site).
   */
  teamId: string
  /**
   * KeyId is a 10-character key identifier generated for the "Sign in with Apple"
   * private key associated with your developer account.
   */
  keyId: string
  /**
   * PrivateKey is the private key associated to your app.
   * Usually wrapped within -----BEGIN PRIVATE KEY----- X -----END PRIVATE KEY-----.
   */
  privateKey: string
  /**
   * Duration specifies how long the generated JWT token should be considered valid.
   * The specified value must be in seconds and max 15777000 (~6months).
   */
  duration: number
 }
 interface newAppleClientSecretCreate {
  /**
   * NewAppleClientSecretCreate creates a new [AppleClientSecretCreate] form with initializer
   * config created from the provided [core.App] instances.
   */
  (app: core.App): (AppleClientSecretCreate | undefined)
 }
 interface AppleClientSecretCreate {
  /**
   * Validate makes the form validatable by implementing [validation.Validatable] interface.
   */
  validate(): void
 }
 interface AppleClientSecretCreate {
  /**
   * Submit validates the form and returns a new Apple Client Secret JWT.
   */
  submit(): string
 }
 /**
  * BackupCreate is a request form for creating a new app backup.
  */
 interface BackupCreate {
  name: string
 }
 interface newBackupCreate {
  /**
   * NewBackupCreate creates new BackupCreate request form.
   */
  (app: core.App): (BackupCreate | undefined)
 }
 interface BackupCreate {
  /**
   * SetContext replaces the default form context with the provided one.
   */
  setContext(ctx: context.Context): void
 }
 interface BackupCreate {
  /**
   * Validate makes the form validatable by implementing [validation.Validatable] interface.
   */
  validate(): void
 }
 interface BackupCreate {
  /**
   * Submit validates the form and creates the app backup.
   * 
   * You can optionally provide a list of InterceptorFunc to further
   * modify the form behavior before creating the backup.
   */
  submit(...interceptors: InterceptorFunc<string>[]): void
 }
 /**
  * InterceptorNextFunc is a interceptor handler function.
  * Usually used in combination with InterceptorFunc.
  */
 interface InterceptorNextFunc<T> {(t: T): void }
 /**
  * InterceptorFunc defines a single interceptor function that
  * will execute the provided next func handler.
  */
 interface InterceptorFunc<T> {(next: InterceptorNextFunc<T>): InterceptorNextFunc<T> }
 /**
  * CollectionUpsert is a [models.Collection] upsert (create/update) form.
  */
 interface CollectionUpsert {
  id: string
  type: string
  name: string
  system: boolean
  schema: schema.Schema
  indexes: types.JsonArray<string>
  listRule?: string
  viewRule?: string
  createRule?: string
  updateRule?: string
  deleteRule?: string
  options: types.JsonMap
 }
 interface newCollectionUpsert {
  /**
   * NewCollectionUpsert creates a new [CollectionUpsert] form with initializer
   * config created from the provided [core.App] and [models.Collection] instances
   * (for create you could pass a pointer to an empty Collection - `&models.Collection{}`).
   * 
   * If you want to submit the form as part of a transaction,
   * you can change the default Dao via [SetDao()].
   */
  (app: core.App, collection: models.Collection): (CollectionUpsert | undefined)
 }
 interface CollectionUpsert {
  /**
   * SetDao replaces the default form Dao instance with the provided one.
   */
  setDao(dao: daos.Dao): void
 }
 interface CollectionUpsert {
  /**
   * Validate makes the form validatable by implementing [validation.Validatable] interface.
   */
  validate(): void
 }
 interface CollectionUpsert {
  /**
   * Submit validates the form and upserts the form's Collection model.
   * 
   * On success the related record table schema will be auto updated.
   * 
   * You can optionally provide a list of InterceptorFunc to further
   * modify the form behavior before persisting it.
   */
  submit(...interceptors: InterceptorFunc<models.Collection | undefined>[]): void
 }
 /**
  * CollectionsImport is a form model to bulk import
  * (create, replace and delete) collections from a user provided list.
  */
 interface CollectionsImport {
  collections: Array<(models.Collection | undefined)>
  deleteMissing: boolean
 }
 interface newCollectionsImport {
  /**
   * NewCollectionsImport creates a new [CollectionsImport] form with
   * initialized with from the provided [core.App] instance.
   * 
   * If you want to submit the form as part of a transaction,
   * you can change the default Dao via [SetDao()].
   */
  (app: core.App): (CollectionsImport | undefined)
 }
 interface CollectionsImport {
  /**
   * SetDao replaces the default form Dao instance with the provided one.
   */
  setDao(dao: daos.Dao): void
 }
 interface CollectionsImport {
  /**
   * Validate makes the form validatable by implementing [validation.Validatable] interface.
   */
  validate(): void
 }
 interface CollectionsImport {
  /**
   * Submit applies the import, aka.:
   * - imports the form collections (create or replace)
   * - sync the collection changes with their related records table
   * - ensures the integrity of the imported structure (aka. run validations for each collection)
   * - if [form.DeleteMissing] is set, deletes all local collections that are not found in the imports list
   * 
   * All operations are wrapped in a single transaction that are
   * rollbacked on the first encountered error.
   * 
   * You can optionally provide a list of InterceptorFunc to further
   * modify the form behavior before persisting it.
   */
  submit(...interceptors: InterceptorFunc<Array<(models.Collection | undefined)>>[]): void
 }
 /**
  * RealtimeSubscribe is a realtime subscriptions request form.
  */
 interface RealtimeSubscribe {
  clientId: string
  subscriptions: Array<string>
 }
 interface newRealtimeSubscribe {
  /**
   * NewRealtimeSubscribe creates new RealtimeSubscribe request form.
   */
  (): (RealtimeSubscribe | undefined)
 }
 interface RealtimeSubscribe {
  /**
   * Validate makes the form validatable by implementing [validation.Validatable] interface.
   */
  validate(): void
 }
 /**
  * RecordEmailChangeConfirm is an auth record email change confirmation form.
  */
 interface RecordEmailChangeConfirm {
  token: string
  password: string
 }
 interface newRecordEmailChangeConfirm {
  /**
   * NewRecordEmailChangeConfirm creates a new [RecordEmailChangeConfirm] form
   * initialized with from the provided [core.App] and [models.Collection] instances.
   * 
   * If you want to submit the form as part of a transaction,
   * you can change the default Dao via [SetDao()].
   */
  (app: core.App, collection: models.Collection): (RecordEmailChangeConfirm | undefined)
 }
 interface RecordEmailChangeConfirm {
  /**
   * SetDao replaces the default form Dao instance with the provided one.
   */
  setDao(dao: daos.Dao): void
 }
 interface RecordEmailChangeConfirm {
  /**
   * Validate makes the form validatable by implementing [validation.Validatable] interface.
   */
  validate(): void
 }
 interface RecordEmailChangeConfirm {
  /**
   * Submit validates and submits the auth record email change confirmation form.
   * On success returns the updated auth record associated to `form.Token`.
   * 
   * You can optionally provide a list of InterceptorFunc to
   * further modify the form behavior before persisting it.
   */
  submit(...interceptors: InterceptorFunc<models.Record | undefined>[]): (models.Record | undefined)
 }
 /**
  * RecordEmailChangeRequest is an auth record email change request form.
  */
 interface RecordEmailChangeRequest {
  newEmail: string
 }
 interface newRecordEmailChangeRequest {
  /**
   * NewRecordEmailChangeRequest creates a new [RecordEmailChangeRequest] form
   * initialized with from the provided [core.App] and [models.Record] instances.
   * 
   * If you want to submit the form as part of a transaction,
   * you can change the default Dao via [SetDao()].
   */
  (app: core.App, record: models.Record): (RecordEmailChangeRequest | undefined)
 }
 interface RecordEmailChangeRequest {
  /**
   * SetDao replaces the default form Dao instance with the provided one.
   */
  setDao(dao: daos.Dao): void
 }
 interface RecordEmailChangeRequest {
  /**
   * Validate makes the form validatable by implementing [validation.Validatable] interface.
   */
  validate(): void
 }
 interface RecordEmailChangeRequest {
  /**
   * Submit validates and sends the change email request.
   * 
   * You can optionally provide a list of InterceptorFunc to
   * further modify the form behavior before persisting it.
   */
  submit(...interceptors: InterceptorFunc<models.Record | undefined>[]): void
 }
 /**
  * RecordOAuth2LoginData defines the OA
  */
 interface RecordOAuth2LoginData {
  externalAuth?: models.ExternalAuth
  record?: models.Record
  oAuth2User?: auth.AuthUser
  providerClient: auth.Provider
 }
 /**
  * BeforeOAuth2RecordCreateFunc defines a callback function that will
  * be called before OAuth2 new Record creation.
  */
 interface BeforeOAuth2RecordCreateFunc {(createForm: RecordUpsert, authRecord: models.Record, authUser: auth.AuthUser): void }
 /**
  * RecordOAuth2Login is an auth record OAuth2 login form.
  */
 interface RecordOAuth2Login {
  /**
   * The name of the OAuth2 client provider (eg. "google")
   */
  provider: string
  /**
   * The authorization code returned from the initial request.
   */
  code: string
  /**
   * The code verifier sent with the initial request as part of the code_challenge.
   */
  codeVerifier: string
  /**
   * The redirect url sent with the initial request.
   */
  redirectUrl: string
  /**
   * Additional data that will be used for creating a new auth record
   * if an existing OAuth2 account doesn't exist.
   */
  createData: _TygojaDict
 }
 interface newRecordOAuth2Login {
  /**
   * NewRecordOAuth2Login creates a new [RecordOAuth2Login] form with
   * initialized with from the provided [core.App] instance.
   * 
   * If you want to submit the form as part of a transaction,
   * you can change the default Dao via [SetDao()].
   */
  (app: core.App, collection: models.Collection, optAuthRecord: models.Record): (RecordOAuth2Login | undefined)
 }
 interface RecordOAuth2Login {
  /**
   * SetDao replaces the default form Dao instance with the provided one.
   */
  setDao(dao: daos.Dao): void
 }
 interface RecordOAuth2Login {
  /**
   * SetBeforeNewRecordCreateFunc sets a before OAuth2 record create callback handler.
   */
  setBeforeNewRecordCreateFunc(f: BeforeOAuth2RecordCreateFunc): void
 }
 interface RecordOAuth2Login {
  /**
   * Validate makes the form validatable by implementing [validation.Validatable] interface.
   */
  validate(): void
 }
 interface RecordOAuth2Login {
  /**
   * Submit validates and submits the form.
   * 
   * If an auth record doesn't exist, it will make an attempt to create it
   * based on the fetched OAuth2 profile data via a local [RecordUpsert] form.
   * You can intercept/modify the Record create form with [form.SetBeforeNewRecordCreateFunc()].
   * 
   * You can also optionally provide a list of InterceptorFunc to
   * further modify the form behavior before persisting it.
   * 
   * On success returns the authorized record model and the fetched provider's data.
   */
  submit(...interceptors: InterceptorFunc<RecordOAuth2LoginData | undefined>[]): [(models.Record | undefined), (auth.AuthUser | undefined)]
 }
 /**
  * RecordPasswordLogin is record username/email + password login form.
  */
 interface RecordPasswordLogin {
  identity: string
  password: string
 }
 interface newRecordPasswordLogin {
  /**
   * NewRecordPasswordLogin creates a new [RecordPasswordLogin] form initialized
   * with from the provided [core.App] and [models.Collection] instance.
   * 
   * If you want to submit the form as part of a transaction,
   * you can change the default Dao via [SetDao()].
   */
  (app: core.App, collection: models.Collection): (RecordPasswordLogin | undefined)
 }
 interface RecordPasswordLogin {
  /**
   * SetDao replaces the default form Dao instance with the provided one.
   */
  setDao(dao: daos.Dao): void
 }
 interface RecordPasswordLogin {
  /**
   * Validate makes the form validatable by implementing [validation.Validatable] interface.
   */
  validate(): void
 }
 interface RecordPasswordLogin {
  /**
   * Submit validates and submits the form.
   * On success returns the authorized record model.
   * 
   * You can optionally provide a list of InterceptorFunc to
   * further modify the form behavior before persisting it.
   */
  submit(...interceptors: InterceptorFunc<models.Record | undefined>[]): (models.Record | undefined)
 }
 /**
  * RecordPasswordResetConfirm is an auth record password reset confirmation form.
  */
 interface RecordPasswordResetConfirm {
  token: string
  password: string
  passwordConfirm: string
 }
 interface newRecordPasswordResetConfirm {
  /**
   * NewRecordPasswordResetConfirm creates a new [RecordPasswordResetConfirm]
   * form initialized with from the provided [core.App] instance.
   * 
   * If you want to submit the form as part of a transaction,
   * you can change the default Dao via [SetDao()].
   */
  (app: core.App, collection: models.Collection): (RecordPasswordResetConfirm | undefined)
 }
 interface RecordPasswordResetConfirm {
  /**
   * SetDao replaces the default form Dao instance with the provided one.
   */
  setDao(dao: daos.Dao): void
 }
 interface RecordPasswordResetConfirm {
  /**
   * Validate makes the form validatable by implementing [validation.Validatable] interface.
   */
  validate(): void
 }
 interface RecordPasswordResetConfirm {
  /**
   * Submit validates and submits the form.
   * On success returns the updated auth record associated to `form.Token`.
   * 
   * You can optionally provide a list of InterceptorFunc to further
   * modify the form behavior before persisting it.
   */
  submit(...interceptors: InterceptorFunc<models.Record | undefined>[]): (models.Record | undefined)
 }
 /**
  * RecordPasswordResetRequest is an auth record reset password request form.
  */
 interface RecordPasswordResetRequest {
  email: string
 }
 interface newRecordPasswordResetRequest {
  /**
   * NewRecordPasswordResetRequest creates a new [RecordPasswordResetRequest]
   * form initialized with from the provided [core.App] instance.
   * 
   * If you want to submit the form as part of a transaction,
   * you can change the default Dao via [SetDao()].
   */
  (app: core.App, collection: models.Collection): (RecordPasswordResetRequest | undefined)
 }
 interface RecordPasswordResetRequest {
  /**
   * SetDao replaces the default form Dao instance with the provided one.
   */
  setDao(dao: daos.Dao): void
 }
 interface RecordPasswordResetRequest {
  /**
   * Validate makes the form validatable by implementing [validation.Validatable] interface.
   * 
   * This method doesn't checks whether auth record with `form.Email` exists (this is done on Submit).
   */
  validate(): void
 }
 interface RecordPasswordResetRequest {
  /**
   * Submit validates and submits the form.
   * On success, sends a password reset email to the `form.Email` auth record.
   * 
   * You can optionally provide a list of InterceptorFunc to further
   * modify the form behavior before persisting it.
   */
  submit(...interceptors: InterceptorFunc<models.Record | undefined>[]): void
 }
 /**
  * RecordUpsert is a [models.Record] upsert (create/update) form.
  */
 interface RecordUpsert {
  /**
   * base model fields
   */
  id: string
  /**
   * auth collection fields
   * ---
   */
  username: string
  email: string
  emailVisibility: boolean
  verified: boolean
  password: string
  passwordConfirm: string
  oldPassword: string
 }
 interface newRecordUpsert {
  /**
   * NewRecordUpsert creates a new [RecordUpsert] form with initializer
   * config created from the provided [core.App] and [models.Record] instances
   * (for create you could pass a pointer to an empty Record - models.NewRecord(collection)).
   * 
   * If you want to submit the form as part of a transaction,
   * you can change the default Dao via [SetDao()].
   */
  (app: core.App, record: models.Record): (RecordUpsert | undefined)
 }
 interface RecordUpsert {
  /**
   * Data returns the loaded form's data.
   */
  data(): _TygojaDict
 }
 interface RecordUpsert {
  /**
   * SetFullManageAccess sets the manageAccess bool flag of the current
   * form to enable/disable directly changing some system record fields
   * (often used with auth collection records).
   */
  setFullManageAccess(fullManageAccess: boolean): void
 }
 interface RecordUpsert {
  /**
   * SetDao replaces the default form Dao instance with the provided one.
   */
  setDao(dao: daos.Dao): void
 }
 interface RecordUpsert {
  /**
   * LoadRequest extracts the json or multipart/form-data request data
   * and lods it into the form.
   * 
   * File upload is supported only via multipart/form-data.
   */
  loadRequest(r: http.Request, keyPrefix: string): void
 }
 interface RecordUpsert {
  /**
   * FilesToUpload returns the parsed request files ready for upload.
   */
  filesToUpload(): _TygojaDict
 }
 interface RecordUpsert {
  /**
   * FilesToUpload returns the parsed request filenames ready to be deleted.
   */
  filesToDelete(): Array<string>
 }
 interface RecordUpsert {
  /**
   * AddFiles adds the provided file(s) to the specified file field.
   * 
   * If the file field is a SINGLE-value file field (aka. "Max Select = 1"),
   * then the newly added file will REPLACE the existing one.
   * In this case if you pass more than 1 files only the first one will be assigned.
   * 
   * If the file field is a MULTI-value file field (aka. "Max Select > 1"),
   * then the newly added file(s) will be APPENDED to the existing one(s).
   * 
   * Example
   * 
   * ```
   * 	f1, _ := filesystem.NewFileFromPath("/path/to/file1.txt")
   * 	f2, _ := filesystem.NewFileFromPath("/path/to/file2.txt")
   * 	form.AddFiles("documents", f1, f2)
   * ```
   */
  addFiles(key: string, ...files: (filesystem.File | undefined)[]): void
 }
 interface RecordUpsert {
  /**
   * RemoveFiles removes a single or multiple file from the specified file field.
   * 
   * NB! If filesToDelete is not set it will remove all existing files
   * assigned to the file field (including those assigned with AddFiles)!
   * 
   * Example
   * 
   * ```
   * 	// mark only only 2 files for removal
   * 	form.AddFiles("documents", "file1_aw4bdrvws6.txt", "file2_xwbs36bafv.txt")
   * 
   * 	// mark all "documents" files for removal
   * 	form.AddFiles("documents")
   * ```
   */
  removeFiles(key: string, ...toDelete: string[]): void
 }
 interface RecordUpsert {
  /**
   * LoadData loads and normalizes the provided regular record data fields into the form.
   */
  loadData(requestData: _TygojaDict): void
 }
 interface RecordUpsert {
  /**
   * Validate makes the form validatable by implementing [validation.Validatable] interface.
   */
  validate(): void
 }
 interface RecordUpsert {
  validateAndFill(): void
 }
 interface RecordUpsert {
  /**
   * DrySubmit performs a form submit within a transaction and reverts it.
   * For actual record persistence, check the `form.Submit()` method.
   * 
   * This method doesn't handle file uploads/deletes or trigger any app events!
   */
  drySubmit(callback: (txDao: daos.Dao) => void): void
 }
 interface RecordUpsert {
  /**
   * Submit validates the form and upserts the form Record model.
   * 
   * You can optionally provide a list of InterceptorFunc to further
   * modify the form behavior before persisting it.
   */
  submit(...interceptors: InterceptorFunc<models.Record | undefined>[]): void
 }
 /**
  * RecordVerificationConfirm is an auth record email verification confirmation form.
  */
 interface RecordVerificationConfirm {
  token: string
 }
 interface newRecordVerificationConfirm {
  /**
   * NewRecordVerificationConfirm creates a new [RecordVerificationConfirm]
   * form initialized with from the provided [core.App] instance.
   * 
   * If you want to submit the form as part of a transaction,
   * you can change the default Dao via [SetDao()].
   */
  (app: core.App, collection: models.Collection): (RecordVerificationConfirm | undefined)
 }
 interface RecordVerificationConfirm {
  /**
   * SetDao replaces the default form Dao instance with the provided one.
   */
  setDao(dao: daos.Dao): void
 }
 interface RecordVerificationConfirm {
  /**
   * Validate makes the form validatable by implementing [validation.Validatable] interface.
   */
  validate(): void
 }
 interface RecordVerificationConfirm {
  /**
   * Submit validates and submits the form.
   * On success returns the verified auth record associated to `form.Token`.
   * 
   * You can optionally provide a list of InterceptorFunc to further
   * modify the form behavior before persisting it.
   */
  submit(...interceptors: InterceptorFunc<models.Record | undefined>[]): (models.Record | undefined)
 }
 /**
  * RecordVerificationRequest is an auth record email verification request form.
  */
 interface RecordVerificationRequest {
  email: string
 }
 interface newRecordVerificationRequest {
  /**
   * NewRecordVerificationRequest creates a new [RecordVerificationRequest]
   * form initialized with from the provided [core.App] instance.
   * 
   * If you want to submit the form as part of a transaction,
   * you can change the default Dao via [SetDao()].
   */
  (app: core.App, collection: models.Collection): (RecordVerificationRequest | undefined)
 }
 interface RecordVerificationRequest {
  /**
   * SetDao replaces the default form Dao instance with the provided one.
   */
  setDao(dao: daos.Dao): void
 }
 interface RecordVerificationRequest {
  /**
   * Validate makes the form validatable by implementing [validation.Validatable] interface.
   * 
   * // This method doesn't verify that auth record with `form.Email` exists (this is done on Submit).
   */
  validate(): void
 }
 interface RecordVerificationRequest {
  /**
   * Submit validates and sends a verification request email
   * to the `form.Email` auth record.
   * 
   * You can optionally provide a list of InterceptorFunc to further
   * modify the form behavior before persisting it.
   */
  submit(...interceptors: InterceptorFunc<models.Record | undefined>[]): void
 }
 /**
  * SettingsUpsert is a [settings.Settings] upsert (create/update) form.
  */
 type _subJQksV = settings.Settings
 interface SettingsUpsert extends _subJQksV {
 }
 interface newSettingsUpsert {
  /**
   * NewSettingsUpsert creates a new [SettingsUpsert] form with initializer
   * config created from the provided [core.App] instance.
   * 
   * If you want to submit the form as part of a transaction,
   * you can change the default Dao via [SetDao()].
   */
  (app: core.App): (SettingsUpsert | undefined)
 }
 interface SettingsUpsert {
  /**
   * SetDao replaces the default form Dao instance with the provided one.
   */
  setDao(dao: daos.Dao): void
 }
 interface SettingsUpsert {
  /**
   * Validate makes the form validatable by implementing [validation.Validatable] interface.
   */
  validate(): void
 }
 interface SettingsUpsert {
  /**
   * Submit validates the form and upserts the loaded settings.
   * 
   * On success the app settings will be refreshed with the form ones.
   * 
   * You can optionally provide a list of InterceptorFunc to further
   * modify the form behavior before persisting it.
   */
  submit(...interceptors: InterceptorFunc<settings.Settings | undefined>[]): void
 }
 /**
  * TestEmailSend is a email template test request form.
  */
 interface TestEmailSend {
  template: string
  email: string
 }
 interface newTestEmailSend {
  /**
   * NewTestEmailSend creates and initializes new TestEmailSend form.
   */
  (app: core.App): (TestEmailSend | undefined)
 }
 interface TestEmailSend {
  /**
   * Validate makes the form validatable by implementing [validation.Validatable] interface.
   */
  validate(): void
 }
 interface TestEmailSend {
  /**
   * Submit validates and sends a test email to the form.Email address.
   */
  submit(): void
 }
 /**
  * TestS3Filesystem defines a S3 filesystem connection test.
  */
 interface TestS3Filesystem {
  /**
   * The name of the filesystem - storage or backups
   */
  filesystem: string
 }
 interface newTestS3Filesystem {
  /**
   * NewTestS3Filesystem creates and initializes new TestS3Filesystem form.
   */
  (app: core.App): (TestS3Filesystem | undefined)
 }
 interface TestS3Filesystem {
  /**
   * Validate makes the form validatable by implementing [validation.Validatable] interface.
   */
  validate(): void
 }
 interface TestS3Filesystem {
  /**
   * Submit validates and performs a S3 filesystem connection test.
   */
  submit(): void
 }
}

/**
 * Package apis implements the default PocketBase api services and middlewares.
 */
namespace apis {
 interface adminApi {
 }
 // @ts-ignore
 import validation = ozzo_validation
 /**
  * ApiError defines the struct for a basic api error response.
  */
 interface ApiError {
  code: number
  message: string
  data: _TygojaDict
 }
 interface ApiError {
  /**
   * Error makes it compatible with the `error` interface.
   */
  error(): string
 }
 interface ApiError {
  /**
   * RawData returns the unformatted error data (could be an internal error, text, etc.)
   */
  rawData(): any
 }
 interface newNotFoundError {
  /**
   * NewNotFoundError creates and returns 404 `ApiError`.
   */
  (message: string, data: any): (ApiError | undefined)
 }
 interface newBadRequestError {
  /**
   * NewBadRequestError creates and returns 400 `ApiError`.
   */
  (message: string, data: any): (ApiError | undefined)
 }
 interface newForbiddenError {
  /**
   * NewForbiddenError creates and returns 403 `ApiError`.
   */
  (message: string, data: any): (ApiError | undefined)
 }
 interface newUnauthorizedError {
  /**
   * NewUnauthorizedError creates and returns 401 `ApiError`.
   */
  (message: string, data: any): (ApiError | undefined)
 }
 interface newApiError {
  /**
   * NewApiError creates and returns new normalized `ApiError` instance.
   */
  (status: number, message: string, data: any): (ApiError | undefined)
 }
 interface backupApi {
 }
 interface initApi {
  /**
   * InitApi creates a configured echo instance with registered
   * system and app specific routes and middlewares.
   */
  (app: core.App): (echo.Echo | undefined)
 }
 interface staticDirectoryHandler {
  /**
   * StaticDirectoryHandler is similar to `echo.StaticDirectoryHandler`
   * but without the directory redirect which conflicts with RemoveTrailingSlash middleware.
   * 
   * If a file resource is missing and indexFallback is set, the request
   * will be forwarded to the base index.html (useful also for SPA).
   * 
   * @see https://github.com/labstack/echo/issues/2211
   */
  (fileSystem: fs.FS, indexFallback: boolean): echo.HandlerFunc
 }
 interface collectionApi {
 }
 interface fileApi {
 }
 interface healthApi {
 }
 interface healthCheckResponse {
  code: number
  message: string
  data: {
   canBackup: boolean
  }
 }
 interface logsApi {
 }
 interface requireGuestOnly {
  /**
   * RequireGuestOnly middleware requires a request to NOT have a valid
   * Authorization header.
   * 
   * This middleware is the opposite of [apis.RequireAdminOrRecordAuth()].
   */
  (): echo.MiddlewareFunc
 }
 interface requireRecordAuth {
  /**
   * RequireRecordAuth middleware requires a request to have
   * a valid record auth Authorization header.
   * 
   * The auth record could be from any collection.
   * 
   * You can further filter the allowed record auth collections by
   * specifying their names.
   * 
   * Example:
   * 
   * ```
   * 	apis.RequireRecordAuth()
   * ```
   * 
   * Or:
   * 
   * ```
   * 	apis.RequireRecordAuth("users", "supervisors")
   * ```
   * 
   * To restrict the auth record only to the loaded context collection,
   * use [apis.RequireSameContextRecordAuth()] instead.
   */
  (...optCollectionNames: string[]): echo.MiddlewareFunc
 }
 interface requireSameContextRecordAuth {
  /**
   * RequireSameContextRecordAuth middleware requires a request to have
   * a valid record Authorization header.
   * 
   * The auth record must be from the same collection already loaded in the context.
   */
  (): echo.MiddlewareFunc
 }
 interface requireAdminAuth {
  /**
   * RequireAdminAuth middleware requires a request to have
   * a valid admin Authorization header.
   */
  (): echo.MiddlewareFunc
 }
 interface requireAdminAuthOnlyIfAny {
  /**
   * RequireAdminAuthOnlyIfAny middleware requires a request to have
   * a valid admin Authorization header ONLY if the application has
   * at least 1 existing Admin model.
   */
  (app: core.App): echo.MiddlewareFunc
 }
 interface requireAdminOrRecordAuth {
  /**
   * RequireAdminOrRecordAuth middleware requires a request to have
   * a valid admin or record Authorization header set.
   * 
   * You can further filter the allowed auth record collections by providing their names.
   * 
   * This middleware is the opposite of [apis.RequireGuestOnly()].
   */
  (...optCollectionNames: string[]): echo.MiddlewareFunc
 }
 interface requireAdminOrOwnerAuth {
  /**
   * RequireAdminOrOwnerAuth middleware requires a request to have
   * a valid admin or auth record owner Authorization header set.
   * 
   * This middleware is similar to [apis.RequireAdminOrRecordAuth()] but
   * for the auth record token expects to have the same id as the path
   * parameter ownerIdParam (default to "id" if empty).
   */
  (ownerIdParam: string): echo.MiddlewareFunc
 }
 interface loadAuthContext {
  /**
   * LoadAuthContext middleware reads the Authorization request header
   * and loads the token related record or admin instance into the
   * request's context.
   * 
   * This middleware is expected to be already registered by default for all routes.
   */
  (app: core.App): echo.MiddlewareFunc
 }
 interface loadCollectionContext {
  /**
   * LoadCollectionContext middleware finds the collection with related
   * path identifier and loads it into the request context.
   * 
   * Set optCollectionTypes to further filter the found collection by its type.
   */
  (app: core.App, ...optCollectionTypes: string[]): echo.MiddlewareFunc
 }
 interface activityLogger {
  /**
   * ActivityLogger middleware takes care to save the request information
   * into the logs database.
   * 
   * The middleware does nothing if the app logs retention period is zero
   * (aka. app.Settings().Logs.MaxDays = 0).
   */
  (app: core.App): echo.MiddlewareFunc
 }
 interface realtimeApi {
 }
 interface recordData {
  action: string
  record?: models.Record
 }
 interface getter {
  get(_arg0: string): any
 }
 interface recordAuthApi {
 }
 interface providerInfo {
  name: string
  state: string
  codeVerifier: string
  codeChallenge: string
  codeChallengeMethod: string
  authUrl: string
 }
 interface recordApi {
 }
 interface requestData {
  /**
   * RequestData exports cached common request data fields
   * (query, body, logged auth state, etc.) from the provided context.
   */
  (c: echo.Context): (models.RequestData | undefined)
 }
 interface recordAuthResponse {
  /**
   * RecordAuthResponse writes standardised json record auth response
   * into the specified request context.
   */
  (app: core.App, c: echo.Context, authRecord: models.Record, meta: any, ...finalizers: ((token: string) => void)[]): void
 }
 interface enrichRecord {
  /**
   * EnrichRecord parses the request context and enrich the provided record:
   * ```
   *   - expands relations (if defaultExpands and/or ?expand query param is set)
   *   - ensures that the emails of the auth record and its expanded auth relations
   *     are visibe only for the current logged admin, record owner or record with manage access
   * ```
   */
  (c: echo.Context, dao: daos.Dao, record: models.Record, ...defaultExpands: string[]): void
 }
 interface enrichRecords {
  /**
   * EnrichRecords parses the request context and enriches the provided records:
   * ```
   *   - expands relations (if defaultExpands and/or ?expand query param is set)
   *   - ensures that the emails of the auth records and their expanded auth relations
   *     are visibe only for the current logged admin, record owner or record with manage access
   * ```
   */
  (c: echo.Context, dao: daos.Dao, records: Array<(models.Record | undefined)>, ...defaultExpands: string[]): void
 }
 /**
  * ServeConfig defines a configuration struct for apis.Serve().
  */
 interface ServeConfig {
  /**
   * ShowStartBanner indicates whether to show or hide the server start console message.
   */
  showStartBanner: boolean
  /**
   * HttpAddr is the HTTP server address to bind (eg. `127.0.0.1:80`).
   */
  httpAddr: string
  /**
   * HttpsAddr is the HTTPS server address to bind (eg. `127.0.0.1:443`).
   */
  httpsAddr: string
  /**
   * AllowedOrigins is an optional list of CORS origins (default to "*").
   */
  allowedOrigins: Array<string>
 }
 interface serve {
  /**
   * Serve starts a new app web server.
   */
  (app: core.App, config: ServeConfig): void
 }
 interface migrationsConnection {
  db?: dbx.DB
  migrationsList: migrate.MigrationsList
 }
 interface settingsApi {
 }
}

namespace pocketbase {
 /**
  * appWrapper serves as a private core.App instance wrapper.
  */
 type _subINXvZ = core.App
 interface appWrapper extends _subINXvZ {
 }
 /**
  * PocketBase defines a PocketBase app launcher.
  * 
  * It implements [core.App] via embedding and all of the app interface methods
  * could be accessed directly through the instance (eg. PocketBase.DataDir()).
  */
 type _subKEMwG = appWrapper
 interface PocketBase extends _subKEMwG {
  /**
   * RootCmd is the main console command
   */
  rootCmd?: cobra.Command
 }
 /**
  * Config is the PocketBase initialization config struct.
  */
 interface Config {
  /**
   * optional default values for the console flags
   */
  defaultDebug: boolean
  defaultDataDir: string // if not set, it will fallback to "./pb_data"
  defaultEncryptionEnv: string
  /**
   * hide the default console server info on app startup
   */
  hideStartBanner: boolean
  /**
   * optional DB configurations
   */
  dataMaxOpenConns: number // default to core.DefaultDataMaxOpenConns
  dataMaxIdleConns: number // default to core.DefaultDataMaxIdleConns
  logsMaxOpenConns: number // default to core.DefaultLogsMaxOpenConns
  logsMaxIdleConns: number // default to core.DefaultLogsMaxIdleConns
 }
 interface _new {
  /**
   * New creates a new PocketBase instance with the default configuration.
   * Use [NewWithConfig()] if you want to provide a custom configuration.
   * 
   * Note that the application will not be initialized/bootstrapped yet,
   * aka. DB connections, migrations, app settings, etc. will not be accessible.
   * Everything will be initialized when [Start()] is executed.
   * If you want to initialize the application before calling [Start()],
   * then you'll have to manually call [Bootstrap()].
   */
  (): (PocketBase | undefined)
 }
 interface newWithConfig {
  /**
   * NewWithConfig creates a new PocketBase instance with the provided config.
   * 
   * Note that the application will not be initialized/bootstrapped yet,
   * aka. DB connections, migrations, app settings, etc. will not be accessible.
   * Everything will be initialized when [Start()] is executed.
   * If you want to initialize the application before calling [Start()],
   * then you'll have to manually call [Bootstrap()].
   */
  (config: Config): (PocketBase | undefined)
 }
 interface PocketBase {
  /**
   * Start starts the application, aka. registers the default system
   * commands (serve, migrate, version) and executes pb.RootCmd.
   */
  start(): void
 }
 interface PocketBase {
  /**
   * Execute initializes the application (if not already) and executes
   * the pb.RootCmd with graceful shutdown support.
   * 
   * This method differs from pb.Start() by not registering the default
   * system commands!
   */
  execute(): void
 }
}

/**
 * Package io provides basic interfaces to I/O primitives.
 * Its primary job is to wrap existing implementations of such primitives,
 * such as those in package os, into shared public interfaces that
 * abstract the functionality, plus some other related primitives.
 * 
 * Because these interfaces and primitives wrap lower-level operations with
 * various implementations, unless otherwise informed clients should not
 * assume they are safe for parallel execution.
 */
namespace io {
 /**
  * ReadSeekCloser is the interface that groups the basic Read, Seek and Close
  * methods.
  */
 interface ReadSeekCloser {
 }
}

/**
 * Package bytes implements functions for the manipulation of byte slices.
 * It is analogous to the facilities of the strings package.
 */
namespace bytes {
 /**
  * A Reader implements the io.Reader, io.ReaderAt, io.WriterTo, io.Seeker,
  * io.ByteScanner, and io.RuneScanner interfaces by reading from
  * a byte slice.
  * Unlike a Buffer, a Reader is read-only and supports seeking.
  * The zero value for Reader operates like a Reader of an empty slice.
  */
 interface Reader {
 }
 interface Reader {
  /**
   * Len returns the number of bytes of the unread portion of the
   * slice.
   */
  len(): number
 }
 interface Reader {
  /**
   * Size returns the original length of the underlying byte slice.
   * Size is the number of bytes available for reading via ReadAt.
   * The result is unaffected by any method calls except Reset.
   */
  size(): number
 }
 interface Reader {
  /**
   * Read implements the io.Reader interface.
   */
  read(b: string): number
 }
 interface Reader {
  /**
   * ReadAt implements the io.ReaderAt interface.
   */
  readAt(b: string, off: number): number
 }
 interface Reader {
  /**
   * ReadByte implements the io.ByteReader interface.
   */
  readByte(): string
 }
 interface Reader {
  /**
   * UnreadByte complements ReadByte in implementing the io.ByteScanner interface.
   */
  unreadByte(): void
 }
 interface Reader {
  /**
   * ReadRune implements the io.RuneReader interface.
   */
  readRune(): [string, number]
 }
 interface Reader {
  /**
   * UnreadRune complements ReadRune in implementing the io.RuneScanner interface.
   */
  unreadRune(): void
 }
 interface Reader {
  /**
   * Seek implements the io.Seeker interface.
   */
  seek(offset: number, whence: number): number
 }
 interface Reader {
  /**
   * WriteTo implements the io.WriterTo interface.
   */
  writeTo(w: io.Writer): number
 }
 interface Reader {
  /**
   * Reset resets the Reader to be reading from b.
   */
  reset(b: string): void
 }
}

/**
 * Package time provides functionality for measuring and displaying time.
 * 
 * The calendrical calculations always assume a Gregorian calendar, with
 * no leap seconds.
 * 
 * # Monotonic Clocks
 * 
 * Operating systems provide both a “wall clock,” which is subject to
 * changes for clock synchronization, and a “monotonic clock,” which is
 * not. The general rule is that the wall clock is for telling time and
 * the monotonic clock is for measuring time. Rather than split the API,
 * in this package the Time returned by time.Now contains both a wall
 * clock reading and a monotonic clock reading; later time-telling
 * operations use the wall clock reading, but later time-measuring
 * operations, specifically comparisons and subtractions, use the
 * monotonic clock reading.
 * 
 * For example, this code always computes a positive elapsed time of
 * approximately 20 milliseconds, even if the wall clock is changed during
 * the operation being timed:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	start := time.Now()
 * 	... operation that takes 20 milliseconds ...
 * 	t := time.Now()
 * 	elapsed := t.Sub(start)
 * ```
 * 
 * Other idioms, such as time.Since(start), time.Until(deadline), and
 * time.Now().Before(deadline), are similarly robust against wall clock
 * resets.
 * 
 * The rest of this section gives the precise details of how operations
 * use monotonic clocks, but understanding those details is not required
 * to use this package.
 * 
 * The Time returned by time.Now contains a monotonic clock reading.
 * If Time t has a monotonic clock reading, t.Add adds the same duration to
 * both the wall clock and monotonic clock readings to compute the result.
 * Because t.AddDate(y, m, d), t.Round(d), and t.Truncate(d) are wall time
 * computations, they always strip any monotonic clock reading from their results.
 * Because t.In, t.Local, and t.UTC are used for their effect on the interpretation
 * of the wall time, they also strip any monotonic clock reading from their results.
 * The canonical way to strip a monotonic clock reading is to use t = t.Round(0).
 * 
 * If Times t and u both contain monotonic clock readings, the operations
 * t.After(u), t.Before(u), t.Equal(u), and t.Sub(u) are carried out
 * using the monotonic clock readings alone, ignoring the wall clock
 * readings. If either t or u contains no monotonic clock reading, these
 * operations fall back to using the wall clock readings.
 * 
 * On some systems the monotonic clock will stop if the computer goes to sleep.
 * On such a system, t.Sub(u) may not accurately reflect the actual
 * time that passed between t and u.
 * 
 * Because the monotonic clock reading has no meaning outside
 * the current process, the serialized forms generated by t.GobEncode,
 * t.MarshalBinary, t.MarshalJSON, and t.MarshalText omit the monotonic
 * clock reading, and t.Format provides no format for it. Similarly, the
 * constructors time.Date, time.Parse, time.ParseInLocation, and time.Unix,
 * as well as the unmarshalers t.GobDecode, t.UnmarshalBinary.
 * t.UnmarshalJSON, and t.UnmarshalText always create times with
 * no monotonic clock reading.
 * 
 * The monotonic clock reading exists only in Time values. It is not
 * a part of Duration values or the Unix times returned by t.Unix and
 * friends.
 * 
 * Note that the Go == operator compares not just the time instant but
 * also the Location and the monotonic clock reading. See the
 * documentation for the Time type for a discussion of equality
 * testing for Time values.
 * 
 * For debugging, the result of t.String does include the monotonic
 * clock reading if present. If t != u because of different monotonic clock readings,
 * that difference will be visible when printing t.String() and u.String().
 */
namespace time {
 /**
  * A Duration represents the elapsed time between two instants
  * as an int64 nanosecond count. The representation limits the
  * largest representable duration to approximately 290 years.
  */
 interface Duration extends Number{}
 interface Duration {
  /**
   * String returns a string representing the duration in the form "72h3m0.5s".
   * Leading zero units are omitted. As a special case, durations less than one
   * second format use a smaller unit (milli-, micro-, or nanoseconds) to ensure
   * that the leading digit is non-zero. The zero duration formats as 0s.
   */
  string(): string
 }
 interface Duration {
  /**
   * Nanoseconds returns the duration as an integer nanosecond count.
   */
  nanoseconds(): number
 }
 interface Duration {
  /**
   * Microseconds returns the duration as an integer microsecond count.
   */
  microseconds(): number
 }
 interface Duration {
  /**
   * Milliseconds returns the duration as an integer millisecond count.
   */
  milliseconds(): number
 }
 interface Duration {
  /**
   * Seconds returns the duration as a floating point number of seconds.
   */
  seconds(): number
 }
 interface Duration {
  /**
   * Minutes returns the duration as a floating point number of minutes.
   */
  minutes(): number
 }
 interface Duration {
  /**
   * Hours returns the duration as a floating point number of hours.
   */
  hours(): number
 }
 interface Duration {
  /**
   * Truncate returns the result of rounding d toward zero to a multiple of m.
   * If m <= 0, Truncate returns d unchanged.
   */
  truncate(m: Duration): Duration
 }
 interface Duration {
  /**
   * Round returns the result of rounding d to the nearest multiple of m.
   * The rounding behavior for halfway values is to round away from zero.
   * If the result exceeds the maximum (or minimum)
   * value that can be stored in a Duration,
   * Round returns the maximum (or minimum) duration.
   * If m <= 0, Round returns d unchanged.
   */
  round(m: Duration): Duration
 }
 interface Duration {
  /**
   * Abs returns the absolute value of d.
   * As a special case, math.MinInt64 is converted to math.MaxInt64.
   */
  abs(): Duration
 }
}

/**
 * Package fs defines basic interfaces to a file system.
 * A file system can be provided by the host operating system
 * but also by other packages.
 */
namespace fs {
 /**
  * An FS provides access to a hierarchical file system.
  * 
  * The FS interface is the minimum implementation required of the file system.
  * A file system may implement additional interfaces,
  * such as ReadFileFS, to provide additional or optimized functionality.
  */
 interface FS {
  /**
   * Open opens the named file.
   * 
   * When Open returns an error, it should be of type *PathError
   * with the Op field set to "open", the Path field set to name,
   * and the Err field describing the problem.
   * 
   * Open should reject attempts to open names that do not satisfy
   * ValidPath(name), returning a *PathError with Err set to
   * ErrInvalid or ErrNotExist.
   */
  open(name: string): File
 }
}

/**
 * Package context defines the Context type, which carries deadlines,
 * cancellation signals, and other request-scoped values across API boundaries
 * and between processes.
 * 
 * Incoming requests to a server should create a Context, and outgoing
 * calls to servers should accept a Context. The chain of function
 * calls between them must propagate the Context, optionally replacing
 * it with a derived Context created using WithCancel, WithDeadline,
 * WithTimeout, or WithValue. When a Context is canceled, all
 * Contexts derived from it are also canceled.
 * 
 * The WithCancel, WithDeadline, and WithTimeout functions take a
 * Context (the parent) and return a derived Context (the child) and a
 * CancelFunc. Calling the CancelFunc cancels the child and its
 * children, removes the parent's reference to the child, and stops
 * any associated timers. Failing to call the CancelFunc leaks the
 * child and its children until the parent is canceled or the timer
 * fires. The go vet tool checks that CancelFuncs are used on all
 * control-flow paths.
 * 
 * Programs that use Contexts should follow these rules to keep interfaces
 * consistent across packages and enable static analysis tools to check context
 * propagation:
 * 
 * Do not store Contexts inside a struct type; instead, pass a Context
 * explicitly to each function that needs it. The Context should be the first
 * parameter, typically named ctx:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	func DoSomething(ctx context.Context, arg Arg) error {
 * 		// ... use ctx ...
 * 	}
 * ```
 * 
 * Do not pass a nil Context, even if a function permits it. Pass context.TODO
 * if you are unsure about which Context to use.
 * 
 * Use context Values only for request-scoped data that transits processes and
 * APIs, not for passing optional parameters to functions.
 * 
 * The same Context may be passed to functions running in different goroutines;
 * Contexts are safe for simultaneous use by multiple goroutines.
 * 
 * See https://blog.golang.org/context for example code for a server that uses
 * Contexts.
 */
namespace context {
 /**
  * A Context carries a deadline, a cancellation signal, and other values across
  * API boundaries.
  * 
  * Context's methods may be called by multiple goroutines simultaneously.
  */
 interface Context {
  /**
   * Deadline returns the time when work done on behalf of this context
   * should be canceled. Deadline returns ok==false when no deadline is
   * set. Successive calls to Deadline return the same results.
   */
  deadline(): [time.Time, boolean]
  /**
   * Done returns a channel that's closed when work done on behalf of this
   * context should be canceled. Done may return nil if this context can
   * never be canceled. Successive calls to Done return the same value.
   * The close of the Done channel may happen asynchronously,
   * after the cancel function returns.
   * 
   * WithCancel arranges for Done to be closed when cancel is called;
   * WithDeadline arranges for Done to be closed when the deadline
   * expires; WithTimeout arranges for Done to be closed when the timeout
   * elapses.
   * 
   * Done is provided for use in select statements:
   * 
   *  // Stream generates values with DoSomething and sends them to out
   *  // until DoSomething returns an error or ctx.Done is closed.
   *  func Stream(ctx context.Context, out chan<- Value) error {
   *  	for {
   *  		v, err := DoSomething(ctx)
   *  		if err != nil {
   *  			return err
   *  		}
   *  		select {
   *  		case <-ctx.Done():
   *  			return ctx.Err()
   *  		case out <- v:
   *  		}
   *  	}
   *  }
   * 
   * See https://blog.golang.org/pipelines for more examples of how to use
   * a Done channel for cancellation.
   */
  done(): undefined
  /**
   * If Done is not yet closed, Err returns nil.
   * If Done is closed, Err returns a non-nil error explaining why:
   * Canceled if the context was canceled
   * or DeadlineExceeded if the context's deadline passed.
   * After Err returns a non-nil error, successive calls to Err return the same error.
   */
  err(): void
  /**
   * Value returns the value associated with this context for key, or nil
   * if no value is associated with key. Successive calls to Value with
   * the same key returns the same result.
   * 
   * Use context values only for request-scoped data that transits
   * processes and API boundaries, not for passing optional parameters to
   * functions.
   * 
   * A key identifies a specific value in a Context. Functions that wish
   * to store values in Context typically allocate a key in a global
   * variable then use that key as the argument to context.WithValue and
   * Context.Value. A key can be any type that supports equality;
   * packages should define keys as an unexported type to avoid
   * collisions.
   * 
   * Packages that define a Context key should provide type-safe accessors
   * for the values stored using that key:
   * 
   * ```
   * 	// Package user defines a User type that's stored in Contexts.
   * 	package user
   * 
   * 	import "context"
   * 
   * 	// User is the type of value stored in the Contexts.
   * 	type User struct {...}
   * 
   * 	// key is an unexported type for keys defined in this package.
   * 	// This prevents collisions with keys defined in other packages.
   * 	type key int
   * 
   * 	// userKey is the key for user.User values in Contexts. It is
   * 	// unexported; clients use user.NewContext and user.FromContext
   * 	// instead of using this key directly.
   * 	var userKey key
   * 
   * 	// NewContext returns a new Context that carries value u.
   * 	func NewContext(ctx context.Context, u *User) context.Context {
   * 		return context.WithValue(ctx, userKey, u)
   * 	}
   * 
   * 	// FromContext returns the User value stored in ctx, if any.
   * 	func FromContext(ctx context.Context) (*User, bool) {
   * 		u, ok := ctx.Value(userKey).(*User)
   * 		return u, ok
   * 	}
   * ```
   */
  value(key: any): any
 }
}

/**
 * Package multipart implements MIME multipart parsing, as defined in RFC
 * 2046.
 * 
 * The implementation is sufficient for HTTP (RFC 2388) and the multipart
 * bodies generated by popular browsers.
 */
namespace multipart {
 /**
  * A FileHeader describes a file part of a multipart request.
  */
 interface FileHeader {
  filename: string
  header: textproto.MIMEHeader
  size: number
 }
 interface FileHeader {
  /**
   * Open opens and returns the FileHeader's associated File.
   */
  open(): File
 }
}

/**
 * Package http provides HTTP client and server implementations.
 * 
 * Get, Head, Post, and PostForm make HTTP (or HTTPS) requests:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	resp, err := http.Get("http://example.com/")
 * 	...
 * 	resp, err := http.Post("http://example.com/upload", "image/jpeg", &buf)
 * 	...
 * 	resp, err := http.PostForm("http://example.com/form",
 * 		url.Values{"key": {"Value"}, "id": {"123"}})
 * ```
 * 
 * The client must close the response body when finished with it:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	resp, err := http.Get("http://example.com/")
 * 	if err != nil {
 * 		// handle error
 * 	}
 * 	defer resp.Body.Close()
 * 	body, err := io.ReadAll(resp.Body)
 * 	// ...
 * ```
 * 
 * For control over HTTP client headers, redirect policy, and other
 * settings, create a Client:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	client := &http.Client{
 * 		CheckRedirect: redirectPolicyFunc,
 * 	}
 * 
 * 	resp, err := client.Get("http://example.com")
 * 	// ...
 * 
 * 	req, err := http.NewRequest("GET", "http://example.com", nil)
 * 	// ...
 * 	req.Header.Add("If-None-Match", `W/"wyzzy"`)
 * 	resp, err := client.Do(req)
 * 	// ...
 * ```
 * 
 * For control over proxies, TLS configuration, keep-alives,
 * compression, and other settings, create a Transport:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	tr := &http.Transport{
 * 		MaxIdleConns:       10,
 * 		IdleConnTimeout:    30 * time.Second,
 * 		DisableCompression: true,
 * 	}
 * 	client := &http.Client{Transport: tr}
 * 	resp, err := client.Get("https://example.com")
 * ```
 * 
 * Clients and Transports are safe for concurrent use by multiple
 * goroutines and for efficiency should only be created once and re-used.
 * 
 * ListenAndServe starts an HTTP server with a given address and handler.
 * The handler is usually nil, which means to use DefaultServeMux.
 * Handle and HandleFunc add handlers to DefaultServeMux:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	http.Handle("/foo", fooHandler)
 * 
 * 	http.HandleFunc("/bar", func(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
 * 		fmt.Fprintf(w, "Hello, %q", html.EscapeString(r.URL.Path))
 * 	})
 * 
 * 	log.Fatal(http.ListenAndServe(":8080", nil))
 * ```
 * 
 * More control over the server's behavior is available by creating a
 * custom Server:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	s := &http.Server{
 * 		Addr:           ":8080",
 * 		Handler:        myHandler,
 * 		ReadTimeout:    10 * time.Second,
 * 		WriteTimeout:   10 * time.Second,
 * 		MaxHeaderBytes: 1 << 20,
 * 	}
 * 	log.Fatal(s.ListenAndServe())
 * ```
 * 
 * Starting with Go 1.6, the http package has transparent support for the
 * HTTP/2 protocol when using HTTPS. Programs that must disable HTTP/2
 * can do so by setting Transport.TLSNextProto (for clients) or
 * Server.TLSNextProto (for servers) to a non-nil, empty
 * map. Alternatively, the following GODEBUG environment variables are
 * currently supported:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	GODEBUG=http2client=0  # disable HTTP/2 client support
 * 	GODEBUG=http2server=0  # disable HTTP/2 server support
 * 	GODEBUG=http2debug=1   # enable verbose HTTP/2 debug logs
 * 	GODEBUG=http2debug=2   # ... even more verbose, with frame dumps
 * ```
 * 
 * The GODEBUG variables are not covered by Go's API compatibility
 * promise. Please report any issues before disabling HTTP/2
 * support: https://golang.org/s/http2bug
 * 
 * The http package's Transport and Server both automatically enable
 * HTTP/2 support for simple configurations. To enable HTTP/2 for more
 * complex configurations, to use lower-level HTTP/2 features, or to use
 * a newer version of Go's http2 package, import "golang.org/x/net/http2"
 * directly and use its ConfigureTransport and/or ConfigureServer
 * functions. Manually configuring HTTP/2 via the golang.org/x/net/http2
 * package takes precedence over the net/http package's built-in HTTP/2
 * support.
 */
namespace http {
 // @ts-ignore
 import mathrand = rand
 // @ts-ignore
 import urlpkg = url
 /**
  * A Request represents an HTTP request received by a server
  * or to be sent by a client.
  * 
  * The field semantics differ slightly between client and server
  * usage. In addition to the notes on the fields below, see the
  * documentation for Request.Write and RoundTripper.
  */
 interface Request {
  /**
   * Method specifies the HTTP method (GET, POST, PUT, etc.).
   * For client requests, an empty string means GET.
   * 
   * Go's HTTP client does not support sending a request with
   * the CONNECT method. See the documentation on Transport for
   * details.
   */
  method: string
  /**
   * URL specifies either the URI being requested (for server
   * requests) or the URL to access (for client requests).
   * 
   * For server requests, the URL is parsed from the URI
   * supplied on the Request-Line as stored in RequestURI.  For
   * most requests, fields other than Path and RawQuery will be
   * empty. (See RFC 7230, Section 5.3)
   * 
   * For client requests, the URL's Host specifies the server to
   * connect to, while the Request's Host field optionally
   * specifies the Host header value to send in the HTTP
   * request.
   */
  url?: url.URL
  /**
   * The protocol version for incoming server requests.
   * 
   * For client requests, these fields are ignored. The HTTP
   * client code always uses either HTTP/1.1 or HTTP/2.
   * See the docs on Transport for details.
   */
  proto: string // "HTTP/1.0"
  protoMajor: number // 1
  protoMinor: number // 0
  /**
   * Header contains the request header fields either received
   * by the server or to be sent by the client.
   * 
   * If a server received a request with header lines,
   * 
   * ```
   * 	Host: example.com
   * 	accept-encoding: gzip, deflate
   * 	Accept-Language: en-us
   * 	fOO: Bar
   * 	foo: two
   * ```
   * 
   * then
   * 
   * ```
   * 	Header = map[string][]string{
   * 		"Accept-Encoding": {"gzip, deflate"},
   * 		"Accept-Language": {"en-us"},
   * 		"Foo": {"Bar", "two"},
   * 	}
   * ```
   * 
   * For incoming requests, the Host header is promoted to the
   * Request.Host field and removed from the Header map.
   * 
   * HTTP defines that header names are case-insensitive. The
   * request parser implements this by using CanonicalHeaderKey,
   * making the first character and any characters following a
   * hyphen uppercase and the rest lowercase.
   * 
   * For client requests, certain headers such as Content-Length
   * and Connection are automatically written when needed and
   * values in Header may be ignored. See the documentation
   * for the Request.Write method.
   */
  header: Header
  /**
   * Body is the request's body.
   * 
   * For client requests, a nil body means the request has no
   * body, such as a GET request. The HTTP Client's Transport
   * is responsible for calling the Close method.
   * 
   * For server requests, the Request Body is always non-nil
   * but will return EOF immediately when no body is present.
   * The Server will close the request body. The ServeHTTP
   * Handler does not need to.
   * 
   * Body must allow Read to be called concurrently with Close.
   * In particular, calling Close should unblock a Read waiting
   * for input.
   */
  body: io.ReadCloser
  /**
   * GetBody defines an optional func to return a new copy of
   * Body. It is used for client requests when a redirect requires
   * reading the body more than once. Use of GetBody still
   * requires setting Body.
   * 
   * For server requests, it is unused.
   */
  getBody: () => io.ReadCloser
  /**
   * ContentLength records the length of the associated content.
   * The value -1 indicates that the length is unknown.
   * Values >= 0 indicate that the given number of bytes may
   * be read from Body.
   * 
   * For client requests, a value of 0 with a non-nil Body is
   * also treated as unknown.
   */
  contentLength: number
  /**
   * TransferEncoding lists the transfer encodings from outermost to
   * innermost. An empty list denotes the "identity" encoding.
   * TransferEncoding can usually be ignored; chunked encoding is
   * automatically added and removed as necessary when sending and
   * receiving requests.
   */
  transferEncoding: Array<string>
  /**
   * Close indicates whether to close the connection after
   * replying to this request (for servers) or after sending this
   * request and reading its response (for clients).
   * 
   * For server requests, the HTTP server handles this automatically
   * and this field is not needed by Handlers.
   * 
   * For client requests, setting this field prevents re-use of
   * TCP connections between requests to the same hosts, as if
   * Transport.DisableKeepAlives were set.
   */
  close: boolean
  /**
   * For server requests, Host specifies the host on which the
   * URL is sought. For HTTP/1 (per RFC 7230, section 5.4), this
   * is either the value of the "Host" header or the host name
   * given in the URL itself. For HTTP/2, it is the value of the
   * ":authority" pseudo-header field.
   * It may be of the form "host:port". For international domain
   * names, Host may be in Punycode or Unicode form. Use
   * golang.org/x/net/idna to convert it to either format if
   * needed.
   * To prevent DNS rebinding attacks, server Handlers should
   * validate that the Host header has a value for which the
   * Handler considers itself authoritative. The included
   * ServeMux supports patterns registered to particular host
   * names and thus protects its registered Handlers.
   * 
   * For client requests, Host optionally overrides the Host
   * header to send. If empty, the Request.Write method uses
   * the value of URL.Host. Host may contain an international
   * domain name.
   */
  host: string
  /**
   * Form contains the parsed form data, including both the URL
   * field's query parameters and the PATCH, POST, or PUT form data.
   * This field is only available after ParseForm is called.
   * The HTTP client ignores Form and uses Body instead.
   */
  form: url.Values
  /**
   * PostForm contains the parsed form data from PATCH, POST
   * or PUT body parameters.
   * 
   * This field is only available after ParseForm is called.
   * The HTTP client ignores PostForm and uses Body instead.
   */
  postForm: url.Values
  /**
   * MultipartForm is the parsed multipart form, including file uploads.
   * This field is only available after ParseMultipartForm is called.
   * The HTTP client ignores MultipartForm and uses Body instead.
   */
  multipartForm?: multipart.Form
  /**
   * Trailer specifies additional headers that are sent after the request
   * body.
   * 
   * For server requests, the Trailer map initially contains only the
   * trailer keys, with nil values. (The client declares which trailers it
   * will later send.)  While the handler is reading from Body, it must
   * not reference Trailer. After reading from Body returns EOF, Trailer
   * can be read again and will contain non-nil values, if they were sent
   * by the client.
   * 
   * For client requests, Trailer must be initialized to a map containing
   * the trailer keys to later send. The values may be nil or their final
   * values. The ContentLength must be 0 or -1, to send a chunked request.
   * After the HTTP request is sent the map values can be updated while
   * the request body is read. Once the body returns EOF, the caller must
   * not mutate Trailer.
   * 
   * Few HTTP clients, servers, or proxies support HTTP trailers.
   */
  trailer: Header
  /**
   * RemoteAddr allows HTTP servers and other software to record
   * the network address that sent the request, usually for
   * logging. This field is not filled in by ReadRequest and
   * has no defined format. The HTTP server in this package
   * sets RemoteAddr to an "IP:port" address before invoking a
   * handler.
   * This field is ignored by the HTTP client.
   */
  remoteAddr: string
  /**
   * RequestURI is the unmodified request-target of the
   * Request-Line (RFC 7230, Section 3.1.1) as sent by the client
   * to a server. Usually the URL field should be used instead.
   * It is an error to set this field in an HTTP client request.
   */
  requestURI: string
  /**
   * TLS allows HTTP servers and other software to record
   * information about the TLS connection on which the request
   * was received. This field is not filled in by ReadRequest.
   * The HTTP server in this package sets the field for
   * TLS-enabled connections before invoking a handler;
   * otherwise it leaves the field nil.
   * This field is ignored by the HTTP client.
   */
  tls?: tls.ConnectionState
  /**
   * Cancel is an optional channel whose closure indicates that the client
   * request should be regarded as canceled. Not all implementations of
   * RoundTripper may support Cancel.
   * 
   * For server requests, this field is not applicable.
   * 
   * Deprecated: Set the Request's context with NewRequestWithContext
   * instead. If a Request's Cancel field and context are both
   * set, it is undefined whether Cancel is respected.
   */
  cancel: undefined
  /**
   * Response is the redirect response which caused this request
   * to be created. This field is only populated during client
   * redirects.
   */
  response?: Response
 }
 interface Request {
  /**
   * Context returns the request's context. To change the context, use
   * WithContext.
   * 
   * The returned context is always non-nil; it defaults to the
   * background context.
   * 
   * For outgoing client requests, the context controls cancellation.
   * 
   * For incoming server requests, the context is canceled when the
   * client's connection closes, the request is canceled (with HTTP/2),
   * or when the ServeHTTP method returns.
   */
  context(): context.Context
 }
 interface Request {
  /**
   * WithContext returns a shallow copy of r with its context changed
   * to ctx. The provided ctx must be non-nil.
   * 
   * For outgoing client request, the context controls the entire
   * lifetime of a request and its response: obtaining a connection,
   * sending the request, and reading the response headers and body.
   * 
   * To create a new request with a context, use NewRequestWithContext.
   * To change the context of a request, such as an incoming request you
   * want to modify before sending back out, use Request.Clone. Between
   * those two uses, it's rare to need WithContext.
   */
  withContext(ctx: context.Context): (Request | undefined)
 }
 interface Request {
  /**
   * Clone returns a deep copy of r with its context changed to ctx.
   * The provided ctx must be non-nil.
   * 
   * For an outgoing client request, the context controls the entire
   * lifetime of a request and its response: obtaining a connection,
   * sending the request, and reading the response headers and body.
   */
  clone(ctx: context.Context): (Request | undefined)
 }
 interface Request {
  /**
   * ProtoAtLeast reports whether the HTTP protocol used
   * in the request is at least major.minor.
   */
  protoAtLeast(major: number): boolean
 }
 interface Request {
  /**
   * UserAgent returns the client's User-Agent, if sent in the request.
   */
  userAgent(): string
 }
 interface Request {
  /**
   * Cookies parses and returns the HTTP cookies sent with the request.
   */
  cookies(): Array<(Cookie | undefined)>
 }
 interface Request {
  /**
   * Cookie returns the named cookie provided in the request or
   * ErrNoCookie if not found.
   * If multiple cookies match the given name, only one cookie will
   * be returned.
   */
  cookie(name: string): (Cookie | undefined)
 }
 interface Request {
  /**
   * AddCookie adds a cookie to the request. Per RFC 6265 section 5.4,
   * AddCookie does not attach more than one Cookie header field. That
   * means all cookies, if any, are written into the same line,
   * separated by semicolon.
   * AddCookie only sanitizes c's name and value, and does not sanitize
   * a Cookie header already present in the request.
   */
  addCookie(c: Cookie): void
 }
 interface Request {
  /**
   * Referer returns the referring URL, if sent in the request.
   * 
   * Referer is misspelled as in the request itself, a mistake from the
   * earliest days of HTTP.  This value can also be fetched from the
   * Header map as Header["Referer"]; the benefit of making it available
   * as a method is that the compiler can diagnose programs that use the
   * alternate (correct English) spelling req.Referrer() but cannot
   * diagnose programs that use Header["Referrer"].
   */
  referer(): string
 }
 interface Request {
  /**
   * MultipartReader returns a MIME multipart reader if this is a
   * multipart/form-data or a multipart/mixed POST request, else returns nil and an error.
   * Use this function instead of ParseMultipartForm to
   * process the request body as a stream.
   */
  multipartReader(): (multipart.Reader | undefined)
 }
 interface Request {
  /**
   * Write writes an HTTP/1.1 request, which is the header and body, in wire format.
   * This method consults the following fields of the request:
   * 
   * ```
   * 	Host
   * 	URL
   * 	Method (defaults to "GET")
   * 	Header
   * 	ContentLength
   * 	TransferEncoding
   * 	Body
   * ```
   * 
   * If Body is present, Content-Length is <= 0 and TransferEncoding
   * hasn't been set to "identity", Write adds "Transfer-Encoding:
   * chunked" to the header. Body is closed after it is sent.
   */
  write(w: io.Writer): void
 }
 interface Request {
  /**
   * WriteProxy is like Write but writes the request in the form
   * expected by an HTTP proxy. In particular, WriteProxy writes the
   * initial Request-URI line of the request with an absolute URI, per
   * section 5.3 of RFC 7230, including the scheme and host.
   * In either case, WriteProxy also writes a Host header, using
   * either r.Host or r.URL.Host.
   */
  writeProxy(w: io.Writer): void
 }
 interface Request {
  /**
   * BasicAuth returns the username and password provided in the request's
   * Authorization header, if the request uses HTTP Basic Authentication.
   * See RFC 2617, Section 2.
   */
  basicAuth(): [string, boolean]
 }
 interface Request {
  /**
   * SetBasicAuth sets the request's Authorization header to use HTTP
   * Basic Authentication with the provided username and password.
   * 
   * With HTTP Basic Authentication the provided username and password
   * are not encrypted. It should generally only be used in an HTTPS
   * request.
   * 
   * The username may not contain a colon. Some protocols may impose
   * additional requirements on pre-escaping the username and
   * password. For instance, when used with OAuth2, both arguments must
   * be URL encoded first with url.QueryEscape.
   */
  setBasicAuth(username: string): void
 }
 interface Request {
  /**
   * ParseForm populates r.Form and r.PostForm.
   * 
   * For all requests, ParseForm parses the raw query from the URL and updates
   * r.Form.
   * 
   * For POST, PUT, and PATCH requests, it also reads the request body, parses it
   * as a form and puts the results into both r.PostForm and r.Form. Request body
   * parameters take precedence over URL query string values in r.Form.
   * 
   * If the request Body's size has not already been limited by MaxBytesReader,
   * the size is capped at 10MB.
   * 
   * For other HTTP methods, or when the Content-Type is not
   * application/x-www-form-urlencoded, the request Body is not read, and
   * r.PostForm is initialized to a non-nil, empty value.
   * 
   * ParseMultipartForm calls ParseForm automatically.
   * ParseForm is idempotent.
   */
  parseForm(): void
 }
 interface Request {
  /**
   * ParseMultipartForm parses a request body as multipart/form-data.
   * The whole request body is parsed and up to a total of maxMemory bytes of
   * its file parts are stored in memory, with the remainder stored on
   * disk in temporary files.
   * ParseMultipartForm calls ParseForm if necessary.
   * If ParseForm returns an error, ParseMultipartForm returns it but also
   * continues parsing the request body.
   * After one call to ParseMultipartForm, subsequent calls have no effect.
   */
  parseMultipartForm(maxMemory: number): void
 }
 interface Request {
  /**
   * FormValue returns the first value for the named component of the query.
   * POST and PUT body parameters take precedence over URL query string values.
   * FormValue calls ParseMultipartForm and ParseForm if necessary and ignores
   * any errors returned by these functions.
   * If key is not present, FormValue returns the empty string.
   * To access multiple values of the same key, call ParseForm and
   * then inspect Request.Form directly.
   */
  formValue(key: string): string
 }
 interface Request {
  /**
   * PostFormValue returns the first value for the named component of the POST,
   * PATCH, or PUT request body. URL query parameters are ignored.
   * PostFormValue calls ParseMultipartForm and ParseForm if necessary and ignores
   * any errors returned by these functions.
   * If key is not present, PostFormValue returns the empty string.
   */
  postFormValue(key: string): string
 }
 interface Request {
  /**
   * FormFile returns the first file for the provided form key.
   * FormFile calls ParseMultipartForm and ParseForm if necessary.
   */
  formFile(key: string): [multipart.File, (multipart.FileHeader | undefined)]
 }
 /**
  * A ResponseWriter interface is used by an HTTP handler to
  * construct an HTTP response.
  * 
  * A ResponseWriter may not be used after the Handler.ServeHTTP method
  * has returned.
  */
 interface ResponseWriter {
  /**
   * Header returns the header map that will be sent by
   * WriteHeader. The Header map also is the mechanism with which
   * Handlers can set HTTP trailers.
   * 
   * Changing the header map after a call to WriteHeader (or
   * Write) has no effect unless the HTTP status code was of the
   * 1xx class or the modified headers are trailers.
   * 
   * There are two ways to set Trailers. The preferred way is to
   * predeclare in the headers which trailers you will later
   * send by setting the "Trailer" header to the names of the
   * trailer keys which will come later. In this case, those
   * keys of the Header map are treated as if they were
   * trailers. See the example. The second way, for trailer
   * keys not known to the Handler until after the first Write,
   * is to prefix the Header map keys with the TrailerPrefix
   * constant value. See TrailerPrefix.
   * 
   * To suppress automatic response headers (such as "Date"), set
   * their value to nil.
   */
  header(): Header
  /**
   * Write writes the data to the connection as part of an HTTP reply.
   * 
   * If WriteHeader has not yet been called, Write calls
   * WriteHeader(http.StatusOK) before writing the data. If the Header
   * does not contain a Content-Type line, Write adds a Content-Type set
   * to the result of passing the initial 512 bytes of written data to
   * DetectContentType. Additionally, if the total size of all written
   * data is under a few KB and there are no Flush calls, the
   * Content-Length header is added automatically.
   * 
   * Depending on the HTTP protocol version and the client, calling
   * Write or WriteHeader may prevent future reads on the
   * Request.Body. For HTTP/1.x requests, handlers should read any
   * needed request body data before writing the response. Once the
   * headers have been flushed (due to either an explicit Flusher.Flush
   * call or writing enough data to trigger a flush), the request body
   * may be unavailable. For HTTP/2 requests, the Go HTTP server permits
   * handlers to continue to read the request body while concurrently
   * writing the response. However, such behavior may not be supported
   * by all HTTP/2 clients. Handlers should read before writing if
   * possible to maximize compatibility.
   */
  write(_arg0: string): number
  /**
   * WriteHeader sends an HTTP response header with the provided
   * status code.
   * 
   * If WriteHeader is not called explicitly, the first call to Write
   * will trigger an implicit WriteHeader(http.StatusOK).
   * Thus explicit calls to WriteHeader are mainly used to
   * send error codes or 1xx informational responses.
   * 
   * The provided code must be a valid HTTP 1xx-5xx status code.
   * Any number of 1xx headers may be written, followed by at most
   * one 2xx-5xx header. 1xx headers are sent immediately, but 2xx-5xx
   * headers may be buffered. Use the Flusher interface to send
   * buffered data. The header map is cleared when 2xx-5xx headers are
   * sent, but not with 1xx headers.
   * 
   * The server will automatically send a 100 (Continue) header
   * on the first read from the request body if the request has
   * an "Expect: 100-continue" header.
   */
  writeHeader(statusCode: number): void
 }
}

/**
 * Package blob provides an easy and portable way to interact with blobs
 * within a storage location. Subpackages contain driver implementations of
 * blob for supported services.
 * 
 * See https://gocloud.dev/howto/blob/ for a detailed how-to guide.
 * 
 * # Errors
 * 
 * The errors returned from this package can be inspected in several ways:
 * 
 * The Code function from gocloud.dev/gcerrors will return an error code, also
 * defined in that package, when invoked on an error.
 * 
 * The Bucket.ErrorAs method can retrieve the driver error underlying the returned
 * error.
 * 
 * # OpenCensus Integration
 * 
 * OpenCensus supports tracing and metric collection for multiple languages and
 * backend providers. See https://opencensus.io.
 * 
 * This API collects OpenCensus traces and metrics for the following methods:
 * ```
 *   - Attributes
 *   - Copy
 *   - Delete
 *   - ListPage
 *   - NewRangeReader, from creation until the call to Close. (NewReader and ReadAll
 *     are included because they call NewRangeReader.)
 *   - NewWriter, from creation until the call to Close.
 * ```
 * 
 * All trace and metric names begin with the package import path.
 * The traces add the method name.
 * For example, "gocloud.dev/blob/Attributes".
 * The metrics are "completed_calls", a count of completed method calls by driver,
 * method and status (error code); and "latency", a distribution of method latency
 * by driver and method.
 * For example, "gocloud.dev/blob/latency".
 * 
 * It also collects the following metrics:
 * ```
 *   - gocloud.dev/blob/bytes_read: the total number of bytes read, by driver.
 *   - gocloud.dev/blob/bytes_written: the total number of bytes written, by driver.
 * ```
 * 
 * To enable trace collection in your application, see "Configure Exporter" at
 * https://opencensus.io/quickstart/go/tracing.
 * To enable metric collection in your application, see "Exporting stats" at
 * https://opencensus.io/quickstart/go/metrics.
 */
namespace blob {
 /**
  * Reader reads bytes from a blob.
  * It implements io.ReadSeekCloser, and must be closed after
  * reads are finished.
  */
 interface Reader {
 }
 interface Reader {
  /**
   * Read implements io.Reader (https://golang.org/pkg/io/#Reader).
   */
  read(p: string): number
 }
 interface Reader {
  /**
   * Seek implements io.Seeker (https://golang.org/pkg/io/#Seeker).
   */
  seek(offset: number, whence: number): number
 }
 interface Reader {
  /**
   * Close implements io.Closer (https://golang.org/pkg/io/#Closer).
   */
  close(): void
 }
 interface Reader {
  /**
   * ContentType returns the MIME type of the blob.
   */
  contentType(): string
 }
 interface Reader {
  /**
   * ModTime returns the time the blob was last modified.
   */
  modTime(): time.Time
 }
 interface Reader {
  /**
   * Size returns the size of the blob content in bytes.
   */
  size(): number
 }
 interface Reader {
  /**
   * As converts i to driver-specific types.
   * See https://gocloud.dev/concepts/as/ for background information, the "As"
   * examples in this package for examples, and the driver package
   * documentation for the specific types supported for that driver.
   */
  as(i: {
   }): boolean
 }
 interface Reader {
  /**
   * WriteTo reads from r and writes to w until there's no more data or
   * an error occurs.
   * The return value is the number of bytes written to w.
   * 
   * It implements the io.WriterTo interface.
   */
  writeTo(w: io.Writer): number
 }
 /**
  * Attributes contains attributes about a blob.
  */
 interface Attributes {
  /**
   * CacheControl specifies caching attributes that services may use
   * when serving the blob.
   * https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/Cache-Control
   */
  cacheControl: string
  /**
   * ContentDisposition specifies whether the blob content is expected to be
   * displayed inline or as an attachment.
   * https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/Content-Disposition
   */
  contentDisposition: string
  /**
   * ContentEncoding specifies the encoding used for the blob's content, if any.
   * https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/Content-Encoding
   */
  contentEncoding: string
  /**
   * ContentLanguage specifies the language used in the blob's content, if any.
   * https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/Content-Language
   */
  contentLanguage: string
  /**
   * ContentType is the MIME type of the blob. It will not be empty.
   * https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/Content-Type
   */
  contentType: string
  /**
   * Metadata holds key/value pairs associated with the blob.
   * Keys are guaranteed to be in lowercase, even if the backend service
   * has case-sensitive keys (although note that Metadata written via
   * this package will always be lowercased). If there are duplicate
   * case-insensitive keys (e.g., "foo" and "FOO"), only one value
   * will be kept, and it is undefined which one.
   */
  metadata: _TygojaDict
  /**
   * CreateTime is the time the blob was created, if available. If not available,
   * CreateTime will be the zero time.
   */
  createTime: time.Time
  /**
   * ModTime is the time the blob was last modified.
   */
  modTime: time.Time
  /**
   * Size is the size of the blob's content in bytes.
   */
  size: number
  /**
   * MD5 is an MD5 hash of the blob contents or nil if not available.
   */
  md5: string
  /**
   * ETag for the blob; see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag.
   */
  eTag: string
 }
 interface Attributes {
  /**
   * As converts i to driver-specific types.
   * See https://gocloud.dev/concepts/as/ for background information, the "As"
   * examples in this package for examples, and the driver package
   * documentation for the specific types supported for that driver.
   */
  as(i: {
   }): boolean
 }
 /**
  * ListObject represents a single blob returned from List.
  */
 interface ListObject {
  /**
   * Key is the key for this blob.
   */
  key: string
  /**
   * ModTime is the time the blob was last modified.
   */
  modTime: time.Time
  /**
   * Size is the size of the blob's content in bytes.
   */
  size: number
  /**
   * MD5 is an MD5 hash of the blob contents or nil if not available.
   */
  md5: string
  /**
   * IsDir indicates that this result represents a "directory" in the
   * hierarchical namespace, ending in ListOptions.Delimiter. Key can be
   * passed as ListOptions.Prefix to list items in the "directory".
   * Fields other than Key and IsDir will not be set if IsDir is true.
   */
  isDir: boolean
 }
 interface ListObject {
  /**
   * As converts i to driver-specific types.
   * See https://gocloud.dev/concepts/as/ for background information, the "As"
   * examples in this package for examples, and the driver package
   * documentation for the specific types supported for that driver.
   */
  as(i: {
   }): boolean
 }
}

/**
 * Package types implements some commonly used db serializable types
 * like datetime, json, etc.
 */
namespace types {
 /**
  * JsonArray defines a slice that is safe for json and db read/write.
  */
 interface JsonArray<T> extends Array<T>{}
 interface JsonArray<T> {
  /**
   * MarshalJSON implements the [json.Marshaler] interface.
   */
  marshalJSON(): string
 }
 interface JsonArray<T> {
  /**
   * Value implements the [driver.Valuer] interface.
   */
  value(): driver.Value
 }
 interface JsonArray<T> {
  /**
   * Scan implements [sql.Scanner] interface to scan the provided value
   * into the current JsonArray[T] instance.
   */
  scan(value: any): void
 }
 /**
  * JsonMap defines a map that is safe for json and db read/write.
  */
 interface JsonMap extends _TygojaDict{}
 interface JsonMap {
  /**
   * MarshalJSON implements the [json.Marshaler] interface.
   */
  marshalJSON(): string
 }
 interface JsonMap {
  /**
   * Get retrieves a single value from the current JsonMap.
   * 
   * This helper was added primarily to assist the goja integration since custom map types
   * don't have direct access to the map keys (https://pkg.go.dev/github.com/dop251/goja#hdr-Maps_with_methods).
   */
  get(key: string): any
 }
 interface JsonMap {
  /**
   * Set sets a single value in the current JsonMap.
   * 
   * This helper was added primarily to assist the goja integration since custom map types
   * don't have direct access to the map keys (https://pkg.go.dev/github.com/dop251/goja#hdr-Maps_with_methods).
   */
  set(key: string, value: any): void
 }
 interface JsonMap {
  /**
   * Value implements the [driver.Valuer] interface.
   */
  value(): driver.Value
 }
 interface JsonMap {
  /**
   * Scan implements [sql.Scanner] interface to scan the provided value
   * into the current `JsonMap` instance.
   */
  scan(value: any): void
 }
}

/**
 * Package sql provides a generic interface around SQL (or SQL-like)
 * databases.
 * 
 * The sql package must be used in conjunction with a database driver.
 * See https://golang.org/s/sqldrivers for a list of drivers.
 * 
 * Drivers that do not support context cancellation will not return until
 * after the query is completed.
 * 
 * For usage examples, see the wiki page at
 * https://golang.org/s/sqlwiki.
 */
namespace sql {
 /**
  * TxOptions holds the transaction options to be used in DB.BeginTx.
  */
 interface TxOptions {
  /**
   * Isolation is the transaction isolation level.
   * If zero, the driver or database's default level is used.
   */
  isolation: IsolationLevel
  readOnly: boolean
 }
 /**
  * DB is a database handle representing a pool of zero or more
  * underlying connections. It's safe for concurrent use by multiple
  * goroutines.
  * 
  * The sql package creates and frees connections automatically; it
  * also maintains a free pool of idle connections. If the database has
  * a concept of per-connection state, such state can be reliably observed
  * within a transaction (Tx) or connection (Conn). Once DB.Begin is called, the
  * returned Tx is bound to a single connection. Once Commit or
  * Rollback is called on the transaction, that transaction's
  * connection is returned to DB's idle connection pool. The pool size
  * can be controlled with SetMaxIdleConns.
  */
 interface DB {
 }
 interface DB {
  /**
   * PingContext verifies a connection to the database is still alive,
   * establishing a connection if necessary.
   */
  pingContext(ctx: context.Context): void
 }
 interface DB {
  /**
   * Ping verifies a connection to the database is still alive,
   * establishing a connection if necessary.
   * 
   * Ping uses context.Background internally; to specify the context, use
   * PingContext.
   */
  ping(): void
 }
 interface DB {
  /**
   * Close closes the database and prevents new queries from starting.
   * Close then waits for all queries that have started processing on the server
   * to finish.
   * 
   * It is rare to Close a DB, as the DB handle is meant to be
   * long-lived and shared between many goroutines.
   */
  close(): void
 }
 interface DB {
  /**
   * SetMaxIdleConns sets the maximum number of connections in the idle
   * connection pool.
   * 
   * If MaxOpenConns is greater than 0 but less than the new MaxIdleConns,
   * then the new MaxIdleConns will be reduced to match the MaxOpenConns limit.
   * 
   * If n <= 0, no idle connections are retained.
   * 
   * The default max idle connections is currently 2. This may change in
   * a future release.
   */
  setMaxIdleConns(n: number): void
 }
 interface DB {
  /**
   * SetMaxOpenConns sets the maximum number of open connections to the database.
   * 
   * If MaxIdleConns is greater than 0 and the new MaxOpenConns is less than
   * MaxIdleConns, then MaxIdleConns will be reduced to match the new
   * MaxOpenConns limit.
   * 
   * If n <= 0, then there is no limit on the number of open connections.
   * The default is 0 (unlimited).
   */
  setMaxOpenConns(n: number): void
 }
 interface DB {
  /**
   * SetConnMaxLifetime sets the maximum amount of time a connection may be reused.
   * 
   * Expired connections may be closed lazily before reuse.
   * 
   * If d <= 0, connections are not closed due to a connection's age.
   */
  setConnMaxLifetime(d: time.Duration): void
 }
 interface DB {
  /**
   * SetConnMaxIdleTime sets the maximum amount of time a connection may be idle.
   * 
   * Expired connections may be closed lazily before reuse.
   * 
   * If d <= 0, connections are not closed due to a connection's idle time.
   */
  setConnMaxIdleTime(d: time.Duration): void
 }
 interface DB {
  /**
   * Stats returns database statistics.
   */
  stats(): DBStats
 }
 interface DB {
  /**
   * PrepareContext creates a prepared statement for later queries or executions.
   * Multiple queries or executions may be run concurrently from the
   * returned statement.
   * The caller must call the statement's Close method
   * when the statement is no longer needed.
   * 
   * The provided context is used for the preparation of the statement, not for the
   * execution of the statement.
   */
  prepareContext(ctx: context.Context, query: string): (Stmt | undefined)
 }
 interface DB {
  /**
   * Prepare creates a prepared statement for later queries or executions.
   * Multiple queries or executions may be run concurrently from the
   * returned statement.
   * The caller must call the statement's Close method
   * when the statement is no longer needed.
   * 
   * Prepare uses context.Background internally; to specify the context, use
   * PrepareContext.
   */
  prepare(query: string): (Stmt | undefined)
 }
 interface DB {
  /**
   * ExecContext executes a query without returning any rows.
   * The args are for any placeholder parameters in the query.
   */
  execContext(ctx: context.Context, query: string, ...args: any[]): Result
 }
 interface DB {
  /**
   * Exec executes a query without returning any rows.
   * The args are for any placeholder parameters in the query.
   * 
   * Exec uses context.Background internally; to specify the context, use
   * ExecContext.
   */
  exec(query: string, ...args: any[]): Result
 }
 interface DB {
  /**
   * QueryContext executes a query that returns rows, typically a SELECT.
   * The args are for any placeholder parameters in the query.
   */
  queryContext(ctx: context.Context, query: string, ...args: any[]): (Rows | undefined)
 }
 interface DB {
  /**
   * Query executes a query that returns rows, typically a SELECT.
   * The args are for any placeholder parameters in the query.
   * 
   * Query uses context.Background internally; to specify the context, use
   * QueryContext.
   */
  query(query: string, ...args: any[]): (Rows | undefined)
 }
 interface DB {
  /**
   * QueryRowContext executes a query that is expected to return at most one row.
   * QueryRowContext always returns a non-nil value. Errors are deferred until
   * Row's Scan method is called.
   * If the query selects no rows, the *Row's Scan will return ErrNoRows.
   * Otherwise, the *Row's Scan scans the first selected row and discards
   * the rest.
   */
  queryRowContext(ctx: context.Context, query: string, ...args: any[]): (Row | undefined)
 }
 interface DB {
  /**
   * QueryRow executes a query that is expected to return at most one row.
   * QueryRow always returns a non-nil value. Errors are deferred until
   * Row's Scan method is called.
   * If the query selects no rows, the *Row's Scan will return ErrNoRows.
   * Otherwise, the *Row's Scan scans the first selected row and discards
   * the rest.
   * 
   * QueryRow uses context.Background internally; to specify the context, use
   * QueryRowContext.
   */
  queryRow(query: string, ...args: any[]): (Row | undefined)
 }
 interface DB {
  /**
   * BeginTx starts a transaction.
   * 
   * The provided context is used until the transaction is committed or rolled back.
   * If the context is canceled, the sql package will roll back
   * the transaction. Tx.Commit will return an error if the context provided to
   * BeginTx is canceled.
   * 
   * The provided TxOptions is optional and may be nil if defaults should be used.
   * If a non-default isolation level is used that the driver doesn't support,
   * an error will be returned.
   */
  beginTx(ctx: context.Context, opts: TxOptions): (Tx | undefined)
 }
 interface DB {
  /**
   * Begin starts a transaction. The default isolation level is dependent on
   * the driver.
   * 
   * Begin uses context.Background internally; to specify the context, use
   * BeginTx.
   */
  begin(): (Tx | undefined)
 }
 interface DB {
  /**
   * Driver returns the database's underlying driver.
   */
  driver(): driver.Driver
 }
 interface DB {
  /**
   * Conn returns a single connection by either opening a new connection
   * or returning an existing connection from the connection pool. Conn will
   * block until either a connection is returned or ctx is canceled.
   * Queries run on the same Conn will be run in the same database session.
   * 
   * Every Conn must be returned to the database pool after use by
   * calling Conn.Close.
   */
  conn(ctx: context.Context): (Conn | undefined)
 }
 /**
  * Tx is an in-progress database transaction.
  * 
  * A transaction must end with a call to Commit or Rollback.
  * 
  * After a call to Commit or Rollback, all operations on the
  * transaction fail with ErrTxDone.
  * 
  * The statements prepared for a transaction by calling
  * the transaction's Prepare or Stmt methods are closed
  * by the call to Commit or Rollback.
  */
 interface Tx {
 }
 interface Tx {
  /**
   * Commit commits the transaction.
   */
  commit(): void
 }
 interface Tx {
  /**
   * Rollback aborts the transaction.
   */
  rollback(): void
 }
 interface Tx {
  /**
   * PrepareContext creates a prepared statement for use within a transaction.
   * 
   * The returned statement operates within the transaction and will be closed
   * when the transaction has been committed or rolled back.
   * 
   * To use an existing prepared statement on this transaction, see Tx.Stmt.
   * 
   * The provided context will be used for the preparation of the context, not
   * for the execution of the returned statement. The returned statement
   * will run in the transaction context.
   */
  prepareContext(ctx: context.Context, query: string): (Stmt | undefined)
 }
 interface Tx {
  /**
   * Prepare creates a prepared statement for use within a transaction.
   * 
   * The returned statement operates within the transaction and will be closed
   * when the transaction has been committed or rolled back.
   * 
   * To use an existing prepared statement on this transaction, see Tx.Stmt.
   * 
   * Prepare uses context.Background internally; to specify the context, use
   * PrepareContext.
   */
  prepare(query: string): (Stmt | undefined)
 }
 interface Tx {
  /**
   * StmtContext returns a transaction-specific prepared statement from
   * an existing statement.
   * 
   * Example:
   * 
   * ```
   * 	updateMoney, err := db.Prepare("UPDATE balance SET money=money+? WHERE id=?")
   * 	...
   * 	tx, err := db.Begin()
   * 	...
   * 	res, err := tx.StmtContext(ctx, updateMoney).Exec(123.45, 98293203)
   * ```
   * 
   * The provided context is used for the preparation of the statement, not for the
   * execution of the statement.
   * 
   * The returned statement operates within the transaction and will be closed
   * when the transaction has been committed or rolled back.
   */
  stmtContext(ctx: context.Context, stmt: Stmt): (Stmt | undefined)
 }
 interface Tx {
  /**
   * Stmt returns a transaction-specific prepared statement from
   * an existing statement.
   * 
   * Example:
   * 
   * ```
   * 	updateMoney, err := db.Prepare("UPDATE balance SET money=money+? WHERE id=?")
   * 	...
   * 	tx, err := db.Begin()
   * 	...
   * 	res, err := tx.Stmt(updateMoney).Exec(123.45, 98293203)
   * ```
   * 
   * The returned statement operates within the transaction and will be closed
   * when the transaction has been committed or rolled back.
   * 
   * Stmt uses context.Background internally; to specify the context, use
   * StmtContext.
   */
  stmt(stmt: Stmt): (Stmt | undefined)
 }
 interface Tx {
  /**
   * ExecContext executes a query that doesn't return rows.
   * For example: an INSERT and UPDATE.
   */
  execContext(ctx: context.Context, query: string, ...args: any[]): Result
 }
 interface Tx {
  /**
   * Exec executes a query that doesn't return rows.
   * For example: an INSERT and UPDATE.
   * 
   * Exec uses context.Background internally; to specify the context, use
   * ExecContext.
   */
  exec(query: string, ...args: any[]): Result
 }
 interface Tx {
  /**
   * QueryContext executes a query that returns rows, typically a SELECT.
   */
  queryContext(ctx: context.Context, query: string, ...args: any[]): (Rows | undefined)
 }
 interface Tx {
  /**
   * Query executes a query that returns rows, typically a SELECT.
   * 
   * Query uses context.Background internally; to specify the context, use
   * QueryContext.
   */
  query(query: string, ...args: any[]): (Rows | undefined)
 }
 interface Tx {
  /**
   * QueryRowContext executes a query that is expected to return at most one row.
   * QueryRowContext always returns a non-nil value. Errors are deferred until
   * Row's Scan method is called.
   * If the query selects no rows, the *Row's Scan will return ErrNoRows.
   * Otherwise, the *Row's Scan scans the first selected row and discards
   * the rest.
   */
  queryRowContext(ctx: context.Context, query: string, ...args: any[]): (Row | undefined)
 }
 interface Tx {
  /**
   * QueryRow executes a query that is expected to return at most one row.
   * QueryRow always returns a non-nil value. Errors are deferred until
   * Row's Scan method is called.
   * If the query selects no rows, the *Row's Scan will return ErrNoRows.
   * Otherwise, the *Row's Scan scans the first selected row and discards
   * the rest.
   * 
   * QueryRow uses context.Background internally; to specify the context, use
   * QueryRowContext.
   */
  queryRow(query: string, ...args: any[]): (Row | undefined)
 }
 /**
  * Stmt is a prepared statement.
  * A Stmt is safe for concurrent use by multiple goroutines.
  * 
  * If a Stmt is prepared on a Tx or Conn, it will be bound to a single
  * underlying connection forever. If the Tx or Conn closes, the Stmt will
  * become unusable and all operations will return an error.
  * If a Stmt is prepared on a DB, it will remain usable for the lifetime of the
  * DB. When the Stmt needs to execute on a new underlying connection, it will
  * prepare itself on the new connection automatically.
  */
 interface Stmt {
 }
 interface Stmt {
  /**
   * ExecContext executes a prepared statement with the given arguments and
   * returns a Result summarizing the effect of the statement.
   */
  execContext(ctx: context.Context, ...args: any[]): Result
 }
 interface Stmt {
  /**
   * Exec executes a prepared statement with the given arguments and
   * returns a Result summarizing the effect of the statement.
   * 
   * Exec uses context.Background internally; to specify the context, use
   * ExecContext.
   */
  exec(...args: any[]): Result
 }
 interface Stmt {
  /**
   * QueryContext executes a prepared query statement with the given arguments
   * and returns the query results as a *Rows.
   */
  queryContext(ctx: context.Context, ...args: any[]): (Rows | undefined)
 }
 interface Stmt {
  /**
   * Query executes a prepared query statement with the given arguments
   * and returns the query results as a *Rows.
   * 
   * Query uses context.Background internally; to specify the context, use
   * QueryContext.
   */
  query(...args: any[]): (Rows | undefined)
 }
 interface Stmt {
  /**
   * QueryRowContext executes a prepared query statement with the given arguments.
   * If an error occurs during the execution of the statement, that error will
   * be returned by a call to Scan on the returned *Row, which is always non-nil.
   * If the query selects no rows, the *Row's Scan will return ErrNoRows.
   * Otherwise, the *Row's Scan scans the first selected row and discards
   * the rest.
   */
  queryRowContext(ctx: context.Context, ...args: any[]): (Row | undefined)
 }
 interface Stmt {
  /**
   * QueryRow executes a prepared query statement with the given arguments.
   * If an error occurs during the execution of the statement, that error will
   * be returned by a call to Scan on the returned *Row, which is always non-nil.
   * If the query selects no rows, the *Row's Scan will return ErrNoRows.
   * Otherwise, the *Row's Scan scans the first selected row and discards
   * the rest.
   * 
   * Example usage:
   * 
   * ```
   * 	var name string
   * 	err := nameByUseridStmt.QueryRow(id).Scan(&name)
   * ```
   * 
   * QueryRow uses context.Background internally; to specify the context, use
   * QueryRowContext.
   */
  queryRow(...args: any[]): (Row | undefined)
 }
 interface Stmt {
  /**
   * Close closes the statement.
   */
  close(): void
 }
 /**
  * Rows is the result of a query. Its cursor starts before the first row
  * of the result set. Use Next to advance from row to row.
  */
 interface Rows {
 }
 interface Rows {
  /**
   * Next prepares the next result row for reading with the Scan method. It
   * returns true on success, or false if there is no next result row or an error
   * happened while preparing it. Err should be consulted to distinguish between
   * the two cases.
   * 
   * Every call to Scan, even the first one, must be preceded by a call to Next.
   */
  next(): boolean
 }
 interface Rows {
  /**
   * NextResultSet prepares the next result set for reading. It reports whether
   * there is further result sets, or false if there is no further result set
   * or if there is an error advancing to it. The Err method should be consulted
   * to distinguish between the two cases.
   * 
   * After calling NextResultSet, the Next method should always be called before
   * scanning. If there are further result sets they may not have rows in the result
   * set.
   */
  nextResultSet(): boolean
 }
 interface Rows {
  /**
   * Err returns the error, if any, that was encountered during iteration.
   * Err may be called after an explicit or implicit Close.
   */
  err(): void
 }
 interface Rows {
  /**
   * Columns returns the column names.
   * Columns returns an error if the rows are closed.
   */
  columns(): Array<string>
 }
 interface Rows {
  /**
   * ColumnTypes returns column information such as column type, length,
   * and nullable. Some information may not be available from some drivers.
   */
  columnTypes(): Array<(ColumnType | undefined)>
 }
 interface Rows {
  /**
   * Scan copies the columns in the current row into the values pointed
   * at by dest. The number of values in dest must be the same as the
   * number of columns in Rows.
   * 
   * Scan converts columns read from the database into the following
   * common Go types and special types provided by the sql package:
   * 
   * ```
   * 	*string
   * 	*[]byte
   * 	*int, *int8, *int16, *int32, *int64
   * 	*uint, *uint8, *uint16, *uint32, *uint64
   * 	*bool
   * 	*float32, *float64
   * 	*interface{}
   * 	*RawBytes
   * 	*Rows (cursor value)
   * 	any type implementing Scanner (see Scanner docs)
   * ```
   * 
   * In the most simple case, if the type of the value from the source
   * column is an integer, bool or string type T and dest is of type *T,
   * Scan simply assigns the value through the pointer.
   * 
   * Scan also converts between string and numeric types, as long as no
   * information would be lost. While Scan stringifies all numbers
   * scanned from numeric database columns into *string, scans into
   * numeric types are checked for overflow. For example, a float64 with
   * value 300 or a string with value "300" can scan into a uint16, but
   * not into a uint8, though float64(255) or "255" can scan into a
   * uint8. One exception is that scans of some float64 numbers to
   * strings may lose information when stringifying. In general, scan
   * floating point columns into *float64.
   * 
   * If a dest argument has type *[]byte, Scan saves in that argument a
   * copy of the corresponding data. The copy is owned by the caller and
   * can be modified and held indefinitely. The copy can be avoided by
   * using an argument of type *RawBytes instead; see the documentation
   * for RawBytes for restrictions on its use.
   * 
   * If an argument has type *interface{}, Scan copies the value
   * provided by the underlying driver without conversion. When scanning
   * from a source value of type []byte to *interface{}, a copy of the
   * slice is made and the caller owns the result.
   * 
   * Source values of type time.Time may be scanned into values of type
   * *time.Time, *interface{}, *string, or *[]byte. When converting to
   * the latter two, time.RFC3339Nano is used.
   * 
   * Source values of type bool may be scanned into types *bool,
   * *interface{}, *string, *[]byte, or *RawBytes.
   * 
   * For scanning into *bool, the source may be true, false, 1, 0, or
   * string inputs parseable by strconv.ParseBool.
   * 
   * Scan can also convert a cursor returned from a query, such as
   * "select cursor(select * from my_table) from dual", into a
   * *Rows value that can itself be scanned from. The parent
   * select query will close any cursor *Rows if the parent *Rows is closed.
   * 
   * If any of the first arguments implementing Scanner returns an error,
   * that error will be wrapped in the returned error
   */
  scan(...dest: any[]): void
 }
 interface Rows {
  /**
   * Close closes the Rows, preventing further enumeration. If Next is called
   * and returns false and there are no further result sets,
   * the Rows are closed automatically and it will suffice to check the
   * result of Err. Close is idempotent and does not affect the result of Err.
   */
  close(): void
 }
 /**
  * A Result summarizes an executed SQL command.
  */
 interface Result {
  /**
   * LastInsertId returns the integer generated by the database
   * in response to a command. Typically this will be from an
   * "auto increment" column when inserting a new row. Not all
   * databases support this feature, and the syntax of such
   * statements varies.
   */
  lastInsertId(): number
  /**
   * RowsAffected returns the number of rows affected by an
   * update, insert, or delete. Not every database or database
   * driver may support this.
   */
  rowsAffected(): number
 }
}

/**
 * Package jwt is a Go implementation of JSON Web Tokens: http://self-issued.info/docs/draft-jones-json-web-token.html
 * 
 * See README.md for more info.
 */
namespace jwt {
 /**
  * MapClaims is a claims type that uses the map[string]interface{} for JSON decoding.
  * This is the default claims type if you don't supply one
  */
 interface MapClaims extends _TygojaDict{}
 interface MapClaims {
  /**
   * VerifyAudience Compares the aud claim against cmp.
   * If required is false, this method will return true if the value matches or is unset
   */
  verifyAudience(cmp: string, req: boolean): boolean
 }
 interface MapClaims {
  /**
   * VerifyExpiresAt compares the exp claim against cmp (cmp <= exp).
   * If req is false, it will return true, if exp is unset.
   */
  verifyExpiresAt(cmp: number, req: boolean): boolean
 }
 interface MapClaims {
  /**
   * VerifyIssuedAt compares the exp claim against cmp (cmp >= iat).
   * If req is false, it will return true, if iat is unset.
   */
  verifyIssuedAt(cmp: number, req: boolean): boolean
 }
 interface MapClaims {
  /**
   * VerifyNotBefore compares the nbf claim against cmp (cmp >= nbf).
   * If req is false, it will return true, if nbf is unset.
   */
  verifyNotBefore(cmp: number, req: boolean): boolean
 }
 interface MapClaims {
  /**
   * VerifyIssuer compares the iss claim against cmp.
   * If required is false, this method will return true if the value matches or is unset
   */
  verifyIssuer(cmp: string, req: boolean): boolean
 }
 interface MapClaims {
  /**
   * Valid validates time based claims "exp, iat, nbf".
   * There is no accounting for clock skew.
   * As well, if any of the above claims are not in the token, it will still
   * be considered a valid claim.
   */
  valid(): void
 }
}

/**
 * Package schema implements custom Schema and SchemaField datatypes
 * for handling the Collection schema definitions.
 */
namespace schema {
 // @ts-ignore
 import validation = ozzo_validation
 /**
  * Schema defines a dynamic db schema as a slice of `SchemaField`s.
  */
 interface Schema {
 }
 interface Schema {
  /**
   * Fields returns the registered schema fields.
   */
  fields(): Array<(SchemaField | undefined)>
 }
 interface Schema {
  /**
   * InitFieldsOptions calls `InitOptions()` for all schema fields.
   */
  initFieldsOptions(): void
 }
 interface Schema {
  /**
   * Clone creates a deep clone of the current schema.
   */
  clone(): (Schema | undefined)
 }
 interface Schema {
  /**
   * AsMap returns a map with all registered schema field.
   * The returned map is indexed with each field name.
   */
  asMap(): _TygojaDict
 }
 interface Schema {
  /**
   * GetFieldById returns a single field by its id.
   */
  getFieldById(id: string): (SchemaField | undefined)
 }
 interface Schema {
  /**
   * GetFieldByName returns a single field by its name.
   */
  getFieldByName(name: string): (SchemaField | undefined)
 }
 interface Schema {
  /**
   * RemoveField removes a single schema field by its id.
   * 
   * This method does nothing if field with `id` doesn't exist.
   */
  removeField(id: string): void
 }
 interface Schema {
  /**
   * AddField registers the provided newField to the current schema.
   * 
   * If field with `newField.Id` already exist, the existing field is
   * replaced with the new one.
   * 
   * Otherwise the new field is appended to the other schema fields.
   */
  addField(newField: SchemaField): void
 }
 interface Schema {
  /**
   * Validate makes Schema validatable by implementing [validation.Validatable] interface.
   * 
   * Internally calls each individual field's validator and additionally
   * checks for invalid renamed fields and field name duplications.
   */
  validate(): void
 }
 interface Schema {
  /**
   * MarshalJSON implements the [json.Marshaler] interface.
   */
  marshalJSON(): string
 }
 interface Schema {
  /**
   * UnmarshalJSON implements the [json.Unmarshaler] interface.
   * 
   * On success, all schema field options are auto initialized.
   */
  unmarshalJSON(data: string): void
 }
 interface Schema {
  /**
   * Value implements the [driver.Valuer] interface.
   */
  value(): driver.Value
 }
 interface Schema {
  /**
   * Scan implements [sql.Scanner] interface to scan the provided value
   * into the current Schema instance.
   */
  scan(value: any): void
 }
}

/**
 * Package models implements all PocketBase DB models and DTOs.
 */
namespace models {
 type _subTOUbc = BaseModel
 interface Admin extends _subTOUbc {
  avatar: number
  email: string
  tokenKey: string
  passwordHash: string
  lastResetSentAt: types.DateTime
 }
 interface Admin {
  /**
   * TableName returns the Admin model SQL table name.
   */
  tableName(): string
 }
 interface Admin {
  /**
   * ValidatePassword validates a plain password against the model's password.
   */
  validatePassword(password: string): boolean
 }
 interface Admin {
  /**
   * SetPassword sets cryptographically secure string to `model.Password`.
   * 
   * Additionally this method also resets the LastResetSentAt and the TokenKey fields.
   */
  setPassword(password: string): void
 }
 interface Admin {
  /**
   * RefreshTokenKey generates and sets new random token key.
   */
  refreshTokenKey(): void
 }
 // @ts-ignore
 import validation = ozzo_validation
 type _subrIsxO = BaseModel
 interface Collection extends _subrIsxO {
  name: string
  type: string
  system: boolean
  schema: schema.Schema
  indexes: types.JsonArray<string>
  /**
   * rules
   */
  listRule?: string
  viewRule?: string
  createRule?: string
  updateRule?: string
  deleteRule?: string
  options: types.JsonMap
 }
 interface Collection {
  /**
   * TableName returns the Collection model SQL table name.
   */
  tableName(): string
 }
 interface Collection {
  /**
   * BaseFilesPath returns the storage dir path used by the collection.
   */
  baseFilesPath(): string
 }
 interface Collection {
  /**
   * IsBase checks if the current collection has "base" type.
   */
  isBase(): boolean
 }
 interface Collection {
  /**
   * IsAuth checks if the current collection has "auth" type.
   */
  isAuth(): boolean
 }
 interface Collection {
  /**
   * IsView checks if the current collection has "view" type.
   */
  isView(): boolean
 }
 interface Collection {
  /**
   * MarshalJSON implements the [json.Marshaler] interface.
   */
  marshalJSON(): string
 }
 interface Collection {
  /**
   * BaseOptions decodes the current collection options and returns them
   * as new [CollectionBaseOptions] instance.
   */
  baseOptions(): CollectionBaseOptions
 }
 interface Collection {
  /**
   * AuthOptions decodes the current collection options and returns them
   * as new [CollectionAuthOptions] instance.
   */
  authOptions(): CollectionAuthOptions
 }
 interface Collection {
  /**
   * ViewOptions decodes the current collection options and returns them
   * as new [CollectionViewOptions] instance.
   */
  viewOptions(): CollectionViewOptions
 }
 interface Collection {
  /**
   * NormalizeOptions updates the current collection options with a
   * new normalized state based on the collection type.
   */
  normalizeOptions(): void
 }
 interface Collection {
  /**
   * DecodeOptions decodes the current collection options into the
   * provided "result" (must be a pointer).
   */
  decodeOptions(result: any): void
 }
 interface Collection {
  /**
   * SetOptions normalizes and unmarshals the specified options into m.Options.
   */
  setOptions(typedOptions: any): void
 }
 type _subdWgFP = BaseModel
 interface ExternalAuth extends _subdWgFP {
  collectionId: string
  recordId: string
  provider: string
  providerId: string
 }
 interface ExternalAuth {
  tableName(): string
 }
 type _subRmImM = BaseModel
 interface Record extends _subRmImM {
 }
 interface Record {
  /**
   * TableName returns the table name associated to the current Record model.
   */
  tableName(): string
 }
 interface Record {
  /**
   * Collection returns the Collection model associated to the current Record model.
   */
  collection(): (Collection | undefined)
 }
 interface Record {
  /**
   * OriginalCopy returns a copy of the current record model populated
   * with its ORIGINAL data state (aka. the initially loaded) and
   * everything else reset to the defaults.
   */
  originalCopy(): (Record | undefined)
 }
 interface Record {
  /**
   * CleanCopy returns a copy of the current record model populated only
   * with its LATEST data state and everything else reset to the defaults.
   */
  cleanCopy(): (Record | undefined)
 }
 interface Record {
  /**
   * Expand returns a shallow copy of the current Record model expand data.
   */
  expand(): _TygojaDict
 }
 interface Record {
  /**
   * SetExpand shallow copies the provided data to the current Record model's expand.
   */
  setExpand(expand: _TygojaDict): void
 }
 interface Record {
  /**
   * MergeExpand merges recursively the provided expand data into
   * the current model's expand (if any).
   * 
   * Note that if an expanded prop with the same key is a slice (old or new expand)
   * then both old and new records will be merged into a new slice (aka. a :merge: [b,c] => [a,b,c]).
   * Otherwise the "old" expanded record will be replace with the "new" one (aka. a :merge: aNew => aNew).
   */
  mergeExpand(expand: _TygojaDict): void
 }
 interface Record {
  /**
   * SchemaData returns a shallow copy ONLY of the defined record schema fields data.
   */
  schemaData(): _TygojaDict
 }
 interface Record {
  /**
   * UnknownData returns a shallow copy ONLY of the unknown record fields data,
   * aka. fields that are neither one of the base and special system ones,
   * nor defined by the collection schema.
   */
  unknownData(): _TygojaDict
 }
 interface Record {
  /**
   * IgnoreEmailVisibility toggles the flag to ignore the auth record email visibility check.
   */
  ignoreEmailVisibility(state: boolean): void
 }
 interface Record {
  /**
   * WithUnknownData toggles the export/serialization of unknown data fields
   * (false by default).
   */
  withUnknownData(state: boolean): void
 }
 interface Record {
  /**
   * Set sets the provided key-value data pair for the current Record model.
   * 
   * If the record collection has field with name matching the provided "key",
   * the value will be further normalized according to the field rules.
   */
  set(key: string, value: any): void
 }
 interface Record {
  /**
   * Get returns a single record model data value for "key".
   */
  get(key: string): any
 }
 interface Record {
  /**
   * GetBool returns the data value for "key" as a bool.
   */
  getBool(key: string): boolean
 }
 interface Record {
  /**
   * GetString returns the data value for "key" as a string.
   */
  getString(key: string): string
 }
 interface Record {
  /**
   * GetInt returns the data value for "key" as an int.
   */
  getInt(key: string): number
 }
 interface Record {
  /**
   * GetFloat returns the data value for "key" as a float64.
   */
  getFloat(key: string): number
 }
 interface Record {
  /**
   * GetTime returns the data value for "key" as a [time.Time] instance.
   */
  getTime(key: string): time.Time
 }
 interface Record {
  /**
   * GetDateTime returns the data value for "key" as a DateTime instance.
   */
  getDateTime(key: string): types.DateTime
 }
 interface Record {
  /**
   * GetStringSlice returns the data value for "key" as a slice of unique strings.
   */
  getStringSlice(key: string): Array<string>
 }
 interface Record {
  /**
   * Retrieves the "key" json field value and unmarshals it into "result".
   * 
   * Example
   * 
   * ```
   * 	result := struct {
   * 	    FirstName string `json:"first_name"`
   * 	}{}
   * 	err := m.UnmarshalJSONField("my_field_name", &result)
   * ```
   */
  unmarshalJSONField(key: string, result: any): void
 }
 interface Record {
  /**
   * BaseFilesPath returns the storage dir path used by the record.
   */
  baseFilesPath(): string
 }
 interface Record {
  /**
   * FindFileFieldByFile returns the first file type field for which
   * any of the record's data contains the provided filename.
   */
  findFileFieldByFile(filename: string): (schema.SchemaField | undefined)
 }
 interface Record {
  /**
   * Load bulk loads the provided data into the current Record model.
   */
  load(data: _TygojaDict): void
 }
 interface Record {
  /**
   * ColumnValueMap implements [ColumnValueMapper] interface.
   */
  columnValueMap(): _TygojaDict
 }
 interface Record {
  /**
   * PublicExport exports only the record fields that are safe to be public.
   * 
   * Fields marked as hidden will be exported only if `m.IgnoreEmailVisibility(true)` is set.
   */
  publicExport(): _TygojaDict
 }
 interface Record {
  /**
   * MarshalJSON implements the [json.Marshaler] interface.
   * 
   * Only the data exported by `PublicExport()` will be serialized.
   */
  marshalJSON(): string
 }
 interface Record {
  /**
   * UnmarshalJSON implements the [json.Unmarshaler] interface.
   */
  unmarshalJSON(data: string): void
 }
 interface Record {
  /**
   * ReplaceModifers returns a new map with applied modifier
   * values based on the current record and the specified data.
   * 
   * The resolved modifier keys will be removed.
   * 
   * Multiple modifiers will be applied one after another,
   * while reusing the previous base key value result (eg. 1; -5; +2 => -2).
   * 
   * Example usage:
   * 
   * ```
   * 	 newData := record.ReplaceModifers(data)
   * 		// record:  {"field": 10}
   * 		// data:    {"field+": 5}
   * 		// newData: {"field": 15}
   * ```
   */
  replaceModifers(data: _TygojaDict): _TygojaDict
 }
 interface Record {
  /**
   * Username returns the "username" auth record data value.
   */
  username(): string
 }
 interface Record {
  /**
   * SetUsername sets the "username" auth record data value.
   * 
   * This method doesn't check whether the provided value is a valid username.
   * 
   * Returns an error if the record is not from an auth collection.
   */
  setUsername(username: string): void
 }
 interface Record {
  /**
   * Email returns the "email" auth record data value.
   */
  email(): string
 }
 interface Record {
  /**
   * SetEmail sets the "email" auth record data value.
   * 
   * This method doesn't check whether the provided value is a valid email.
   * 
   * Returns an error if the record is not from an auth collection.
   */
  setEmail(email: string): void
 }
 interface Record {
  /**
   * Verified returns the "emailVisibility" auth record data value.
   */
  emailVisibility(): boolean
 }
 interface Record {
  /**
   * SetEmailVisibility sets the "emailVisibility" auth record data value.
   * 
   * Returns an error if the record is not from an auth collection.
   */
  setEmailVisibility(visible: boolean): void
 }
 interface Record {
  /**
   * Verified returns the "verified" auth record data value.
   */
  verified(): boolean
 }
 interface Record {
  /**
   * SetVerified sets the "verified" auth record data value.
   * 
   * Returns an error if the record is not from an auth collection.
   */
  setVerified(verified: boolean): void
 }
 interface Record {
  /**
   * TokenKey returns the "tokenKey" auth record data value.
   */
  tokenKey(): string
 }
 interface Record {
  /**
   * SetTokenKey sets the "tokenKey" auth record data value.
   * 
   * Returns an error if the record is not from an auth collection.
   */
  setTokenKey(key: string): void
 }
 interface Record {
  /**
   * RefreshTokenKey generates and sets new random auth record "tokenKey".
   * 
   * Returns an error if the record is not from an auth collection.
   */
  refreshTokenKey(): void
 }
 interface Record {
  /**
   * LastResetSentAt returns the "lastResentSentAt" auth record data value.
   */
  lastResetSentAt(): types.DateTime
 }
 interface Record {
  /**
   * SetLastResetSentAt sets the "lastResentSentAt" auth record data value.
   * 
   * Returns an error if the record is not from an auth collection.
   */
  setLastResetSentAt(dateTime: types.DateTime): void
 }
 interface Record {
  /**
   * LastVerificationSentAt returns the "lastVerificationSentAt" auth record data value.
   */
  lastVerificationSentAt(): types.DateTime
 }
 interface Record {
  /**
   * SetLastVerificationSentAt sets an "lastVerificationSentAt" auth record data value.
   * 
   * Returns an error if the record is not from an auth collection.
   */
  setLastVerificationSentAt(dateTime: types.DateTime): void
 }
 interface Record {
  /**
   * PasswordHash returns the "passwordHash" auth record data value.
   */
  passwordHash(): string
 }
 interface Record {
  /**
   * ValidatePassword validates a plain password against the auth record password.
   * 
   * Returns false if the password is incorrect or record is not from an auth collection.
   */
  validatePassword(password: string): boolean
 }
 interface Record {
  /**
   * SetPassword sets cryptographically secure string to the auth record "password" field.
   * This method also resets the "lastResetSentAt" and the "tokenKey" fields.
   * 
   * Returns an error if the record is not from an auth collection or
   * an empty password is provided.
   */
  setPassword(password: string): void
 }
 /**
  * RequestData defines a HTTP request data struct, usually used
  * as part of the `@request.*` filter resolver.
  */
 interface RequestData {
  method: string
  query: _TygojaDict
  /**
   * @todo consider changing to Body?
   */
  data: _TygojaDict
  headers: _TygojaDict
  authRecord?: Record
  admin?: Admin
 }
 interface RequestData {
  /**
   * HasModifierDataKeys loosely checks if the current struct has any modifier Data keys.
   */
  hasModifierDataKeys(): boolean
 }
}

namespace auth {
 /**
  * AuthUser defines a standardized oauth2 user data structure.
  */
 interface AuthUser {
  id: string
  name: string
  username: string
  email: string
  avatarUrl: string
  rawUser: _TygojaDict
  accessToken: string
  refreshToken: string
 }
 /**
  * Provider defines a common interface for an OAuth2 client.
  */
 interface Provider {
  /**
   * Scopes returns the context associated with the provider (if any).
   */
  context(): context.Context
  /**
   * SetContext assigns the specified context to the current provider.
   */
  setContext(ctx: context.Context): void
  /**
   * Scopes returns the provider access permissions that will be requested.
   */
  scopes(): Array<string>
  /**
   * SetScopes sets the provider access permissions that will be requested later.
   */
  setScopes(scopes: Array<string>): void
  /**
   * ClientId returns the provider client's app ID.
   */
  clientId(): string
  /**
   * SetClientId sets the provider client's ID.
   */
  setClientId(clientId: string): void
  /**
   * ClientSecret returns the provider client's app secret.
   */
  clientSecret(): string
  /**
   * SetClientSecret sets the provider client's app secret.
   */
  setClientSecret(secret: string): void
  /**
   * RedirectUrl returns the end address to redirect the user
   * going through the OAuth flow.
   */
  redirectUrl(): string
  /**
   * SetRedirectUrl sets the provider's RedirectUrl.
   */
  setRedirectUrl(url: string): void
  /**
   * AuthUrl returns the provider's authorization service url.
   */
  authUrl(): string
  /**
   * SetAuthUrl sets the provider's AuthUrl.
   */
  setAuthUrl(url: string): void
  /**
   * TokenUrl returns the provider's token exchange service url.
   */
  tokenUrl(): string
  /**
   * SetTokenUrl sets the provider's TokenUrl.
   */
  setTokenUrl(url: string): void
  /**
   * UserApiUrl returns the provider's user info api url.
   */
  userApiUrl(): string
  /**
   * SetUserApiUrl sets the provider's UserApiUrl.
   */
  setUserApiUrl(url: string): void
  /**
   * Client returns an http client using the provided token.
   */
  client(token: oauth2.Token): (http.Client | undefined)
  /**
   * BuildAuthUrl returns a URL to the provider's consent page
   * that asks for permissions for the required scopes explicitly.
   */
  buildAuthUrl(state: string, ...opts: oauth2.AuthCodeOption[]): string
  /**
   * FetchToken converts an authorization code to token.
   */
  fetchToken(code: string, ...opts: oauth2.AuthCodeOption[]): (oauth2.Token | undefined)
  /**
   * FetchRawUserData requests and marshalizes into `result` the
   * the OAuth user api response.
   */
  fetchRawUserData(token: oauth2.Token): string
  /**
   * FetchAuthUser is similar to FetchRawUserData, but normalizes and
   * marshalizes the user api response into a standardized AuthUser struct.
   */
  fetchAuthUser(token: oauth2.Token): (AuthUser | undefined)
 }
}

/**
 * Package echo implements high performance, minimalist Go web framework.
 * 
 * Example:
 * 
 * ```
 *   package main
 * 
 * 	import (
 * 		"github.com/labstack/echo/v5"
 * 		"github.com/labstack/echo/v5/middleware"
 * 		"log"
 * 		"net/http"
 * 	)
 * 
 *   // Handler
 *   func hello(c echo.Context) error {
 *     return c.String(http.StatusOK, "Hello, World!")
 *   }
 * 
 *   func main() {
 *     // Echo instance
 *     e := echo.New()
 * 
 *     // Middleware
 *     e.Use(middleware.Logger())
 *     e.Use(middleware.Recover())
 * 
 *     // Routes
 *     e.GET("/", hello)
 * 
 *     // Start server
 *     if err := e.Start(":8080"); err != http.ErrServerClosed {
 * 		  log.Fatal(err)
 * 	  }
 *   }
 * ```
 * 
 * Learn more at https://echo.labstack.com
 */
namespace echo {
 /**
  * Context represents the context of the current HTTP request. It holds request and
  * response objects, path, path parameters, data and registered handler.
  */
 interface Context {
  /**
   * Request returns `*http.Request`.
   */
  request(): (http.Request | undefined)
  /**
   * SetRequest sets `*http.Request`.
   */
  setRequest(r: http.Request): void
  /**
   * SetResponse sets `*Response`.
   */
  setResponse(r: Response): void
  /**
   * Response returns `*Response`.
   */
  response(): (Response | undefined)
  /**
   * IsTLS returns true if HTTP connection is TLS otherwise false.
   */
  isTLS(): boolean
  /**
   * IsWebSocket returns true if HTTP connection is WebSocket otherwise false.
   */
  isWebSocket(): boolean
  /**
   * Scheme returns the HTTP protocol scheme, `http` or `https`.
   */
  scheme(): string
  /**
   * RealIP returns the client's network address based on `X-Forwarded-For`
   * or `X-Real-IP` request header.
   * The behavior can be configured using `Echo#IPExtractor`.
   */
  realIP(): string
  /**
   * RouteInfo returns current request route information. Method, Path, Name and params if they exist for matched route.
   * In case of 404 (route not found) and 405 (method not allowed) RouteInfo returns generic struct for these cases.
   */
  routeInfo(): RouteInfo
  /**
   * Path returns the registered path for the handler.
   */
  path(): string
  /**
   * PathParam returns path parameter by name.
   */
  pathParam(name: string): string
  /**
   * PathParamDefault returns the path parameter or default value for the provided name.
   * 
   * Notes for DefaultRouter implementation:
   * Path parameter could be empty for cases like that:
   * * route `/release-:version/bin` and request URL is `/release-/bin`
   * * route `/api/:version/image.jpg` and request URL is `/api//image.jpg`
   * but not when path parameter is last part of route path
   * * route `/download/file.:ext` will not match request `/download/file.`
   */
  pathParamDefault(name: string, defaultValue: string): string
  /**
   * PathParams returns path parameter values.
   */
  pathParams(): PathParams
  /**
   * SetPathParams sets path parameters for current request.
   */
  setPathParams(params: PathParams): void
  /**
   * QueryParam returns the query param for the provided name.
   */
  queryParam(name: string): string
  /**
   * QueryParamDefault returns the query param or default value for the provided name.
   */
  queryParamDefault(name: string): string
  /**
   * QueryParams returns the query parameters as `url.Values`.
   */
  queryParams(): url.Values
  /**
   * QueryString returns the URL query string.
   */
  queryString(): string
  /**
   * FormValue returns the form field value for the provided name.
   */
  formValue(name: string): string
  /**
   * FormValueDefault returns the form field value or default value for the provided name.
   */
  formValueDefault(name: string): string
  /**
   * FormValues returns the form field values as `url.Values`.
   */
  formValues(): url.Values
  /**
   * FormFile returns the multipart form file for the provided name.
   */
  formFile(name: string): (multipart.FileHeader | undefined)
  /**
   * MultipartForm returns the multipart form.
   */
  multipartForm(): (multipart.Form | undefined)
  /**
   * Cookie returns the named cookie provided in the request.
   */
  cookie(name: string): (http.Cookie | undefined)
  /**
   * SetCookie adds a `Set-Cookie` header in HTTP response.
   */
  setCookie(cookie: http.Cookie): void
  /**
   * Cookies returns the HTTP cookies sent with the request.
   */
  cookies(): Array<(http.Cookie | undefined)>
  /**
   * Get retrieves data from the context.
   */
  get(key: string): {
 }
  /**
   * Set saves data in the context.
   */
  set(key: string, val: {
  }): void
  /**
   * Bind binds the request body into provided type `i`. The default binder
   * does it based on Content-Type header.
   */
  bind(i: {
  }): void
  /**
   * Validate validates provided `i`. It is usually called after `Context#Bind()`.
   * Validator must be registered using `Echo#Validator`.
   */
  validate(i: {
  }): void
  /**
   * Render renders a template with data and sends a text/html response with status
   * code. Renderer must be registered using `Echo.Renderer`.
   */
  render(code: number, name: string, data: {
  }): void
  /**
   * HTML sends an HTTP response with status code.
   */
  html(code: number, html: string): void
  /**
   * HTMLBlob sends an HTTP blob response with status code.
   */
  htmlBlob(code: number, b: string): void
  /**
   * String sends a string response with status code.
   */
  string(code: number, s: string): void
  /**
   * JSON sends a JSON response with status code.
   */
  json(code: number, i: {
  }): void
  /**
   * JSONPretty sends a pretty-print JSON with status code.
   */
  jsonPretty(code: number, i: {
  }, indent: string): void
  /**
   * JSONBlob sends a JSON blob response with status code.
   */
  jsonBlob(code: number, b: string): void
  /**
   * JSONP sends a JSONP response with status code. It uses `callback` to construct
   * the JSONP payload.
   */
  jsonp(code: number, callback: string, i: {
  }): void
  /**
   * JSONPBlob sends a JSONP blob response with status code. It uses `callback`
   * to construct the JSONP payload.
   */
  jsonpBlob(code: number, callback: string, b: string): void
  /**
   * XML sends an XML response with status code.
   */
  xml(code: number, i: {
  }): void
  /**
   * XMLPretty sends a pretty-print XML with status code.
   */
  xmlPretty(code: number, i: {
  }, indent: string): void
  /**
   * XMLBlob sends an XML blob response with status code.
   */
  xmlBlob(code: number, b: string): void
  /**
   * Blob sends a blob response with status code and content type.
   */
  blob(code: number, contentType: string, b: string): void
  /**
   * Stream sends a streaming response with status code and content type.
   */
  stream(code: number, contentType: string, r: io.Reader): void
  /**
   * File sends a response with the content of the file.
   */
  file(file: string): void
  /**
   * FileFS sends a response with the content of the file from given filesystem.
   */
  fileFS(file: string, filesystem: fs.FS): void
  /**
   * Attachment sends a response as attachment, prompting client to save the
   * file.
   */
  attachment(file: string, name: string): void
  /**
   * Inline sends a response as inline, opening the file in the browser.
   */
  inline(file: string, name: string): void
  /**
   * NoContent sends a response with no body and a status code.
   */
  noContent(code: number): void
  /**
   * Redirect redirects the request to a provided URL with status code.
   */
  redirect(code: number, url: string): void
  /**
   * Echo returns the `Echo` instance.
   * 
   * WARNING: Remember that Echo public fields and methods are coroutine safe ONLY when you are NOT mutating them
   * anywhere in your code after Echo server has started.
   */
  echo(): (Echo | undefined)
 }
 // @ts-ignore
 import stdContext = context
 /**
  * Echo is the top-level framework instance.
  * 
  * Note: replacing/nilling public fields is not coroutine/thread-safe and can cause data-races/panics. This is very likely
  * to happen when you access Echo instances through Context.Echo() method.
  */
 interface Echo {
  /**
   * NewContextFunc allows using custom context implementations, instead of default *echo.context
   */
  newContextFunc: (e: Echo, pathParamAllocSize: number) => ServableContext
  debug: boolean
  httpErrorHandler: HTTPErrorHandler
  binder: Binder
  jsonSerializer: JSONSerializer
  validator: Validator
  renderer: Renderer
  logger: Logger
  ipExtractor: IPExtractor
  /**
   * Filesystem is file system used by Static and File handlers to access files.
   * Defaults to os.DirFS(".")
   * 
   * When dealing with `embed.FS` use `fs := echo.MustSubFS(fs, "rootDirectory") to create sub fs which uses necessary
   * prefix for directory path. This is necessary as `//go:embed assets/images` embeds files with paths
   * including `assets/images` as their prefix.
   */
  filesystem: fs.FS
 }
 /**
  * HandlerFunc defines a function to serve HTTP requests.
  */
 interface HandlerFunc {(c: Context): void }
 /**
  * MiddlewareFunc defines a function to process middleware.
  */
 interface MiddlewareFunc {(next: HandlerFunc): HandlerFunc }
 interface Echo {
  /**
   * NewContext returns a new Context instance.
   * 
   * Note: both request and response can be left to nil as Echo.ServeHTTP will call c.Reset(req,resp) anyway
   * these arguments are useful when creating context for tests and cases like that.
   */
  newContext(r: http.Request, w: http.ResponseWriter): Context
 }
 interface Echo {
  /**
   * Router returns the default router.
   */
  router(): Router
 }
 interface Echo {
  /**
   * Routers returns the map of host => router.
   */
  routers(): _TygojaDict
 }
 interface Echo {
  /**
   * RouterFor returns Router for given host.
   */
  routerFor(host: string): Router
 }
 interface Echo {
  /**
   * ResetRouterCreator resets callback for creating new router instances.
   * Note: current (default) router is immediately replaced with router created with creator func and vhost routers are cleared.
   */
  resetRouterCreator(creator: (e: Echo) => Router): void
 }
 interface Echo {
  /**
   * Pre adds middleware to the chain which is run before router tries to find matching route.
   * Meaning middleware is executed even for 404 (not found) cases.
   */
  pre(...middleware: MiddlewareFunc[]): void
 }
 interface Echo {
  /**
   * Use adds middleware to the chain which is run after router has found matching route and before route/request handler method is executed.
   */
  use(...middleware: MiddlewareFunc[]): void
 }
 interface Echo {
  /**
   * CONNECT registers a new CONNECT route for a path with matching handler in the
   * router with optional route-level middleware. Panics on error.
   */
  connect(path: string, h: HandlerFunc, ...m: MiddlewareFunc[]): RouteInfo
 }
 interface Echo {
  /**
   * DELETE registers a new DELETE route for a path with matching handler in the router
   * with optional route-level middleware. Panics on error.
   */
  delete(path: string, h: HandlerFunc, ...m: MiddlewareFunc[]): RouteInfo
 }
 interface Echo {
  /**
   * GET registers a new GET route for a path with matching handler in the router
   * with optional route-level middleware. Panics on error.
   */
  get(path: string, h: HandlerFunc, ...m: MiddlewareFunc[]): RouteInfo
 }
 interface Echo {
  /**
   * HEAD registers a new HEAD route for a path with matching handler in the
   * router with optional route-level middleware. Panics on error.
   */
  head(path: string, h: HandlerFunc, ...m: MiddlewareFunc[]): RouteInfo
 }
 interface Echo {
  /**
   * OPTIONS registers a new OPTIONS route for a path with matching handler in the
   * router with optional route-level middleware. Panics on error.
   */
  options(path: string, h: HandlerFunc, ...m: MiddlewareFunc[]): RouteInfo
 }
 interface Echo {
  /**
   * PATCH registers a new PATCH route for a path with matching handler in the
   * router with optional route-level middleware. Panics on error.
   */
  patch(path: string, h: HandlerFunc, ...m: MiddlewareFunc[]): RouteInfo
 }
 interface Echo {
  /**
   * POST registers a new POST route for a path with matching handler in the
   * router with optional route-level middleware. Panics on error.
   */
  post(path: string, h: HandlerFunc, ...m: MiddlewareFunc[]): RouteInfo
 }
 interface Echo {
  /**
   * PUT registers a new PUT route for a path with matching handler in the
   * router with optional route-level middleware. Panics on error.
   */
  put(path: string, h: HandlerFunc, ...m: MiddlewareFunc[]): RouteInfo
 }
 interface Echo {
  /**
   * TRACE registers a new TRACE route for a path with matching handler in the
   * router with optional route-level middleware. Panics on error.
   */
  trace(path: string, h: HandlerFunc, ...m: MiddlewareFunc[]): RouteInfo
 }
 interface Echo {
  /**
   * RouteNotFound registers a special-case route which is executed when no other route is found (i.e. HTTP 404 cases)
   * for current request URL.
   * Path supports static and named/any parameters just like other http method is defined. Generally path is ended with
   * wildcard/match-any character (`/*`, `/download/*` etc).
   * 
   * Example: `e.RouteNotFound("/*", func(c echo.Context) error { return c.NoContent(http.StatusNotFound) })`
   */
  routeNotFound(path: string, h: HandlerFunc, ...m: MiddlewareFunc[]): RouteInfo
 }
 interface Echo {
  /**
   * Any registers a new route for all supported HTTP methods and path with matching handler
   * in the router with optional route-level middleware. Panics on error.
   */
  any(path: string, handler: HandlerFunc, ...middleware: MiddlewareFunc[]): Routes
 }
 interface Echo {
  /**
   * Match registers a new route for multiple HTTP methods and path with matching
   * handler in the router with optional route-level middleware. Panics on error.
   */
  match(methods: Array<string>, path: string, handler: HandlerFunc, ...middleware: MiddlewareFunc[]): Routes
 }
 interface Echo {
  /**
   * Static registers a new route with path prefix to serve static files from the provided root directory.
   */
  static(pathPrefix: string): RouteInfo
 }
 interface Echo {
  /**
   * StaticFS registers a new route with path prefix to serve static files from the provided file system.
   * 
   * When dealing with `embed.FS` use `fs := echo.MustSubFS(fs, "rootDirectory") to create sub fs which uses necessary
   * prefix for directory path. This is necessary as `//go:embed assets/images` embeds files with paths
   * including `assets/images` as their prefix.
   */
  staticFS(pathPrefix: string, filesystem: fs.FS): RouteInfo
 }
 interface Echo {
  /**
   * FileFS registers a new route with path to serve file from the provided file system.
   */
  fileFS(path: string, filesystem: fs.FS, ...m: MiddlewareFunc[]): RouteInfo
 }
 interface Echo {
  /**
   * File registers a new route with path to serve a static file with optional route-level middleware. Panics on error.
   */
  file(path: string, ...middleware: MiddlewareFunc[]): RouteInfo
 }
 interface Echo {
  /**
   * AddRoute registers a new Route with default host Router
   */
  addRoute(route: Routable): RouteInfo
 }
 interface Echo {
  /**
   * Add registers a new route for an HTTP method and path with matching handler
   * in the router with optional route-level middleware.
   */
  add(method: string, handler: HandlerFunc, ...middleware: MiddlewareFunc[]): RouteInfo
 }
 interface Echo {
  /**
   * Host creates a new router group for the provided host and optional host-level middleware.
   */
  host(name: string, ...m: MiddlewareFunc[]): (Group | undefined)
 }
 interface Echo {
  /**
   * Group creates a new router group with prefix and optional group-level middleware.
   */
  group(prefix: string, ...m: MiddlewareFunc[]): (Group | undefined)
 }
 interface Echo {
  /**
   * AcquireContext returns an empty `Context` instance from the pool.
   * You must return the context by calling `ReleaseContext()`.
   */
  acquireContext(): Context
 }
 interface Echo {
  /**
   * ReleaseContext returns the `Context` instance back to the pool.
   * You must call it after `AcquireContext()`.
   */
  releaseContext(c: Context): void
 }
 interface Echo {
  /**
   * ServeHTTP implements `http.Handler` interface, which serves HTTP requests.
   */
  serveHTTP(w: http.ResponseWriter, r: http.Request): void
 }
 interface Echo {
  /**
   * Start stars HTTP server on given address with Echo as a handler serving requests. The server can be shutdown by
   * sending os.Interrupt signal with `ctrl+c`.
   * 
   * Note: this method is created for use in examples/demos and is deliberately simple without providing configuration
   * options.
   * 
   * In need of customization use:
   * ```
   * 	sc := echo.StartConfig{Address: ":8080"}
   * 	if err := sc.Start(e); err != http.ErrServerClosed {
   * 		log.Fatal(err)
   * 	}
   * ```
   * // or standard library `http.Server`
   * ```
   * 	s := http.Server{Addr: ":8080", Handler: e}
   * 	if err := s.ListenAndServe(); err != http.ErrServerClosed {
   * 		log.Fatal(err)
   * 	}
   * ```
   */
  start(address: string): void
 }
}

namespace settings {
 // @ts-ignore
 import validation = ozzo_validation
 /**
  * Settings defines common app configuration options.
  */
 interface Settings {
  meta: MetaConfig
  logs: LogsConfig
  smtp: SmtpConfig
  s3: S3Config
  backups: BackupsConfig
  adminAuthToken: TokenConfig
  adminPasswordResetToken: TokenConfig
  adminFileToken: TokenConfig
  recordAuthToken: TokenConfig
  recordPasswordResetToken: TokenConfig
  recordEmailChangeToken: TokenConfig
  recordVerificationToken: TokenConfig
  recordFileToken: TokenConfig
  /**
   * Deprecated: Will be removed in v0.9+
   */
  emailAuth: EmailAuthConfig
  googleAuth: AuthProviderConfig
  facebookAuth: AuthProviderConfig
  githubAuth: AuthProviderConfig
  gitlabAuth: AuthProviderConfig
  discordAuth: AuthProviderConfig
  twitterAuth: AuthProviderConfig
  microsoftAuth: AuthProviderConfig
  spotifyAuth: AuthProviderConfig
  kakaoAuth: AuthProviderConfig
  twitchAuth: AuthProviderConfig
  stravaAuth: AuthProviderConfig
  giteeAuth: AuthProviderConfig
  livechatAuth: AuthProviderConfig
  giteaAuth: AuthProviderConfig
  oidcAuth: AuthProviderConfig
  oidc2Auth: AuthProviderConfig
  oidc3Auth: AuthProviderConfig
  appleAuth: AuthProviderConfig
  instagramAuth: AuthProviderConfig
  vkAuth: AuthProviderConfig
  yandexAuth: AuthProviderConfig
 }
 interface Settings {
  /**
   * Validate makes Settings validatable by implementing [validation.Validatable] interface.
   */
  validate(): void
 }
 interface Settings {
  /**
   * Merge merges `other` settings into the current one.
   */
  merge(other: Settings): void
 }
 interface Settings {
  /**
   * Clone creates a new deep copy of the current settings.
   */
  clone(): (Settings | undefined)
 }
 interface Settings {
  /**
   * RedactClone creates a new deep copy of the current settings,
   * while replacing the secret values with `******`.
   */
  redactClone(): (Settings | undefined)
 }
 interface Settings {
  /**
   * NamedAuthProviderConfigs returns a map with all registered OAuth2
   * provider configurations (indexed by their name identifier).
   */
  namedAuthProviderConfigs(): _TygojaDict
 }
}

/**
 * Package daos handles common PocketBase DB model manipulations.
 * 
 * Think of daos as DB repository and service layer in one.
 */
namespace daos {
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * AdminQuery returns a new Admin select query.
   */
  adminQuery(): (dbx.SelectQuery | undefined)
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * FindAdminById finds the admin with the provided id.
   */
  findAdminById(id: string): (models.Admin | undefined)
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * FindAdminByEmail finds the admin with the provided email address.
   */
  findAdminByEmail(email: string): (models.Admin | undefined)
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * FindAdminByToken finds the admin associated with the provided JWT token.
   * 
   * Returns an error if the JWT token is invalid or expired.
   */
  findAdminByToken(token: string, baseTokenKey: string): (models.Admin | undefined)
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * TotalAdmins returns the number of existing admin records.
   */
  totalAdmins(): number
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * IsAdminEmailUnique checks if the provided email address is not
   * already in use by other admins.
   */
  isAdminEmailUnique(email: string, ...excludeIds: string[]): boolean
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * DeleteAdmin deletes the provided Admin model.
   * 
   * Returns an error if there is only 1 admin.
   */
  deleteAdmin(admin: models.Admin): void
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * SaveAdmin upserts the provided Admin model.
   */
  saveAdmin(admin: models.Admin): void
 }
 /**
  * Dao handles various db operations.
  * 
  * You can think of Dao as a repository and service layer in one.
  */
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * MaxLockRetries specifies the default max "database is locked" auto retry attempts.
   */
  maxLockRetries: number
  /**
   * ModelQueryTimeout is the default max duration of a running ModelQuery().
   * 
   * This field has no effect if an explicit query context is already specified.
   */
  modelQueryTimeout: time.Duration
  /**
   * write hooks
   */
  beforeCreateFunc: (eventDao: Dao, m: models.Model) => void
  afterCreateFunc: (eventDao: Dao, m: models.Model) => void
  beforeUpdateFunc: (eventDao: Dao, m: models.Model) => void
  afterUpdateFunc: (eventDao: Dao, m: models.Model) => void
  beforeDeleteFunc: (eventDao: Dao, m: models.Model) => void
  afterDeleteFunc: (eventDao: Dao, m: models.Model) => void
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * DB returns the default dao db builder (*dbx.DB or *dbx.TX).
   * 
   * Currently the default db builder is dao.concurrentDB but that may change in the future.
   */
  db(): dbx.Builder
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * ConcurrentDB returns the dao concurrent (aka. multiple open connections)
   * db builder (*dbx.DB or *dbx.TX).
   * 
   * In a transaction the concurrentDB and nonconcurrentDB refer to the same *dbx.TX instance.
   */
  concurrentDB(): dbx.Builder
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * NonconcurrentDB returns the dao nonconcurrent (aka. single open connection)
   * db builder (*dbx.DB or *dbx.TX).
   * 
   * In a transaction the concurrentDB and nonconcurrentDB refer to the same *dbx.TX instance.
   */
  nonconcurrentDB(): dbx.Builder
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * Clone returns a new Dao with the same configuration options as the current one.
   */
  clone(): (Dao | undefined)
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * WithoutHooks returns a new Dao with the same configuration options
   * as the current one, but without create/update/delete hooks.
   */
  withoutHooks(): (Dao | undefined)
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * ModelQuery creates a new preconfigured select query with preset
   * SELECT, FROM and other common fields based on the provided model.
   */
  modelQuery(m: models.Model): (dbx.SelectQuery | undefined)
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * FindById finds a single db record with the specified id and
   * scans the result into m.
   */
  findById(m: models.Model, id: string): void
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * RunInTransaction wraps fn into a transaction.
   * 
   * It is safe to nest RunInTransaction calls as long as you use the txDao.
   */
  runInTransaction(fn: (txDao: Dao) => void): void
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * Delete deletes the provided model.
   */
  delete(m: models.Model): void
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * Save persists the provided model in the database.
   * 
   * If m.IsNew() is true, the method will perform a create, otherwise an update.
   * To explicitly mark a model for update you can use m.MarkAsNotNew().
   */
  save(m: models.Model): void
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * CollectionQuery returns a new Collection select query.
   */
  collectionQuery(): (dbx.SelectQuery | undefined)
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * FindCollectionsByType finds all collections by the given type.
   */
  findCollectionsByType(collectionType: string): Array<(models.Collection | undefined)>
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * FindCollectionByNameOrId finds a single collection by its name (case insensitive) or id.
   */
  findCollectionByNameOrId(nameOrId: string): (models.Collection | undefined)
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * IsCollectionNameUnique checks that there is no existing collection
   * with the provided name (case insensitive!).
   * 
   * Note: case insensitive check because the name is used also as a table name for the records.
   */
  isCollectionNameUnique(name: string, ...excludeIds: string[]): boolean
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * FindCollectionReferences returns information for all
   * relation schema fields referencing the provided collection.
   * 
   * If the provided collection has reference to itself then it will be
   * also included in the result. To exclude it, pass the collection id
   * as the excludeId argument.
   */
  findCollectionReferences(collection: models.Collection, ...excludeIds: string[]): _TygojaDict
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * DeleteCollection deletes the provided Collection model.
   * This method automatically deletes the related collection records table.
   * 
   * NB! The collection cannot be deleted, if:
   * - is system collection (aka. collection.System is true)
   * - is referenced as part of a relation field in another collection
   */
  deleteCollection(collection: models.Collection): void
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * SaveCollection persists the provided Collection model and updates
   * its related records table schema.
   * 
   * If collecction.IsNew() is true, the method will perform a create, otherwise an update.
   * To explicitly mark a collection for update you can use collecction.MarkAsNotNew().
   */
  saveCollection(collection: models.Collection): void
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * ImportCollections imports the provided collections list within a single transaction.
   * 
   * NB1! If deleteMissing is set, all local collections and schema fields, that are not present
   * in the imported configuration, WILL BE DELETED (including their related records data).
   * 
   * NB2! This method doesn't perform validations on the imported collections data!
   * If you need validations, use [forms.CollectionsImport].
   */
  importCollections(importedCollections: Array<(models.Collection | undefined)>, deleteMissing: boolean, afterSync: (txDao: Dao, mappedImported: _TygojaDict) => void): void
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * ExternalAuthQuery returns a new ExternalAuth select query.
   */
  externalAuthQuery(): (dbx.SelectQuery | undefined)
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * FindAllExternalAuthsByRecord returns all ExternalAuth models
   * linked to the provided auth record.
   */
  findAllExternalAuthsByRecord(authRecord: models.Record): Array<(models.ExternalAuth | undefined)>
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * FindExternalAuthByProvider returns the first available
   * ExternalAuth model for the specified provider and providerId.
   */
  findExternalAuthByProvider(provider: string): (models.ExternalAuth | undefined)
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * FindExternalAuthByRecordAndProvider returns the first available
   * ExternalAuth model for the specified record data and provider.
   */
  findExternalAuthByRecordAndProvider(authRecord: models.Record, provider: string): (models.ExternalAuth | undefined)
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * SaveExternalAuth upserts the provided ExternalAuth model.
   */
  saveExternalAuth(model: models.ExternalAuth): void
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * DeleteExternalAuth deletes the provided ExternalAuth model.
   */
  deleteExternalAuth(model: models.ExternalAuth): void
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * ParamQuery returns a new Param select query.
   */
  paramQuery(): (dbx.SelectQuery | undefined)
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * FindParamByKey finds the first Param model with the provided key.
   */
  findParamByKey(key: string): (models.Param | undefined)
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * SaveParam creates or updates a Param model by the provided key-value pair.
   * The value argument will be encoded as json string.
   * 
   * If `optEncryptionKey` is provided it will encrypt the value before storing it.
   */
  saveParam(key: string, value: any, ...optEncryptionKey: string[]): void
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * DeleteParam deletes the provided Param model.
   */
  deleteParam(param: models.Param): void
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * RecordQuery returns a new Record select query.
   */
  recordQuery(collection: models.Collection): (dbx.SelectQuery | undefined)
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * FindRecordById finds the Record model by its id.
   */
  findRecordById(collectionNameOrId: string, recordId: string, ...optFilters: ((q: dbx.SelectQuery) => void)[]): (models.Record | undefined)
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * FindRecordsByIds finds all Record models by the provided ids.
   * If no records are found, returns an empty slice.
   */
  findRecordsByIds(collectionNameOrId: string, recordIds: Array<string>, ...optFilters: ((q: dbx.SelectQuery) => void)[]): Array<(models.Record | undefined)>
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * FindRecordsByExpr finds all records by the specified db expression.
   * 
   * Returns all collection records if no expressions are provided.
   * 
   * Returns an empty slice if no records are found.
   * 
   * Example:
   * 
   * ```
   * 	expr1 := dbx.HashExp{"email": "test@example.com"}
   * 	expr2 := dbx.NewExp("LOWER(username) = {:username}", dbx.Params{"username": "test"})
   * 	dao.FindRecordsByExpr("example", expr1, expr2)
   * ```
   */
  findRecordsByExpr(collectionNameOrId: string, ...exprs: dbx.Expression[]): Array<(models.Record | undefined)>
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * FindFirstRecordByData returns the first found record matching
   * the provided key-value pair.
   */
  findFirstRecordByData(collectionNameOrId: string, key: string, value: any): (models.Record | undefined)
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * FindRecordsByFilter returns limit number of records matching the
   * provided string filter.
   * 
   * The sort argument is optional and can be empty string OR the same format
   * used in the web APIs, eg. "-created,title".
   * 
   * If the limit argument is <= 0, no limit is applied to the query and
   * all matching records are returned.
   * 
   * NB! Don't put untrusted user input in the filter string as it
   * practically would allow the users to inject their own custom filter.
   * 
   * Example:
   * 
   * ```
   * 	dao.FindRecordsByFilter("posts", "title ~ 'lorem ipsum' && visible = true", "-created", 10)
   * ```
   */
  findRecordsByFilter(collectionNameOrId: string, filter: string, sort: string, limit: number): Array<(models.Record | undefined)>
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * FindFirstRecordByFilter returns the first available record matching the provided filter.
   * 
   * NB! Don't put untrusted user input in the filter string as it
   * practically would allow the users to inject their own custom filter.
   * 
   * Example:
   * 
   * ```
   * 	dao.FindFirstRecordByFilter("posts", "slug='test'")
   * ```
   */
  findFirstRecordByFilter(collectionNameOrId: string, filter: string): (models.Record | undefined)
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * IsRecordValueUnique checks if the provided key-value pair is a unique Record value.
   * 
   * For correctness, if the collection is "auth" and the key is "username",
   * the unique check will be case insensitive.
   * 
   * NB! Array values (eg. from multiple select fields) are matched
   * as a serialized json strings (eg. `["a","b"]`), so the value uniqueness
   * depends on the elements order. Or in other words the following values
   * are considered different: `[]string{"a","b"}` and `[]string{"b","a"}`
   */
  isRecordValueUnique(collectionNameOrId: string, key: string, value: any, ...excludeIds: string[]): boolean
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * FindAuthRecordByToken finds the auth record associated with the provided JWT token.
   * 
   * Returns an error if the JWT token is invalid, expired or not associated to an auth collection record.
   */
  findAuthRecordByToken(token: string, baseTokenKey: string): (models.Record | undefined)
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * FindAuthRecordByEmail finds the auth record associated with the provided email.
   * 
   * Returns an error if it is not an auth collection or the record is not found.
   */
  findAuthRecordByEmail(collectionNameOrId: string, email: string): (models.Record | undefined)
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * FindAuthRecordByUsername finds the auth record associated with the provided username (case insensitive).
   * 
   * Returns an error if it is not an auth collection or the record is not found.
   */
  findAuthRecordByUsername(collectionNameOrId: string, username: string): (models.Record | undefined)
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * SuggestUniqueAuthRecordUsername checks if the provided username is unique
   * and return a new "unique" username with appended random numeric part
   * (eg. "existingName" -> "existingName583").
   * 
   * The same username will be returned if the provided string is already unique.
   */
  suggestUniqueAuthRecordUsername(collectionNameOrId: string, baseUsername: string, ...excludeIds: string[]): string
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * CanAccessRecord checks if a record is allowed to be accessed by the
   * specified requestData and accessRule.
   * 
   * Rule and db checks are ignored in case requestData.Admin is set.
   * 
   * The returned error indicate that something unexpected happened during
   * the check (eg. invalid rule or db error).
   * 
   * The method always return false on invalid access rule or db error.
   * 
   * Example:
   * 
   * ```
   * 	requestData := apis.RequestData(c /* echo.Context *\/)
   * 	record, _ := dao.FindRecordById("example", "RECORD_ID")
   * 	rule := types.Pointer("@request.auth.id != '' || status = 'public'")
   * 	// ... or use one of the record collection's rule, eg. record.Collection().ViewRule
   * 
   * 	if ok, _ := dao.CanAccessRecord(record, requestData, rule); ok { ... }
   * ```
   */
  canAccessRecord(record: models.Record, requestData: models.RequestData, accessRule: string): boolean
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * SaveRecord persists the provided Record model in the database.
   * 
   * If record.IsNew() is true, the method will perform a create, otherwise an update.
   * To explicitly mark a record for update you can use record.MarkAsNotNew().
   */
  saveRecord(record: models.Record): void
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * DeleteRecord deletes the provided Record model.
   * 
   * This method will also cascade the delete operation to all linked
   * relational records (delete or unset, depending on the rel settings).
   * 
   * The delete operation may fail if the record is part of a required
   * reference in another record (aka. cannot be deleted or unset).
   */
  deleteRecord(record: models.Record): void
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * ExpandRecord expands the relations of a single Record model.
   * 
   * Returns a map with the failed expand parameters and their errors.
   */
  expandRecord(record: models.Record, expands: Array<string>, fetchFunc: ExpandFetchFunc): _TygojaDict
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * ExpandRecords expands the relations of the provided Record models list.
   * 
   * Returns a map with the failed expand parameters and their errors.
   */
  expandRecords(records: Array<(models.Record | undefined)>, expands: Array<string>, fetchFunc: ExpandFetchFunc): _TygojaDict
 }
 // @ts-ignore
 import validation = ozzo_validation
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * SyncRecordTableSchema compares the two provided collections
   * and applies the necessary related record table changes.
   * 
   * If `oldCollection` is null, then only `newCollection` is used to create the record table.
   */
  syncRecordTableSchema(newCollection: models.Collection, oldCollection: models.Collection): void
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * RequestQuery returns a new Request logs select query.
   */
  requestQuery(): (dbx.SelectQuery | undefined)
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * FindRequestById finds a single Request log by its id.
   */
  findRequestById(id: string): (models.Request | undefined)
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * RequestsStats returns hourly grouped requests logs statistics.
   */
  requestsStats(expr: dbx.Expression): Array<(RequestsStatsItem | undefined)>
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * DeleteOldRequests delete all requests that are created before createdBefore.
   */
  deleteOldRequests(createdBefore: time.Time): void
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * SaveRequest upserts the provided Request model.
   */
  saveRequest(request: models.Request): void
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * FindSettings returns and decode the serialized app settings param value.
   * 
   * The method will first try to decode the param value without decryption.
   * If it fails and optEncryptionKey is set, it will try again by first
   * decrypting the value and then decode it again.
   * 
   * Returns an error if it fails to decode the stored serialized param value.
   */
  findSettings(...optEncryptionKey: string[]): (settings.Settings | undefined)
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * SaveSettings persists the specified settings configuration.
   * 
   * If optEncryptionKey is set, then the stored serialized value will be encrypted with it.
   */
  saveSettings(newSettings: settings.Settings, ...optEncryptionKey: string[]): void
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * HasTable checks if a table (or view) with the provided name exists (case insensitive).
   */
  hasTable(tableName: string): boolean
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * TableColumns returns all column names of a single table by its name.
   */
  tableColumns(tableName: string): Array<string>
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * TableInfo returns the `table_info` pragma result for the specified table.
   */
  tableInfo(tableName: string): Array<(models.TableInfoRow | undefined)>
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * TableIndexes returns a name grouped map with all non empty index of the specified table.
   * 
   * Note: This method doesn't return an error on nonexisting table.
   */
  tableIndexes(tableName: string): _TygojaDict
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * DeleteTable drops the specified table.
   * 
   * This method is a no-op if a table with the provided name doesn't exist.
   * 
   * Be aware that this method is vulnerable to SQL injection and the
   * "tableName" argument must come only from trusted input!
   */
  deleteTable(tableName: string): void
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * Vacuum executes VACUUM on the current dao.DB() instance in order to
   * reclaim unused db disk space.
   */
  vacuum(): void
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * DeleteView drops the specified view name.
   * 
   * This method is a no-op if a view with the provided name doesn't exist.
   * 
   * Be aware that this method is vulnerable to SQL injection and the
   * "name" argument must come only from trusted input!
   */
  deleteView(name: string): void
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * SaveView creates (or updates already existing) persistent SQL view.
   * 
   * Be aware that this method is vulnerable to SQL injection and the
   * "selectQuery" argument must come only from trusted input!
   */
  saveView(name: string, selectQuery: string): void
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * CreateViewSchema creates a new view schema from the provided select query.
   * 
   * There are some caveats:
   * - The select query must have an "id" column.
   * - Wildcard ("*") columns are not supported to avoid accidentally leaking sensitive data.
   */
  createViewSchema(selectQuery: string): schema.Schema
 }
 interface Dao {
  /**
   * FindRecordByViewFile returns the original models.Record of the
   * provided view collection file.
   */
  findRecordByViewFile(viewCollectionNameOrId: string, fileFieldName: string, filename: string): (models.Record | undefined)
 }
}

namespace migrate {
 /**
  * MigrationsList defines a list with migration definitions
  */
 interface MigrationsList {
 }
 interface MigrationsList {
  /**
   * Item returns a single migration from the list by its index.
   */
  item(index: number): (Migration | undefined)
 }
 interface MigrationsList {
  /**
   * Items returns the internal migrations list slice.
   */
  items(): Array<(Migration | undefined)>
 }
 interface MigrationsList {
  /**
   * Register adds new migration definition to the list.
   * 
   * If `optFilename` is not provided, it will try to get the name from its .go file.
   * 
   * The list will be sorted automatically based on the migrations file name.
   */
  register(up: (db: dbx.Builder) => void, down: (db: dbx.Builder) => void, ...optFilename: string[]): void
 }
}

/**
 * Package core is the backbone of PocketBase.
 * 
 * It defines the main PocketBase App interface and its base implementation.
 */
namespace core {
 /**
  * App defines the main PocketBase app interface.
  */
 interface App {
  /**
   * Deprecated:
   * This method may get removed in the near future.
   * It is recommended to access the app db instance from app.Dao().DB() or
   * if you want more flexibility - app.Dao().ConcurrentDB() and app.Dao().NonconcurrentDB().
   * 
   * DB returns the default app database instance.
   */
  db(): (dbx.DB | undefined)
  /**
   * Dao returns the default app Dao instance.
   * 
   * This Dao could operate only on the tables and models
   * associated with the default app database. For example,
   * trying to access the request logs table will result in error.
   */
  dao(): (daos.Dao | undefined)
  /**
   * Deprecated:
   * This method may get removed in the near future.
   * It is recommended to access the logs db instance from app.LogsDao().DB() or
   * if you want more flexibility - app.LogsDao().ConcurrentDB() and app.LogsDao().NonconcurrentDB().
   * 
   * LogsDB returns the app logs database instance.
   */
  logsDB(): (dbx.DB | undefined)
  /**
   * LogsDao returns the app logs Dao instance.
   * 
   * This Dao could operate only on the tables and models
   * associated with the logs database. For example, trying to access
   * the users table from LogsDao will result in error.
   */
  logsDao(): (daos.Dao | undefined)
  /**
   * DataDir returns the app data directory path.
   */
  dataDir(): string
  /**
   * EncryptionEnv returns the name of the app secret env key
   * (used for settings encryption).
   */
  encryptionEnv(): string
  /**
   * IsDebug returns whether the app is in debug mode
   * (showing more detailed error logs, executed sql statements, etc.).
   */
  isDebug(): boolean
  /**
   * Settings returns the loaded app settings.
   */
  settings(): (settings.Settings | undefined)
  /**
   * Cache returns the app internal cache store.
   */
  cache(): (store.Store<any> | undefined)
  /**
   * SubscriptionsBroker returns the app realtime subscriptions broker instance.
   */
  subscriptionsBroker(): (subscriptions.Broker | undefined)
  /**
   * NewMailClient creates and returns a configured app mail client.
   */
  newMailClient(): mailer.Mailer
  /**
   * NewFilesystem creates and returns a configured filesystem.System instance
   * for managing regular app files (eg. collection uploads).
   * 
   * NB! Make sure to call Close() on the returned result
   * after you are done working with it.
   */
  newFilesystem(): (filesystem.System | undefined)
  /**
   * NewBackupsFilesystem creates and returns a configured filesystem.System instance
   * for managing app backups.
   * 
   * NB! Make sure to call Close() on the returned result
   * after you are done working with it.
   */
  newBackupsFilesystem(): (filesystem.System | undefined)
  /**
   * RefreshSettings reinitializes and reloads the stored application settings.
   */
  refreshSettings(): void
  /**
   * IsBootstrapped checks if the application was initialized
   * (aka. whether Bootstrap() was called).
   */
  isBootstrapped(): boolean
  /**
   * Bootstrap takes care for initializing the application
   * (open db connections, load settings, etc.).
   * 
   * It will call ResetBootstrapState() if the application was already bootstrapped.
   */
  bootstrap(): void
  /**
   * ResetBootstrapState takes care for releasing initialized app resources
   * (eg. closing db connections).
   */
  resetBootstrapState(): void
  /**
   * CreateBackup creates a new backup of the current app pb_data directory.
   * 
   * Backups can be stored on S3 if it is configured in app.Settings().Backups.
   * 
   * Please refer to the godoc of the specific core.App implementation
   * for details on the backup procedures.
   */
  createBackup(ctx: context.Context, name: string): void
  /**
   * RestoreBackup restores the backup with the specified name and restarts
   * the current running application process.
   * 
   * The safely perform the restore it is recommended to have free disk space
   * for at least 2x the size of the restored pb_data backup.
   * 
   * Please refer to the godoc of the specific core.App implementation
   * for details on the restore procedures.
   * 
   * NB! This feature is experimental and currently is expected to work only on UNIX based systems.
   */
  restoreBackup(ctx: context.Context, name: string): void
  /**
   * Restart restarts the current running application process.
   * 
   * Currently it is relying on execve so it is supported only on UNIX based systems.
   */
  restart(): void
  /**
   * OnBeforeBootstrap hook is triggered before initializing the main
   * application resources (eg. before db open and initial settings load).
   */
  onBeforeBootstrap(): (hook.Hook<BootstrapEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnAfterBootstrap hook is triggered after initializing the main
   * application resources (eg. after db open and initial settings load).
   */
  onAfterBootstrap(): (hook.Hook<BootstrapEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnBeforeServe hook is triggered before serving the internal router (echo),
   * allowing you to adjust its options and attach new routes or middlewares.
   */
  onBeforeServe(): (hook.Hook<ServeEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnBeforeApiError hook is triggered right before sending an error API
   * response to the client, allowing you to further modify the error data
   * or to return a completely different API response.
   */
  onBeforeApiError(): (hook.Hook<ApiErrorEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnAfterApiError hook is triggered right after sending an error API
   * response to the client.
   * It could be used to log the final API error in external services.
   */
  onAfterApiError(): (hook.Hook<ApiErrorEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnTerminate hook is triggered when the app is in the process
   * of being terminated (eg. on SIGTERM signal).
   */
  onTerminate(): (hook.Hook<TerminateEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnModelBeforeCreate hook is triggered before inserting a new
   * entry in the DB, allowing you to modify or validate the stored data.
   * 
   * If the optional "tags" list (table names and/or the Collection id for Record models)
   * is specified, then all event handlers registered via the created hook
   * will be triggered and called only if their event data origin matches the tags.
   */
  onModelBeforeCreate(...tags: string[]): (hook.TaggedHook<ModelEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnModelAfterCreate hook is triggered after successfully
   * inserting a new entry in the DB.
   * 
   * If the optional "tags" list (table names and/or the Collection id for Record models)
   * is specified, then all event handlers registered via the created hook
   * will be triggered and called only if their event data origin matches the tags.
   */
  onModelAfterCreate(...tags: string[]): (hook.TaggedHook<ModelEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnModelBeforeUpdate hook is triggered before updating existing
   * entry in the DB, allowing you to modify or validate the stored data.
   * 
   * If the optional "tags" list (table names and/or the Collection id for Record models)
   * is specified, then all event handlers registered via the created hook
   * will be triggered and called only if their event data origin matches the tags.
   */
  onModelBeforeUpdate(...tags: string[]): (hook.TaggedHook<ModelEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnModelAfterUpdate hook is triggered after successfully updating
   * existing entry in the DB.
   * 
   * If the optional "tags" list (table names and/or the Collection id for Record models)
   * is specified, then all event handlers registered via the created hook
   * will be triggered and called only if their event data origin matches the tags.
   */
  onModelAfterUpdate(...tags: string[]): (hook.TaggedHook<ModelEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnModelBeforeDelete hook is triggered before deleting an
   * existing entry from the DB.
   * 
   * If the optional "tags" list (table names and/or the Collection id for Record models)
   * is specified, then all event handlers registered via the created hook
   * will be triggered and called only if their event data origin matches the tags.
   */
  onModelBeforeDelete(...tags: string[]): (hook.TaggedHook<ModelEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnModelAfterDelete hook is triggered after successfully deleting an
   * existing entry from the DB.
   * 
   * If the optional "tags" list (table names and/or the Collection id for Record models)
   * is specified, then all event handlers registered via the created hook
   * will be triggered and called only if their event data origin matches the tags.
   */
  onModelAfterDelete(...tags: string[]): (hook.TaggedHook<ModelEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnMailerBeforeAdminResetPasswordSend hook is triggered right
   * before sending a password reset email to an admin, allowing you
   * to inspect and customize the email message that is being sent.
   */
  onMailerBeforeAdminResetPasswordSend(): (hook.Hook<MailerAdminEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnMailerAfterAdminResetPasswordSend hook is triggered after
   * admin password reset email was successfully sent.
   */
  onMailerAfterAdminResetPasswordSend(): (hook.Hook<MailerAdminEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnMailerBeforeRecordResetPasswordSend hook is triggered right
   * before sending a password reset email to an auth record, allowing
   * you to inspect and customize the email message that is being sent.
   * 
   * If the optional "tags" list (Collection ids or names) is specified,
   * then all event handlers registered via the created hook will be
   * triggered and called only if their event data origin matches the tags.
   */
  onMailerBeforeRecordResetPasswordSend(...tags: string[]): (hook.TaggedHook<MailerRecordEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnMailerAfterRecordResetPasswordSend hook is triggered after
   * an auth record password reset email was successfully sent.
   * 
   * If the optional "tags" list (Collection ids or names) is specified,
   * then all event handlers registered via the created hook will be
   * triggered and called only if their event data origin matches the tags.
   */
  onMailerAfterRecordResetPasswordSend(...tags: string[]): (hook.TaggedHook<MailerRecordEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnMailerBeforeRecordVerificationSend hook is triggered right
   * before sending a verification email to an auth record, allowing
   * you to inspect and customize the email message that is being sent.
   * 
   * If the optional "tags" list (Collection ids or names) is specified,
   * then all event handlers registered via the created hook will be
   * triggered and called only if their event data origin matches the tags.
   */
  onMailerBeforeRecordVerificationSend(...tags: string[]): (hook.TaggedHook<MailerRecordEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnMailerAfterRecordVerificationSend hook is triggered after a
   * verification email was successfully sent to an auth record.
   * 
   * If the optional "tags" list (Collection ids or names) is specified,
   * then all event handlers registered via the created hook will be
   * triggered and called only if their event data origin matches the tags.
   */
  onMailerAfterRecordVerificationSend(...tags: string[]): (hook.TaggedHook<MailerRecordEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnMailerBeforeRecordChangeEmailSend hook is triggered right before
   * sending a confirmation new address email to an auth record, allowing
   * you to inspect and customize the email message that is being sent.
   * 
   * If the optional "tags" list (Collection ids or names) is specified,
   * then all event handlers registered via the created hook will be
   * triggered and called only if their event data origin matches the tags.
   */
  onMailerBeforeRecordChangeEmailSend(...tags: string[]): (hook.TaggedHook<MailerRecordEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnMailerAfterRecordChangeEmailSend hook is triggered after a
   * verification email was successfully sent to an auth record.
   * 
   * If the optional "tags" list (Collection ids or names) is specified,
   * then all event handlers registered via the created hook will be
   * triggered and called only if their event data origin matches the tags.
   */
  onMailerAfterRecordChangeEmailSend(...tags: string[]): (hook.TaggedHook<MailerRecordEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnRealtimeConnectRequest hook is triggered right before establishing
   * the SSE client connection.
   */
  onRealtimeConnectRequest(): (hook.Hook<RealtimeConnectEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnRealtimeDisconnectRequest hook is triggered on disconnected/interrupted
   * SSE client connection.
   */
  onRealtimeDisconnectRequest(): (hook.Hook<RealtimeDisconnectEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnRealtimeBeforeMessage hook is triggered right before sending
   * an SSE message to a client.
   * 
   * Returning [hook.StopPropagation] will prevent sending the message.
   * Returning any other non-nil error will close the realtime connection.
   */
  onRealtimeBeforeMessageSend(): (hook.Hook<RealtimeMessageEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnRealtimeBeforeMessage hook is triggered right after sending
   * an SSE message to a client.
   */
  onRealtimeAfterMessageSend(): (hook.Hook<RealtimeMessageEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnRealtimeBeforeSubscribeRequest hook is triggered before changing
   * the client subscriptions, allowing you to further validate and
   * modify the submitted change.
   */
  onRealtimeBeforeSubscribeRequest(): (hook.Hook<RealtimeSubscribeEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnRealtimeAfterSubscribeRequest hook is triggered after the client
   * subscriptions were successfully changed.
   */
  onRealtimeAfterSubscribeRequest(): (hook.Hook<RealtimeSubscribeEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnSettingsListRequest hook is triggered on each successful
   * API Settings list request.
   * 
   * Could be used to validate or modify the response before
   * returning it to the client.
   */
  onSettingsListRequest(): (hook.Hook<SettingsListEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnSettingsBeforeUpdateRequest hook is triggered before each API
   * Settings update request (after request data load and before settings persistence).
   * 
   * Could be used to additionally validate the request data or
   * implement completely different persistence behavior.
   */
  onSettingsBeforeUpdateRequest(): (hook.Hook<SettingsUpdateEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnSettingsAfterUpdateRequest hook is triggered after each
   * successful API Settings update request.
   */
  onSettingsAfterUpdateRequest(): (hook.Hook<SettingsUpdateEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnFileDownloadRequest hook is triggered before each API File download request.
   * 
   * Could be used to validate or modify the file response before
   * returning it to the client.
   */
  onFileDownloadRequest(...tags: string[]): (hook.TaggedHook<FileDownloadEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnFileBeforeTokenRequest hook is triggered before each file
   * token API request.
   * 
   * If no token or model was submitted, e.Model and e.Token will be empty,
   * allowing you to implement your own custom model file auth implementation.
   * 
   * If the optional "tags" list (Collection ids or names) is specified,
   * then all event handlers registered via the created hook will be
   * triggered and called only if their event data origin matches the tags.
   */
  onFileBeforeTokenRequest(...tags: string[]): (hook.TaggedHook<FileTokenEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnFileAfterTokenRequest hook is triggered after each
   * successful file token API request.
   * 
   * If the optional "tags" list (Collection ids or names) is specified,
   * then all event handlers registered via the created hook will be
   * triggered and called only if their event data origin matches the tags.
   */
  onFileAfterTokenRequest(...tags: string[]): (hook.TaggedHook<FileTokenEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnAdminsListRequest hook is triggered on each API Admins list request.
   * 
   * Could be used to validate or modify the response before returning it to the client.
   */
  onAdminsListRequest(): (hook.Hook<AdminsListEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnAdminViewRequest hook is triggered on each API Admin view request.
   * 
   * Could be used to validate or modify the response before returning it to the client.
   */
  onAdminViewRequest(): (hook.Hook<AdminViewEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnAdminBeforeCreateRequest hook is triggered before each API
   * Admin create request (after request data load and before model persistence).
   * 
   * Could be used to additionally validate the request data or implement
   * completely different persistence behavior.
   */
  onAdminBeforeCreateRequest(): (hook.Hook<AdminCreateEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnAdminAfterCreateRequest hook is triggered after each
   * successful API Admin create request.
   */
  onAdminAfterCreateRequest(): (hook.Hook<AdminCreateEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnAdminBeforeUpdateRequest hook is triggered before each API
   * Admin update request (after request data load and before model persistence).
   * 
   * Could be used to additionally validate the request data or implement
   * completely different persistence behavior.
   */
  onAdminBeforeUpdateRequest(): (hook.Hook<AdminUpdateEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnAdminAfterUpdateRequest hook is triggered after each
   * successful API Admin update request.
   */
  onAdminAfterUpdateRequest(): (hook.Hook<AdminUpdateEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnAdminBeforeDeleteRequest hook is triggered before each API
   * Admin delete request (after model load and before actual deletion).
   * 
   * Could be used to additionally validate the request data or implement
   * completely different delete behavior.
   */
  onAdminBeforeDeleteRequest(): (hook.Hook<AdminDeleteEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnAdminAfterDeleteRequest hook is triggered after each
   * successful API Admin delete request.
   */
  onAdminAfterDeleteRequest(): (hook.Hook<AdminDeleteEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnAdminAuthRequest hook is triggered on each successful API Admin
   * authentication request (sign-in, token refresh, etc.).
   * 
   * Could be used to additionally validate or modify the
   * authenticated admin data and token.
   */
  onAdminAuthRequest(): (hook.Hook<AdminAuthEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnAdminBeforeAuthWithPasswordRequest hook is triggered before each Admin
   * auth with password API request (after request data load and before password validation).
   * 
   * Could be used to implement for example a custom password validation
   * or to locate a different Admin identity (by assigning [AdminAuthWithPasswordEvent.Admin]).
   */
  onAdminBeforeAuthWithPasswordRequest(): (hook.Hook<AdminAuthWithPasswordEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnAdminAfterAuthWithPasswordRequest hook is triggered after each
   * successful Admin auth with password API request.
   */
  onAdminAfterAuthWithPasswordRequest(): (hook.Hook<AdminAuthWithPasswordEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnAdminBeforeAuthRefreshRequest hook is triggered before each Admin
   * auth refresh API request (right before generating a new auth token).
   * 
   * Could be used to additionally validate the request data or implement
   * completely different auth refresh behavior.
   */
  onAdminBeforeAuthRefreshRequest(): (hook.Hook<AdminAuthRefreshEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnAdminAfterAuthRefreshRequest hook is triggered after each
   * successful auth refresh API request (right after generating a new auth token).
   */
  onAdminAfterAuthRefreshRequest(): (hook.Hook<AdminAuthRefreshEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnAdminBeforeRequestPasswordResetRequest hook is triggered before each Admin
   * request password reset API request (after request data load and before sending the reset email).
   * 
   * Could be used to additionally validate the request data or implement
   * completely different password reset behavior.
   */
  onAdminBeforeRequestPasswordResetRequest(): (hook.Hook<AdminRequestPasswordResetEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnAdminAfterRequestPasswordResetRequest hook is triggered after each
   * successful request password reset API request.
   */
  onAdminAfterRequestPasswordResetRequest(): (hook.Hook<AdminRequestPasswordResetEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnAdminBeforeConfirmPasswordResetRequest hook is triggered before each Admin
   * confirm password reset API request (after request data load and before persistence).
   * 
   * Could be used to additionally validate the request data or implement
   * completely different persistence behavior.
   */
  onAdminBeforeConfirmPasswordResetRequest(): (hook.Hook<AdminConfirmPasswordResetEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnAdminAfterConfirmPasswordResetRequest hook is triggered after each
   * successful confirm password reset API request.
   */
  onAdminAfterConfirmPasswordResetRequest(): (hook.Hook<AdminConfirmPasswordResetEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnRecordAuthRequest hook is triggered on each successful API
   * record authentication request (sign-in, token refresh, etc.).
   * 
   * Could be used to additionally validate or modify the authenticated
   * record data and token.
   * 
   * If the optional "tags" list (Collection ids or names) is specified,
   * then all event handlers registered via the created hook will be
   * triggered and called only if their event data origin matches the tags.
   */
  onRecordAuthRequest(...tags: string[]): (hook.TaggedHook<RecordAuthEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnRecordBeforeAuthWithPasswordRequest hook is triggered before each Record
   * auth with password API request (after request data load and before password validation).
   * 
   * Could be used to implement for example a custom password validation
   * or to locate a different Record model (by reassigning [RecordAuthWithPasswordEvent.Record]).
   * 
   * If the optional "tags" list (Collection ids or names) is specified,
   * then all event handlers registered via the created hook will be
   * triggered and called only if their event data origin matches the tags.
   */
  onRecordBeforeAuthWithPasswordRequest(...tags: string[]): (hook.TaggedHook<RecordAuthWithPasswordEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnRecordAfterAuthWithPasswordRequest hook is triggered after each
   * successful Record auth with password API request.
   * 
   * If the optional "tags" list (Collection ids or names) is specified,
   * then all event handlers registered via the created hook will be
   * triggered and called only if their event data origin matches the tags.
   */
  onRecordAfterAuthWithPasswordRequest(...tags: string[]): (hook.TaggedHook<RecordAuthWithPasswordEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnRecordBeforeAuthWithOAuth2Request hook is triggered before each Record
   * OAuth2 sign-in/sign-up API request (after token exchange and before external provider linking).
   * 
   * If the [RecordAuthWithOAuth2Event.Record] is not set, then the OAuth2
   * request will try to create a new auth Record.
   * 
   * To assign or link a different existing record model you can
   * change the [RecordAuthWithOAuth2Event.Record] field.
   * 
   * If the optional "tags" list (Collection ids or names) is specified,
   * then all event handlers registered via the created hook will be
   * triggered and called only if their event data origin matches the tags.
   */
  onRecordBeforeAuthWithOAuth2Request(...tags: string[]): (hook.TaggedHook<RecordAuthWithOAuth2Event | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnRecordAfterAuthWithOAuth2Request hook is triggered after each
   * successful Record OAuth2 API request.
   * 
   * If the optional "tags" list (Collection ids or names) is specified,
   * then all event handlers registered via the created hook will be
   * triggered and called only if their event data origin matches the tags.
   */
  onRecordAfterAuthWithOAuth2Request(...tags: string[]): (hook.TaggedHook<RecordAuthWithOAuth2Event | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnRecordBeforeAuthRefreshRequest hook is triggered before each Record
   * auth refresh API request (right before generating a new auth token).
   * 
   * Could be used to additionally validate the request data or implement
   * completely different auth refresh behavior.
   * 
   * If the optional "tags" list (Collection ids or names) is specified,
   * then all event handlers registered via the created hook will be
   * triggered and called only if their event data origin matches the tags.
   */
  onRecordBeforeAuthRefreshRequest(...tags: string[]): (hook.TaggedHook<RecordAuthRefreshEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnRecordAfterAuthRefreshRequest hook is triggered after each
   * successful auth refresh API request (right after generating a new auth token).
   * 
   * If the optional "tags" list (Collection ids or names) is specified,
   * then all event handlers registered via the created hook will be
   * triggered and called only if their event data origin matches the tags.
   */
  onRecordAfterAuthRefreshRequest(...tags: string[]): (hook.TaggedHook<RecordAuthRefreshEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnRecordListExternalAuthsRequest hook is triggered on each API record external auths list request.
   * 
   * Could be used to validate or modify the response before returning it to the client.
   * 
   * If the optional "tags" list (Collection ids or names) is specified,
   * then all event handlers registered via the created hook will be
   * triggered and called only if their event data origin matches the tags.
   */
  onRecordListExternalAuthsRequest(...tags: string[]): (hook.TaggedHook<RecordListExternalAuthsEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnRecordBeforeUnlinkExternalAuthRequest hook is triggered before each API record
   * external auth unlink request (after models load and before the actual relation deletion).
   * 
   * Could be used to additionally validate the request data or implement
   * completely different delete behavior.
   * 
   * If the optional "tags" list (Collection ids or names) is specified,
   * then all event handlers registered via the created hook will be
   * triggered and called only if their event data origin matches the tags.
   */
  onRecordBeforeUnlinkExternalAuthRequest(...tags: string[]): (hook.TaggedHook<RecordUnlinkExternalAuthEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnRecordAfterUnlinkExternalAuthRequest hook is triggered after each
   * successful API record external auth unlink request.
   * 
   * If the optional "tags" list (Collection ids or names) is specified,
   * then all event handlers registered via the created hook will be
   * triggered and called only if their event data origin matches the tags.
   */
  onRecordAfterUnlinkExternalAuthRequest(...tags: string[]): (hook.TaggedHook<RecordUnlinkExternalAuthEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnRecordBeforeRequestPasswordResetRequest hook is triggered before each Record
   * request password reset API request (after request data load and before sending the reset email).
   * 
   * Could be used to additionally validate the request data or implement
   * completely different password reset behavior.
   * 
   * If the optional "tags" list (Collection ids or names) is specified,
   * then all event handlers registered via the created hook will be
   * triggered and called only if their event data origin matches the tags.
   */
  onRecordBeforeRequestPasswordResetRequest(...tags: string[]): (hook.TaggedHook<RecordRequestPasswordResetEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnRecordAfterRequestPasswordResetRequest hook is triggered after each
   * successful request password reset API request.
   * 
   * If the optional "tags" list (Collection ids or names) is specified,
   * then all event handlers registered via the created hook will be
   * triggered and called only if their event data origin matches the tags.
   */
  onRecordAfterRequestPasswordResetRequest(...tags: string[]): (hook.TaggedHook<RecordRequestPasswordResetEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnRecordBeforeConfirmPasswordResetRequest hook is triggered before each Record
   * confirm password reset API request (after request data load and before persistence).
   * 
   * Could be used to additionally validate the request data or implement
   * completely different persistence behavior.
   * 
   * If the optional "tags" list (Collection ids or names) is specified,
   * then all event handlers registered via the created hook will be
   * triggered and called only if their event data origin matches the tags.
   */
  onRecordBeforeConfirmPasswordResetRequest(...tags: string[]): (hook.TaggedHook<RecordConfirmPasswordResetEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnRecordAfterConfirmPasswordResetRequest hook is triggered after each
   * successful confirm password reset API request.
   * 
   * If the optional "tags" list (Collection ids or names) is specified,
   * then all event handlers registered via the created hook will be
   * triggered and called only if their event data origin matches the tags.
   */
  onRecordAfterConfirmPasswordResetRequest(...tags: string[]): (hook.TaggedHook<RecordConfirmPasswordResetEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnRecordBeforeRequestVerificationRequest hook is triggered before each Record
   * request verification API request (after request data load and before sending the verification email).
   * 
   * Could be used to additionally validate the loaded request data or implement
   * completely different verification behavior.
   * 
   * If the optional "tags" list (Collection ids or names) is specified,
   * then all event handlers registered via the created hook will be
   * triggered and called only if their event data origin matches the tags.
   */
  onRecordBeforeRequestVerificationRequest(...tags: string[]): (hook.TaggedHook<RecordRequestVerificationEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnRecordAfterRequestVerificationRequest hook is triggered after each
   * successful request verification API request.
   * 
   * If the optional "tags" list (Collection ids or names) is specified,
   * then all event handlers registered via the created hook will be
   * triggered and called only if their event data origin matches the tags.
   */
  onRecordAfterRequestVerificationRequest(...tags: string[]): (hook.TaggedHook<RecordRequestVerificationEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnRecordBeforeConfirmVerificationRequest hook is triggered before each Record
   * confirm verification API request (after request data load and before persistence).
   * 
   * Could be used to additionally validate the request data or implement
   * completely different persistence behavior.
   * 
   * If the optional "tags" list (Collection ids or names) is specified,
   * then all event handlers registered via the created hook will be
   * triggered and called only if their event data origin matches the tags.
   */
  onRecordBeforeConfirmVerificationRequest(...tags: string[]): (hook.TaggedHook<RecordConfirmVerificationEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnRecordAfterConfirmVerificationRequest hook is triggered after each
   * successful confirm verification API request.
   * 
   * If the optional "tags" list (Collection ids or names) is specified,
   * then all event handlers registered via the created hook will be
   * triggered and called only if their event data origin matches the tags.
   */
  onRecordAfterConfirmVerificationRequest(...tags: string[]): (hook.TaggedHook<RecordConfirmVerificationEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnRecordBeforeRequestEmailChangeRequest hook is triggered before each Record request email change API request
   * (after request data load and before sending the email link to confirm the change).
   * 
   * Could be used to additionally validate the request data or implement
   * completely different request email change behavior.
   * 
   * If the optional "tags" list (Collection ids or names) is specified,
   * then all event handlers registered via the created hook will be
   * triggered and called only if their event data origin matches the tags.
   */
  onRecordBeforeRequestEmailChangeRequest(...tags: string[]): (hook.TaggedHook<RecordRequestEmailChangeEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnRecordAfterRequestEmailChangeRequest hook is triggered after each
   * successful request email change API request.
   * 
   * If the optional "tags" list (Collection ids or names) is specified,
   * then all event handlers registered via the created hook will be
   * triggered and called only if their event data origin matches the tags.
   */
  onRecordAfterRequestEmailChangeRequest(...tags: string[]): (hook.TaggedHook<RecordRequestEmailChangeEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnRecordBeforeConfirmEmailChangeRequest hook is triggered before each Record
   * confirm email change API request (after request data load and before persistence).
   * 
   * Could be used to additionally validate the request data or implement
   * completely different persistence behavior.
   * 
   * If the optional "tags" list (Collection ids or names) is specified,
   * then all event handlers registered via the created hook will be
   * triggered and called only if their event data origin matches the tags.
   */
  onRecordBeforeConfirmEmailChangeRequest(...tags: string[]): (hook.TaggedHook<RecordConfirmEmailChangeEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnRecordAfterConfirmEmailChangeRequest hook is triggered after each
   * successful confirm email change API request.
   * 
   * If the optional "tags" list (Collection ids or names) is specified,
   * then all event handlers registered via the created hook will be
   * triggered and called only if their event data origin matches the tags.
   */
  onRecordAfterConfirmEmailChangeRequest(...tags: string[]): (hook.TaggedHook<RecordConfirmEmailChangeEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnRecordsListRequest hook is triggered on each API Records list request.
   * 
   * Could be used to validate or modify the response before returning it to the client.
   * 
   * If the optional "tags" list (Collection ids or names) is specified,
   * then all event handlers registered via the created hook will be
   * triggered and called only if their event data origin matches the tags.
   */
  onRecordsListRequest(...tags: string[]): (hook.TaggedHook<RecordsListEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnRecordViewRequest hook is triggered on each API Record view request.
   * 
   * Could be used to validate or modify the response before returning it to the client.
   * 
   * If the optional "tags" list (Collection ids or names) is specified,
   * then all event handlers registered via the created hook will be
   * triggered and called only if their event data origin matches the tags.
   */
  onRecordViewRequest(...tags: string[]): (hook.TaggedHook<RecordViewEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnRecordBeforeCreateRequest hook is triggered before each API Record
   * create request (after request data load and before model persistence).
   * 
   * Could be used to additionally validate the request data or implement
   * completely different persistence behavior.
   * 
   * If the optional "tags" list (Collection ids or names) is specified,
   * then all event handlers registered via the created hook will be
   * triggered and called only if their event data origin matches the tags.
   */
  onRecordBeforeCreateRequest(...tags: string[]): (hook.TaggedHook<RecordCreateEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnRecordAfterCreateRequest hook is triggered after each
   * successful API Record create request.
   * 
   * If the optional "tags" list (Collection ids or names) is specified,
   * then all event handlers registered via the created hook will be
   * triggered and called only if their event data origin matches the tags.
   */
  onRecordAfterCreateRequest(...tags: string[]): (hook.TaggedHook<RecordCreateEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnRecordBeforeUpdateRequest hook is triggered before each API Record
   * update request (after request data load and before model persistence).
   * 
   * Could be used to additionally validate the request data or implement
   * completely different persistence behavior.
   * 
   * If the optional "tags" list (Collection ids or names) is specified,
   * then all event handlers registered via the created hook will be
   * triggered and called only if their event data origin matches the tags.
   */
  onRecordBeforeUpdateRequest(...tags: string[]): (hook.TaggedHook<RecordUpdateEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnRecordAfterUpdateRequest hook is triggered after each
   * successful API Record update request.
   * 
   * If the optional "tags" list (Collection ids or names) is specified,
   * then all event handlers registered via the created hook will be
   * triggered and called only if their event data origin matches the tags.
   */
  onRecordAfterUpdateRequest(...tags: string[]): (hook.TaggedHook<RecordUpdateEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnRecordBeforeDeleteRequest hook is triggered before each API Record
   * delete request (after model load and before actual deletion).
   * 
   * Could be used to additionally validate the request data or implement
   * completely different delete behavior.
   * 
   * If the optional "tags" list (Collection ids or names) is specified,
   * then all event handlers registered via the created hook will be
   * triggered and called only if their event data origin matches the tags.
   */
  onRecordBeforeDeleteRequest(...tags: string[]): (hook.TaggedHook<RecordDeleteEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnRecordAfterDeleteRequest hook is triggered after each
   * successful API Record delete request.
   * 
   * If the optional "tags" list (Collection ids or names) is specified,
   * then all event handlers registered via the created hook will be
   * triggered and called only if their event data origin matches the tags.
   */
  onRecordAfterDeleteRequest(...tags: string[]): (hook.TaggedHook<RecordDeleteEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnCollectionsListRequest hook is triggered on each API Collections list request.
   * 
   * Could be used to validate or modify the response before returning it to the client.
   */
  onCollectionsListRequest(): (hook.Hook<CollectionsListEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnCollectionViewRequest hook is triggered on each API Collection view request.
   * 
   * Could be used to validate or modify the response before returning it to the client.
   */
  onCollectionViewRequest(): (hook.Hook<CollectionViewEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnCollectionBeforeCreateRequest hook is triggered before each API Collection
   * create request (after request data load and before model persistence).
   * 
   * Could be used to additionally validate the request data or implement
   * completely different persistence behavior.
   */
  onCollectionBeforeCreateRequest(): (hook.Hook<CollectionCreateEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnCollectionAfterCreateRequest hook is triggered after each
   * successful API Collection create request.
   */
  onCollectionAfterCreateRequest(): (hook.Hook<CollectionCreateEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnCollectionBeforeUpdateRequest hook is triggered before each API Collection
   * update request (after request data load and before model persistence).
   * 
   * Could be used to additionally validate the request data or implement
   * completely different persistence behavior.
   */
  onCollectionBeforeUpdateRequest(): (hook.Hook<CollectionUpdateEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnCollectionAfterUpdateRequest hook is triggered after each
   * successful API Collection update request.
   */
  onCollectionAfterUpdateRequest(): (hook.Hook<CollectionUpdateEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnCollectionBeforeDeleteRequest hook is triggered before each API
   * Collection delete request (after model load and before actual deletion).
   * 
   * Could be used to additionally validate the request data or implement
   * completely different delete behavior.
   */
  onCollectionBeforeDeleteRequest(): (hook.Hook<CollectionDeleteEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnCollectionAfterDeleteRequest hook is triggered after each
   * successful API Collection delete request.
   */
  onCollectionAfterDeleteRequest(): (hook.Hook<CollectionDeleteEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnCollectionsBeforeImportRequest hook is triggered before each API
   * collections import request (after request data load and before the actual import).
   * 
   * Could be used to additionally validate the imported collections or
   * to implement completely different import behavior.
   */
  onCollectionsBeforeImportRequest(): (hook.Hook<CollectionsImportEvent | undefined> | undefined)
  /**
   * OnCollectionsAfterImportRequest hook is triggered after each
   * successful API collections import request.
   */
  onCollectionsAfterImportRequest(): (hook.Hook<CollectionsImportEvent | undefined> | undefined)
 }
}

/**
 * Package cobra is a commander providing a simple interface to create powerful modern CLI interfaces.
 * In addition to providing an interface, Cobra simultaneously provides a controller to organize your application code.
 */
namespace cobra {
 interface Command {
  /**
   * GenBashCompletion generates bash completion file and writes to the passed writer.
   */
  genBashCompletion(w: io.Writer): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * GenBashCompletionFile generates bash completion file.
   */
  genBashCompletionFile(filename: string): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * GenBashCompletionFileV2 generates Bash completion version 2.
   */
  genBashCompletionFileV2(filename: string, includeDesc: boolean): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * GenBashCompletionV2 generates Bash completion file version 2
   * and writes it to the passed writer.
   */
  genBashCompletionV2(w: io.Writer, includeDesc: boolean): void
 }
 // @ts-ignore
 import flag = pflag
 /**
  * Command is just that, a command for your application.
  * E.g.  'go run ...' - 'run' is the command. Cobra requires
  * you to define the usage and description as part of your command
  * definition to ensure usability.
  */
 interface Command {
  /**
   * Use is the one-line usage message.
   * Recommended syntax is as follows:
   * ```
   *   [ ] identifies an optional argument. Arguments that are not enclosed in brackets are required.
   *   ... indicates that you can specify multiple values for the previous argument.
   *   |   indicates mutually exclusive information. You can use the argument to the left of the separator or the
   *       argument to the right of the separator. You cannot use both arguments in a single use of the command.
   *   { } delimits a set of mutually exclusive arguments when one of the arguments is required. If the arguments are
   *       optional, they are enclosed in brackets ([ ]).
   * ```
   * Example: add [-F file | -D dir]... [-f format] profile
   */
  use: string
  /**
   * Aliases is an array of aliases that can be used instead of the first word in Use.
   */
  aliases: Array<string>
  /**
   * SuggestFor is an array of command names for which this command will be suggested -
   * similar to aliases but only suggests.
   */
  suggestFor: Array<string>
  /**
   * Short is the short description shown in the 'help' output.
   */
  short: string
  /**
   * The group id under which this subcommand is grouped in the 'help' output of its parent.
   */
  groupID: string
  /**
   * Long is the long message shown in the 'help <this-command>' output.
   */
  long: string
  /**
   * Example is examples of how to use the command.
   */
  example: string
  /**
   * ValidArgs is list of all valid non-flag arguments that are accepted in shell completions
   */
  validArgs: Array<string>
  /**
   * ValidArgsFunction is an optional function that provides valid non-flag arguments for shell completion.
   * It is a dynamic version of using ValidArgs.
   * Only one of ValidArgs and ValidArgsFunction can be used for a command.
   */
  validArgsFunction: (cmd: Command, args: Array<string>, toComplete: string) => [Array<string>, ShellCompDirective]
  /**
   * Expected arguments
   */
  args: PositionalArgs
  /**
   * ArgAliases is List of aliases for ValidArgs.
   * These are not suggested to the user in the shell completion,
   * but accepted if entered manually.
   */
  argAliases: Array<string>
  /**
   * BashCompletionFunction is custom bash functions used by the legacy bash autocompletion generator.
   * For portability with other shells, it is recommended to instead use ValidArgsFunction
   */
  bashCompletionFunction: string
  /**
   * Deprecated defines, if this command is deprecated and should print this string when used.
   */
  deprecated: string
  /**
   * Annotations are key/value pairs that can be used by applications to identify or
   * group commands.
   */
  annotations: _TygojaDict
  /**
   * Version defines the version for this command. If this value is non-empty and the command does not
   * define a "version" flag, a "version" boolean flag will be added to the command and, if specified,
   * will print content of the "Version" variable. A shorthand "v" flag will also be added if the
   * command does not define one.
   */
  version: string
  /**
   * The *Run functions are executed in the following order:
   * ```
   *   * PersistentPreRun()
   *   * PreRun()
   *   * Run()
   *   * PostRun()
   *   * PersistentPostRun()
   * ```
   * All functions get the same args, the arguments after the command name.
   * 
   * PersistentPreRun: children of this command will inherit and execute.
   */
  persistentPreRun: (cmd: Command, args: Array<string>) => void
  /**
   * PersistentPreRunE: PersistentPreRun but returns an error.
   */
  persistentPreRunE: (cmd: Command, args: Array<string>) => void
  /**
   * PreRun: children of this command will not inherit.
   */
  preRun: (cmd: Command, args: Array<string>) => void
  /**
   * PreRunE: PreRun but returns an error.
   */
  preRunE: (cmd: Command, args: Array<string>) => void
  /**
   * Run: Typically the actual work function. Most commands will only implement this.
   */
  run: (cmd: Command, args: Array<string>) => void
  /**
   * RunE: Run but returns an error.
   */
  runE: (cmd: Command, args: Array<string>) => void
  /**
   * PostRun: run after the Run command.
   */
  postRun: (cmd: Command, args: Array<string>) => void
  /**
   * PostRunE: PostRun but returns an error.
   */
  postRunE: (cmd: Command, args: Array<string>) => void
  /**
   * PersistentPostRun: children of this command will inherit and execute after PostRun.
   */
  persistentPostRun: (cmd: Command, args: Array<string>) => void
  /**
   * PersistentPostRunE: PersistentPostRun but returns an error.
   */
  persistentPostRunE: (cmd: Command, args: Array<string>) => void
  /**
   * FParseErrWhitelist flag parse errors to be ignored
   */
  fParseErrWhitelist: FParseErrWhitelist
  /**
   * CompletionOptions is a set of options to control the handling of shell completion
   */
  completionOptions: CompletionOptions
  /**
   * TraverseChildren parses flags on all parents before executing child command.
   */
  traverseChildren: boolean
  /**
   * Hidden defines, if this command is hidden and should NOT show up in the list of available commands.
   */
  hidden: boolean
  /**
   * SilenceErrors is an option to quiet errors down stream.
   */
  silenceErrors: boolean
  /**
   * SilenceUsage is an option to silence usage when an error occurs.
   */
  silenceUsage: boolean
  /**
   * DisableFlagParsing disables the flag parsing.
   * If this is true all flags will be passed to the command as arguments.
   */
  disableFlagParsing: boolean
  /**
   * DisableAutoGenTag defines, if gen tag ("Auto generated by spf13/cobra...")
   * will be printed by generating docs for this command.
   */
  disableAutoGenTag: boolean
  /**
   * DisableFlagsInUseLine will disable the addition of [flags] to the usage
   * line of a command when printing help or generating docs
   */
  disableFlagsInUseLine: boolean
  /**
   * DisableSuggestions disables the suggestions based on Levenshtein distance
   * that go along with 'unknown command' messages.
   */
  disableSuggestions: boolean
  /**
   * SuggestionsMinimumDistance defines minimum levenshtein distance to display suggestions.
   * Must be > 0.
   */
  suggestionsMinimumDistance: number
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * Context returns underlying command context. If command was executed
   * with ExecuteContext or the context was set with SetContext, the
   * previously set context will be returned. Otherwise, nil is returned.
   * 
   * Notice that a call to Execute and ExecuteC will replace a nil context of
   * a command with a context.Background, so a background context will be
   * returned by Context after one of these functions has been called.
   */
  context(): context.Context
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * SetContext sets context for the command. This context will be overwritten by
   * Command.ExecuteContext or Command.ExecuteContextC.
   */
  setContext(ctx: context.Context): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * SetArgs sets arguments for the command. It is set to os.Args[1:] by default, if desired, can be overridden
   * particularly useful when testing.
   */
  setArgs(a: Array<string>): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * SetOutput sets the destination for usage and error messages.
   * If output is nil, os.Stderr is used.
   * Deprecated: Use SetOut and/or SetErr instead
   */
  setOutput(output: io.Writer): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * SetOut sets the destination for usage messages.
   * If newOut is nil, os.Stdout is used.
   */
  setOut(newOut: io.Writer): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * SetErr sets the destination for error messages.
   * If newErr is nil, os.Stderr is used.
   */
  setErr(newErr: io.Writer): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * SetIn sets the source for input data
   * If newIn is nil, os.Stdin is used.
   */
  setIn(newIn: io.Reader): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * SetUsageFunc sets usage function. Usage can be defined by application.
   */
  setUsageFunc(f: (_arg0: Command) => void): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * SetUsageTemplate sets usage template. Can be defined by Application.
   */
  setUsageTemplate(s: string): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * SetFlagErrorFunc sets a function to generate an error when flag parsing
   * fails.
   */
  setFlagErrorFunc(f: (_arg0: Command, _arg1: Error) => void): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * SetHelpFunc sets help function. Can be defined by Application.
   */
  setHelpFunc(f: (_arg0: Command, _arg1: Array<string>) => void): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * SetHelpCommand sets help command.
   */
  setHelpCommand(cmd: Command): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * SetHelpCommandGroupID sets the group id of the help command.
   */
  setHelpCommandGroupID(groupID: string): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * SetCompletionCommandGroupID sets the group id of the completion command.
   */
  setCompletionCommandGroupID(groupID: string): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * SetHelpTemplate sets help template to be used. Application can use it to set custom template.
   */
  setHelpTemplate(s: string): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * SetVersionTemplate sets version template to be used. Application can use it to set custom template.
   */
  setVersionTemplate(s: string): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * SetGlobalNormalizationFunc sets a normalization function to all flag sets and also to child commands.
   * The user should not have a cyclic dependency on commands.
   */
  setGlobalNormalizationFunc(n: (f: flag.FlagSet, name: string) => flag.NormalizedName): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * OutOrStdout returns output to stdout.
   */
  outOrStdout(): io.Writer
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * OutOrStderr returns output to stderr
   */
  outOrStderr(): io.Writer
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * ErrOrStderr returns output to stderr
   */
  errOrStderr(): io.Writer
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * InOrStdin returns input to stdin
   */
  inOrStdin(): io.Reader
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * UsageFunc returns either the function set by SetUsageFunc for this command
   * or a parent, or it returns a default usage function.
   */
  usageFunc(): (_arg0: Command) => void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * Usage puts out the usage for the command.
   * Used when a user provides invalid input.
   * Can be defined by user by overriding UsageFunc.
   */
  usage(): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * HelpFunc returns either the function set by SetHelpFunc for this command
   * or a parent, or it returns a function with default help behavior.
   */
  helpFunc(): (_arg0: Command, _arg1: Array<string>) => void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * Help puts out the help for the command.
   * Used when a user calls help [command].
   * Can be defined by user by overriding HelpFunc.
   */
  help(): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * UsageString returns usage string.
   */
  usageString(): string
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * FlagErrorFunc returns either the function set by SetFlagErrorFunc for this
   * command or a parent, or it returns a function which returns the original
   * error.
   */
  flagErrorFunc(): (_arg0: Command, _arg1: Error) => void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * UsagePadding return padding for the usage.
   */
  usagePadding(): number
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * CommandPathPadding return padding for the command path.
   */
  commandPathPadding(): number
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * NamePadding returns padding for the name.
   */
  namePadding(): number
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * UsageTemplate returns usage template for the command.
   */
  usageTemplate(): string
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * HelpTemplate return help template for the command.
   */
  helpTemplate(): string
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * VersionTemplate return version template for the command.
   */
  versionTemplate(): string
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * Find the target command given the args and command tree
   * Meant to be run on the highest node. Only searches down.
   */
  find(args: Array<string>): [(Command | undefined), Array<string>]
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * Traverse the command tree to find the command, and parse args for
   * each parent.
   */
  traverse(args: Array<string>): [(Command | undefined), Array<string>]
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * SuggestionsFor provides suggestions for the typedName.
   */
  suggestionsFor(typedName: string): Array<string>
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * VisitParents visits all parents of the command and invokes fn on each parent.
   */
  visitParents(fn: (_arg0: Command) => void): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * Root finds root command.
   */
  root(): (Command | undefined)
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * ArgsLenAtDash will return the length of c.Flags().Args at the moment
   * when a -- was found during args parsing.
   */
  argsLenAtDash(): number
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * ExecuteContext is the same as Execute(), but sets the ctx on the command.
   * Retrieve ctx by calling cmd.Context() inside your *Run lifecycle or ValidArgs
   * functions.
   */
  executeContext(ctx: context.Context): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * Execute uses the args (os.Args[1:] by default)
   * and run through the command tree finding appropriate matches
   * for commands and then corresponding flags.
   */
  execute(): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * ExecuteContextC is the same as ExecuteC(), but sets the ctx on the command.
   * Retrieve ctx by calling cmd.Context() inside your *Run lifecycle or ValidArgs
   * functions.
   */
  executeContextC(ctx: context.Context): (Command | undefined)
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * ExecuteC executes the command.
   */
  executeC(): (Command | undefined)
 }
 interface Command {
  validateArgs(args: Array<string>): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * ValidateRequiredFlags validates all required flags are present and returns an error otherwise
   */
  validateRequiredFlags(): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * InitDefaultHelpFlag adds default help flag to c.
   * It is called automatically by executing the c or by calling help and usage.
   * If c already has help flag, it will do nothing.
   */
  initDefaultHelpFlag(): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * InitDefaultVersionFlag adds default version flag to c.
   * It is called automatically by executing the c.
   * If c already has a version flag, it will do nothing.
   * If c.Version is empty, it will do nothing.
   */
  initDefaultVersionFlag(): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * InitDefaultHelpCmd adds default help command to c.
   * It is called automatically by executing the c or by calling help and usage.
   * If c already has help command or c has no subcommands, it will do nothing.
   */
  initDefaultHelpCmd(): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * ResetCommands delete parent, subcommand and help command from c.
   */
  resetCommands(): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * Commands returns a sorted slice of child commands.
   */
  commands(): Array<(Command | undefined)>
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * AddCommand adds one or more commands to this parent command.
   */
  addCommand(...cmds: (Command | undefined)[]): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * Groups returns a slice of child command groups.
   */
  groups(): Array<(Group | undefined)>
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * AllChildCommandsHaveGroup returns if all subcommands are assigned to a group
   */
  allChildCommandsHaveGroup(): boolean
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * ContainsGroup return if groupID exists in the list of command groups.
   */
  containsGroup(groupID: string): boolean
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * AddGroup adds one or more command groups to this parent command.
   */
  addGroup(...groups: (Group | undefined)[]): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * RemoveCommand removes one or more commands from a parent command.
   */
  removeCommand(...cmds: (Command | undefined)[]): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * Print is a convenience method to Print to the defined output, fallback to Stderr if not set.
   */
  print(...i: {
   }[]): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * Println is a convenience method to Println to the defined output, fallback to Stderr if not set.
   */
  println(...i: {
   }[]): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * Printf is a convenience method to Printf to the defined output, fallback to Stderr if not set.
   */
  printf(format: string, ...i: {
   }[]): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * PrintErr is a convenience method to Print to the defined Err output, fallback to Stderr if not set.
   */
  printErr(...i: {
   }[]): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * PrintErrln is a convenience method to Println to the defined Err output, fallback to Stderr if not set.
   */
  printErrln(...i: {
   }[]): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * PrintErrf is a convenience method to Printf to the defined Err output, fallback to Stderr if not set.
   */
  printErrf(format: string, ...i: {
   }[]): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * CommandPath returns the full path to this command.
   */
  commandPath(): string
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * UseLine puts out the full usage for a given command (including parents).
   */
  useLine(): string
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * DebugFlags used to determine which flags have been assigned to which commands
   * and which persist.
   */
  debugFlags(): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * Name returns the command's name: the first word in the use line.
   */
  name(): string
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * HasAlias determines if a given string is an alias of the command.
   */
  hasAlias(s: string): boolean
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * CalledAs returns the command name or alias that was used to invoke
   * this command or an empty string if the command has not been called.
   */
  calledAs(): string
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * NameAndAliases returns a list of the command name and all aliases
   */
  nameAndAliases(): string
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * HasExample determines if the command has example.
   */
  hasExample(): boolean
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * Runnable determines if the command is itself runnable.
   */
  runnable(): boolean
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * HasSubCommands determines if the command has children commands.
   */
  hasSubCommands(): boolean
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * IsAvailableCommand determines if a command is available as a non-help command
   * (this includes all non deprecated/hidden commands).
   */
  isAvailableCommand(): boolean
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * IsAdditionalHelpTopicCommand determines if a command is an additional
   * help topic command; additional help topic command is determined by the
   * fact that it is NOT runnable/hidden/deprecated, and has no sub commands that
   * are runnable/hidden/deprecated.
   * Concrete example: https://github.com/spf13/cobra/issues/393#issuecomment-282741924.
   */
  isAdditionalHelpTopicCommand(): boolean
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * HasHelpSubCommands determines if a command has any available 'help' sub commands
   * that need to be shown in the usage/help default template under 'additional help
   * topics'.
   */
  hasHelpSubCommands(): boolean
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * HasAvailableSubCommands determines if a command has available sub commands that
   * need to be shown in the usage/help default template under 'available commands'.
   */
  hasAvailableSubCommands(): boolean
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * HasParent determines if the command is a child command.
   */
  hasParent(): boolean
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * GlobalNormalizationFunc returns the global normalization function or nil if it doesn't exist.
   */
  globalNormalizationFunc(): (f: flag.FlagSet, name: string) => flag.NormalizedName
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * Flags returns the complete FlagSet that applies
   * to this command (local and persistent declared here and by all parents).
   */
  flags(): (flag.FlagSet | undefined)
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * LocalNonPersistentFlags are flags specific to this command which will NOT persist to subcommands.
   */
  localNonPersistentFlags(): (flag.FlagSet | undefined)
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * LocalFlags returns the local FlagSet specifically set in the current command.
   */
  localFlags(): (flag.FlagSet | undefined)
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * InheritedFlags returns all flags which were inherited from parent commands.
   */
  inheritedFlags(): (flag.FlagSet | undefined)
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * NonInheritedFlags returns all flags which were not inherited from parent commands.
   */
  nonInheritedFlags(): (flag.FlagSet | undefined)
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * PersistentFlags returns the persistent FlagSet specifically set in the current command.
   */
  persistentFlags(): (flag.FlagSet | undefined)
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * ResetFlags deletes all flags from command.
   */
  resetFlags(): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * HasFlags checks if the command contains any flags (local plus persistent from the entire structure).
   */
  hasFlags(): boolean
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * HasPersistentFlags checks if the command contains persistent flags.
   */
  hasPersistentFlags(): boolean
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * HasLocalFlags checks if the command has flags specifically declared locally.
   */
  hasLocalFlags(): boolean
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * HasInheritedFlags checks if the command has flags inherited from its parent command.
   */
  hasInheritedFlags(): boolean
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * HasAvailableFlags checks if the command contains any flags (local plus persistent from the entire
   * structure) which are not hidden or deprecated.
   */
  hasAvailableFlags(): boolean
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * HasAvailablePersistentFlags checks if the command contains persistent flags which are not hidden or deprecated.
   */
  hasAvailablePersistentFlags(): boolean
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * HasAvailableLocalFlags checks if the command has flags specifically declared locally which are not hidden
   * or deprecated.
   */
  hasAvailableLocalFlags(): boolean
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * HasAvailableInheritedFlags checks if the command has flags inherited from its parent command which are
   * not hidden or deprecated.
   */
  hasAvailableInheritedFlags(): boolean
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * Flag climbs up the command tree looking for matching flag.
   */
  flag(name: string): (flag.Flag | undefined)
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * ParseFlags parses persistent flag tree and local flags.
   */
  parseFlags(args: Array<string>): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * Parent returns a commands parent command.
   */
  parent(): (Command | undefined)
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * RegisterFlagCompletionFunc should be called to register a function to provide completion for a flag.
   */
  registerFlagCompletionFunc(flagName: string, f: (cmd: Command, args: Array<string>, toComplete: string) => [Array<string>, ShellCompDirective]): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * InitDefaultCompletionCmd adds a default 'completion' command to c.
   * This function will do nothing if any of the following is true:
   * 1- the feature has been explicitly disabled by the program,
   * 2- c has no subcommands (to avoid creating one),
   * 3- c already has a 'completion' command provided by the program.
   */
  initDefaultCompletionCmd(): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * GenFishCompletion generates fish completion file and writes to the passed writer.
   */
  genFishCompletion(w: io.Writer, includeDesc: boolean): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * GenFishCompletionFile generates fish completion file.
   */
  genFishCompletionFile(filename: string, includeDesc: boolean): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * MarkFlagsRequiredTogether marks the given flags with annotations so that Cobra errors
   * if the command is invoked with a subset (but not all) of the given flags.
   */
  markFlagsRequiredTogether(...flagNames: string[]): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * MarkFlagsMutuallyExclusive marks the given flags with annotations so that Cobra errors
   * if the command is invoked with more than one flag from the given set of flags.
   */
  markFlagsMutuallyExclusive(...flagNames: string[]): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * ValidateFlagGroups validates the mutuallyExclusive/requiredAsGroup logic and returns the
   * first error encountered.
   */
  validateFlagGroups(): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * GenPowerShellCompletionFile generates powershell completion file without descriptions.
   */
  genPowerShellCompletionFile(filename: string): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * GenPowerShellCompletion generates powershell completion file without descriptions
   * and writes it to the passed writer.
   */
  genPowerShellCompletion(w: io.Writer): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * GenPowerShellCompletionFileWithDesc generates powershell completion file with descriptions.
   */
  genPowerShellCompletionFileWithDesc(filename: string): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * GenPowerShellCompletionWithDesc generates powershell completion file with descriptions
   * and writes it to the passed writer.
   */
  genPowerShellCompletionWithDesc(w: io.Writer): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * MarkFlagRequired instructs the various shell completion implementations to
   * prioritize the named flag when performing completion,
   * and causes your command to report an error if invoked without the flag.
   */
  markFlagRequired(name: string): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * MarkPersistentFlagRequired instructs the various shell completion implementations to
   * prioritize the named persistent flag when performing completion,
   * and causes your command to report an error if invoked without the flag.
   */
  markPersistentFlagRequired(name: string): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * MarkFlagFilename instructs the various shell completion implementations to
   * limit completions for the named flag to the specified file extensions.
   */
  markFlagFilename(name: string, ...extensions: string[]): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * MarkFlagCustom adds the BashCompCustom annotation to the named flag, if it exists.
   * The bash completion script will call the bash function f for the flag.
   * 
   * This will only work for bash completion.
   * It is recommended to instead use c.RegisterFlagCompletionFunc(...) which allows
   * to register a Go function which will work across all shells.
   */
  markFlagCustom(name: string, f: string): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * MarkPersistentFlagFilename instructs the various shell completion
   * implementations to limit completions for the named persistent flag to the
   * specified file extensions.
   */
  markPersistentFlagFilename(name: string, ...extensions: string[]): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * MarkFlagDirname instructs the various shell completion implementations to
   * limit completions for the named flag to directory names.
   */
  markFlagDirname(name: string): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * MarkPersistentFlagDirname instructs the various shell completion
   * implementations to limit completions for the named persistent flag to
   * directory names.
   */
  markPersistentFlagDirname(name: string): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * GenZshCompletionFile generates zsh completion file including descriptions.
   */
  genZshCompletionFile(filename: string): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * GenZshCompletion generates zsh completion file including descriptions
   * and writes it to the passed writer.
   */
  genZshCompletion(w: io.Writer): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * GenZshCompletionFileNoDesc generates zsh completion file without descriptions.
   */
  genZshCompletionFileNoDesc(filename: string): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * GenZshCompletionNoDesc generates zsh completion file without descriptions
   * and writes it to the passed writer.
   */
  genZshCompletionNoDesc(w: io.Writer): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * MarkZshCompPositionalArgumentFile only worked for zsh and its behavior was
   * not consistent with Bash completion. It has therefore been disabled.
   * Instead, when no other completion is specified, file completion is done by
   * default for every argument. One can disable file completion on a per-argument
   * basis by using ValidArgsFunction and ShellCompDirectiveNoFileComp.
   * To achieve file extension filtering, one can use ValidArgsFunction and
   * ShellCompDirectiveFilterFileExt.
   * 
   * Deprecated
   */
  markZshCompPositionalArgumentFile(argPosition: number, ...patterns: string[]): void
 }
 interface Command {
  /**
   * MarkZshCompPositionalArgumentWords only worked for zsh. It has therefore
   * been disabled.
   * To achieve the same behavior across all shells, one can use
   * ValidArgs (for the first argument only) or ValidArgsFunction for
   * any argument (can include the first one also).
   * 
   * Deprecated
   */
  markZshCompPositionalArgumentWords(argPosition: number, ...words: string[]): void
 }
}

/**
 * Package io provides basic interfaces to I/O primitives.
 * Its primary job is to wrap existing implementations of such primitives,
 * such as those in package os, into shared public interfaces that
 * abstract the functionality, plus some other related primitives.
 * 
 * Because these interfaces and primitives wrap lower-level operations with
 * various implementations, unless otherwise informed clients should not
 * assume they are safe for parallel execution.
 */
namespace io {
 /**
  * Reader is the interface that wraps the basic Read method.
  * 
  * Read reads up to len(p) bytes into p. It returns the number of bytes
  * read (0 <= n <= len(p)) and any error encountered. Even if Read
  * returns n < len(p), it may use all of p as scratch space during the call.
  * If some data is available but not len(p) bytes, Read conventionally
  * returns what is available instead of waiting for more.
  * 
  * When Read encounters an error or end-of-file condition after
  * successfully reading n > 0 bytes, it returns the number of
  * bytes read. It may return the (non-nil) error from the same call
  * or return the error (and n == 0) from a subsequent call.
  * An instance of this general case is that a Reader returning
  * a non-zero number of bytes at the end of the input stream may
  * return either err == EOF or err == nil. The next Read should
  * return 0, EOF.
  * 
  * Callers should always process the n > 0 bytes returned before
  * considering the error err. Doing so correctly handles I/O errors
  * that happen after reading some bytes and also both of the
  * allowed EOF behaviors.
  * 
  * Implementations of Read are discouraged from returning a
  * zero byte count with a nil error, except when len(p) == 0.
  * Callers should treat a return of 0 and nil as indicating that
  * nothing happened; in particular it does not indicate EOF.
  * 
  * Implementations must not retain p.
  */
 interface Reader {
  read(p: string): number
 }
 /**
  * Writer is the interface that wraps the basic Write method.
  * 
  * Write writes len(p) bytes from p to the underlying data stream.
  * It returns the number of bytes written from p (0 <= n <= len(p))
  * and any error encountered that caused the write to stop early.
  * Write must return a non-nil error if it returns n < len(p).
  * Write must not modify the slice data, even temporarily.
  * 
  * Implementations must not retain p.
  */
 interface Writer {
  write(p: string): number
 }
 /**
  * ReadCloser is the interface that groups the basic Read and Close methods.
  */
 interface ReadCloser {
 }
}

/**
 * Package time provides functionality for measuring and displaying time.
 * 
 * The calendrical calculations always assume a Gregorian calendar, with
 * no leap seconds.
 * 
 * # Monotonic Clocks
 * 
 * Operating systems provide both a “wall clock,” which is subject to
 * changes for clock synchronization, and a “monotonic clock,” which is
 * not. The general rule is that the wall clock is for telling time and
 * the monotonic clock is for measuring time. Rather than split the API,
 * in this package the Time returned by time.Now contains both a wall
 * clock reading and a monotonic clock reading; later time-telling
 * operations use the wall clock reading, but later time-measuring
 * operations, specifically comparisons and subtractions, use the
 * monotonic clock reading.
 * 
 * For example, this code always computes a positive elapsed time of
 * approximately 20 milliseconds, even if the wall clock is changed during
 * the operation being timed:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	start := time.Now()
 * 	... operation that takes 20 milliseconds ...
 * 	t := time.Now()
 * 	elapsed := t.Sub(start)
 * ```
 * 
 * Other idioms, such as time.Since(start), time.Until(deadline), and
 * time.Now().Before(deadline), are similarly robust against wall clock
 * resets.
 * 
 * The rest of this section gives the precise details of how operations
 * use monotonic clocks, but understanding those details is not required
 * to use this package.
 * 
 * The Time returned by time.Now contains a monotonic clock reading.
 * If Time t has a monotonic clock reading, t.Add adds the same duration to
 * both the wall clock and monotonic clock readings to compute the result.
 * Because t.AddDate(y, m, d), t.Round(d), and t.Truncate(d) are wall time
 * computations, they always strip any monotonic clock reading from their results.
 * Because t.In, t.Local, and t.UTC are used for their effect on the interpretation
 * of the wall time, they also strip any monotonic clock reading from their results.
 * The canonical way to strip a monotonic clock reading is to use t = t.Round(0).
 * 
 * If Times t and u both contain monotonic clock readings, the operations
 * t.After(u), t.Before(u), t.Equal(u), and t.Sub(u) are carried out
 * using the monotonic clock readings alone, ignoring the wall clock
 * readings. If either t or u contains no monotonic clock reading, these
 * operations fall back to using the wall clock readings.
 * 
 * On some systems the monotonic clock will stop if the computer goes to sleep.
 * On such a system, t.Sub(u) may not accurately reflect the actual
 * time that passed between t and u.
 * 
 * Because the monotonic clock reading has no meaning outside
 * the current process, the serialized forms generated by t.GobEncode,
 * t.MarshalBinary, t.MarshalJSON, and t.MarshalText omit the monotonic
 * clock reading, and t.Format provides no format for it. Similarly, the
 * constructors time.Date, time.Parse, time.ParseInLocation, and time.Unix,
 * as well as the unmarshalers t.GobDecode, t.UnmarshalBinary.
 * t.UnmarshalJSON, and t.UnmarshalText always create times with
 * no monotonic clock reading.
 * 
 * The monotonic clock reading exists only in Time values. It is not
 * a part of Duration values or the Unix times returned by t.Unix and
 * friends.
 * 
 * Note that the Go == operator compares not just the time instant but
 * also the Location and the monotonic clock reading. See the
 * documentation for the Time type for a discussion of equality
 * testing for Time values.
 * 
 * For debugging, the result of t.String does include the monotonic
 * clock reading if present. If t != u because of different monotonic clock readings,
 * that difference will be visible when printing t.String() and u.String().
 */
namespace time {
 interface Time {
  /**
   * String returns the time formatted using the format string
   * 
   * ```
   * 	"2006-01-02 15:04:05.999999999 -0700 MST"
   * ```
   * 
   * If the time has a monotonic clock reading, the returned string
   * includes a final field "m=±<value>", where value is the monotonic
   * clock reading formatted as a decimal number of seconds.
   * 
   * The returned string is meant for debugging; for a stable serialized
   * representation, use t.MarshalText, t.MarshalBinary, or t.Format
   * with an explicit format string.
   */
  string(): string
 }
 interface Time {
  /**
   * GoString implements fmt.GoStringer and formats t to be printed in Go source
   * code.
   */
  goString(): string
 }
 interface Time {
  /**
   * Format returns a textual representation of the time value formatted according
   * to the layout defined by the argument. See the documentation for the
   * constant called Layout to see how to represent the layout format.
   * 
   * The executable example for Time.Format demonstrates the working
   * of the layout string in detail and is a good reference.
   */
  format(layout: string): string
 }
 interface Time {
  /**
   * AppendFormat is like Format but appends the textual
   * representation to b and returns the extended buffer.
   */
  appendFormat(b: string, layout: string): string
 }
 /**
  * A Time represents an instant in time with nanosecond precision.
  * 
  * Programs using times should typically store and pass them as values,
  * not pointers. That is, time variables and struct fields should be of
  * type time.Time, not *time.Time.
  * 
  * A Time value can be used by multiple goroutines simultaneously except
  * that the methods GobDecode, UnmarshalBinary, UnmarshalJSON and
  * UnmarshalText are not concurrency-safe.
  * 
  * Time instants can be compared using the Before, After, and Equal methods.
  * The Sub method subtracts two instants, producing a Duration.
  * The Add method adds a Time and a Duration, producing a Time.
  * 
  * The zero value of type Time is January 1, year 1, 00:00:00.000000000 UTC.
  * As this time is unlikely to come up in practice, the IsZero method gives
  * a simple way of detecting a time that has not been initialized explicitly.
  * 
  * Each Time has associated with it a Location, consulted when computing the
  * presentation form of the time, such as in the Format, Hour, and Year methods.
  * The methods Local, UTC, and In return a Time with a specific location.
  * Changing the location in this way changes only the presentation; it does not
  * change the instant in time being denoted and therefore does not affect the
  * computations described in earlier paragraphs.
  * 
  * Representations of a Time value saved by the GobEncode, MarshalBinary,
  * MarshalJSON, and MarshalText methods store the Time.Location's offset, but not
  * the location name. They therefore lose information about Daylight Saving Time.
  * 
  * In addition to the required “wall clock” reading, a Time may contain an optional
  * reading of the current process's monotonic clock, to provide additional precision
  * for comparison or subtraction.
  * See the “Monotonic Clocks” section in the package documentation for details.
  * 
  * Note that the Go == operator compares not just the time instant but also the
  * Location and the monotonic clock reading. Therefore, Time values should not
  * be used as map or database keys without first guaranteeing that the
  * identical Location has been set for all values, which can be achieved
  * through use of the UTC or Local method, and that the monotonic clock reading
  * has been stripped by setting t = t.Round(0). In general, prefer t.Equal(u)
  * to t == u, since t.Equal uses the most accurate comparison available and
  * correctly handles the case when only one of its arguments has a monotonic
  * clock reading.
  */
 interface Time {
 }
 interface Time {
  /**
   * After reports whether the time instant t is after u.
   */
  after(u: Time): boolean
 }
 interface Time {
  /**
   * Before reports whether the time instant t is before u.
   */
  before(u: Time): boolean
 }
 interface Time {
  /**
   * Equal reports whether t and u represent the same time instant.
   * Two times can be equal even if they are in different locations.
   * For example, 6:00 +0200 and 4:00 UTC are Equal.
   * See the documentation on the Time type for the pitfalls of using == with
   * Time values; most code should use Equal instead.
   */
  equal(u: Time): boolean
 }
 interface Time {
  /**
   * IsZero reports whether t represents the zero time instant,
   * January 1, year 1, 00:00:00 UTC.
   */
  isZero(): boolean
 }
 interface Time {
  /**
   * Date returns the year, month, and day in which t occurs.
   */
  date(): [number, Month, number]
 }
 interface Time {
  /**
   * Year returns the year in which t occurs.
   */
  year(): number
 }
 interface Time {
  /**
   * Month returns the month of the year specified by t.
   */
  month(): Month
 }
 interface Time {
  /**
   * Day returns the day of the month specified by t.
   */
  day(): number
 }
 interface Time {
  /**
   * Weekday returns the day of the week specified by t.
   */
  weekday(): Weekday
 }
 interface Time {
  /**
   * ISOWeek returns the ISO 8601 year and week number in which t occurs.
   * Week ranges from 1 to 53. Jan 01 to Jan 03 of year n might belong to
   * week 52 or 53 of year n-1, and Dec 29 to Dec 31 might belong to week 1
   * of year n+1.
   */
  isoWeek(): number
 }
 interface Time {
  /**
   * Clock returns the hour, minute, and second within the day specified by t.
   */
  clock(): number
 }
 interface Time {
  /**
   * Hour returns the hour within the day specified by t, in the range [0, 23].
   */
  hour(): number
 }
 interface Time {
  /**
   * Minute returns the minute offset within the hour specified by t, in the range [0, 59].
   */
  minute(): number
 }
 interface Time {
  /**
   * Second returns the second offset within the minute specified by t, in the range [0, 59].
   */
  second(): number
 }
 interface Time {
  /**
   * Nanosecond returns the nanosecond offset within the second specified by t,
   * in the range [0, 999999999].
   */
  nanosecond(): number
 }
 interface Time {
  /**
   * YearDay returns the day of the year specified by t, in the range [1,365] for non-leap years,
   * and [1,366] in leap years.
   */
  yearDay(): number
 }
 interface Time {
  /**
   * Add returns the time t+d.
   */
  add(d: Duration): Time
 }
 interface Time {
  /**
   * Sub returns the duration t-u. If the result exceeds the maximum (or minimum)
   * value that can be stored in a Duration, the maximum (or minimum) duration
   * will be returned.
   * To compute t-d for a duration d, use t.Add(-d).
   */
  sub(u: Time): Duration
 }
 interface Time {
  /**
   * AddDate returns the time corresponding to adding the
   * given number of years, months, and days to t.
   * For example, AddDate(-1, 2, 3) applied to January 1, 2011
   * returns March 4, 2010.
   * 
   * AddDate normalizes its result in the same way that Date does,
   * so, for example, adding one month to October 31 yields
   * December 1, the normalized form for November 31.
   */
  addDate(years: number, months: number, days: number): Time
 }
 interface Time {
  /**
   * UTC returns t with the location set to UTC.
   */
  utc(): Time
 }
 interface Time {
  /**
   * Local returns t with the location set to local time.
   */
  local(): Time
 }
 interface Time {
  /**
   * In returns a copy of t representing the same time instant, but
   * with the copy's location information set to loc for display
   * purposes.
   * 
   * In panics if loc is nil.
   */
  in(loc: Location): Time
 }
 interface Time {
  /**
   * Location returns the time zone information associated with t.
   */
  location(): (Location | undefined)
 }
 interface Time {
  /**
   * Zone computes the time zone in effect at time t, returning the abbreviated
   * name of the zone (such as "CET") and its offset in seconds east of UTC.
   */
  zone(): [string, number]
 }
 interface Time {
  /**
   * ZoneBounds returns the bounds of the time zone in effect at time t.
   * The zone begins at start and the next zone begins at end.
   * If the zone begins at the beginning of time, start will be returned as a zero Time.
   * If the zone goes on forever, end will be returned as a zero Time.
   * The Location of the returned times will be the same as t.
   */
  zoneBounds(): Time
 }
 interface Time {
  /**
   * Unix returns t as a Unix time, the number of seconds elapsed
   * since January 1, 1970 UTC. The result does not depend on the
   * location associated with t.
   * Unix-like operating systems often record time as a 32-bit
   * count of seconds, but since the method here returns a 64-bit
   * value it is valid for billions of years into the past or future.
   */
  unix(): number
 }
 interface Time {
  /**
   * UnixMilli returns t as a Unix time, the number of milliseconds elapsed since
   * January 1, 1970 UTC. The result is undefined if the Unix time in
   * milliseconds cannot be represented by an int64 (a date more than 292 million
   * years before or after 1970). The result does not depend on the
   * location associated with t.
   */
  unixMilli(): number
 }
 interface Time {
  /**
   * UnixMicro returns t as a Unix time, the number of microseconds elapsed since
   * January 1, 1970 UTC. The result is undefined if the Unix time in
   * microseconds cannot be represented by an int64 (a date before year -290307 or
   * after year 294246). The result does not depend on the location associated
   * with t.
   */
  unixMicro(): number
 }
 interface Time {
  /**
   * UnixNano returns t as a Unix time, the number of nanoseconds elapsed
   * since January 1, 1970 UTC. The result is undefined if the Unix time
   * in nanoseconds cannot be represented by an int64 (a date before the year
   * 1678 or after 2262). Note that this means the result of calling UnixNano
   * on the zero Time is undefined. The result does not depend on the
   * location associated with t.
   */
  unixNano(): number
 }
 interface Time {
  /**
   * MarshalBinary implements the encoding.BinaryMarshaler interface.
   */
  marshalBinary(): string
 }
 interface Time {
  /**
   * UnmarshalBinary implements the encoding.BinaryUnmarshaler interface.
   */
  unmarshalBinary(data: string): void
 }
 interface Time {
  /**
   * GobEncode implements the gob.GobEncoder interface.
   */
  gobEncode(): string
 }
 interface Time {
  /**
   * GobDecode implements the gob.GobDecoder interface.
   */
  gobDecode(data: string): void
 }
 interface Time {
  /**
   * MarshalJSON implements the json.Marshaler interface.
   * The time is a quoted string in RFC 3339 format, with sub-second precision added if present.
   */
  marshalJSON(): string
 }
 interface Time {
  /**
   * UnmarshalJSON implements the json.Unmarshaler interface.
   * The time is expected to be a quoted string in RFC 3339 format.
   */
  unmarshalJSON(data: string): void
 }
 interface Time {
  /**
   * MarshalText implements the encoding.TextMarshaler interface.
   * The time is formatted in RFC 3339 format, with sub-second precision added if present.
   */
  marshalText(): string
 }
 interface Time {
  /**
   * UnmarshalText implements the encoding.TextUnmarshaler interface.
   * The time is expected to be in RFC 3339 format.
   */
  unmarshalText(data: string): void
 }
 interface Time {
  /**
   * IsDST reports whether the time in the configured location is in Daylight Savings Time.
   */
  isDST(): boolean
 }
 interface Time {
  /**
   * Truncate returns the result of rounding t down to a multiple of d (since the zero time).
   * If d <= 0, Truncate returns t stripped of any monotonic clock reading but otherwise unchanged.
   * 
   * Truncate operates on the time as an absolute duration since the
   * zero time; it does not operate on the presentation form of the
   * time. Thus, Truncate(Hour) may return a time with a non-zero
   * minute, depending on the time's Location.
   */
  truncate(d: Duration): Time
 }
 interface Time {
  /**
   * Round returns the result of rounding t to the nearest multiple of d (since the zero time).
   * The rounding behavior for halfway values is to round up.
   * If d <= 0, Round returns t stripped of any monotonic clock reading but otherwise unchanged.
   * 
   * Round operates on the time as an absolute duration since the
   * zero time; it does not operate on the presentation form of the
   * time. Thus, Round(Hour) may return a time with a non-zero
   * minute, depending on the time's Location.
   */
  round(d: Duration): Time
 }
}

/**
 * Package context defines the Context type, which carries deadlines,
 * cancellation signals, and other request-scoped values across API boundaries
 * and between processes.
 * 
 * Incoming requests to a server should create a Context, and outgoing
 * calls to servers should accept a Context. The chain of function
 * calls between them must propagate the Context, optionally replacing
 * it with a derived Context created using WithCancel, WithDeadline,
 * WithTimeout, or WithValue. When a Context is canceled, all
 * Contexts derived from it are also canceled.
 * 
 * The WithCancel, WithDeadline, and WithTimeout functions take a
 * Context (the parent) and return a derived Context (the child) and a
 * CancelFunc. Calling the CancelFunc cancels the child and its
 * children, removes the parent's reference to the child, and stops
 * any associated timers. Failing to call the CancelFunc leaks the
 * child and its children until the parent is canceled or the timer
 * fires. The go vet tool checks that CancelFuncs are used on all
 * control-flow paths.
 * 
 * Programs that use Contexts should follow these rules to keep interfaces
 * consistent across packages and enable static analysis tools to check context
 * propagation:
 * 
 * Do not store Contexts inside a struct type; instead, pass a Context
 * explicitly to each function that needs it. The Context should be the first
 * parameter, typically named ctx:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	func DoSomething(ctx context.Context, arg Arg) error {
 * 		// ... use ctx ...
 * 	}
 * ```
 * 
 * Do not pass a nil Context, even if a function permits it. Pass context.TODO
 * if you are unsure about which Context to use.
 * 
 * Use context Values only for request-scoped data that transits processes and
 * APIs, not for passing optional parameters to functions.
 * 
 * The same Context may be passed to functions running in different goroutines;
 * Contexts are safe for simultaneous use by multiple goroutines.
 * 
 * See https://blog.golang.org/context for example code for a server that uses
 * Contexts.
 */
namespace context {
}

/**
 * Package fs defines basic interfaces to a file system.
 * A file system can be provided by the host operating system
 * but also by other packages.
 */
namespace fs {
 /**
  * A File provides access to a single file.
  * The File interface is the minimum implementation required of the file.
  * Directory files should also implement ReadDirFile.
  * A file may implement io.ReaderAt or io.Seeker as optimizations.
  */
 interface File {
  stat(): FileInfo
  read(_arg0: string): number
  close(): void
 }
}

/**
 * Package url parses URLs and implements query escaping.
 */
namespace url {
 /**
  * A URL represents a parsed URL (technically, a URI reference).
  * 
  * The general form represented is:
  * 
  * ```
  * 	[scheme:][//[userinfo@]host][/]path[?query][#fragment]
  * ```
  * 
  * URLs that do not start with a slash after the scheme are interpreted as:
  * 
  * ```
  * 	scheme:opaque[?query][#fragment]
  * ```
  * 
  * Note that the Path field is stored in decoded form: /%47%6f%2f becomes /Go/.
  * A consequence is that it is impossible to tell which slashes in the Path were
  * slashes in the raw URL and which were %2f. This distinction is rarely important,
  * but when it is, the code should use RawPath, an optional field which only gets
  * set if the default encoding is different from Path.
  * 
  * URL's String method uses the EscapedPath method to obtain the path. See the
  * EscapedPath method for more details.
  */
 interface URL {
  scheme: string
  opaque: string // encoded opaque data
  user?: Userinfo // username and password information
  host: string // host or host:port
  path: string // path (relative paths may omit leading slash)
  rawPath: string // encoded path hint (see EscapedPath method)
  omitHost: boolean // do not emit empty host (authority)
  forceQuery: boolean // append a query ('?') even if RawQuery is empty
  rawQuery: string // encoded query values, without '?'
  fragment: string // fragment for references, without '#'
  rawFragment: string // encoded fragment hint (see EscapedFragment method)
 }
 interface URL {
  /**
   * EscapedPath returns the escaped form of u.Path.
   * In general there are multiple possible escaped forms of any path.
   * EscapedPath returns u.RawPath when it is a valid escaping of u.Path.
   * Otherwise EscapedPath ignores u.RawPath and computes an escaped
   * form on its own.
   * The String and RequestURI methods use EscapedPath to construct
   * their results.
   * In general, code should call EscapedPath instead of
   * reading u.RawPath directly.
   */
  escapedPath(): string
 }
 interface URL {
  /**
   * EscapedFragment returns the escaped form of u.Fragment.
   * In general there are multiple possible escaped forms of any fragment.
   * EscapedFragment returns u.RawFragment when it is a valid escaping of u.Fragment.
   * Otherwise EscapedFragment ignores u.RawFragment and computes an escaped
   * form on its own.
   * The String method uses EscapedFragment to construct its result.
   * In general, code should call EscapedFragment instead of
   * reading u.RawFragment directly.
   */
  escapedFragment(): string
 }
 interface URL {
  /**
   * String reassembles the URL into a valid URL string.
   * The general form of the result is one of:
   * 
   * ```
   * 	scheme:opaque?query#fragment
   * 	scheme://userinfo@host/path?query#fragment
   * ```
   * 
   * If u.Opaque is non-empty, String uses the first form;
   * otherwise it uses the second form.
   * Any non-ASCII characters in host are escaped.
   * To obtain the path, String uses u.EscapedPath().
   * 
   * In the second form, the following rules apply:
   * ```
   *   - if u.Scheme is empty, scheme: is omitted.
   *   - if u.User is nil, userinfo@ is omitted.
   *   - if u.Host is empty, host/ is omitted.
   *   - if u.Scheme and u.Host are empty and u.User is nil,
   *     the entire scheme://userinfo@host/ is omitted.
   *   - if u.Host is non-empty and u.Path begins with a /,
   *     the form host/path does not add its own /.
   *   - if u.RawQuery is empty, ?query is omitted.
   *   - if u.Fragment is empty, #fragment is omitted.
   * ```
   */
  string(): string
 }
 interface URL {
  /**
   * Redacted is like String but replaces any password with "xxxxx".
   * Only the password in u.URL is redacted.
   */
  redacted(): string
 }
 /**
  * Values maps a string key to a list of values.
  * It is typically used for query parameters and form values.
  * Unlike in the http.Header map, the keys in a Values map
  * are case-sensitive.
  */
 interface Values extends _TygojaDict{}
 interface Values {
  /**
   * Get gets the first value associated with the given key.
   * If there are no values associated with the key, Get returns
   * the empty string. To access multiple values, use the map
   * directly.
   */
  get(key: string): string
 }
 interface Values {
  /**
   * Set sets the key to value. It replaces any existing
   * values.
   */
  set(key: string): void
 }
 interface Values {
  /**
   * Add adds the value to key. It appends to any existing
   * values associated with key.
   */
  add(key: string): void
 }
 interface Values {
  /**
   * Del deletes the values associated with key.
   */
  del(key: string): void
 }
 interface Values {
  /**
   * Has checks whether a given key is set.
   */
  has(key: string): boolean
 }
 interface Values {
  /**
   * Encode encodes the values into “URL encoded” form
   * ("bar=baz&foo=quux") sorted by key.
   */
  encode(): string
 }
 interface URL {
  /**
   * IsAbs reports whether the URL is absolute.
   * Absolute means that it has a non-empty scheme.
   */
  isAbs(): boolean
 }
 interface URL {
  /**
   * Parse parses a URL in the context of the receiver. The provided URL
   * may be relative or absolute. Parse returns nil, err on parse
   * failure, otherwise its return value is the same as ResolveReference.
   */
  parse(ref: string): (URL | undefined)
 }
 interface URL {
  /**
   * ResolveReference resolves a URI reference to an absolute URI from
   * an absolute base URI u, per RFC 3986 Section 5.2. The URI reference
   * may be relative or absolute. ResolveReference always returns a new
   * URL instance, even if the returned URL is identical to either the
   * base or reference. If ref is an absolute URL, then ResolveReference
   * ignores base and returns a copy of ref.
   */
  resolveReference(ref: URL): (URL | undefined)
 }
 interface URL {
  /**
   * Query parses RawQuery and returns the corresponding values.
   * It silently discards malformed value pairs.
   * To check errors use ParseQuery.
   */
  query(): Values
 }
 interface URL {
  /**
   * RequestURI returns the encoded path?query or opaque?query
   * string that would be used in an HTTP request for u.
   */
  requestURI(): string
 }
 interface URL {
  /**
   * Hostname returns u.Host, stripping any valid port number if present.
   * 
   * If the result is enclosed in square brackets, as literal IPv6 addresses are,
   * the square brackets are removed from the result.
   */
  hostname(): string
 }
 interface URL {
  /**
   * Port returns the port part of u.Host, without the leading colon.
   * 
   * If u.Host doesn't contain a valid numeric port, Port returns an empty string.
   */
  port(): string
 }
 interface URL {
  marshalBinary(): string
 }
 interface URL {
  unmarshalBinary(text: string): void
 }
 interface URL {
  /**
   * JoinPath returns a new URL with the provided path elements joined to
   * any existing path and the resulting path cleaned of any ./ or ../ elements.
   * Any sequences of multiple / characters will be reduced to a single /.
   */
  joinPath(...elem: string[]): (URL | undefined)
 }
}

/**
 * Package tls partially implements TLS 1.2, as specified in RFC 5246,
 * and TLS 1.3, as specified in RFC 8446.
 */
namespace tls {
 /**
  * ConnectionState records basic TLS details about the connection.
  */
 interface ConnectionState {
  /**
   * Version is the TLS version used by the connection (e.g. VersionTLS12).
   */
  version: number
  /**
   * HandshakeComplete is true if the handshake has concluded.
   */
  handshakeComplete: boolean
  /**
   * DidResume is true if this connection was successfully resumed from a
   * previous session with a session ticket or similar mechanism.
   */
  didResume: boolean
  /**
   * CipherSuite is the cipher suite negotiated for the connection (e.g.
   * TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256, TLS_AES_128_GCM_SHA256).
   */
  cipherSuite: number
  /**
   * NegotiatedProtocol is the application protocol negotiated with ALPN.
   */
  negotiatedProtocol: string
  /**
   * NegotiatedProtocolIsMutual used to indicate a mutual NPN negotiation.
   * 
   * Deprecated: this value is always true.
   */
  negotiatedProtocolIsMutual: boolean
  /**
   * ServerName is the value of the Server Name Indication extension sent by
   * the client. It's available both on the server and on the client side.
   */
  serverName: string
  /**
   * PeerCertificates are the parsed certificates sent by the peer, in the
   * order in which they were sent. The first element is the leaf certificate
   * that the connection is verified against.
   * 
   * On the client side, it can't be empty. On the server side, it can be
   * empty if Config.ClientAuth is not RequireAnyClientCert or
   * RequireAndVerifyClientCert.
   */
  peerCertificates: Array<(x509.Certificate | undefined)>
  /**
   * VerifiedChains is a list of one or more chains where the first element is
   * PeerCertificates[0] and the last element is from Config.RootCAs (on the
   * client side) or Config.ClientCAs (on the server side).
   * 
   * On the client side, it's set if Config.InsecureSkipVerify is false. On
   * the server side, it's set if Config.ClientAuth is VerifyClientCertIfGiven
   * (and the peer provided a certificate) or RequireAndVerifyClientCert.
   */
  verifiedChains: Array<Array<(x509.Certificate | undefined)>>
  /**
   * SignedCertificateTimestamps is a list of SCTs provided by the peer
   * through the TLS handshake for the leaf certificate, if any.
   */
  signedCertificateTimestamps: Array<string>
  /**
   * OCSPResponse is a stapled Online Certificate Status Protocol (OCSP)
   * response provided by the peer for the leaf certificate, if any.
   */
  ocspResponse: string
  /**
   * TLSUnique contains the "tls-unique" channel binding value (see RFC 5929,
   * Section 3). This value will be nil for TLS 1.3 connections and for all
   * resumed connections.
   * 
   * Deprecated: there are conditions in which this value might not be unique
   * to a connection. See the Security Considerations sections of RFC 5705 and
   * RFC 7627, and https://mitls.org/pages/attacks/3SHAKE#channelbindings.
   */
  tlsUnique: string
 }
 interface ConnectionState {
  /**
   * ExportKeyingMaterial returns length bytes of exported key material in a new
   * slice as defined in RFC 5705. If context is nil, it is not used as part of
   * the seed. If the connection was set to allow renegotiation via
   * Config.Renegotiation, this function will return an error.
   */
  exportKeyingMaterial(label: string, context: string, length: number): string
 }
}

/**
 * Package textproto implements generic support for text-based request/response
 * protocols in the style of HTTP, NNTP, and SMTP.
 * 
 * The package provides:
 * 
 * Error, which represents a numeric error response from
 * a server.
 * 
 * Pipeline, to manage pipelined requests and responses
 * in a client.
 * 
 * Reader, to read numeric response code lines,
 * key: value headers, lines wrapped with leading spaces
 * on continuation lines, and whole text blocks ending
 * with a dot on a line by itself.
 * 
 * Writer, to write dot-encoded text blocks.
 * 
 * Conn, a convenient packaging of Reader, Writer, and Pipeline for use
 * with a single network connection.
 */
namespace textproto {
 /**
  * A MIMEHeader represents a MIME-style header mapping
  * keys to sets of values.
  */
 interface MIMEHeader extends _TygojaDict{}
 interface MIMEHeader {
  /**
   * Add adds the key, value pair to the header.
   * It appends to any existing values associated with key.
   */
  add(key: string): void
 }
 interface MIMEHeader {
  /**
   * Set sets the header entries associated with key to
   * the single element value. It replaces any existing
   * values associated with key.
   */
  set(key: string): void
 }
 interface MIMEHeader {
  /**
   * Get gets the first value associated with the given key.
   * It is case insensitive; CanonicalMIMEHeaderKey is used
   * to canonicalize the provided key.
   * If there are no values associated with the key, Get returns "".
   * To use non-canonical keys, access the map directly.
   */
  get(key: string): string
 }
 interface MIMEHeader {
  /**
   * Values returns all values associated with the given key.
   * It is case insensitive; CanonicalMIMEHeaderKey is
   * used to canonicalize the provided key. To use non-canonical
   * keys, access the map directly.
   * The returned slice is not a copy.
   */
  values(key: string): Array<string>
 }
 interface MIMEHeader {
  /**
   * Del deletes the values associated with key.
   */
  del(key: string): void
 }
}

/**
 * Package multipart implements MIME multipart parsing, as defined in RFC
 * 2046.
 * 
 * The implementation is sufficient for HTTP (RFC 2388) and the multipart
 * bodies generated by popular browsers.
 */
namespace multipart {
 interface Reader {
  /**
   * ReadForm parses an entire multipart message whose parts have
   * a Content-Disposition of "form-data".
   * It stores up to maxMemory bytes + 10MB (reserved for non-file parts)
   * in memory. File parts which can't be stored in memory will be stored on
   * disk in temporary files.
   * It returns ErrMessageTooLarge if all non-file parts can't be stored in
   * memory.
   */
  readForm(maxMemory: number): (Form | undefined)
 }
 /**
  * Form is a parsed multipart form.
  * Its File parts are stored either in memory or on disk,
  * and are accessible via the *FileHeader's Open method.
  * Its Value parts are stored as strings.
  * Both are keyed by field name.
  */
 interface Form {
  value: _TygojaDict
  file: _TygojaDict
 }
 interface Form {
  /**
   * RemoveAll removes any temporary files associated with a Form.
   */
  removeAll(): void
 }
 /**
  * File is an interface to access the file part of a multipart message.
  * Its contents may be either stored in memory or on disk.
  * If stored on disk, the File's underlying concrete type will be an *os.File.
  */
 interface File {
 }
 /**
  * Reader is an iterator over parts in a MIME multipart body.
  * Reader's underlying parser consumes its input as needed. Seeking
  * isn't supported.
  */
 interface Reader {
 }
 interface Reader {
  /**
   * NextPart returns the next part in the multipart or an error.
   * When there are no more parts, the error io.EOF is returned.
   * 
   * As a special case, if the "Content-Transfer-Encoding" header
   * has a value of "quoted-printable", that header is instead
   * hidden and the body is transparently decoded during Read calls.
   */
  nextPart(): (Part | undefined)
 }
 interface Reader {
  /**
   * NextRawPart returns the next part in the multipart or an error.
   * When there are no more parts, the error io.EOF is returned.
   * 
   * Unlike NextPart, it does not have special handling for
   * "Content-Transfer-Encoding: quoted-printable".
   */
  nextRawPart(): (Part | undefined)
 }
}

/**
 * Package http provides HTTP client and server implementations.
 * 
 * Get, Head, Post, and PostForm make HTTP (or HTTPS) requests:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	resp, err := http.Get("http://example.com/")
 * 	...
 * 	resp, err := http.Post("http://example.com/upload", "image/jpeg", &buf)
 * 	...
 * 	resp, err := http.PostForm("http://example.com/form",
 * 		url.Values{"key": {"Value"}, "id": {"123"}})
 * ```
 * 
 * The client must close the response body when finished with it:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	resp, err := http.Get("http://example.com/")
 * 	if err != nil {
 * 		// handle error
 * 	}
 * 	defer resp.Body.Close()
 * 	body, err := io.ReadAll(resp.Body)
 * 	// ...
 * ```
 * 
 * For control over HTTP client headers, redirect policy, and other
 * settings, create a Client:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	client := &http.Client{
 * 		CheckRedirect: redirectPolicyFunc,
 * 	}
 * 
 * 	resp, err := client.Get("http://example.com")
 * 	// ...
 * 
 * 	req, err := http.NewRequest("GET", "http://example.com", nil)
 * 	// ...
 * 	req.Header.Add("If-None-Match", `W/"wyzzy"`)
 * 	resp, err := client.Do(req)
 * 	// ...
 * ```
 * 
 * For control over proxies, TLS configuration, keep-alives,
 * compression, and other settings, create a Transport:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	tr := &http.Transport{
 * 		MaxIdleConns:       10,
 * 		IdleConnTimeout:    30 * time.Second,
 * 		DisableCompression: true,
 * 	}
 * 	client := &http.Client{Transport: tr}
 * 	resp, err := client.Get("https://example.com")
 * ```
 * 
 * Clients and Transports are safe for concurrent use by multiple
 * goroutines and for efficiency should only be created once and re-used.
 * 
 * ListenAndServe starts an HTTP server with a given address and handler.
 * The handler is usually nil, which means to use DefaultServeMux.
 * Handle and HandleFunc add handlers to DefaultServeMux:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	http.Handle("/foo", fooHandler)
 * 
 * 	http.HandleFunc("/bar", func(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
 * 		fmt.Fprintf(w, "Hello, %q", html.EscapeString(r.URL.Path))
 * 	})
 * 
 * 	log.Fatal(http.ListenAndServe(":8080", nil))
 * ```
 * 
 * More control over the server's behavior is available by creating a
 * custom Server:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	s := &http.Server{
 * 		Addr:           ":8080",
 * 		Handler:        myHandler,
 * 		ReadTimeout:    10 * time.Second,
 * 		WriteTimeout:   10 * time.Second,
 * 		MaxHeaderBytes: 1 << 20,
 * 	}
 * 	log.Fatal(s.ListenAndServe())
 * ```
 * 
 * Starting with Go 1.6, the http package has transparent support for the
 * HTTP/2 protocol when using HTTPS. Programs that must disable HTTP/2
 * can do so by setting Transport.TLSNextProto (for clients) or
 * Server.TLSNextProto (for servers) to a non-nil, empty
 * map. Alternatively, the following GODEBUG environment variables are
 * currently supported:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	GODEBUG=http2client=0  # disable HTTP/2 client support
 * 	GODEBUG=http2server=0  # disable HTTP/2 server support
 * 	GODEBUG=http2debug=1   # enable verbose HTTP/2 debug logs
 * 	GODEBUG=http2debug=2   # ... even more verbose, with frame dumps
 * ```
 * 
 * The GODEBUG variables are not covered by Go's API compatibility
 * promise. Please report any issues before disabling HTTP/2
 * support: https://golang.org/s/http2bug
 * 
 * The http package's Transport and Server both automatically enable
 * HTTP/2 support for simple configurations. To enable HTTP/2 for more
 * complex configurations, to use lower-level HTTP/2 features, or to use
 * a newer version of Go's http2 package, import "golang.org/x/net/http2"
 * directly and use its ConfigureTransport and/or ConfigureServer
 * functions. Manually configuring HTTP/2 via the golang.org/x/net/http2
 * package takes precedence over the net/http package's built-in HTTP/2
 * support.
 */
namespace http {
 /**
  * A Client is an HTTP client. Its zero value (DefaultClient) is a
  * usable client that uses DefaultTransport.
  * 
  * The Client's Transport typically has internal state (cached TCP
  * connections), so Clients should be reused instead of created as
  * needed. Clients are safe for concurrent use by multiple goroutines.
  * 
  * A Client is higher-level than a RoundTripper (such as Transport)
  * and additionally handles HTTP details such as cookies and
  * redirects.
  * 
  * When following redirects, the Client will forward all headers set on the
  * initial Request except:
  * 
  * • when forwarding sensitive headers like "Authorization",
  * "WWW-Authenticate", and "Cookie" to untrusted targets.
  * These headers will be ignored when following a redirect to a domain
  * that is not a subdomain match or exact match of the initial domain.
  * For example, a redirect from "foo.com" to either "foo.com" or "sub.foo.com"
  * will forward the sensitive headers, but a redirect to "bar.com" will not.
  * 
  * • when forwarding the "Cookie" header with a non-nil cookie Jar.
  * Since each redirect may mutate the state of the cookie jar,
  * a redirect may possibly alter a cookie set in the initial request.
  * When forwarding the "Cookie" header, any mutated cookies will be omitted,
  * with the expectation that the Jar will insert those mutated cookies
  * with the updated values (assuming the origin matches).
  * If Jar is nil, the initial cookies are forwarded without change.
  */
 interface Client {
  /**
   * Transport specifies the mechanism by which individual
   * HTTP requests are made.
   * If nil, DefaultTransport is used.
   */
  transport: RoundTripper
  /**
   * CheckRedirect specifies the policy for handling redirects.
   * If CheckRedirect is not nil, the client calls it before
   * following an HTTP redirect. The arguments req and via are
   * the upcoming request and the requests made already, oldest
   * first. If CheckRedirect returns an error, the Client's Get
   * method returns both the previous Response (with its Body
   * closed) and CheckRedirect's error (wrapped in a url.Error)
   * instead of issuing the Request req.
   * As a special case, if CheckRedirect returns ErrUseLastResponse,
   * then the most recent response is returned with its body
   * unclosed, along with a nil error.
   * 
   * If CheckRedirect is nil, the Client uses its default policy,
   * which is to stop after 10 consecutive requests.
   */
  checkRedirect: (req: Request, via: Array<(Request | undefined)>) => void
  /**
   * Jar specifies the cookie jar.
   * 
   * The Jar is used to insert relevant cookies into every
   * outbound Request and is updated with the cookie values
   * of every inbound Response. The Jar is consulted for every
   * redirect that the Client follows.
   * 
   * If Jar is nil, cookies are only sent if they are explicitly
   * set on the Request.
   */
  jar: CookieJar
  /**
   * Timeout specifies a time limit for requests made by this
   * Client. The timeout includes connection time, any
   * redirects, and reading the response body. The timer remains
   * running after Get, Head, Post, or Do return and will
   * interrupt reading of the Response.Body.
   * 
   * A Timeout of zero means no timeout.
   * 
   * The Client cancels requests to the underlying Transport
   * as if the Request's Context ended.
   * 
   * For compatibility, the Client will also use the deprecated
   * CancelRequest method on Transport if found. New
   * RoundTripper implementations should use the Request's Context
   * for cancellation instead of implementing CancelRequest.
   */
  timeout: time.Duration
 }
 interface Client {
  /**
   * Get issues a GET to the specified URL. If the response is one of the
   * following redirect codes, Get follows the redirect after calling the
   * Client's CheckRedirect function:
   * 
   * ```
   * 	301 (Moved Permanently)
   * 	302 (Found)
   * 	303 (See Other)
   * 	307 (Temporary Redirect)
   * 	308 (Permanent Redirect)
   * ```
   * 
   * An error is returned if the Client's CheckRedirect function fails
   * or if there was an HTTP protocol error. A non-2xx response doesn't
   * cause an error. Any returned error will be of type *url.Error. The
   * url.Error value's Timeout method will report true if the request
   * timed out.
   * 
   * When err is nil, resp always contains a non-nil resp.Body.
   * Caller should close resp.Body when done reading from it.
   * 
   * To make a request with custom headers, use NewRequest and Client.Do.
   * 
   * To make a request with a specified context.Context, use NewRequestWithContext
   * and Client.Do.
   */
  get(url: string): (Response | undefined)
 }
 interface Client {
  /**
   * Do sends an HTTP request and returns an HTTP response, following
   * policy (such as redirects, cookies, auth) as configured on the
   * client.
   * 
   * An error is returned if caused by client policy (such as
   * CheckRedirect), or failure to speak HTTP (such as a network
   * connectivity problem). A non-2xx status code doesn't cause an
   * error.
   * 
   * If the returned error is nil, the Response will contain a non-nil
   * Body which the user is expected to close. If the Body is not both
   * read to EOF and closed, the Client's underlying RoundTripper
   * (typically Transport) may not be able to re-use a persistent TCP
   * connection to the server for a subsequent "keep-alive" request.
   * 
   * The request Body, if non-nil, will be closed by the underlying
   * Transport, even on errors.
   * 
   * On error, any Response can be ignored. A non-nil Response with a
   * non-nil error only occurs when CheckRedirect fails, and even then
   * the returned Response.Body is already closed.
   * 
   * Generally Get, Post, or PostForm will be used instead of Do.
   * 
   * If the server replies with a redirect, the Client first uses the
   * CheckRedirect function to determine whether the redirect should be
   * followed. If permitted, a 301, 302, or 303 redirect causes
   * subsequent requests to use HTTP method GET
   * (or HEAD if the original request was HEAD), with no body.
   * A 307 or 308 redirect preserves the original HTTP method and body,
   * provided that the Request.GetBody function is defined.
   * The NewRequest function automatically sets GetBody for common
   * standard library body types.
   * 
   * Any returned error will be of type *url.Error. The url.Error
   * value's Timeout method will report true if the request timed out.
   */
  do(req: Request): (Response | undefined)
 }
 interface Client {
  /**
   * Post issues a POST to the specified URL.
   * 
   * Caller should close resp.Body when done reading from it.
   * 
   * If the provided body is an io.Closer, it is closed after the
   * request.
   * 
   * To set custom headers, use NewRequest and Client.Do.
   * 
   * To make a request with a specified context.Context, use NewRequestWithContext
   * and Client.Do.
   * 
   * See the Client.Do method documentation for details on how redirects
   * are handled.
   */
  post(url: string, body: io.Reader): (Response | undefined)
 }
 interface Client {
  /**
   * PostForm issues a POST to the specified URL,
   * with data's keys and values URL-encoded as the request body.
   * 
   * The Content-Type header is set to application/x-www-form-urlencoded.
   * To set other headers, use NewRequest and Client.Do.
   * 
   * When err is nil, resp always contains a non-nil resp.Body.
   * Caller should close resp.Body when done reading from it.
   * 
   * See the Client.Do method documentation for details on how redirects
   * are handled.
   * 
   * To make a request with a specified context.Context, use NewRequestWithContext
   * and Client.Do.
   */
  postForm(url: string, data: url.Values): (Response | undefined)
 }
 interface Client {
  /**
   * Head issues a HEAD to the specified URL. If the response is one of the
   * following redirect codes, Head follows the redirect after calling the
   * Client's CheckRedirect function:
   * 
   * ```
   * 	301 (Moved Permanently)
   * 	302 (Found)
   * 	303 (See Other)
   * 	307 (Temporary Redirect)
   * 	308 (Permanent Redirect)
   * ```
   * 
   * To make a request with a specified context.Context, use NewRequestWithContext
   * and Client.Do.
   */
  head(url: string): (Response | undefined)
 }
 interface Client {
  /**
   * CloseIdleConnections closes any connections on its Transport which
   * were previously connected from previous requests but are now
   * sitting idle in a "keep-alive" state. It does not interrupt any
   * connections currently in use.
   * 
   * If the Client's Transport does not have a CloseIdleConnections method
   * then this method does nothing.
   */
  closeIdleConnections(): void
 }
 /**
  * A Cookie represents an HTTP cookie as sent in the Set-Cookie header of an
  * HTTP response or the Cookie header of an HTTP request.
  * 
  * See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6265 for details.
  */
 interface Cookie {
  name: string
  value: string
  path: string // optional
  domain: string // optional
  expires: time.Time // optional
  rawExpires: string // for reading cookies only
  /**
   * MaxAge=0 means no 'Max-Age' attribute specified.
   * MaxAge<0 means delete cookie now, equivalently 'Max-Age: 0'
   * MaxAge>0 means Max-Age attribute present and given in seconds
   */
  maxAge: number
  secure: boolean
  httpOnly: boolean
  sameSite: SameSite
  raw: string
  unparsed: Array<string> // Raw text of unparsed attribute-value pairs
 }
 interface Cookie {
  /**
   * String returns the serialization of the cookie for use in a Cookie
   * header (if only Name and Value are set) or a Set-Cookie response
   * header (if other fields are set).
   * If c is nil or c.Name is invalid, the empty string is returned.
   */
  string(): string
 }
 interface Cookie {
  /**
   * Valid reports whether the cookie is valid.
   */
  valid(): void
 }
 // @ts-ignore
 import mathrand = rand
 /**
  * A Header represents the key-value pairs in an HTTP header.
  * 
  * The keys should be in canonical form, as returned by
  * CanonicalHeaderKey.
  */
 interface Header extends _TygojaDict{}
 interface Header {
  /**
   * Add adds the key, value pair to the header.
   * It appends to any existing values associated with key.
   * The key is case insensitive; it is canonicalized by
   * CanonicalHeaderKey.
   */
  add(key: string): void
 }
 interface Header {
  /**
   * Set sets the header entries associated with key to the
   * single element value. It replaces any existing values
   * associated with key. The key is case insensitive; it is
   * canonicalized by textproto.CanonicalMIMEHeaderKey.
   * To use non-canonical keys, assign to the map directly.
   */
  set(key: string): void
 }
 interface Header {
  /**
   * Get gets the first value associated with the given key. If
   * there are no values associated with the key, Get returns "".
   * It is case insensitive; textproto.CanonicalMIMEHeaderKey is
   * used to canonicalize the provided key. Get assumes that all
   * keys are stored in canonical form. To use non-canonical keys,
   * access the map directly.
   */
  get(key: string): string
 }
 interface Header {
  /**
   * Values returns all values associated with the given key.
   * It is case insensitive; textproto.CanonicalMIMEHeaderKey is
   * used to canonicalize the provided key. To use non-canonical
   * keys, access the map directly.
   * The returned slice is not a copy.
   */
  values(key: string): Array<string>
 }
 interface Header {
  /**
   * Del deletes the values associated with key.
   * The key is case insensitive; it is canonicalized by
   * CanonicalHeaderKey.
   */
  del(key: string): void
 }
 interface Header {
  /**
   * Write writes a header in wire format.
   */
  write(w: io.Writer): void
 }
 interface Header {
  /**
   * Clone returns a copy of h or nil if h is nil.
   */
  clone(): Header
 }
 interface Header {
  /**
   * WriteSubset writes a header in wire format.
   * If exclude is not nil, keys where exclude[key] == true are not written.
   * Keys are not canonicalized before checking the exclude map.
   */
  writeSubset(w: io.Writer, exclude: _TygojaDict): void
 }
 // @ts-ignore
 import urlpkg = url
 /**
  * Response represents the response from an HTTP request.
  * 
  * The Client and Transport return Responses from servers once
  * the response headers have been received. The response body
  * is streamed on demand as the Body field is read.
  */
 interface Response {
  status: string // e.g. "200 OK"
  statusCode: number // e.g. 200
  proto: string // e.g. "HTTP/1.0"
  protoMajor: number // e.g. 1
  protoMinor: number // e.g. 0
  /**
   * Header maps header keys to values. If the response had multiple
   * headers with the same key, they may be concatenated, with comma
   * delimiters.  (RFC 7230, section 3.2.2 requires that multiple headers
   * be semantically equivalent to a comma-delimited sequence.) When
   * Header values are duplicated by other fields in this struct (e.g.,
   * ContentLength, TransferEncoding, Trailer), the field values are
   * authoritative.
   * 
   * Keys in the map are canonicalized (see CanonicalHeaderKey).
   */
  header: Header
  /**
   * Body represents the response body.
   * 
   * The response body is streamed on demand as the Body field
   * is read. If the network connection fails or the server
   * terminates the response, Body.Read calls return an error.
   * 
   * The http Client and Transport guarantee that Body is always
   * non-nil, even on responses without a body or responses with
   * a zero-length body. It is the caller's responsibility to
   * close Body. The default HTTP client's Transport may not
   * reuse HTTP/1.x "keep-alive" TCP connections if the Body is
   * not read to completion and closed.
   * 
   * The Body is automatically dechunked if the server replied
   * with a "chunked" Transfer-Encoding.
   * 
   * As of Go 1.12, the Body will also implement io.Writer
   * on a successful "101 Switching Protocols" response,
   * as used by WebSockets and HTTP/2's "h2c" mode.
   */
  body: io.ReadCloser
  /**
   * ContentLength records the length of the associated content. The
   * value -1 indicates that the length is unknown. Unless Request.Method
   * is "HEAD", values >= 0 indicate that the given number of bytes may
   * be read from Body.
   */
  contentLength: number
  /**
   * Contains transfer encodings from outer-most to inner-most. Value is
   * nil, means that "identity" encoding is used.
   */
  transferEncoding: Array<string>
  /**
   * Close records whether the header directed that the connection be
   * closed after reading Body. The value is advice for clients: neither
   * ReadResponse nor Response.Write ever closes a connection.
   */
  close: boolean
  /**
   * Uncompressed reports whether the response was sent compressed but
   * was decompressed by the http package. When true, reading from
   * Body yields the uncompressed content instead of the compressed
   * content actually set from the server, ContentLength is set to -1,
   * and the "Content-Length" and "Content-Encoding" fields are deleted
   * from the responseHeader. To get the original response from
   * the server, set Transport.DisableCompression to true.
   */
  uncompressed: boolean
  /**
   * Trailer maps trailer keys to values in the same
   * format as Header.
   * 
   * The Trailer initially contains only nil values, one for
   * each key specified in the server's "Trailer" header
   * value. Those values are not added to Header.
   * 
   * Trailer must not be accessed concurrently with Read calls
   * on the Body.
   * 
   * After Body.Read has returned io.EOF, Trailer will contain
   * any trailer values sent by the server.
   */
  trailer: Header
  /**
   * Request is the request that was sent to obtain this Response.
   * Request's Body is nil (having already been consumed).
   * This is only populated for Client requests.
   */
  request?: Request
  /**
   * TLS contains information about the TLS connection on which the
   * response was received. It is nil for unencrypted responses.
   * The pointer is shared between responses and should not be
   * modified.
   */
  tls?: tls.ConnectionState
 }
 interface Response {
  /**
   * Cookies parses and returns the cookies set in the Set-Cookie headers.
   */
  cookies(): Array<(Cookie | undefined)>
 }
 interface Response {
  /**
   * Location returns the URL of the response's "Location" header,
   * if present. Relative redirects are resolved relative to
   * the Response's Request. ErrNoLocation is returned if no
   * Location header is present.
   */
  location(): (url.URL | undefined)
 }
 interface Response {
  /**
   * ProtoAtLeast reports whether the HTTP protocol used
   * in the response is at least major.minor.
   */
  protoAtLeast(major: number): boolean
 }
 interface Response {
  /**
   * Write writes r to w in the HTTP/1.x server response format,
   * including the status line, headers, body, and optional trailer.
   * 
   * This method consults the following fields of the response r:
   * 
   * ```
   * 	StatusCode
   * 	ProtoMajor
   * 	ProtoMinor
   * 	Request.Method
   * 	TransferEncoding
   * 	Trailer
   * 	Body
   * 	ContentLength
   * 	Header, values for non-canonical keys will have unpredictable behavior
   * ```
   * 
   * The Response Body is closed after it is sent.
   */
  write(w: io.Writer): void
 }
}

/**
 * Package oauth2 provides support for making
 * OAuth2 authorized and authenticated HTTP requests,
 * as specified in RFC 6749.
 * It can additionally grant authorization with Bearer JWT.
 */
namespace oauth2 {
 /**
  * An AuthCodeOption is passed to Config.AuthCodeURL.
  */
 interface AuthCodeOption {
 }
 /**
  * Token represents the credentials used to authorize
  * the requests to access protected resources on the OAuth 2.0
  * provider's backend.
  * 
  * Most users of this package should not access fields of Token
  * directly. They're exported mostly for use by related packages
  * implementing derivative OAuth2 flows.
  */
 interface Token {
  /**
   * AccessToken is the token that authorizes and authenticates
   * the requests.
   */
  accessToken: string
  /**
   * TokenType is the type of token.
   * The Type method returns either this or "Bearer", the default.
   */
  tokenType: string
  /**
   * RefreshToken is a token that's used by the application
   * (as opposed to the user) to refresh the access token
   * if it expires.
   */
  refreshToken: string
  /**
   * Expiry is the optional expiration time of the access token.
   * 
   * If zero, TokenSource implementations will reuse the same
   * token forever and RefreshToken or equivalent
   * mechanisms for that TokenSource will not be used.
   */
  expiry: time.Time
 }
 interface Token {
  /**
   * Type returns t.TokenType if non-empty, else "Bearer".
   */
  type(): string
 }
 interface Token {
  /**
   * SetAuthHeader sets the Authorization header to r using the access
   * token in t.
   * 
   * This method is unnecessary when using Transport or an HTTP Client
   * returned by this package.
   */
  setAuthHeader(r: http.Request): void
 }
 interface Token {
  /**
   * WithExtra returns a new Token that's a clone of t, but using the
   * provided raw extra map. This is only intended for use by packages
   * implementing derivative OAuth2 flows.
   */
  withExtra(extra: {
   }): (Token | undefined)
 }
 interface Token {
  /**
   * Extra returns an extra field.
   * Extra fields are key-value pairs returned by the server as a
   * part of the token retrieval response.
   */
  extra(key: string): {
 }
 }
 interface Token {
  /**
   * Valid reports whether t is non-nil, has an AccessToken, and is not expired.
   */
  valid(): boolean
 }
}

/**
 * Package echo implements high performance, minimalist Go web framework.
 * 
 * Example:
 * 
 * ```
 *   package main
 * 
 * 	import (
 * 		"github.com/labstack/echo/v5"
 * 		"github.com/labstack/echo/v5/middleware"
 * 		"log"
 * 		"net/http"
 * 	)
 * 
 *   // Handler
 *   func hello(c echo.Context) error {
 *     return c.String(http.StatusOK, "Hello, World!")
 *   }
 * 
 *   func main() {
 *     // Echo instance
 *     e := echo.New()
 * 
 *     // Middleware
 *     e.Use(middleware.Logger())
 *     e.Use(middleware.Recover())
 * 
 *     // Routes
 *     e.GET("/", hello)
 * 
 *     // Start server
 *     if err := e.Start(":8080"); err != http.ErrServerClosed {
 * 		  log.Fatal(err)
 * 	  }
 *   }
 * ```
 * 
 * Learn more at https://echo.labstack.com
 */
namespace echo {
 /**
  * Binder is the interface that wraps the Bind method.
  */
 interface Binder {
  bind(c: Context, i: {
  }): void
 }
 /**
  * ServableContext is interface that Echo context implementation must implement to be usable in middleware/handlers and
  * be able to be routed by Router.
  */
 interface ServableContext {
  /**
   * Reset resets the context after request completes. It must be called along
   * with `Echo#AcquireContext()` and `Echo#ReleaseContext()`.
   * See `Echo#ServeHTTP()`
   */
  reset(r: http.Request, w: http.ResponseWriter): void
 }
 // @ts-ignore
 import stdContext = context
 /**
  * JSONSerializer is the interface that encodes and decodes JSON to and from interfaces.
  */
 interface JSONSerializer {
  serialize(c: Context, i: {
  }, indent: string): void
  deserialize(c: Context, i: {
  }): void
 }
 /**
  * HTTPErrorHandler is a centralized HTTP error handler.
  */
 interface HTTPErrorHandler {(c: Context, err: Error): void }
 /**
  * Validator is the interface that wraps the Validate function.
  */
 interface Validator {
  validate(i: {
  }): void
 }
 /**
  * Renderer is the interface that wraps the Render function.
  */
 interface Renderer {
  render(_arg0: io.Writer, _arg1: string, _arg2: {
  }, _arg3: Context): void
 }
 /**
  * Group is a set of sub-routes for a specified route. It can be used for inner
  * routes that share a common middleware or functionality that should be separate
  * from the parent echo instance while still inheriting from it.
  */
 interface Group {
 }
 interface Group {
  /**
   * Use implements `Echo#Use()` for sub-routes within the Group.
   * Group middlewares are not executed on request when there is no matching route found.
   */
  use(...middleware: MiddlewareFunc[]): void
 }
 interface Group {
  /**
   * CONNECT implements `Echo#CONNECT()` for sub-routes within the Group. Panics on error.
   */
  connect(path: string, h: HandlerFunc, ...m: MiddlewareFunc[]): RouteInfo
 }
 interface Group {
  /**
   * DELETE implements `Echo#DELETE()` for sub-routes within the Group. Panics on error.
   */
  delete(path: string, h: HandlerFunc, ...m: MiddlewareFunc[]): RouteInfo
 }
 interface Group {
  /**
   * GET implements `Echo#GET()` for sub-routes within the Group. Panics on error.
   */
  get(path: string, h: HandlerFunc, ...m: MiddlewareFunc[]): RouteInfo
 }
 interface Group {
  /**
   * HEAD implements `Echo#HEAD()` for sub-routes within the Group. Panics on error.
   */
  head(path: string, h: HandlerFunc, ...m: MiddlewareFunc[]): RouteInfo
 }
 interface Group {
  /**
   * OPTIONS implements `Echo#OPTIONS()` for sub-routes within the Group. Panics on error.
   */
  options(path: string, h: HandlerFunc, ...m: MiddlewareFunc[]): RouteInfo
 }
 interface Group {
  /**
   * PATCH implements `Echo#PATCH()` for sub-routes within the Group. Panics on error.
   */
  patch(path: string, h: HandlerFunc, ...m: MiddlewareFunc[]): RouteInfo
 }
 interface Group {
  /**
   * POST implements `Echo#POST()` for sub-routes within the Group. Panics on error.
   */
  post(path: string, h: HandlerFunc, ...m: MiddlewareFunc[]): RouteInfo
 }
 interface Group {
  /**
   * PUT implements `Echo#PUT()` for sub-routes within the Group. Panics on error.
   */
  put(path: string, h: HandlerFunc, ...m: MiddlewareFunc[]): RouteInfo
 }
 interface Group {
  /**
   * TRACE implements `Echo#TRACE()` for sub-routes within the Group. Panics on error.
   */
  trace(path: string, h: HandlerFunc, ...m: MiddlewareFunc[]): RouteInfo
 }
 interface Group {
  /**
   * Any implements `Echo#Any()` for sub-routes within the Group. Panics on error.
   */
  any(path: string, handler: HandlerFunc, ...middleware: MiddlewareFunc[]): Routes
 }
 interface Group {
  /**
   * Match implements `Echo#Match()` for sub-routes within the Group. Panics on error.
   */
  match(methods: Array<string>, path: string, handler: HandlerFunc, ...middleware: MiddlewareFunc[]): Routes
 }
 interface Group {
  /**
   * Group creates a new sub-group with prefix and optional sub-group-level middleware.
   * Important! Group middlewares are only executed in case there was exact route match and not
   * for 404 (not found) or 405 (method not allowed) cases. If this kind of behaviour is needed then add
   * a catch-all route `/*` for the group which handler returns always 404
   */
  group(prefix: string, ...middleware: MiddlewareFunc[]): (Group | undefined)
 }
 interface Group {
  /**
   * Static implements `Echo#Static()` for sub-routes within the Group.
   */
  static(pathPrefix: string): RouteInfo
 }
 interface Group {
  /**
   * StaticFS implements `Echo#StaticFS()` for sub-routes within the Group.
   * 
   * When dealing with `embed.FS` use `fs := echo.MustSubFS(fs, "rootDirectory") to create sub fs which uses necessary
   * prefix for directory path. This is necessary as `//go:embed assets/images` embeds files with paths
   * including `assets/images` as their prefix.
   */
  staticFS(pathPrefix: string, filesystem: fs.FS): RouteInfo
 }
 interface Group {
  /**
   * FileFS implements `Echo#FileFS()` for sub-routes within the Group.
   */
  fileFS(path: string, filesystem: fs.FS, ...m: MiddlewareFunc[]): RouteInfo
 }
 interface Group {
  /**
   * File implements `Echo#File()` for sub-routes within the Group. Panics on error.
   */
  file(path: string, ...middleware: MiddlewareFunc[]): RouteInfo
 }
 interface Group {
  /**
   * RouteNotFound implements `Echo#RouteNotFound()` for sub-routes within the Group.
   * 
   * Example: `g.RouteNotFound("/*", func(c echo.Context) error { return c.NoContent(http.StatusNotFound) })`
   */
  routeNotFound(path: string, h: HandlerFunc, ...m: MiddlewareFunc[]): RouteInfo
 }
 interface Group {
  /**
   * Add implements `Echo#Add()` for sub-routes within the Group. Panics on error.
   */
  add(method: string, handler: HandlerFunc, ...middleware: MiddlewareFunc[]): RouteInfo
 }
 interface Group {
  /**
   * AddRoute registers a new Routable with Router
   */
  addRoute(route: Routable): RouteInfo
 }
 /**
  * IPExtractor is a function to extract IP addr from http.Request.
  * Set appropriate one to Echo#IPExtractor.
  * See https://echo.labstack.com/guide/ip-address for more details.
  */
 interface IPExtractor {(_arg0: http.Request): string }
 /**
  * Logger defines the logging interface that Echo uses internally in few places.
  * For logging in handlers use your own logger instance (dependency injected or package/public variable) from logging framework of your choice.
  */
 interface Logger {
  /**
   * Write provides writer interface for http.Server `ErrorLog` and for logging startup messages.
   * `http.Server.ErrorLog` logs errors from accepting connections, unexpected behavior from handlers,
   * and underlying FileSystem errors.
   * `logger` middleware will use this method to write its JSON payload.
   */
  write(p: string): number
  /**
   * Error logs the error
   */
  error(err: Error): void
 }
 /**
  * Response wraps an http.ResponseWriter and implements its interface to be used
  * by an HTTP handler to construct an HTTP response.
  * See: https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/#ResponseWriter
  */
 interface Response {
  writer: http.ResponseWriter
  status: number
  size: number
  committed: boolean
 }
 interface Response {
  /**
   * Header returns the header map for the writer that will be sent by
   * WriteHeader. Changing the header after a call to WriteHeader (or Write) has
   * no effect unless the modified headers were declared as trailers by setting
   * the "Trailer" header before the call to WriteHeader (see example)
   * To suppress implicit response headers, set their value to nil.
   * Example: https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/#example_ResponseWriter_trailers
   */
  header(): http.Header
 }
 interface Response {
  /**
   * Before registers a function which is called just before the response is written.
   */
  before(fn: () => void): void
 }
 interface Response {
  /**
   * After registers a function which is called just after the response is written.
   * If the `Content-Length` is unknown, none of the after function is executed.
   */
  after(fn: () => void): void
 }
 interface Response {
  /**
   * WriteHeader sends an HTTP response header with status code. If WriteHeader is
   * not called explicitly, the first call to Write will trigger an implicit
   * WriteHeader(http.StatusOK). Thus explicit calls to WriteHeader are mainly
   * used to send error codes.
   */
  writeHeader(code: number): void
 }
 interface Response {
  /**
   * Write writes the data to the connection as part of an HTTP reply.
   */
  write(b: string): number
 }
 interface Response {
  /**
   * Flush implements the http.Flusher interface to allow an HTTP handler to flush
   * buffered data to the client.
   * See [http.Flusher](https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/#Flusher)
   */
  flush(): void
 }
 interface Response {
  /**
   * Hijack implements the http.Hijacker interface to allow an HTTP handler to
   * take over the connection.
   * See [http.Hijacker](https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/#Hijacker)
   */
  hijack(): [net.Conn, (bufio.ReadWriter | undefined)]
 }
 interface Routes {
  /**
   * Reverse reverses route to URL string by replacing path parameters with given params values.
   */
  reverse(name: string, ...params: {
   }[]): string
 }
 interface Routes {
  /**
   * FindByMethodPath searched for matching route info by method and path
   */
  findByMethodPath(method: string, path: string): RouteInfo
 }
 interface Routes {
  /**
   * FilterByMethod searched for matching route info by method
   */
  filterByMethod(method: string): Routes
 }
 interface Routes {
  /**
   * FilterByPath searched for matching route info by path
   */
  filterByPath(path: string): Routes
 }
 interface Routes {
  /**
   * FilterByName searched for matching route info by name
   */
  filterByName(name: string): Routes
 }
 /**
  * Router is interface for routing request contexts to registered routes.
  * 
  * Contract between Echo/Context instance and the router:
  * * all routes must be added through methods on echo.Echo instance.
  * ```
  *   Reason: Echo instance uses RouteInfo.Params() length to allocate slice for paths parameters (see `Echo.contextPathParamAllocSize`).
  * ```
  * * Router must populate Context during Router.Route call with:
  * ```
  *   * RoutableContext.SetPath
  *   * RoutableContext.SetRawPathParams (IMPORTANT! with same slice pointer that c.RawPathParams() returns)
  *   * RoutableContext.SetRouteInfo
  *   And optionally can set additional information to Context with RoutableContext.Set
  * ```
  */
 interface Router {
  /**
   * Add registers Routable with the Router and returns registered RouteInfo
   */
  add(routable: Routable): RouteInfo
  /**
   * Remove removes route from the Router
   */
  remove(method: string, path: string): void
  /**
   * Routes returns information about all registered routes
   */
  routes(): Routes
  /**
   * Route searches Router for matching route and applies it to the given context. In case when no matching method
   * was not found (405) or no matching route exists for path (404), router will return its implementation of 405/404
   * handler function.
   */
  route(c: RoutableContext): HandlerFunc
 }
 /**
  * Routable is interface for registering Route with Router. During route registration process the Router will
  * convert Routable to RouteInfo with ToRouteInfo method. By creating custom implementation of Routable additional
  * information about registered route can be stored in Routes (i.e. privileges used with route etc.)
  */
 interface Routable {
  /**
   * ToRouteInfo converts Routable to RouteInfo
   * 
   * This method is meant to be used by Router after it parses url for path parameters, to store information about
   * route just added.
   */
  toRouteInfo(params: Array<string>): RouteInfo
  /**
   * ToRoute converts Routable to Route which Router uses to register the method handler for path.
   * 
   * This method is meant to be used by Router to get fields (including handler and middleware functions) needed to
   * add Route to Router.
   */
  toRoute(): Route
  /**
   * ForGroup recreates routable with added group prefix and group middlewares it is grouped to.
   * 
   * Is necessary for Echo.Group to be able to add/register Routable with Router and having group prefix and group
   * middlewares included in actually registered Route.
   */
  forGroup(pathPrefix: string, middlewares: Array<MiddlewareFunc>): Routable
 }
 /**
  * Routes is collection of RouteInfo instances with various helper methods.
  */
 interface Routes extends Array<RouteInfo>{}
 /**
  * RouteInfo describes registered route base fields.
  * Method+Path pair uniquely identifies the Route. Name can have duplicates.
  */
 interface RouteInfo {
  method(): string
  path(): string
  name(): string
  params(): Array<string>
  reverse(...params: {
  }[]): string
 }
 /**
  * PathParams is collections of PathParam instances with various helper methods
  */
 interface PathParams extends Array<PathParam>{}
 interface PathParams {
  /**
   * Get returns path parameter value for given name or default value.
   */
  get(name: string, defaultValue: string): string
 }
}

/**
 * Package driver defines interfaces to be implemented by database
 * drivers as used by package sql.
 * 
 * Most code should use package sql.
 * 
 * The driver interface has evolved over time. Drivers should implement
 * Connector and DriverContext interfaces.
 * The Connector.Connect and Driver.Open methods should never return ErrBadConn.
 * ErrBadConn should only be returned from Validator, SessionResetter, or
 * a query method if the connection is already in an invalid (e.g. closed) state.
 * 
 * All Conn implementations should implement the following interfaces:
 * Pinger, SessionResetter, and Validator.
 * 
 * If named parameters or context are supported, the driver's Conn should implement:
 * ExecerContext, QueryerContext, ConnPrepareContext, and ConnBeginTx.
 * 
 * To support custom data types, implement NamedValueChecker. NamedValueChecker
 * also allows queries to accept per-query options as a parameter by returning
 * ErrRemoveArgument from CheckNamedValue.
 * 
 * If multiple result sets are supported, Rows should implement RowsNextResultSet.
 * If the driver knows how to describe the types present in the returned result
 * it should implement the following interfaces: RowsColumnTypeScanType,
 * RowsColumnTypeDatabaseTypeName, RowsColumnTypeLength, RowsColumnTypeNullable,
 * and RowsColumnTypePrecisionScale. A given row value may also return a Rows
 * type, which may represent a database cursor value.
 * 
 * Before a connection is returned to the connection pool after use, IsValid is
 * called if implemented. Before a connection is reused for another query,
 * ResetSession is called if implemented. If a connection is never returned to the
 * connection pool but immediately reused, then ResetSession is called prior to
 * reuse but IsValid is not called.
 */
namespace driver {
 /**
  * Value is a value that drivers must be able to handle.
  * It is either nil, a type handled by a database driver's NamedValueChecker
  * interface, or an instance of one of these types:
  * 
  * ```
  * 	int64
  * 	float64
  * 	bool
  * 	[]byte
  * 	string
  * 	time.Time
  * ```
  * 
  * If the driver supports cursors, a returned Value may also implement the Rows interface
  * in this package. This is used, for example, when a user selects a cursor
  * such as "select cursor(select * from my_table) from dual". If the Rows
  * from the select is closed, the cursor Rows will also be closed.
  */
 interface Value extends _TygojaAny{}
 /**
  * Driver is the interface that must be implemented by a database
  * driver.
  * 
  * Database drivers may implement DriverContext for access
  * to contexts and to parse the name only once for a pool of connections,
  * instead of once per connection.
  */
 interface Driver {
  /**
   * Open returns a new connection to the database.
   * The name is a string in a driver-specific format.
   * 
   * Open may return a cached connection (one previously
   * closed), but doing so is unnecessary; the sql package
   * maintains a pool of idle connections for efficient re-use.
   * 
   * The returned connection is only used by one goroutine at a
   * time.
   */
  open(name: string): Conn
 }
}

/**
 * Package sql provides a generic interface around SQL (or SQL-like)
 * databases.
 * 
 * The sql package must be used in conjunction with a database driver.
 * See https://golang.org/s/sqldrivers for a list of drivers.
 * 
 * Drivers that do not support context cancellation will not return until
 * after the query is completed.
 * 
 * For usage examples, see the wiki page at
 * https://golang.org/s/sqlwiki.
 */
namespace sql {
 /**
  * IsolationLevel is the transaction isolation level used in TxOptions.
  */
 interface IsolationLevel extends Number{}
 interface IsolationLevel {
  /**
   * String returns the name of the transaction isolation level.
   */
  string(): string
 }
 /**
  * DBStats contains database statistics.
  */
 interface DBStats {
  maxOpenConnections: number // Maximum number of open connections to the database.
  /**
   * Pool Status
   */
  openConnections: number // The number of established connections both in use and idle.
  inUse: number // The number of connections currently in use.
  idle: number // The number of idle connections.
  /**
   * Counters
   */
  waitCount: number // The total number of connections waited for.
  waitDuration: time.Duration // The total time blocked waiting for a new connection.
  maxIdleClosed: number // The total number of connections closed due to SetMaxIdleConns.
  maxIdleTimeClosed: number // The total number of connections closed due to SetConnMaxIdleTime.
  maxLifetimeClosed: number // The total number of connections closed due to SetConnMaxLifetime.
 }
 /**
  * Conn represents a single database connection rather than a pool of database
  * connections. Prefer running queries from DB unless there is a specific
  * need for a continuous single database connection.
  * 
  * A Conn must call Close to return the connection to the database pool
  * and may do so concurrently with a running query.
  * 
  * After a call to Close, all operations on the
  * connection fail with ErrConnDone.
  */
 interface Conn {
 }
 interface Conn {
  /**
   * PingContext verifies the connection to the database is still alive.
   */
  pingContext(ctx: context.Context): void
 }
 interface Conn {
  /**
   * ExecContext executes a query without returning any rows.
   * The args are for any placeholder parameters in the query.
   */
  execContext(ctx: context.Context, query: string, ...args: any[]): Result
 }
 interface Conn {
  /**
   * QueryContext executes a query that returns rows, typically a SELECT.
   * The args are for any placeholder parameters in the query.
   */
  queryContext(ctx: context.Context, query: string, ...args: any[]): (Rows | undefined)
 }
 interface Conn {
  /**
   * QueryRowContext executes a query that is expected to return at most one row.
   * QueryRowContext always returns a non-nil value. Errors are deferred until
   * Row's Scan method is called.
   * If the query selects no rows, the *Row's Scan will return ErrNoRows.
   * Otherwise, the *Row's Scan scans the first selected row and discards
   * the rest.
   */
  queryRowContext(ctx: context.Context, query: string, ...args: any[]): (Row | undefined)
 }
 interface Conn {
  /**
   * PrepareContext creates a prepared statement for later queries or executions.
   * Multiple queries or executions may be run concurrently from the
   * returned statement.
   * The caller must call the statement's Close method
   * when the statement is no longer needed.
   * 
   * The provided context is used for the preparation of the statement, not for the
   * execution of the statement.
   */
  prepareContext(ctx: context.Context, query: string): (Stmt | undefined)
 }
 interface Conn {
  /**
   * Raw executes f exposing the underlying driver connection for the
   * duration of f. The driverConn must not be used outside of f.
   * 
   * Once f returns and err is not driver.ErrBadConn, the Conn will continue to be usable
   * until Conn.Close is called.
   */
  raw(f: (driverConn: any) => void): void
 }
 interface Conn {
  /**
   * BeginTx starts a transaction.
   * 
   * The provided context is used until the transaction is committed or rolled back.
   * If the context is canceled, the sql package will roll back
   * the transaction. Tx.Commit will return an error if the context provided to
   * BeginTx is canceled.
   * 
   * The provided TxOptions is optional and may be nil if defaults should be used.
   * If a non-default isolation level is used that the driver doesn't support,
   * an error will be returned.
   */
  beginTx(ctx: context.Context, opts: TxOptions): (Tx | undefined)
 }
 interface Conn {
  /**
   * Close returns the connection to the connection pool.
   * All operations after a Close will return with ErrConnDone.
   * Close is safe to call concurrently with other operations and will
   * block until all other operations finish. It may be useful to first
   * cancel any used context and then call close directly after.
   */
  close(): void
 }
 /**
  * ColumnType contains the name and type of a column.
  */
 interface ColumnType {
 }
 interface ColumnType {
  /**
   * Name returns the name or alias of the column.
   */
  name(): string
 }
 interface ColumnType {
  /**
   * Length returns the column type length for variable length column types such
   * as text and binary field types. If the type length is unbounded the value will
   * be math.MaxInt64 (any database limits will still apply).
   * If the column type is not variable length, such as an int, or if not supported
   * by the driver ok is false.
   */
  length(): [number, boolean]
 }
 interface ColumnType {
  /**
   * DecimalSize returns the scale and precision of a decimal type.
   * If not applicable or if not supported ok is false.
   */
  decimalSize(): [number, boolean]
 }
 interface ColumnType {
  /**
   * ScanType returns a Go type suitable for scanning into using Rows.Scan.
   * If a driver does not support this property ScanType will return
   * the type of an empty interface.
   */
  scanType(): reflect.Type
 }
 interface ColumnType {
  /**
   * Nullable reports whether the column may be null.
   * If a driver does not support this property ok will be false.
   */
  nullable(): boolean
 }
 interface ColumnType {
  /**
   * DatabaseTypeName returns the database system name of the column type. If an empty
   * string is returned, then the driver type name is not supported.
   * Consult your driver documentation for a list of driver data types. Length specifiers
   * are not included.
   * Common type names include "VARCHAR", "TEXT", "NVARCHAR", "DECIMAL", "BOOL",
   * "INT", and "BIGINT".
   */
  databaseTypeName(): string
 }
 /**
  * Row is the result of calling QueryRow to select a single row.
  */
 interface Row {
 }
 interface Row {
  /**
   * Scan copies the columns from the matched row into the values
   * pointed at by dest. See the documentation on Rows.Scan for details.
   * If more than one row matches the query,
   * Scan uses the first row and discards the rest. If no row matches
   * the query, Scan returns ErrNoRows.
   */
  scan(...dest: any[]): void
 }
 interface Row {
  /**
   * Err provides a way for wrapping packages to check for
   * query errors without calling Scan.
   * Err returns the error, if any, that was encountered while running the query.
   * If this error is not nil, this error will also be returned from Scan.
   */
  err(): void
 }
}

namespace store {
 /**
  * Store defines a concurrent safe in memory key-value data store.
  */
 interface Store<T> {
 }
 interface Store<T> {
  /**
   * Reset clears the store and replaces the store data with a
   * shallow copy of the provided newData.
   */
  reset(newData: _TygojaDict): void
 }
 interface Store<T> {
  /**
   * Length returns the current number of elements in the store.
   */
  length(): number
 }
 interface Store<T> {
  /**
   * RemoveAll removes all the existing store entries.
   */
  removeAll(): void
 }
 interface Store<T> {
  /**
   * Remove removes a single entry from the store.
   * 
   * Remove does nothing if key doesn't exist in the store.
   */
  remove(key: string): void
 }
 interface Store<T> {
  /**
   * Has checks if element with the specified key exist or not.
   */
  has(key: string): boolean
 }
 interface Store<T> {
  /**
   * Get returns a single element value from the store.
   * 
   * If key is not set, the zero T value is returned.
   */
  get(key: string): T
 }
 interface Store<T> {
  /**
   * GetAll returns a shallow copy of the current store data.
   */
  getAll(): _TygojaDict
 }
 interface Store<T> {
  /**
   * Set sets (or overwrite if already exist) a new value for key.
   */
  set(key: string, value: T): void
 }
 interface Store<T> {
  /**
   * SetIfLessThanLimit sets (or overwrite if already exist) a new value for key.
   * 
   * This method is similar to Set() but **it will skip adding new elements**
   * to the store if the store length has reached the specified limit.
   * false is returned if maxAllowedElements limit is reached.
   */
  setIfLessThanLimit(key: string, value: T, maxAllowedElements: number): boolean
 }
}

/**
 * Package types implements some commonly used db serializable types
 * like datetime, json, etc.
 */
namespace types {
 /**
  * DateTime represents a [time.Time] instance in UTC that is wrapped
  * and serialized using the app default date layout.
  */
 interface DateTime {
 }
 interface DateTime {
  /**
   * Time returns the internal [time.Time] instance.
   */
  time(): time.Time
 }
 interface DateTime {
  /**
   * IsZero checks whether the current DateTime instance has zero time value.
   */
  isZero(): boolean
 }
 interface DateTime {
  /**
   * String serializes the current DateTime instance into a formatted
   * UTC date string.
   * 
   * The zero value is serialized to an empty string.
   */
  string(): string
 }
 interface DateTime {
  /**
   * MarshalJSON implements the [json.Marshaler] interface.
   */
  marshalJSON(): string
 }
 interface DateTime {
  /**
   * UnmarshalJSON implements the [json.Unmarshaler] interface.
   */
  unmarshalJSON(b: string): void
 }
 interface DateTime {
  /**
   * Value implements the [driver.Valuer] interface.
   */
  value(): driver.Value
 }
 interface DateTime {
  /**
   * Scan implements [sql.Scanner] interface to scan the provided value
   * into the current DateTime instance.
   */
  scan(value: any): void
 }
}

/**
 * Package schema implements custom Schema and SchemaField datatypes
 * for handling the Collection schema definitions.
 */
namespace schema {
 // @ts-ignore
 import validation = ozzo_validation
 /**
  * SchemaField defines a single schema field structure.
  */
 interface SchemaField {
  system: boolean
  id: string
  name: string
  type: string
  required: boolean
  /**
   * Deprecated: This field is no-op and will be removed in future versions.
   * Please use the collection.Indexes field to define a unique constraint.
   */
  unique: boolean
  options: any
 }
 interface SchemaField {
  /**
   * ColDefinition returns the field db column type definition as string.
   */
  colDefinition(): string
 }
 interface SchemaField {
  /**
   * String serializes and returns the current field as string.
   */
  string(): string
 }
 interface SchemaField {
  /**
   * MarshalJSON implements the [json.Marshaler] interface.
   */
  marshalJSON(): string
 }
 interface SchemaField {
  /**
   * UnmarshalJSON implements the [json.Unmarshaler] interface.
   * 
   * The schema field options are auto initialized on success.
   */
  unmarshalJSON(data: string): void
 }
 interface SchemaField {
  /**
   * Validate makes `SchemaField` validatable by implementing [validation.Validatable] interface.
   */
  validate(): void
 }
 interface SchemaField {
  /**
   * InitOptions initializes the current field options based on its type.
   * 
   * Returns error on unknown field type.
   */
  initOptions(): void
 }
 interface SchemaField {
  /**
   * PrepareValue returns normalized and properly formatted field value.
   */
  prepareValue(value: any): any
 }
 interface SchemaField {
  /**
   * PrepareValueWithModifier returns normalized and properly formatted field value
   * by "merging" baseValue with the modifierValue based on the specified modifier (+ or -).
   */
  prepareValueWithModifier(baseValue: any, modifier: string, modifierValue: any): any
 }
}

/**
 * Package models implements all PocketBase DB models and DTOs.
 */
namespace models {
 /**
  * Model defines an interface with common methods that all db models should have.
  */
 interface Model {
  tableName(): string
  isNew(): boolean
  markAsNew(): void
  markAsNotNew(): void
  hasId(): boolean
  getId(): string
  setId(id: string): void
  getCreated(): types.DateTime
  getUpdated(): types.DateTime
  refreshId(): void
  refreshCreated(): void
  refreshUpdated(): void
 }
 /**
  * BaseModel defines common fields and methods used by all other models.
  */
 interface BaseModel {
  id: string
  created: types.DateTime
  updated: types.DateTime
 }
 interface BaseModel {
  /**
   * HasId returns whether the model has a nonzero id.
   */
  hasId(): boolean
 }
 interface BaseModel {
  /**
   * GetId returns the model id.
   */
  getId(): string
 }
 interface BaseModel {
  /**
   * SetId sets the model id to the provided string value.
   */
  setId(id: string): void
 }
 interface BaseModel {
  /**
   * MarkAsNew marks the model as "new" (aka. enforces m.IsNew() to be true).
   */
  markAsNew(): void
 }
 interface BaseModel {
  /**
   * MarkAsNotNew marks the model as "not new" (aka. enforces m.IsNew() to be false)
   */
  markAsNotNew(): void
 }
 interface BaseModel {
  /**
   * IsNew indicates what type of db query (insert or update)
   * should be used with the model instance.
   */
  isNew(): boolean
 }
 interface BaseModel {
  /**
   * GetCreated returns the model Created datetime.
   */
  getCreated(): types.DateTime
 }
 interface BaseModel {
  /**
   * GetUpdated returns the model Updated datetime.
   */
  getUpdated(): types.DateTime
 }
 interface BaseModel {
  /**
   * RefreshId generates and sets a new model id.
   * 
   * The generated id is a cryptographically random 15 characters length string.
   */
  refreshId(): void
 }
 interface BaseModel {
  /**
   * RefreshCreated updates the model Created field with the current datetime.
   */
  refreshCreated(): void
 }
 interface BaseModel {
  /**
   * RefreshUpdated updates the model Updated field with the current datetime.
   */
  refreshUpdated(): void
 }
 interface BaseModel {
  /**
   * PostScan implements the [dbx.PostScanner] interface.
   * 
   * It is executed right after the model was populated with the db row values.
   */
  postScan(): void
 }
 // @ts-ignore
 import validation = ozzo_validation
 /**
  * CollectionBaseOptions defines the "base" Collection.Options fields.
  */
 interface CollectionBaseOptions {
 }
 interface CollectionBaseOptions {
  /**
   * Validate implements [validation.Validatable] interface.
   */
  validate(): void
 }
 /**
  * CollectionAuthOptions defines the "auth" Collection.Options fields.
  */
 interface CollectionAuthOptions {
  manageRule?: string
  allowOAuth2Auth: boolean
  allowUsernameAuth: boolean
  allowEmailAuth: boolean
  requireEmail: boolean
  exceptEmailDomains: Array<string>
  onlyEmailDomains: Array<string>
  minPasswordLength: number
 }
 interface CollectionAuthOptions {
  /**
   * Validate implements [validation.Validatable] interface.
   */
  validate(): void
 }
 /**
  * CollectionViewOptions defines the "view" Collection.Options fields.
  */
 interface CollectionViewOptions {
  query: string
 }
 interface CollectionViewOptions {
  /**
   * Validate implements [validation.Validatable] interface.
   */
  validate(): void
 }
 type _subEdykk = BaseModel
 interface Param extends _subEdykk {
  key: string
  value: types.JsonRaw
 }
 interface Param {
  tableName(): string
 }
 type _subOKrKJ = BaseModel
 interface Request extends _subOKrKJ {
  url: string
  method: string
  status: number
  auth: string
  userIp: string
  remoteIp: string
  referer: string
  userAgent: string
  meta: types.JsonMap
 }
 interface Request {
  tableName(): string
 }
 interface TableInfoRow {
  /**
   * the `db:"pk"` tag has special semantic so we cannot rename
   * the original field without specifying a custom mapper
   */
  pk: number
  index: number
  name: string
  type: string
  notNull: boolean
  defaultValue: types.JsonRaw
 }
}

namespace mailer {
 /**
  * Mailer defines a base mail client interface.
  */
 interface Mailer {
  /**
   * Send sends an email with the provided Message.
   */
  send(message: Message): void
 }
}

namespace settings {
 // @ts-ignore
 import validation = ozzo_validation
 interface TokenConfig {
  secret: string
  duration: number
 }
 interface TokenConfig {
  /**
   * Validate makes TokenConfig validatable by implementing [validation.Validatable] interface.
   */
  validate(): void
 }
 interface SmtpConfig {
  enabled: boolean
  host: string
  port: number
  username: string
  password: string
  /**
   * SMTP AUTH - PLAIN (default) or LOGIN
   */
  authMethod: string
  /**
   * Whether to enforce TLS encryption for the mail server connection.
   * 
   * When set to false StartTLS command is send, leaving the server
   * to decide whether to upgrade the connection or not.
   */
  tls: boolean
 }
 interface SmtpConfig {
  /**
   * Validate makes SmtpConfig validatable by implementing [validation.Validatable] interface.
   */
  validate(): void
 }
 interface S3Config {
  enabled: boolean
  bucket: string
  region: string
  endpoint: string
  accessKey: string
  secret: string
  forcePathStyle: boolean
 }
 interface S3Config {
  /**
   * Validate makes S3Config validatable by implementing [validation.Validatable] interface.
   */
  validate(): void
 }
 interface BackupsConfig {
  /**
   * Cron is a cron expression to schedule auto backups, eg. "* * * * *".
   * 
   * Leave it empty to disable the auto backups functionality.
   */
  cron: string
  /**
   * CronMaxKeep is the the max number of cron generated backups to
   * keep before removing older entries.
   * 
   * This field works only when the cron config has valid cron expression.
   */
  cronMaxKeep: number
  /**
   * S3 is an optional S3 storage config specifying where to store the app backups.
   */
  s3: S3Config
 }
 interface BackupsConfig {
  /**
   * Validate makes BackupsConfig validatable by implementing [validation.Validatable] interface.
   */
  validate(): void
 }
 interface MetaConfig {
  appName: string
  appUrl: string
  hideControls: boolean
  senderName: string
  senderAddress: string
  verificationTemplate: EmailTemplate
  resetPasswordTemplate: EmailTemplate
  confirmEmailChangeTemplate: EmailTemplate
 }
 interface MetaConfig {
  /**
   * Validate makes MetaConfig validatable by implementing [validation.Validatable] interface.
   */
  validate(): void
 }
 interface LogsConfig {
  maxDays: number
 }
 interface LogsConfig {
  /**
   * Validate makes LogsConfig validatable by implementing [validation.Validatable] interface.
   */
  validate(): void
 }
 interface AuthProviderConfig {
  enabled: boolean
  clientId: string
  clientSecret: string
  authUrl: string
  tokenUrl: string
  userApiUrl: string
 }
 interface AuthProviderConfig {
  /**
   * Validate makes `ProviderConfig` validatable by implementing [validation.Validatable] interface.
   */
  validate(): void
 }
 interface AuthProviderConfig {
  /**
   * SetupProvider loads the current AuthProviderConfig into the specified provider.
   */
  setupProvider(provider: auth.Provider): void
 }
 /**
  * Deprecated: Will be removed in v0.9+
  */
 interface EmailAuthConfig {
  enabled: boolean
  exceptDomains: Array<string>
  onlyDomains: Array<string>
  minPasswordLength: number
 }
 interface EmailAuthConfig {
  /**
   * Deprecated: Will be removed in v0.9+
   */
  validate(): void
 }
}

/**
 * Package daos handles common PocketBase DB model manipulations.
 * 
 * Think of daos as DB repository and service layer in one.
 */
namespace daos {
 /**
  * ExpandFetchFunc defines the function that is used to fetch the expanded relation records.
  */
 interface ExpandFetchFunc {(relCollection: models.Collection, relIds: Array<string>): Array<(models.Record | undefined)> }
 // @ts-ignore
 import validation = ozzo_validation
 interface RequestsStatsItem {
  total: number
  date: types.DateTime
 }
}

/**
 * Package pflag is a drop-in replacement for Go's flag package, implementing
 * POSIX/GNU-style --flags.
 * 
 * pflag is compatible with the GNU extensions to the POSIX recommendations
 * for command-line options. See
 * http://www.gnu.org/software/libc/manual/html_node/Argument-Syntax.html
 * 
 * Usage:
 * 
 * pflag is a drop-in replacement of Go's native flag package. If you import
 * pflag under the name "flag" then all code should continue to function
 * with no changes.
 * 
 * ```
 * 	import flag "github.com/spf13/pflag"
 * ```
 * 
 * There is one exception to this: if you directly instantiate the Flag struct
 * there is one more field "Shorthand" that you will need to set.
 * Most code never instantiates this struct directly, and instead uses
 * functions such as String(), BoolVar(), and Var(), and is therefore
 * unaffected.
 * 
 * Define flags using flag.String(), Bool(), Int(), etc.
 * 
 * This declares an integer flag, -flagname, stored in the pointer ip, with type *int.
 * ```
 * 	var ip = flag.Int("flagname", 1234, "help message for flagname")
 * ```
 * If you like, you can bind the flag to a variable using the Var() functions.
 * ```
 * 	var flagvar int
 * 	func init() {
 * 		flag.IntVar(&flagvar, "flagname", 1234, "help message for flagname")
 * 	}
 * ```
 * Or you can create custom flags that satisfy the Value interface (with
 * pointer receivers) and couple them to flag parsing by
 * ```
 * 	flag.Var(&flagVal, "name", "help message for flagname")
 * ```
 * For such flags, the default value is just the initial value of the variable.
 * 
 * After all flags are defined, call
 * ```
 * 	flag.Parse()
 * ```
 * to parse the command line into the defined flags.
 * 
 * Flags may then be used directly. If you're using the flags themselves,
 * they are all pointers; if you bind to variables, they're values.
 * ```
 * 	fmt.Println("ip has value ", *ip)
 * 	fmt.Println("flagvar has value ", flagvar)
 * ```
 * 
 * After parsing, the arguments after the flag are available as the
 * slice flag.Args() or individually as flag.Arg(i).
 * The arguments are indexed from 0 through flag.NArg()-1.
 * 
 * The pflag package also defines some new functions that are not in flag,
 * that give one-letter shorthands for flags. You can use these by appending
 * 'P' to the name of any function that defines a flag.
 * ```
 * 	var ip = flag.IntP("flagname", "f", 1234, "help message")
 * 	var flagvar bool
 * 	func init() {
 * 		flag.BoolVarP(&flagvar, "boolname", "b", true, "help message")
 * 	}
 * 	flag.VarP(&flagval, "varname", "v", "help message")
 * ```
 * Shorthand letters can be used with single dashes on the command line.
 * Boolean shorthand flags can be combined with other shorthand flags.
 * 
 * Command line flag syntax:
 * ```
 * 	--flag    // boolean flags only
 * 	--flag=x
 * ```
 * 
 * Unlike the flag package, a single dash before an option means something
 * different than a double dash. Single dashes signify a series of shorthand
 * letters for flags. All but the last shorthand letter must be boolean flags.
 * ```
 * 	// boolean flags
 * 	-f
 * 	-abc
 * 	// non-boolean flags
 * 	-n 1234
 * 	-Ifile
 * 	// mixed
 * 	-abcs "hello"
 * 	-abcn1234
 * ```
 * 
 * Flag parsing stops after the terminator "--". Unlike the flag package,
 * flags can be interspersed with arguments anywhere on the command line
 * before this terminator.
 * 
 * Integer flags accept 1234, 0664, 0x1234 and may be negative.
 * Boolean flags (in their long form) accept 1, 0, t, f, true, false,
 * TRUE, FALSE, True, False.
 * Duration flags accept any input valid for time.ParseDuration.
 * 
 * The default set of command-line flags is controlled by
 * top-level functions.  The FlagSet type allows one to define
 * independent sets of flags, such as to implement subcommands
 * in a command-line interface. The methods of FlagSet are
 * analogous to the top-level functions for the command-line
 * flag set.
 */
namespace pflag {
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * GetBool return the bool value of a flag with the given name
   */
  getBool(name: string): boolean
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * BoolVar defines a bool flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The argument p points to a bool variable in which to store the value of the flag.
   */
  boolVar(p: boolean, name: string, value: boolean, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * BoolVarP is like BoolVar, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  boolVarP(p: boolean, name: string, value: boolean, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Bool defines a bool flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The return value is the address of a bool variable that stores the value of the flag.
   */
  bool(name: string, value: boolean, usage: string): (boolean | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * BoolP is like Bool, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  boolP(name: string, value: boolean, usage: string): (boolean | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * GetBoolSlice returns the []bool value of a flag with the given name.
   */
  getBoolSlice(name: string): Array<boolean>
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * BoolSliceVar defines a boolSlice flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The argument p points to a []bool variable in which to store the value of the flag.
   */
  boolSliceVar(p: Array<boolean>, name: string, value: Array<boolean>, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * BoolSliceVarP is like BoolSliceVar, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  boolSliceVarP(p: Array<boolean>, name: string, value: Array<boolean>, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * BoolSlice defines a []bool flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The return value is the address of a []bool variable that stores the value of the flag.
   */
  boolSlice(name: string, value: Array<boolean>, usage: string): (Array<boolean> | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * BoolSliceP is like BoolSlice, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  boolSliceP(name: string, value: Array<boolean>, usage: string): (Array<boolean> | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * GetBytesHex return the []byte value of a flag with the given name
   */
  getBytesHex(name: string): string
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * BytesHexVar defines an []byte flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The argument p points to an []byte variable in which to store the value of the flag.
   */
  bytesHexVar(p: string, name: string, value: string, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * BytesHexVarP is like BytesHexVar, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  bytesHexVarP(p: string, name: string, value: string, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * BytesHex defines an []byte flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The return value is the address of an []byte variable that stores the value of the flag.
   */
  bytesHex(name: string, value: string, usage: string): (string | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * BytesHexP is like BytesHex, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  bytesHexP(name: string, value: string, usage: string): (string | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * GetBytesBase64 return the []byte value of a flag with the given name
   */
  getBytesBase64(name: string): string
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * BytesBase64Var defines an []byte flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The argument p points to an []byte variable in which to store the value of the flag.
   */
  bytesBase64Var(p: string, name: string, value: string, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * BytesBase64VarP is like BytesBase64Var, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  bytesBase64VarP(p: string, name: string, value: string, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * BytesBase64 defines an []byte flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The return value is the address of an []byte variable that stores the value of the flag.
   */
  bytesBase64(name: string, value: string, usage: string): (string | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * BytesBase64P is like BytesBase64, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  bytesBase64P(name: string, value: string, usage: string): (string | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * GetCount return the int value of a flag with the given name
   */
  getCount(name: string): number
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * CountVar defines a count flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The argument p points to an int variable in which to store the value of the flag.
   * A count flag will add 1 to its value every time it is found on the command line
   */
  countVar(p: number, name: string, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * CountVarP is like CountVar only take a shorthand for the flag name.
   */
  countVarP(p: number, name: string, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Count defines a count flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The return value is the address of an int variable that stores the value of the flag.
   * A count flag will add 1 to its value every time it is found on the command line
   */
  count(name: string, usage: string): (number | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * CountP is like Count only takes a shorthand for the flag name.
   */
  countP(name: string, usage: string): (number | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * GetDuration return the duration value of a flag with the given name
   */
  getDuration(name: string): time.Duration
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * DurationVar defines a time.Duration flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The argument p points to a time.Duration variable in which to store the value of the flag.
   */
  durationVar(p: time.Duration, name: string, value: time.Duration, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * DurationVarP is like DurationVar, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  durationVarP(p: time.Duration, name: string, value: time.Duration, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Duration defines a time.Duration flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The return value is the address of a time.Duration variable that stores the value of the flag.
   */
  duration(name: string, value: time.Duration, usage: string): (time.Duration | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * DurationP is like Duration, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  durationP(name: string, value: time.Duration, usage: string): (time.Duration | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * GetDurationSlice returns the []time.Duration value of a flag with the given name
   */
  getDurationSlice(name: string): Array<time.Duration>
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * DurationSliceVar defines a durationSlice flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The argument p points to a []time.Duration variable in which to store the value of the flag.
   */
  durationSliceVar(p: Array<time.Duration>, name: string, value: Array<time.Duration>, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * DurationSliceVarP is like DurationSliceVar, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  durationSliceVarP(p: Array<time.Duration>, name: string, value: Array<time.Duration>, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * DurationSlice defines a []time.Duration flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The return value is the address of a []time.Duration variable that stores the value of the flag.
   */
  durationSlice(name: string, value: Array<time.Duration>, usage: string): (Array<time.Duration> | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * DurationSliceP is like DurationSlice, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  durationSliceP(name: string, value: Array<time.Duration>, usage: string): (Array<time.Duration> | undefined)
 }
 // @ts-ignore
 import goflag = flag
 /**
  * NormalizedName is a flag name that has been normalized according to rules
  * for the FlagSet (e.g. making '-' and '_' equivalent).
  */
 interface NormalizedName extends String{}
 /**
  * A FlagSet represents a set of defined flags.
  */
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Usage is the function called when an error occurs while parsing flags.
   * The field is a function (not a method) that may be changed to point to
   * a custom error handler.
   */
  usage: () => void
  /**
   * SortFlags is used to indicate, if user wants to have sorted flags in
   * help/usage messages.
   */
  sortFlags: boolean
  /**
   * ParseErrorsWhitelist is used to configure a whitelist of errors
   */
  parseErrorsWhitelist: ParseErrorsWhitelist
 }
 /**
  * A Flag represents the state of a flag.
  */
 interface Flag {
  name: string // name as it appears on command line
  shorthand: string // one-letter abbreviated flag
  usage: string // help message
  value: Value // value as set
  defValue: string // default value (as text); for usage message
  changed: boolean // If the user set the value (or if left to default)
  noOptDefVal: string // default value (as text); if the flag is on the command line without any options
  deprecated: string // If this flag is deprecated, this string is the new or now thing to use
  hidden: boolean // used by cobra.Command to allow flags to be hidden from help/usage text
  shorthandDeprecated: string // If the shorthand of this flag is deprecated, this string is the new or now thing to use
  annotations: _TygojaDict // used by cobra.Command bash autocomple code
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * SetNormalizeFunc allows you to add a function which can translate flag names.
   * Flags added to the FlagSet will be translated and then when anything tries to
   * look up the flag that will also be translated. So it would be possible to create
   * a flag named "getURL" and have it translated to "geturl".  A user could then pass
   * "--getUrl" which may also be translated to "geturl" and everything will work.
   */
  setNormalizeFunc(n: (f: FlagSet, name: string) => NormalizedName): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * GetNormalizeFunc returns the previously set NormalizeFunc of a function which
   * does no translation, if not set previously.
   */
  getNormalizeFunc(): (f: FlagSet, name: string) => NormalizedName
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * SetOutput sets the destination for usage and error messages.
   * If output is nil, os.Stderr is used.
   */
  setOutput(output: io.Writer): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * VisitAll visits the flags in lexicographical order or
   * in primordial order if f.SortFlags is false, calling fn for each.
   * It visits all flags, even those not set.
   */
  visitAll(fn: (_arg0: Flag) => void): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * HasFlags returns a bool to indicate if the FlagSet has any flags defined.
   */
  hasFlags(): boolean
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * HasAvailableFlags returns a bool to indicate if the FlagSet has any flags
   * that are not hidden.
   */
  hasAvailableFlags(): boolean
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Visit visits the flags in lexicographical order or
   * in primordial order if f.SortFlags is false, calling fn for each.
   * It visits only those flags that have been set.
   */
  visit(fn: (_arg0: Flag) => void): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Lookup returns the Flag structure of the named flag, returning nil if none exists.
   */
  lookup(name: string): (Flag | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * ShorthandLookup returns the Flag structure of the short handed flag,
   * returning nil if none exists.
   * It panics, if len(name) > 1.
   */
  shorthandLookup(name: string): (Flag | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * ArgsLenAtDash will return the length of f.Args at the moment when a -- was
   * found during arg parsing. This allows your program to know which args were
   * before the -- and which came after.
   */
  argsLenAtDash(): number
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * MarkDeprecated indicated that a flag is deprecated in your program. It will
   * continue to function but will not show up in help or usage messages. Using
   * this flag will also print the given usageMessage.
   */
  markDeprecated(name: string, usageMessage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * MarkShorthandDeprecated will mark the shorthand of a flag deprecated in your
   * program. It will continue to function but will not show up in help or usage
   * messages. Using this flag will also print the given usageMessage.
   */
  markShorthandDeprecated(name: string, usageMessage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * MarkHidden sets a flag to 'hidden' in your program. It will continue to
   * function but will not show up in help or usage messages.
   */
  markHidden(name: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Set sets the value of the named flag.
   */
  set(name: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * SetAnnotation allows one to set arbitrary annotations on a flag in the FlagSet.
   * This is sometimes used by spf13/cobra programs which want to generate additional
   * bash completion information.
   */
  setAnnotation(name: string, values: Array<string>): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Changed returns true if the flag was explicitly set during Parse() and false
   * otherwise
   */
  changed(name: string): boolean
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * PrintDefaults prints, to standard error unless configured
   * otherwise, the default values of all defined flags in the set.
   */
  printDefaults(): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * FlagUsagesWrapped returns a string containing the usage information
   * for all flags in the FlagSet. Wrapped to `cols` columns (0 for no
   * wrapping)
   */
  flagUsagesWrapped(cols: number): string
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * FlagUsages returns a string containing the usage information for all flags in
   * the FlagSet
   */
  flagUsages(): string
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * NFlag returns the number of flags that have been set.
   */
  nFlag(): number
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Arg returns the i'th argument.  Arg(0) is the first remaining argument
   * after flags have been processed.
   */
  arg(i: number): string
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * NArg is the number of arguments remaining after flags have been processed.
   */
  nArg(): number
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Args returns the non-flag arguments.
   */
  args(): Array<string>
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Var defines a flag with the specified name and usage string. The type and
   * value of the flag are represented by the first argument, of type Value, which
   * typically holds a user-defined implementation of Value. For instance, the
   * caller could create a flag that turns a comma-separated string into a slice
   * of strings by giving the slice the methods of Value; in particular, Set would
   * decompose the comma-separated string into the slice.
   */
  var(value: Value, name: string, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * VarPF is like VarP, but returns the flag created
   */
  varPF(value: Value, name: string): (Flag | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * VarP is like Var, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  varP(value: Value, name: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * AddFlag will add the flag to the FlagSet
   */
  addFlag(flag: Flag): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * AddFlagSet adds one FlagSet to another. If a flag is already present in f
   * the flag from newSet will be ignored.
   */
  addFlagSet(newSet: FlagSet): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Parse parses flag definitions from the argument list, which should not
   * include the command name.  Must be called after all flags in the FlagSet
   * are defined and before flags are accessed by the program.
   * The return value will be ErrHelp if -help was set but not defined.
   */
  parse(arguments: Array<string>): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * ParseAll parses flag definitions from the argument list, which should not
   * include the command name. The arguments for fn are flag and value. Must be
   * called after all flags in the FlagSet are defined and before flags are
   * accessed by the program. The return value will be ErrHelp if -help was set
   * but not defined.
   */
  parseAll(arguments: Array<string>, fn: (flag: Flag, value: string) => void): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Parsed reports whether f.Parse has been called.
   */
  parsed(): boolean
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * SetInterspersed sets whether to support interspersed option/non-option arguments.
   */
  setInterspersed(interspersed: boolean): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Init sets the name and error handling property for a flag set.
   * By default, the zero FlagSet uses an empty name and the
   * ContinueOnError error handling policy.
   */
  init(name: string, errorHandling: ErrorHandling): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * GetFloat32 return the float32 value of a flag with the given name
   */
  getFloat32(name: string): number
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Float32Var defines a float32 flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The argument p points to a float32 variable in which to store the value of the flag.
   */
  float32Var(p: number, name: string, value: number, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Float32VarP is like Float32Var, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  float32VarP(p: number, name: string, value: number, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Float32 defines a float32 flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The return value is the address of a float32 variable that stores the value of the flag.
   */
  float32(name: string, value: number, usage: string): (number | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Float32P is like Float32, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  float32P(name: string, value: number, usage: string): (number | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * GetFloat32Slice return the []float32 value of a flag with the given name
   */
  getFloat32Slice(name: string): Array<number>
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Float32SliceVar defines a float32Slice flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The argument p points to a []float32 variable in which to store the value of the flag.
   */
  float32SliceVar(p: Array<number>, name: string, value: Array<number>, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Float32SliceVarP is like Float32SliceVar, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  float32SliceVarP(p: Array<number>, name: string, value: Array<number>, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Float32Slice defines a []float32 flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The return value is the address of a []float32 variable that stores the value of the flag.
   */
  float32Slice(name: string, value: Array<number>, usage: string): (Array<number> | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Float32SliceP is like Float32Slice, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  float32SliceP(name: string, value: Array<number>, usage: string): (Array<number> | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * GetFloat64 return the float64 value of a flag with the given name
   */
  getFloat64(name: string): number
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Float64Var defines a float64 flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The argument p points to a float64 variable in which to store the value of the flag.
   */
  float64Var(p: number, name: string, value: number, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Float64VarP is like Float64Var, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  float64VarP(p: number, name: string, value: number, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Float64 defines a float64 flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The return value is the address of a float64 variable that stores the value of the flag.
   */
  float64(name: string, value: number, usage: string): (number | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Float64P is like Float64, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  float64P(name: string, value: number, usage: string): (number | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * GetFloat64Slice return the []float64 value of a flag with the given name
   */
  getFloat64Slice(name: string): Array<number>
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Float64SliceVar defines a float64Slice flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The argument p points to a []float64 variable in which to store the value of the flag.
   */
  float64SliceVar(p: Array<number>, name: string, value: Array<number>, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Float64SliceVarP is like Float64SliceVar, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  float64SliceVarP(p: Array<number>, name: string, value: Array<number>, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Float64Slice defines a []float64 flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The return value is the address of a []float64 variable that stores the value of the flag.
   */
  float64Slice(name: string, value: Array<number>, usage: string): (Array<number> | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Float64SliceP is like Float64Slice, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  float64SliceP(name: string, value: Array<number>, usage: string): (Array<number> | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * AddGoFlag will add the given *flag.Flag to the pflag.FlagSet
   */
  addGoFlag(goflag: goflag.Flag): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * AddGoFlagSet will add the given *flag.FlagSet to the pflag.FlagSet
   */
  addGoFlagSet(newSet: goflag.FlagSet): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * GetInt return the int value of a flag with the given name
   */
  getInt(name: string): number
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * IntVar defines an int flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The argument p points to an int variable in which to store the value of the flag.
   */
  intVar(p: number, name: string, value: number, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * IntVarP is like IntVar, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  intVarP(p: number, name: string, value: number, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Int defines an int flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The return value is the address of an int variable that stores the value of the flag.
   */
  int(name: string, value: number, usage: string): (number | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * IntP is like Int, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  intP(name: string, value: number, usage: string): (number | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * GetInt16 returns the int16 value of a flag with the given name
   */
  getInt16(name: string): number
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Int16Var defines an int16 flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The argument p points to an int16 variable in which to store the value of the flag.
   */
  int16Var(p: number, name: string, value: number, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Int16VarP is like Int16Var, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  int16VarP(p: number, name: string, value: number, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Int16 defines an int16 flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The return value is the address of an int16 variable that stores the value of the flag.
   */
  int16(name: string, value: number, usage: string): (number | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Int16P is like Int16, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  int16P(name: string, value: number, usage: string): (number | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * GetInt32 return the int32 value of a flag with the given name
   */
  getInt32(name: string): number
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Int32Var defines an int32 flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The argument p points to an int32 variable in which to store the value of the flag.
   */
  int32Var(p: number, name: string, value: number, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Int32VarP is like Int32Var, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  int32VarP(p: number, name: string, value: number, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Int32 defines an int32 flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The return value is the address of an int32 variable that stores the value of the flag.
   */
  int32(name: string, value: number, usage: string): (number | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Int32P is like Int32, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  int32P(name: string, value: number, usage: string): (number | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * GetInt32Slice return the []int32 value of a flag with the given name
   */
  getInt32Slice(name: string): Array<number>
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Int32SliceVar defines a int32Slice flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The argument p points to a []int32 variable in which to store the value of the flag.
   */
  int32SliceVar(p: Array<number>, name: string, value: Array<number>, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Int32SliceVarP is like Int32SliceVar, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  int32SliceVarP(p: Array<number>, name: string, value: Array<number>, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Int32Slice defines a []int32 flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The return value is the address of a []int32 variable that stores the value of the flag.
   */
  int32Slice(name: string, value: Array<number>, usage: string): (Array<number> | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Int32SliceP is like Int32Slice, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  int32SliceP(name: string, value: Array<number>, usage: string): (Array<number> | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * GetInt64 return the int64 value of a flag with the given name
   */
  getInt64(name: string): number
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Int64Var defines an int64 flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The argument p points to an int64 variable in which to store the value of the flag.
   */
  int64Var(p: number, name: string, value: number, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Int64VarP is like Int64Var, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  int64VarP(p: number, name: string, value: number, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Int64 defines an int64 flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The return value is the address of an int64 variable that stores the value of the flag.
   */
  int64(name: string, value: number, usage: string): (number | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Int64P is like Int64, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  int64P(name: string, value: number, usage: string): (number | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * GetInt64Slice return the []int64 value of a flag with the given name
   */
  getInt64Slice(name: string): Array<number>
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Int64SliceVar defines a int64Slice flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The argument p points to a []int64 variable in which to store the value of the flag.
   */
  int64SliceVar(p: Array<number>, name: string, value: Array<number>, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Int64SliceVarP is like Int64SliceVar, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  int64SliceVarP(p: Array<number>, name: string, value: Array<number>, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Int64Slice defines a []int64 flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The return value is the address of a []int64 variable that stores the value of the flag.
   */
  int64Slice(name: string, value: Array<number>, usage: string): (Array<number> | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Int64SliceP is like Int64Slice, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  int64SliceP(name: string, value: Array<number>, usage: string): (Array<number> | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * GetInt8 return the int8 value of a flag with the given name
   */
  getInt8(name: string): number
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Int8Var defines an int8 flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The argument p points to an int8 variable in which to store the value of the flag.
   */
  int8Var(p: number, name: string, value: number, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Int8VarP is like Int8Var, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  int8VarP(p: number, name: string, value: number, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Int8 defines an int8 flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The return value is the address of an int8 variable that stores the value of the flag.
   */
  int8(name: string, value: number, usage: string): (number | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Int8P is like Int8, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  int8P(name: string, value: number, usage: string): (number | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * GetIntSlice return the []int value of a flag with the given name
   */
  getIntSlice(name: string): Array<number>
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * IntSliceVar defines a intSlice flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The argument p points to a []int variable in which to store the value of the flag.
   */
  intSliceVar(p: Array<number>, name: string, value: Array<number>, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * IntSliceVarP is like IntSliceVar, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  intSliceVarP(p: Array<number>, name: string, value: Array<number>, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * IntSlice defines a []int flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The return value is the address of a []int variable that stores the value of the flag.
   */
  intSlice(name: string, value: Array<number>, usage: string): (Array<number> | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * IntSliceP is like IntSlice, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  intSliceP(name: string, value: Array<number>, usage: string): (Array<number> | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * GetIP return the net.IP value of a flag with the given name
   */
  getIP(name: string): net.IP
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * IPVar defines an net.IP flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The argument p points to an net.IP variable in which to store the value of the flag.
   */
  ipVar(p: net.IP, name: string, value: net.IP, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * IPVarP is like IPVar, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  ipVarP(p: net.IP, name: string, value: net.IP, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * IP defines an net.IP flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The return value is the address of an net.IP variable that stores the value of the flag.
   */
  ip(name: string, value: net.IP, usage: string): (net.IP | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * IPP is like IP, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  ipp(name: string, value: net.IP, usage: string): (net.IP | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * GetIPSlice returns the []net.IP value of a flag with the given name
   */
  getIPSlice(name: string): Array<net.IP>
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * IPSliceVar defines a ipSlice flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The argument p points to a []net.IP variable in which to store the value of the flag.
   */
  ipSliceVar(p: Array<net.IP>, name: string, value: Array<net.IP>, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * IPSliceVarP is like IPSliceVar, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  ipSliceVarP(p: Array<net.IP>, name: string, value: Array<net.IP>, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * IPSlice defines a []net.IP flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The return value is the address of a []net.IP variable that stores the value of that flag.
   */
  ipSlice(name: string, value: Array<net.IP>, usage: string): (Array<net.IP> | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * IPSliceP is like IPSlice, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  ipSliceP(name: string, value: Array<net.IP>, usage: string): (Array<net.IP> | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * GetIPv4Mask return the net.IPv4Mask value of a flag with the given name
   */
  getIPv4Mask(name: string): net.IPMask
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * IPMaskVar defines an net.IPMask flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The argument p points to an net.IPMask variable in which to store the value of the flag.
   */
  ipMaskVar(p: net.IPMask, name: string, value: net.IPMask, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * IPMaskVarP is like IPMaskVar, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  ipMaskVarP(p: net.IPMask, name: string, value: net.IPMask, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * IPMask defines an net.IPMask flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The return value is the address of an net.IPMask variable that stores the value of the flag.
   */
  ipMask(name: string, value: net.IPMask, usage: string): (net.IPMask | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * IPMaskP is like IPMask, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  ipMaskP(name: string, value: net.IPMask, usage: string): (net.IPMask | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * GetIPNet return the net.IPNet value of a flag with the given name
   */
  getIPNet(name: string): net.IPNet
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * IPNetVar defines an net.IPNet flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The argument p points to an net.IPNet variable in which to store the value of the flag.
   */
  ipNetVar(p: net.IPNet, name: string, value: net.IPNet, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * IPNetVarP is like IPNetVar, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  ipNetVarP(p: net.IPNet, name: string, value: net.IPNet, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * IPNet defines an net.IPNet flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The return value is the address of an net.IPNet variable that stores the value of the flag.
   */
  ipNet(name: string, value: net.IPNet, usage: string): (net.IPNet | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * IPNetP is like IPNet, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  ipNetP(name: string, value: net.IPNet, usage: string): (net.IPNet | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * GetString return the string value of a flag with the given name
   */
  getString(name: string): string
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * StringVar defines a string flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The argument p points to a string variable in which to store the value of the flag.
   */
  stringVar(p: string, name: string, value: string, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * StringVarP is like StringVar, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  stringVarP(p: string, name: string, value: string, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * String defines a string flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The return value is the address of a string variable that stores the value of the flag.
   */
  string(name: string, value: string, usage: string): (string | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * StringP is like String, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  stringP(name: string, value: string, usage: string): (string | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * GetStringArray return the []string value of a flag with the given name
   */
  getStringArray(name: string): Array<string>
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * StringArrayVar defines a string flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The argument p points to a []string variable in which to store the values of the multiple flags.
   * The value of each argument will not try to be separated by comma. Use a StringSlice for that.
   */
  stringArrayVar(p: Array<string>, name: string, value: Array<string>, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * StringArrayVarP is like StringArrayVar, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  stringArrayVarP(p: Array<string>, name: string, value: Array<string>, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * StringArray defines a string flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The return value is the address of a []string variable that stores the value of the flag.
   * The value of each argument will not try to be separated by comma. Use a StringSlice for that.
   */
  stringArray(name: string, value: Array<string>, usage: string): (Array<string> | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * StringArrayP is like StringArray, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  stringArrayP(name: string, value: Array<string>, usage: string): (Array<string> | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * GetStringSlice return the []string value of a flag with the given name
   */
  getStringSlice(name: string): Array<string>
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * StringSliceVar defines a string flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The argument p points to a []string variable in which to store the value of the flag.
   * Compared to StringArray flags, StringSlice flags take comma-separated value as arguments and split them accordingly.
   * For example:
   * ```
   *   --ss="v1,v2" --ss="v3"
   * ```
   * will result in
   * ```
   *   []string{"v1", "v2", "v3"}
   * ```
   */
  stringSliceVar(p: Array<string>, name: string, value: Array<string>, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * StringSliceVarP is like StringSliceVar, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  stringSliceVarP(p: Array<string>, name: string, value: Array<string>, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * StringSlice defines a string flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The return value is the address of a []string variable that stores the value of the flag.
   * Compared to StringArray flags, StringSlice flags take comma-separated value as arguments and split them accordingly.
   * For example:
   * ```
   *   --ss="v1,v2" --ss="v3"
   * ```
   * will result in
   * ```
   *   []string{"v1", "v2", "v3"}
   * ```
   */
  stringSlice(name: string, value: Array<string>, usage: string): (Array<string> | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * StringSliceP is like StringSlice, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  stringSliceP(name: string, value: Array<string>, usage: string): (Array<string> | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * GetStringToInt return the map[string]int value of a flag with the given name
   */
  getStringToInt(name: string): _TygojaDict
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * StringToIntVar defines a string flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The argument p points to a map[string]int variable in which to store the values of the multiple flags.
   * The value of each argument will not try to be separated by comma
   */
  stringToIntVar(p: _TygojaDict, name: string, value: _TygojaDict, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * StringToIntVarP is like StringToIntVar, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  stringToIntVarP(p: _TygojaDict, name: string, value: _TygojaDict, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * StringToInt defines a string flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The return value is the address of a map[string]int variable that stores the value of the flag.
   * The value of each argument will not try to be separated by comma
   */
  stringToInt(name: string, value: _TygojaDict, usage: string): (_TygojaDict | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * StringToIntP is like StringToInt, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  stringToIntP(name: string, value: _TygojaDict, usage: string): (_TygojaDict | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * GetStringToInt64 return the map[string]int64 value of a flag with the given name
   */
  getStringToInt64(name: string): _TygojaDict
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * StringToInt64Var defines a string flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The argument p point64s to a map[string]int64 variable in which to store the values of the multiple flags.
   * The value of each argument will not try to be separated by comma
   */
  stringToInt64Var(p: _TygojaDict, name: string, value: _TygojaDict, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * StringToInt64VarP is like StringToInt64Var, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  stringToInt64VarP(p: _TygojaDict, name: string, value: _TygojaDict, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * StringToInt64 defines a string flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The return value is the address of a map[string]int64 variable that stores the value of the flag.
   * The value of each argument will not try to be separated by comma
   */
  stringToInt64(name: string, value: _TygojaDict, usage: string): (_TygojaDict | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * StringToInt64P is like StringToInt64, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  stringToInt64P(name: string, value: _TygojaDict, usage: string): (_TygojaDict | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * GetStringToString return the map[string]string value of a flag with the given name
   */
  getStringToString(name: string): _TygojaDict
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * StringToStringVar defines a string flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The argument p points to a map[string]string variable in which to store the values of the multiple flags.
   * The value of each argument will not try to be separated by comma
   */
  stringToStringVar(p: _TygojaDict, name: string, value: _TygojaDict, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * StringToStringVarP is like StringToStringVar, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  stringToStringVarP(p: _TygojaDict, name: string, value: _TygojaDict, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * StringToString defines a string flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The return value is the address of a map[string]string variable that stores the value of the flag.
   * The value of each argument will not try to be separated by comma
   */
  stringToString(name: string, value: _TygojaDict, usage: string): (_TygojaDict | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * StringToStringP is like StringToString, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  stringToStringP(name: string, value: _TygojaDict, usage: string): (_TygojaDict | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * GetUint return the uint value of a flag with the given name
   */
  getUint(name: string): number
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * UintVar defines a uint flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The argument p points to a uint variable in which to store the value of the flag.
   */
  uintVar(p: number, name: string, value: number, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * UintVarP is like UintVar, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  uintVarP(p: number, name: string, value: number, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Uint defines a uint flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The return value is the address of a uint  variable that stores the value of the flag.
   */
  uint(name: string, value: number, usage: string): (number | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * UintP is like Uint, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  uintP(name: string, value: number, usage: string): (number | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * GetUint16 return the uint16 value of a flag with the given name
   */
  getUint16(name: string): number
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Uint16Var defines a uint flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The argument p points to a uint variable in which to store the value of the flag.
   */
  uint16Var(p: number, name: string, value: number, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Uint16VarP is like Uint16Var, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  uint16VarP(p: number, name: string, value: number, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Uint16 defines a uint flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The return value is the address of a uint  variable that stores the value of the flag.
   */
  uint16(name: string, value: number, usage: string): (number | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Uint16P is like Uint16, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  uint16P(name: string, value: number, usage: string): (number | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * GetUint32 return the uint32 value of a flag with the given name
   */
  getUint32(name: string): number
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Uint32Var defines a uint32 flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The argument p points to a uint32 variable in which to store the value of the flag.
   */
  uint32Var(p: number, name: string, value: number, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Uint32VarP is like Uint32Var, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  uint32VarP(p: number, name: string, value: number, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Uint32 defines a uint32 flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The return value is the address of a uint32  variable that stores the value of the flag.
   */
  uint32(name: string, value: number, usage: string): (number | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Uint32P is like Uint32, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  uint32P(name: string, value: number, usage: string): (number | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * GetUint64 return the uint64 value of a flag with the given name
   */
  getUint64(name: string): number
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Uint64Var defines a uint64 flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The argument p points to a uint64 variable in which to store the value of the flag.
   */
  uint64Var(p: number, name: string, value: number, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Uint64VarP is like Uint64Var, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  uint64VarP(p: number, name: string, value: number, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Uint64 defines a uint64 flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The return value is the address of a uint64 variable that stores the value of the flag.
   */
  uint64(name: string, value: number, usage: string): (number | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Uint64P is like Uint64, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  uint64P(name: string, value: number, usage: string): (number | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * GetUint8 return the uint8 value of a flag with the given name
   */
  getUint8(name: string): number
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Uint8Var defines a uint8 flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The argument p points to a uint8 variable in which to store the value of the flag.
   */
  uint8Var(p: number, name: string, value: number, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Uint8VarP is like Uint8Var, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  uint8VarP(p: number, name: string, value: number, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Uint8 defines a uint8 flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The return value is the address of a uint8 variable that stores the value of the flag.
   */
  uint8(name: string, value: number, usage: string): (number | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Uint8P is like Uint8, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  uint8P(name: string, value: number, usage: string): (number | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * GetUintSlice returns the []uint value of a flag with the given name.
   */
  getUintSlice(name: string): Array<number>
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * UintSliceVar defines a uintSlice flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The argument p points to a []uint variable in which to store the value of the flag.
   */
  uintSliceVar(p: Array<number>, name: string, value: Array<number>, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * UintSliceVarP is like UintSliceVar, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  uintSliceVarP(p: Array<number>, name: string, value: Array<number>, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * UintSlice defines a []uint flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The return value is the address of a []uint variable that stores the value of the flag.
   */
  uintSlice(name: string, value: Array<number>, usage: string): (Array<number> | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * UintSliceP is like UintSlice, but accepts a shorthand letter that can be used after a single dash.
   */
  uintSliceP(name: string, value: Array<number>, usage: string): (Array<number> | undefined)
 }
}

/**
 * Package cobra is a commander providing a simple interface to create powerful modern CLI interfaces.
 * In addition to providing an interface, Cobra simultaneously provides a controller to organize your application code.
 */
namespace cobra {
 interface PositionalArgs {(cmd: Command, args: Array<string>): void }
 // @ts-ignore
 import flag = pflag
 /**
  * FParseErrWhitelist configures Flag parse errors to be ignored
  */
 interface FParseErrWhitelist extends flag.ParseErrorsWhitelist{}
 /**
  * Group Structure to manage groups for commands
  */
 interface Group {
  id: string
  title: string
 }
 /**
  * ShellCompDirective is a bit map representing the different behaviors the shell
  * can be instructed to have once completions have been provided.
  */
 interface ShellCompDirective extends Number{}
 /**
  * CompletionOptions are the options to control shell completion
  */
 interface CompletionOptions {
  /**
   * DisableDefaultCmd prevents Cobra from creating a default 'completion' command
   */
  disableDefaultCmd: boolean
  /**
   * DisableNoDescFlag prevents Cobra from creating the '--no-descriptions' flag
   * for shells that support completion descriptions
   */
  disableNoDescFlag: boolean
  /**
   * DisableDescriptions turns off all completion descriptions for shells
   * that support them
   */
  disableDescriptions: boolean
  /**
   * HiddenDefaultCmd makes the default 'completion' command hidden
   */
  hiddenDefaultCmd: boolean
 }
}

namespace migrate {
 interface Migration {
  file: string
  up: (db: dbx.Builder) => void
  down: (db: dbx.Builder) => void
 }
}

namespace subscriptions {
 /**
  * Broker defines a struct for managing subscriptions clients.
  */
 interface Broker {
 }
 interface Broker {
  /**
   * Clients returns a shallow copy of all registered clients indexed
   * with their connection id.
   */
  clients(): _TygojaDict
 }
 interface Broker {
  /**
   * ClientById finds a registered client by its id.
   * 
   * Returns non-nil error when client with clientId is not registered.
   */
  clientById(clientId: string): Client
 }
 interface Broker {
  /**
   * Register adds a new client to the broker instance.
   */
  register(client: Client): void
 }
 interface Broker {
  /**
   * Unregister removes a single client by its id.
   * 
   * If client with clientId doesn't exist, this method does nothing.
   */
  unregister(clientId: string): void
 }
}

namespace hook {
 /**
  * Hook defines a concurrent safe structure for handling event hooks
  * (aka. callbacks propagation).
  */
 interface Hook<T> {
 }
 interface Hook<T> {
  /**
   * PreAdd registers a new handler to the hook by prepending it to the existing queue.
   * 
   * Returns an autogenerated hook id that could be used later to remove the hook with Hook.Remove(id).
   */
  preAdd(fn: Handler<T>): string
 }
 interface Hook<T> {
  /**
   * Add registers a new handler to the hook by appending it to the existing queue.
   * 
   * Returns an autogenerated hook id that could be used later to remove the hook with Hook.Remove(id).
   */
  add(fn: Handler<T>): string
 }
 interface Hook<T> {
  /**
   * @todo add also to TaggedHook
   * Remove removes a single hook handler by its id.
   */
  remove(id: string): void
 }
 interface Hook<T> {
  /**
   * @todo add also to TaggedHook
   * RemoveAll removes all registered handlers.
   */
  removeAll(): void
 }
 interface Hook<T> {
  /**
   * Trigger executes all registered hook handlers one by one
   * with the specified `data` as an argument.
   * 
   * Optionally, this method allows also to register additional one off
   * handlers that will be temporary appended to the handlers queue.
   * 
   * The execution stops when:
   * - hook.StopPropagation is returned in one of the handlers
   * - any non-nil error is returned in one of the handlers
   */
  trigger(data: T, ...oneOffHandlers: Handler<T>[]): void
 }
 /**
  * TaggedHook defines a proxy hook which register handlers that are triggered only
  * if the TaggedHook.tags are empty or includes at least one of the event data tag(s).
  */
 type _subRfQNA<T> = mainHook<T>
 interface TaggedHook<T> extends _subRfQNA<T> {
 }
 interface TaggedHook<T> {
  /**
   * CanTriggerOn checks if the current TaggedHook can be triggered with
   * the provided event data tags.
   */
  canTriggerOn(tags: Array<string>): boolean
 }
 interface TaggedHook<T> {
  /**
   * PreAdd registers a new handler to the hook by prepending it to the existing queue.
   * 
   * The fn handler will be called only if the event data tags satisfy h.CanTriggerOn.
   */
  preAdd(fn: Handler<T>): string
 }
 interface TaggedHook<T> {
  /**
   * Add registers a new handler to the hook by appending it to the existing queue.
   * 
   * The fn handler will be called only if the event data tags satisfy h.CanTriggerOn.
   */
  add(fn: Handler<T>): string
 }
}

/**
 * Package core is the backbone of PocketBase.
 * 
 * It defines the main PocketBase App interface and its base implementation.
 */
namespace core {
 interface BootstrapEvent {
  app: App
 }
 interface TerminateEvent {
  app: App
 }
 interface ServeEvent {
  app: App
  router?: echo.Echo
  server?: http.Server
  certManager?: autocert.Manager
 }
 interface ApiErrorEvent {
  httpContext: echo.Context
  error: Error
 }
 type _subVJKiP = BaseModelEvent
 interface ModelEvent extends _subVJKiP {
  dao?: daos.Dao
 }
 type _subGZryQ = BaseCollectionEvent
 interface MailerRecordEvent extends _subGZryQ {
  mailClient: mailer.Mailer
  message?: mailer.Message
  record?: models.Record
  meta: _TygojaDict
 }
 interface MailerAdminEvent {
  mailClient: mailer.Mailer
  message?: mailer.Message
  admin?: models.Admin
  meta: _TygojaDict
 }
 interface RealtimeConnectEvent {
  httpContext: echo.Context
  client: subscriptions.Client
 }
 interface RealtimeDisconnectEvent {
  httpContext: echo.Context
  client: subscriptions.Client
 }
 interface RealtimeMessageEvent {
  httpContext: echo.Context
  client: subscriptions.Client
  message?: subscriptions.Message
 }
 interface RealtimeSubscribeEvent {
  httpContext: echo.Context
  client: subscriptions.Client
  subscriptions: Array<string>
 }
 interface SettingsListEvent {
  httpContext: echo.Context
  redactedSettings?: settings.Settings
 }
 interface SettingsUpdateEvent {
  httpContext: echo.Context
  oldSettings?: settings.Settings
  newSettings?: settings.Settings
 }
 type _subTYfSK = BaseCollectionEvent
 interface RecordsListEvent extends _subTYfSK {
  httpContext: echo.Context
  records: Array<(models.Record | undefined)>
  result?: search.Result
 }
 type _subWVzos = BaseCollectionEvent
 interface RecordViewEvent extends _subWVzos {
  httpContext: echo.Context
  record?: models.Record
 }
 type _subafNoq = BaseCollectionEvent
 interface RecordCreateEvent extends _subafNoq {
  httpContext: echo.Context
  record?: models.Record
  uploadedFiles: _TygojaDict
 }
 type _subBrERj = BaseCollectionEvent
 interface RecordUpdateEvent extends _subBrERj {
  httpContext: echo.Context
  record?: models.Record
  uploadedFiles: _TygojaDict
 }
 type _subsDviH = BaseCollectionEvent
 interface RecordDeleteEvent extends _subsDviH {
  httpContext: echo.Context
  record?: models.Record
 }
 type _subOMkzs = BaseCollectionEvent
 interface RecordAuthEvent extends _subOMkzs {
  httpContext: echo.Context
  record?: models.Record
  token: string
  meta: any
 }
 type _subvNpRR = BaseCollectionEvent
 interface RecordAuthWithPasswordEvent extends _subvNpRR {
  httpContext: echo.Context
  record?: models.Record
  identity: string
  password: string
 }
 type _subZwaqX = BaseCollectionEvent
 interface RecordAuthWithOAuth2Event extends _subZwaqX {
  httpContext: echo.Context
  providerName: string
  providerClient: auth.Provider
  record?: models.Record
  oAuth2User?: auth.AuthUser
  isNewRecord: boolean
 }
 type _subbSlSy = BaseCollectionEvent
 interface RecordAuthRefreshEvent extends _subbSlSy {
  httpContext: echo.Context
  record?: models.Record
 }
 type _sublEBOk = BaseCollectionEvent
 interface RecordRequestPasswordResetEvent extends _sublEBOk {
  httpContext: echo.Context
  record?: models.Record
 }
 type _subzOxDh = BaseCollectionEvent
 interface RecordConfirmPasswordResetEvent extends _subzOxDh {
  httpContext: echo.Context
  record?: models.Record
 }
 type _subcVymS = BaseCollectionEvent
 interface RecordRequestVerificationEvent extends _subcVymS {
  httpContext: echo.Context
  record?: models.Record
 }
 type _subCgJzD = BaseCollectionEvent
 interface RecordConfirmVerificationEvent extends _subCgJzD {
  httpContext: echo.Context
  record?: models.Record
 }
 type _subyxJre = BaseCollectionEvent
 interface RecordRequestEmailChangeEvent extends _subyxJre {
  httpContext: echo.Context
  record?: models.Record
 }
 type _subZbEub = BaseCollectionEvent
 interface RecordConfirmEmailChangeEvent extends _subZbEub {
  httpContext: echo.Context
  record?: models.Record
 }
 type _subhLOSu = BaseCollectionEvent
 interface RecordListExternalAuthsEvent extends _subhLOSu {
  httpContext: echo.Context
  record?: models.Record
  externalAuths: Array<(models.ExternalAuth | undefined)>
 }
 type _subAuUrW = BaseCollectionEvent
 interface RecordUnlinkExternalAuthEvent extends _subAuUrW {
  httpContext: echo.Context
  record?: models.Record
  externalAuth?: models.ExternalAuth
 }
 interface AdminsListEvent {
  httpContext: echo.Context
  admins: Array<(models.Admin | undefined)>
  result?: search.Result
 }
 interface AdminViewEvent {
  httpContext: echo.Context
  admin?: models.Admin
 }
 interface AdminCreateEvent {
  httpContext: echo.Context
  admin?: models.Admin
 }
 interface AdminUpdateEvent {
  httpContext: echo.Context
  admin?: models.Admin
 }
 interface AdminDeleteEvent {
  httpContext: echo.Context
  admin?: models.Admin
 }
 interface AdminAuthEvent {
  httpContext: echo.Context
  admin?: models.Admin
  token: string
 }
 interface AdminAuthWithPasswordEvent {
  httpContext: echo.Context
  admin?: models.Admin
  identity: string
  password: string
 }
 interface AdminAuthRefreshEvent {
  httpContext: echo.Context
  admin?: models.Admin
 }
 interface AdminRequestPasswordResetEvent {
  httpContext: echo.Context
  admin?: models.Admin
 }
 interface AdminConfirmPasswordResetEvent {
  httpContext: echo.Context
  admin?: models.Admin
 }
 interface CollectionsListEvent {
  httpContext: echo.Context
  collections: Array<(models.Collection | undefined)>
  result?: search.Result
 }
 type _subPSZcY = BaseCollectionEvent
 interface CollectionViewEvent extends _subPSZcY {
  httpContext: echo.Context
 }
 type _subtrePc = BaseCollectionEvent
 interface CollectionCreateEvent extends _subtrePc {
  httpContext: echo.Context
 }
 type _subqhrrJ = BaseCollectionEvent
 interface CollectionUpdateEvent extends _subqhrrJ {
  httpContext: echo.Context
 }
 type _subPMxvV = BaseCollectionEvent
 interface CollectionDeleteEvent extends _subPMxvV {
  httpContext: echo.Context
 }
 interface CollectionsImportEvent {
  httpContext: echo.Context
  collections: Array<(models.Collection | undefined)>
 }
 type _subFyXlB = BaseModelEvent
 interface FileTokenEvent extends _subFyXlB {
  httpContext: echo.Context
  token: string
 }
 type _sublZIFc = BaseCollectionEvent
 interface FileDownloadEvent extends _sublZIFc {
  httpContext: echo.Context
  record?: models.Record
  fileField?: schema.SchemaField
  servedPath: string
  servedName: string
 }
}

/**
 * Package time provides functionality for measuring and displaying time.
 * 
 * The calendrical calculations always assume a Gregorian calendar, with
 * no leap seconds.
 * 
 * # Monotonic Clocks
 * 
 * Operating systems provide both a “wall clock,” which is subject to
 * changes for clock synchronization, and a “monotonic clock,” which is
 * not. The general rule is that the wall clock is for telling time and
 * the monotonic clock is for measuring time. Rather than split the API,
 * in this package the Time returned by time.Now contains both a wall
 * clock reading and a monotonic clock reading; later time-telling
 * operations use the wall clock reading, but later time-measuring
 * operations, specifically comparisons and subtractions, use the
 * monotonic clock reading.
 * 
 * For example, this code always computes a positive elapsed time of
 * approximately 20 milliseconds, even if the wall clock is changed during
 * the operation being timed:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	start := time.Now()
 * 	... operation that takes 20 milliseconds ...
 * 	t := time.Now()
 * 	elapsed := t.Sub(start)
 * ```
 * 
 * Other idioms, such as time.Since(start), time.Until(deadline), and
 * time.Now().Before(deadline), are similarly robust against wall clock
 * resets.
 * 
 * The rest of this section gives the precise details of how operations
 * use monotonic clocks, but understanding those details is not required
 * to use this package.
 * 
 * The Time returned by time.Now contains a monotonic clock reading.
 * If Time t has a monotonic clock reading, t.Add adds the same duration to
 * both the wall clock and monotonic clock readings to compute the result.
 * Because t.AddDate(y, m, d), t.Round(d), and t.Truncate(d) are wall time
 * computations, they always strip any monotonic clock reading from their results.
 * Because t.In, t.Local, and t.UTC are used for their effect on the interpretation
 * of the wall time, they also strip any monotonic clock reading from their results.
 * The canonical way to strip a monotonic clock reading is to use t = t.Round(0).
 * 
 * If Times t and u both contain monotonic clock readings, the operations
 * t.After(u), t.Before(u), t.Equal(u), and t.Sub(u) are carried out
 * using the monotonic clock readings alone, ignoring the wall clock
 * readings. If either t or u contains no monotonic clock reading, these
 * operations fall back to using the wall clock readings.
 * 
 * On some systems the monotonic clock will stop if the computer goes to sleep.
 * On such a system, t.Sub(u) may not accurately reflect the actual
 * time that passed between t and u.
 * 
 * Because the monotonic clock reading has no meaning outside
 * the current process, the serialized forms generated by t.GobEncode,
 * t.MarshalBinary, t.MarshalJSON, and t.MarshalText omit the monotonic
 * clock reading, and t.Format provides no format for it. Similarly, the
 * constructors time.Date, time.Parse, time.ParseInLocation, and time.Unix,
 * as well as the unmarshalers t.GobDecode, t.UnmarshalBinary.
 * t.UnmarshalJSON, and t.UnmarshalText always create times with
 * no monotonic clock reading.
 * 
 * The monotonic clock reading exists only in Time values. It is not
 * a part of Duration values or the Unix times returned by t.Unix and
 * friends.
 * 
 * Note that the Go == operator compares not just the time instant but
 * also the Location and the monotonic clock reading. See the
 * documentation for the Time type for a discussion of equality
 * testing for Time values.
 * 
 * For debugging, the result of t.String does include the monotonic
 * clock reading if present. If t != u because of different monotonic clock readings,
 * that difference will be visible when printing t.String() and u.String().
 */
namespace time {
 /**
  * A Month specifies a month of the year (January = 1, ...).
  */
 interface Month extends Number{}
 interface Month {
  /**
   * String returns the English name of the month ("January", "February", ...).
   */
  string(): string
 }
 /**
  * A Weekday specifies a day of the week (Sunday = 0, ...).
  */
 interface Weekday extends Number{}
 interface Weekday {
  /**
   * String returns the English name of the day ("Sunday", "Monday", ...).
   */
  string(): string
 }
 /**
  * A Location maps time instants to the zone in use at that time.
  * Typically, the Location represents the collection of time offsets
  * in use in a geographical area. For many Locations the time offset varies
  * depending on whether daylight savings time is in use at the time instant.
  */
 interface Location {
 }
 interface Location {
  /**
   * String returns a descriptive name for the time zone information,
   * corresponding to the name argument to LoadLocation or FixedZone.
   */
  string(): string
 }
}

/**
 * Package reflect implements run-time reflection, allowing a program to
 * manipulate objects with arbitrary types. The typical use is to take a value
 * with static type interface{} and extract its dynamic type information by
 * calling TypeOf, which returns a Type.
 * 
 * A call to ValueOf returns a Value representing the run-time data.
 * Zero takes a Type and returns a Value representing a zero value
 * for that type.
 * 
 * See "The Laws of Reflection" for an introduction to reflection in Go:
 * https://golang.org/doc/articles/laws_of_reflection.html
 */
namespace reflect {
 /**
  * Type is the representation of a Go type.
  * 
  * Not all methods apply to all kinds of types. Restrictions,
  * if any, are noted in the documentation for each method.
  * Use the Kind method to find out the kind of type before
  * calling kind-specific methods. Calling a method
  * inappropriate to the kind of type causes a run-time panic.
  * 
  * Type values are comparable, such as with the == operator,
  * so they can be used as map keys.
  * Two Type values are equal if they represent identical types.
  */
 interface Type {
  /**
   * Align returns the alignment in bytes of a value of
   * this type when allocated in memory.
   */
  align(): number
  /**
   * FieldAlign returns the alignment in bytes of a value of
   * this type when used as a field in a struct.
   */
  fieldAlign(): number
  /**
   * Method returns the i'th method in the type's method set.
   * It panics if i is not in the range [0, NumMethod()).
   * 
   * For a non-interface type T or *T, the returned Method's Type and Func
   * fields describe a function whose first argument is the receiver,
   * and only exported methods are accessible.
   * 
   * For an interface type, the returned Method's Type field gives the
   * method signature, without a receiver, and the Func field is nil.
   * 
   * Methods are sorted in lexicographic order.
   */
  method(_arg0: number): Method
  /**
   * MethodByName returns the method with that name in the type's
   * method set and a boolean indicating if the method was found.
   * 
   * For a non-interface type T or *T, the returned Method's Type and Func
   * fields describe a function whose first argument is the receiver.
   * 
   * For an interface type, the returned Method's Type field gives the
   * method signature, without a receiver, and the Func field is nil.
   */
  methodByName(_arg0: string): [Method, boolean]
  /**
   * NumMethod returns the number of methods accessible using Method.
   * 
   * For a non-interface type, it returns the number of exported methods.
   * 
   * For an interface type, it returns the number of exported and unexported methods.
   */
  numMethod(): number
  /**
   * Name returns the type's name within its package for a defined type.
   * For other (non-defined) types it returns the empty string.
   */
  name(): string
  /**
   * PkgPath returns a defined type's package path, that is, the import path
   * that uniquely identifies the package, such as "encoding/base64".
   * If the type was predeclared (string, error) or not defined (*T, struct{},
   * []int, or A where A is an alias for a non-defined type), the package path
   * will be the empty string.
   */
  pkgPath(): string
  /**
   * Size returns the number of bytes needed to store
   * a value of the given type; it is analogous to unsafe.Sizeof.
   */
  size(): number
  /**
   * String returns a string representation of the type.
   * The string representation may use shortened package names
   * (e.g., base64 instead of "encoding/base64") and is not
   * guaranteed to be unique among types. To test for type identity,
   * compare the Types directly.
   */
  string(): string
  /**
   * Kind returns the specific kind of this type.
   */
  kind(): Kind
  /**
   * Implements reports whether the type implements the interface type u.
   */
  implements(u: Type): boolean
  /**
   * AssignableTo reports whether a value of the type is assignable to type u.
   */
  assignableTo(u: Type): boolean
  /**
   * ConvertibleTo reports whether a value of the type is convertible to type u.
   * Even if ConvertibleTo returns true, the conversion may still panic.
   * For example, a slice of type []T is convertible to *[N]T,
   * but the conversion will panic if its length is less than N.
   */
  convertibleTo(u: Type): boolean
  /**
   * Comparable reports whether values of this type are comparable.
   * Even if Comparable returns true, the comparison may still panic.
   * For example, values of interface type are comparable,
   * but the comparison will panic if their dynamic type is not comparable.
   */
  comparable(): boolean
  /**
   * Bits returns the size of the type in bits.
   * It panics if the type's Kind is not one of the
   * sized or unsized Int, Uint, Float, or Complex kinds.
   */
  bits(): number
  /**
   * ChanDir returns a channel type's direction.
   * It panics if the type's Kind is not Chan.
   */
  chanDir(): ChanDir
  /**
   * IsVariadic reports whether a function type's final input parameter
   * is a "..." parameter. If so, t.In(t.NumIn() - 1) returns the parameter's
   * implicit actual type []T.
   * 
   * For concreteness, if t represents func(x int, y ... float64), then
   * 
   * ```
   * 	t.NumIn() == 2
   * 	t.In(0) is the reflect.Type for "int"
   * 	t.In(1) is the reflect.Type for "[]float64"
   * 	t.IsVariadic() == true
   * ```
   * 
   * IsVariadic panics if the type's Kind is not Func.
   */
  isVariadic(): boolean
  /**
   * Elem returns a type's element type.
   * It panics if the type's Kind is not Array, Chan, Map, Pointer, or Slice.
   */
  elem(): Type
  /**
   * Field returns a struct type's i'th field.
   * It panics if the type's Kind is not Struct.
   * It panics if i is not in the range [0, NumField()).
   */
  field(i: number): StructField
  /**
   * FieldByIndex returns the nested field corresponding
   * to the index sequence. It is equivalent to calling Field
   * successively for each index i.
   * It panics if the type's Kind is not Struct.
   */
  fieldByIndex(index: Array<number>): StructField
  /**
   * FieldByName returns the struct field with the given name
   * and a boolean indicating if the field was found.
   */
  fieldByName(name: string): [StructField, boolean]
  /**
   * FieldByNameFunc returns the struct field with a name
   * that satisfies the match function and a boolean indicating if
   * the field was found.
   * 
   * FieldByNameFunc considers the fields in the struct itself
   * and then the fields in any embedded structs, in breadth first order,
   * stopping at the shallowest nesting depth containing one or more
   * fields satisfying the match function. If multiple fields at that depth
   * satisfy the match function, they cancel each other
   * and FieldByNameFunc returns no match.
   * This behavior mirrors Go's handling of name lookup in
   * structs containing embedded fields.
   */
  fieldByNameFunc(match: (_arg0: string) => boolean): [StructField, boolean]
  /**
   * In returns the type of a function type's i'th input parameter.
   * It panics if the type's Kind is not Func.
   * It panics if i is not in the range [0, NumIn()).
   */
  in(i: number): Type
  /**
   * Key returns a map type's key type.
   * It panics if the type's Kind is not Map.
   */
  key(): Type
  /**
   * Len returns an array type's length.
   * It panics if the type's Kind is not Array.
   */
  len(): number
  /**
   * NumField returns a struct type's field count.
   * It panics if the type's Kind is not Struct.
   */
  numField(): number
  /**
   * NumIn returns a function type's input parameter count.
   * It panics if the type's Kind is not Func.
   */
  numIn(): number
  /**
   * NumOut returns a function type's output parameter count.
   * It panics if the type's Kind is not Func.
   */
  numOut(): number
  /**
   * Out returns the type of a function type's i'th output parameter.
   * It panics if the type's Kind is not Func.
   * It panics if i is not in the range [0, NumOut()).
   */
  out(i: number): Type
 }
}

/**
 * Package fs defines basic interfaces to a file system.
 * A file system can be provided by the host operating system
 * but also by other packages.
 */
namespace fs {
 /**
  * A FileInfo describes a file and is returned by Stat.
  */
 interface FileInfo {
  name(): string // base name of the file
  size(): number // length in bytes for regular files; system-dependent for others
  mode(): FileMode // file mode bits
  modTime(): time.Time // modification time
  isDir(): boolean // abbreviation for Mode().IsDir()
  sys(): any // underlying data source (can return nil)
 }
}

/**
 * Package driver defines interfaces to be implemented by database
 * drivers as used by package sql.
 * 
 * Most code should use package sql.
 * 
 * The driver interface has evolved over time. Drivers should implement
 * Connector and DriverContext interfaces.
 * The Connector.Connect and Driver.Open methods should never return ErrBadConn.
 * ErrBadConn should only be returned from Validator, SessionResetter, or
 * a query method if the connection is already in an invalid (e.g. closed) state.
 * 
 * All Conn implementations should implement the following interfaces:
 * Pinger, SessionResetter, and Validator.
 * 
 * If named parameters or context are supported, the driver's Conn should implement:
 * ExecerContext, QueryerContext, ConnPrepareContext, and ConnBeginTx.
 * 
 * To support custom data types, implement NamedValueChecker. NamedValueChecker
 * also allows queries to accept per-query options as a parameter by returning
 * ErrRemoveArgument from CheckNamedValue.
 * 
 * If multiple result sets are supported, Rows should implement RowsNextResultSet.
 * If the driver knows how to describe the types present in the returned result
 * it should implement the following interfaces: RowsColumnTypeScanType,
 * RowsColumnTypeDatabaseTypeName, RowsColumnTypeLength, RowsColumnTypeNullable,
 * and RowsColumnTypePrecisionScale. A given row value may also return a Rows
 * type, which may represent a database cursor value.
 * 
 * Before a connection is returned to the connection pool after use, IsValid is
 * called if implemented. Before a connection is reused for another query,
 * ResetSession is called if implemented. If a connection is never returned to the
 * connection pool but immediately reused, then ResetSession is called prior to
 * reuse but IsValid is not called.
 */
namespace driver {
 /**
  * Conn is a connection to a database. It is not used concurrently
  * by multiple goroutines.
  * 
  * Conn is assumed to be stateful.
  */
 interface Conn {
  /**
   * Prepare returns a prepared statement, bound to this connection.
   */
  prepare(query: string): Stmt
  /**
   * Close invalidates and potentially stops any current
   * prepared statements and transactions, marking this
   * connection as no longer in use.
   * 
   * Because the sql package maintains a free pool of
   * connections and only calls Close when there's a surplus of
   * idle connections, it shouldn't be necessary for drivers to
   * do their own connection caching.
   * 
   * Drivers must ensure all network calls made by Close
   * do not block indefinitely (e.g. apply a timeout).
   */
  close(): void
  /**
   * Begin starts and returns a new transaction.
   * 
   * Deprecated: Drivers should implement ConnBeginTx instead (or additionally).
   */
  begin(): Tx
 }
}

/**
 * Package url parses URLs and implements query escaping.
 */
namespace url {
 /**
  * The Userinfo type is an immutable encapsulation of username and
  * password details for a URL. An existing Userinfo value is guaranteed
  * to have a username set (potentially empty, as allowed by RFC 2396),
  * and optionally a password.
  */
 interface Userinfo {
 }
 interface Userinfo {
  /**
   * Username returns the username.
   */
  username(): string
 }
 interface Userinfo {
  /**
   * Password returns the password in case it is set, and whether it is set.
   */
  password(): [string, boolean]
 }
 interface Userinfo {
  /**
   * String returns the encoded userinfo information in the standard form
   * of "username[:password]".
   */
  string(): string
 }
}

/**
 * Package types implements some commonly used db serializable types
 * like datetime, json, etc.
 */
namespace types {
 /**
  * JsonRaw defines a json value type that is safe for db read/write.
  */
 interface JsonRaw extends String{}
 interface JsonRaw {
  /**
   * String returns the current JsonRaw instance as a json encoded string.
   */
  string(): string
 }
 interface JsonRaw {
  /**
   * MarshalJSON implements the [json.Marshaler] interface.
   */
  marshalJSON(): string
 }
 interface JsonRaw {
  /**
   * UnmarshalJSON implements the [json.Unmarshaler] interface.
   */
  unmarshalJSON(b: string): void
 }
 interface JsonRaw {
  /**
   * Value implements the [driver.Valuer] interface.
   */
  value(): driver.Value
 }
 interface JsonRaw {
  /**
   * Scan implements [sql.Scanner] interface to scan the provided value
   * into the current JsonRaw instance.
   */
  scan(value: {
   }): void
 }
}

/**
 * Package bufio implements buffered I/O. It wraps an io.Reader or io.Writer
 * object, creating another object (Reader or Writer) that also implements
 * the interface but provides buffering and some help for textual I/O.
 */
namespace bufio {
 /**
  * ReadWriter stores pointers to a Reader and a Writer.
  * It implements io.ReadWriter.
  */
 type _subpmnlf = Reader&Writer
 interface ReadWriter extends _subpmnlf {
 }
}

/**
 * Package net provides a portable interface for network I/O, including
 * TCP/IP, UDP, domain name resolution, and Unix domain sockets.
 * 
 * Although the package provides access to low-level networking
 * primitives, most clients will need only the basic interface provided
 * by the Dial, Listen, and Accept functions and the associated
 * Conn and Listener interfaces. The crypto/tls package uses
 * the same interfaces and similar Dial and Listen functions.
 * 
 * The Dial function connects to a server:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	conn, err := net.Dial("tcp", "golang.org:80")
 * 	if err != nil {
 * 		// handle error
 * 	}
 * 	fmt.Fprintf(conn, "GET / HTTP/1.0\r\n\r\n")
 * 	status, err := bufio.NewReader(conn).ReadString('\n')
 * 	// ...
 * ```
 * 
 * The Listen function creates servers:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	ln, err := net.Listen("tcp", ":8080")
 * 	if err != nil {
 * 		// handle error
 * 	}
 * 	for {
 * 		conn, err := ln.Accept()
 * 		if err != nil {
 * 			// handle error
 * 		}
 * 		go handleConnection(conn)
 * 	}
 * ```
 * 
 * # Name Resolution
 * 
 * The method for resolving domain names, whether indirectly with functions like Dial
 * or directly with functions like LookupHost and LookupAddr, varies by operating system.
 * 
 * On Unix systems, the resolver has two options for resolving names.
 * It can use a pure Go resolver that sends DNS requests directly to the servers
 * listed in /etc/resolv.conf, or it can use a cgo-based resolver that calls C
 * library routines such as getaddrinfo and getnameinfo.
 * 
 * By default the pure Go resolver is used, because a blocked DNS request consumes
 * only a goroutine, while a blocked C call consumes an operating system thread.
 * When cgo is available, the cgo-based resolver is used instead under a variety of
 * conditions: on systems that do not let programs make direct DNS requests (OS X),
 * when the LOCALDOMAIN environment variable is present (even if empty),
 * when the RES_OPTIONS or HOSTALIASES environment variable is non-empty,
 * when the ASR_CONFIG environment variable is non-empty (OpenBSD only),
 * when /etc/resolv.conf or /etc/nsswitch.conf specify the use of features that the
 * Go resolver does not implement, and when the name being looked up ends in .local
 * or is an mDNS name.
 * 
 * The resolver decision can be overridden by setting the netdns value of the
 * GODEBUG environment variable (see package runtime) to go or cgo, as in:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	export GODEBUG=netdns=go    # force pure Go resolver
 * 	export GODEBUG=netdns=cgo   # force native resolver (cgo, win32)
 * ```
 * 
 * The decision can also be forced while building the Go source tree
 * by setting the netgo or netcgo build tag.
 * 
 * A numeric netdns setting, as in GODEBUG=netdns=1, causes the resolver
 * to print debugging information about its decisions.
 * To force a particular resolver while also printing debugging information,
 * join the two settings by a plus sign, as in GODEBUG=netdns=go+1.
 * 
 * On Plan 9, the resolver always accesses /net/cs and /net/dns.
 * 
 * On Windows, in Go 1.18.x and earlier, the resolver always used C
 * library functions, such as GetAddrInfo and DnsQuery.
 */
namespace net {
 /**
  * An IP is a single IP address, a slice of bytes.
  * Functions in this package accept either 4-byte (IPv4)
  * or 16-byte (IPv6) slices as input.
  * 
  * Note that in this documentation, referring to an
  * IP address as an IPv4 address or an IPv6 address
  * is a semantic property of the address, not just the
  * length of the byte slice: a 16-byte slice can still
  * be an IPv4 address.
  */
 interface IP extends String{}
 /**
  * An IPMask is a bitmask that can be used to manipulate
  * IP addresses for IP addressing and routing.
  * 
  * See type IPNet and func ParseCIDR for details.
  */
 interface IPMask extends String{}
 /**
  * An IPNet represents an IP network.
  */
 interface IPNet {
  ip: IP // network number
  mask: IPMask // network mask
 }
 interface IP {
  /**
   * IsUnspecified reports whether ip is an unspecified address, either
   * the IPv4 address "0.0.0.0" or the IPv6 address "::".
   */
  isUnspecified(): boolean
 }
 interface IP {
  /**
   * IsLoopback reports whether ip is a loopback address.
   */
  isLoopback(): boolean
 }
 interface IP {
  /**
   * IsPrivate reports whether ip is a private address, according to
   * RFC 1918 (IPv4 addresses) and RFC 4193 (IPv6 addresses).
   */
  isPrivate(): boolean
 }
 interface IP {
  /**
   * IsMulticast reports whether ip is a multicast address.
   */
  isMulticast(): boolean
 }
 interface IP {
  /**
   * IsInterfaceLocalMulticast reports whether ip is
   * an interface-local multicast address.
   */
  isInterfaceLocalMulticast(): boolean
 }
 interface IP {
  /**
   * IsLinkLocalMulticast reports whether ip is a link-local
   * multicast address.
   */
  isLinkLocalMulticast(): boolean
 }
 interface IP {
  /**
   * IsLinkLocalUnicast reports whether ip is a link-local
   * unicast address.
   */
  isLinkLocalUnicast(): boolean
 }
 interface IP {
  /**
   * IsGlobalUnicast reports whether ip is a global unicast
   * address.
   * 
   * The identification of global unicast addresses uses address type
   * identification as defined in RFC 1122, RFC 4632 and RFC 4291 with
   * the exception of IPv4 directed broadcast addresses.
   * It returns true even if ip is in IPv4 private address space or
   * local IPv6 unicast address space.
   */
  isGlobalUnicast(): boolean
 }
 interface IP {
  /**
   * To4 converts the IPv4 address ip to a 4-byte representation.
   * If ip is not an IPv4 address, To4 returns nil.
   */
  to4(): IP
 }
 interface IP {
  /**
   * To16 converts the IP address ip to a 16-byte representation.
   * If ip is not an IP address (it is the wrong length), To16 returns nil.
   */
  to16(): IP
 }
 interface IP {
  /**
   * DefaultMask returns the default IP mask for the IP address ip.
   * Only IPv4 addresses have default masks; DefaultMask returns
   * nil if ip is not a valid IPv4 address.
   */
  defaultMask(): IPMask
 }
 interface IP {
  /**
   * Mask returns the result of masking the IP address ip with mask.
   */
  mask(mask: IPMask): IP
 }
 interface IP {
  /**
   * String returns the string form of the IP address ip.
   * It returns one of 4 forms:
   * ```
   *   - "<nil>", if ip has length 0
   *   - dotted decimal ("192.0.2.1"), if ip is an IPv4 or IP4-mapped IPv6 address
   *   - IPv6 conforming to RFC 5952 ("2001:db8::1"), if ip is a valid IPv6 address
   *   - the hexadecimal form of ip, without punctuation, if no other cases apply
   * ```
   */
  string(): string
 }
 interface IP {
  /**
   * MarshalText implements the encoding.TextMarshaler interface.
   * The encoding is the same as returned by String, with one exception:
   * When len(ip) is zero, it returns an empty slice.
   */
  marshalText(): string
 }
 interface IP {
  /**
   * UnmarshalText implements the encoding.TextUnmarshaler interface.
   * The IP address is expected in a form accepted by ParseIP.
   */
  unmarshalText(text: string): void
 }
 interface IP {
  /**
   * Equal reports whether ip and x are the same IP address.
   * An IPv4 address and that same address in IPv6 form are
   * considered to be equal.
   */
  equal(x: IP): boolean
 }
 interface IPMask {
  /**
   * Size returns the number of leading ones and total bits in the mask.
   * If the mask is not in the canonical form--ones followed by zeros--then
   * Size returns 0, 0.
   */
  size(): number
 }
 interface IPMask {
  /**
   * String returns the hexadecimal form of m, with no punctuation.
   */
  string(): string
 }
 interface IPNet {
  /**
   * Contains reports whether the network includes ip.
   */
  contains(ip: IP): boolean
 }
 interface IPNet {
  /**
   * Network returns the address's network name, "ip+net".
   */
  network(): string
 }
 interface IPNet {
  /**
   * String returns the CIDR notation of n like "192.0.2.0/24"
   * or "2001:db8::/48" as defined in RFC 4632 and RFC 4291.
   * If the mask is not in the canonical form, it returns the
   * string which consists of an IP address, followed by a slash
   * character and a mask expressed as hexadecimal form with no
   * punctuation like "198.51.100.0/c000ff00".
   */
  string(): string
 }
 /**
  * Conn is a generic stream-oriented network connection.
  * 
  * Multiple goroutines may invoke methods on a Conn simultaneously.
  */
 interface Conn {
  /**
   * Read reads data from the connection.
   * Read can be made to time out and return an error after a fixed
   * time limit; see SetDeadline and SetReadDeadline.
   */
  read(b: string): number
  /**
   * Write writes data to the connection.
   * Write can be made to time out and return an error after a fixed
   * time limit; see SetDeadline and SetWriteDeadline.
   */
  write(b: string): number
  /**
   * Close closes the connection.
   * Any blocked Read or Write operations will be unblocked and return errors.
   */
  close(): void
  /**
   * LocalAddr returns the local network address, if known.
   */
  localAddr(): Addr
  /**
   * RemoteAddr returns the remote network address, if known.
   */
  remoteAddr(): Addr
  /**
   * SetDeadline sets the read and write deadlines associated
   * with the connection. It is equivalent to calling both
   * SetReadDeadline and SetWriteDeadline.
   * 
   * A deadline is an absolute time after which I/O operations
   * fail instead of blocking. The deadline applies to all future
   * and pending I/O, not just the immediately following call to
   * Read or Write. After a deadline has been exceeded, the
   * connection can be refreshed by setting a deadline in the future.
   * 
   * If the deadline is exceeded a call to Read or Write or to other
   * I/O methods will return an error that wraps os.ErrDeadlineExceeded.
   * This can be tested using errors.Is(err, os.ErrDeadlineExceeded).
   * The error's Timeout method will return true, but note that there
   * are other possible errors for which the Timeout method will
   * return true even if the deadline has not been exceeded.
   * 
   * An idle timeout can be implemented by repeatedly extending
   * the deadline after successful Read or Write calls.
   * 
   * A zero value for t means I/O operations will not time out.
   */
  setDeadline(t: time.Time): void
  /**
   * SetReadDeadline sets the deadline for future Read calls
   * and any currently-blocked Read call.
   * A zero value for t means Read will not time out.
   */
  setReadDeadline(t: time.Time): void
  /**
   * SetWriteDeadline sets the deadline for future Write calls
   * and any currently-blocked Write call.
   * Even if write times out, it may return n > 0, indicating that
   * some of the data was successfully written.
   * A zero value for t means Write will not time out.
   */
  setWriteDeadline(t: time.Time): void
 }
}

/**
 * Copyright 2021 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
 * Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
 * license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
 */
/**
 * Package x509 parses X.509-encoded keys and certificates.
 */
namespace x509 {
 // @ts-ignore
 import cryptobyte_asn1 = asn1
 interface Certificate {
  /**
   * Verify attempts to verify c by building one or more chains from c to a
   * certificate in opts.Roots, using certificates in opts.Intermediates if
   * needed. If successful, it returns one or more chains where the first
   * element of the chain is c and the last element is from opts.Roots.
   * 
   * If opts.Roots is nil, the platform verifier might be used, and
   * verification details might differ from what is described below. If system
   * roots are unavailable the returned error will be of type SystemRootsError.
   * 
   * Name constraints in the intermediates will be applied to all names claimed
   * in the chain, not just opts.DNSName. Thus it is invalid for a leaf to claim
   * example.com if an intermediate doesn't permit it, even if example.com is not
   * the name being validated. Note that DirectoryName constraints are not
   * supported.
   * 
   * Name constraint validation follows the rules from RFC 5280, with the
   * addition that DNS name constraints may use the leading period format
   * defined for emails and URIs. When a constraint has a leading period
   * it indicates that at least one additional label must be prepended to
   * the constrained name to be considered valid.
   * 
   * Extended Key Usage values are enforced nested down a chain, so an intermediate
   * or root that enumerates EKUs prevents a leaf from asserting an EKU not in that
   * list. (While this is not specified, it is common practice in order to limit
   * the types of certificates a CA can issue.)
   * 
   * Certificates that use SHA1WithRSA and ECDSAWithSHA1 signatures are not supported,
   * and will not be used to build chains.
   * 
   * WARNING: this function doesn't do any revocation checking.
   */
  verify(opts: VerifyOptions): Array<Array<(Certificate | undefined)>>
 }
 interface Certificate {
  /**
   * VerifyHostname returns nil if c is a valid certificate for the named host.
   * Otherwise it returns an error describing the mismatch.
   * 
   * IP addresses can be optionally enclosed in square brackets and are checked
   * against the IPAddresses field. Other names are checked case insensitively
   * against the DNSNames field. If the names are valid hostnames, the certificate
   * fields can have a wildcard as the left-most label.
   * 
   * Note that the legacy Common Name field is ignored.
   */
  verifyHostname(h: string): void
 }
 /**
  * A Certificate represents an X.509 certificate.
  */
 interface Certificate {
  raw: string // Complete ASN.1 DER content (certificate, signature algorithm and signature).
  rawTBSCertificate: string // Certificate part of raw ASN.1 DER content.
  rawSubjectPublicKeyInfo: string // DER encoded SubjectPublicKeyInfo.
  rawSubject: string // DER encoded Subject
  rawIssuer: string // DER encoded Issuer
  signature: string
  signatureAlgorithm: SignatureAlgorithm
  publicKeyAlgorithm: PublicKeyAlgorithm
  publicKey: any
  version: number
  serialNumber?: big.Int
  issuer: pkix.Name
  subject: pkix.Name
  notBefore: time.Time // Validity bounds.
  keyUsage: KeyUsage
  /**
   * Extensions contains raw X.509 extensions. When parsing certificates,
   * this can be used to extract non-critical extensions that are not
   * parsed by this package. When marshaling certificates, the Extensions
   * field is ignored, see ExtraExtensions.
   */
  extensions: Array<pkix.Extension>
  /**
   * ExtraExtensions contains extensions to be copied, raw, into any
   * marshaled certificates. Values override any extensions that would
   * otherwise be produced based on the other fields. The ExtraExtensions
   * field is not populated when parsing certificates, see Extensions.
   */
  extraExtensions: Array<pkix.Extension>
  /**
   * UnhandledCriticalExtensions contains a list of extension IDs that
   * were not (fully) processed when parsing. Verify will fail if this
   * slice is non-empty, unless verification is delegated to an OS
   * library which understands all the critical extensions.
   * 
   * Users can access these extensions using Extensions and can remove
   * elements from this slice if they believe that they have been
   * handled.
   */
  unhandledCriticalExtensions: Array<asn1.ObjectIdentifier>
  extKeyUsage: Array<ExtKeyUsage> // Sequence of extended key usages.
  unknownExtKeyUsage: Array<asn1.ObjectIdentifier> // Encountered extended key usages unknown to this package.
  /**
   * BasicConstraintsValid indicates whether IsCA, MaxPathLen,
   * and MaxPathLenZero are valid.
   */
  basicConstraintsValid: boolean
  isCA: boolean
  /**
   * MaxPathLen and MaxPathLenZero indicate the presence and
   * value of the BasicConstraints' "pathLenConstraint".
   * 
   * When parsing a certificate, a positive non-zero MaxPathLen
   * means that the field was specified, -1 means it was unset,
   * and MaxPathLenZero being true mean that the field was
   * explicitly set to zero. The case of MaxPathLen==0 with MaxPathLenZero==false
   * should be treated equivalent to -1 (unset).
   * 
   * When generating a certificate, an unset pathLenConstraint
   * can be requested with either MaxPathLen == -1 or using the
   * zero value for both MaxPathLen and MaxPathLenZero.
   */
  maxPathLen: number
  /**
   * MaxPathLenZero indicates that BasicConstraintsValid==true
   * and MaxPathLen==0 should be interpreted as an actual
   * maximum path length of zero. Otherwise, that combination is
   * interpreted as MaxPathLen not being set.
   */
  maxPathLenZero: boolean
  subjectKeyId: string
  authorityKeyId: string
  /**
   * RFC 5280, 4.2.2.1 (Authority Information Access)
   */
  ocspServer: Array<string>
  issuingCertificateURL: Array<string>
  /**
   * Subject Alternate Name values. (Note that these values may not be valid
   * if invalid values were contained within a parsed certificate. For
   * example, an element of DNSNames may not be a valid DNS domain name.)
   */
  dnsNames: Array<string>
  emailAddresses: Array<string>
  ipAddresses: Array<net.IP>
  urIs: Array<(url.URL | undefined)>
  /**
   * Name constraints
   */
  permittedDNSDomainsCritical: boolean // if true then the name constraints are marked critical.
  permittedDNSDomains: Array<string>
  excludedDNSDomains: Array<string>
  permittedIPRanges: Array<(net.IPNet | undefined)>
  excludedIPRanges: Array<(net.IPNet | undefined)>
  permittedEmailAddresses: Array<string>
  excludedEmailAddresses: Array<string>
  permittedURIDomains: Array<string>
  excludedURIDomains: Array<string>
  /**
   * CRL Distribution Points
   */
  crlDistributionPoints: Array<string>
  policyIdentifiers: Array<asn1.ObjectIdentifier>
 }
 interface Certificate {
  equal(other: Certificate): boolean
 }
 interface Certificate {
  /**
   * CheckSignatureFrom verifies that the signature on c is a valid signature
   * from parent. SHA1WithRSA and ECDSAWithSHA1 signatures are not supported.
   */
  checkSignatureFrom(parent: Certificate): void
 }
 interface Certificate {
  /**
   * CheckSignature verifies that signature is a valid signature over signed from
   * c's public key.
   */
  checkSignature(algo: SignatureAlgorithm, signed: string): void
 }
 interface Certificate {
  /**
   * CheckCRLSignature checks that the signature in crl is from c.
   * 
   * Deprecated: Use RevocationList.CheckSignatureFrom instead.
   */
  checkCRLSignature(crl: pkix.CertificateList): void
 }
 interface Certificate {
  /**
   * CreateCRL returns a DER encoded CRL, signed by this Certificate, that
   * contains the given list of revoked certificates.
   * 
   * Deprecated: this method does not generate an RFC 5280 conformant X.509 v2 CRL.
   * To generate a standards compliant CRL, use CreateRevocationList instead.
   */
  createCRL(rand: io.Reader, priv: any, revokedCerts: Array<pkix.RevokedCertificate>, now: time.Time): string
 }
}

/**
 * Package multipart implements MIME multipart parsing, as defined in RFC
 * 2046.
 * 
 * The implementation is sufficient for HTTP (RFC 2388) and the multipart
 * bodies generated by popular browsers.
 */
namespace multipart {
 /**
  * A Part represents a single part in a multipart body.
  */
 interface Part {
  /**
   * The headers of the body, if any, with the keys canonicalized
   * in the same fashion that the Go http.Request headers are.
   * For example, "foo-bar" changes case to "Foo-Bar"
   */
  header: textproto.MIMEHeader
 }
 interface Part {
  /**
   * FormName returns the name parameter if p has a Content-Disposition
   * of type "form-data".  Otherwise it returns the empty string.
   */
  formName(): string
 }
 interface Part {
  /**
   * FileName returns the filename parameter of the Part's Content-Disposition
   * header. If not empty, the filename is passed through filepath.Base (which is
   * platform dependent) before being returned.
   */
  fileName(): string
 }
 interface Part {
  /**
   * Read reads the body of a part, after its headers and before the
   * next part (if any) begins.
   */
  read(d: string): number
 }
 interface Part {
  close(): void
 }
}

/**
 * Package http provides HTTP client and server implementations.
 * 
 * Get, Head, Post, and PostForm make HTTP (or HTTPS) requests:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	resp, err := http.Get("http://example.com/")
 * 	...
 * 	resp, err := http.Post("http://example.com/upload", "image/jpeg", &buf)
 * 	...
 * 	resp, err := http.PostForm("http://example.com/form",
 * 		url.Values{"key": {"Value"}, "id": {"123"}})
 * ```
 * 
 * The client must close the response body when finished with it:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	resp, err := http.Get("http://example.com/")
 * 	if err != nil {
 * 		// handle error
 * 	}
 * 	defer resp.Body.Close()
 * 	body, err := io.ReadAll(resp.Body)
 * 	// ...
 * ```
 * 
 * For control over HTTP client headers, redirect policy, and other
 * settings, create a Client:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	client := &http.Client{
 * 		CheckRedirect: redirectPolicyFunc,
 * 	}
 * 
 * 	resp, err := client.Get("http://example.com")
 * 	// ...
 * 
 * 	req, err := http.NewRequest("GET", "http://example.com", nil)
 * 	// ...
 * 	req.Header.Add("If-None-Match", `W/"wyzzy"`)
 * 	resp, err := client.Do(req)
 * 	// ...
 * ```
 * 
 * For control over proxies, TLS configuration, keep-alives,
 * compression, and other settings, create a Transport:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	tr := &http.Transport{
 * 		MaxIdleConns:       10,
 * 		IdleConnTimeout:    30 * time.Second,
 * 		DisableCompression: true,
 * 	}
 * 	client := &http.Client{Transport: tr}
 * 	resp, err := client.Get("https://example.com")
 * ```
 * 
 * Clients and Transports are safe for concurrent use by multiple
 * goroutines and for efficiency should only be created once and re-used.
 * 
 * ListenAndServe starts an HTTP server with a given address and handler.
 * The handler is usually nil, which means to use DefaultServeMux.
 * Handle and HandleFunc add handlers to DefaultServeMux:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	http.Handle("/foo", fooHandler)
 * 
 * 	http.HandleFunc("/bar", func(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
 * 		fmt.Fprintf(w, "Hello, %q", html.EscapeString(r.URL.Path))
 * 	})
 * 
 * 	log.Fatal(http.ListenAndServe(":8080", nil))
 * ```
 * 
 * More control over the server's behavior is available by creating a
 * custom Server:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	s := &http.Server{
 * 		Addr:           ":8080",
 * 		Handler:        myHandler,
 * 		ReadTimeout:    10 * time.Second,
 * 		WriteTimeout:   10 * time.Second,
 * 		MaxHeaderBytes: 1 << 20,
 * 	}
 * 	log.Fatal(s.ListenAndServe())
 * ```
 * 
 * Starting with Go 1.6, the http package has transparent support for the
 * HTTP/2 protocol when using HTTPS. Programs that must disable HTTP/2
 * can do so by setting Transport.TLSNextProto (for clients) or
 * Server.TLSNextProto (for servers) to a non-nil, empty
 * map. Alternatively, the following GODEBUG environment variables are
 * currently supported:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	GODEBUG=http2client=0  # disable HTTP/2 client support
 * 	GODEBUG=http2server=0  # disable HTTP/2 server support
 * 	GODEBUG=http2debug=1   # enable verbose HTTP/2 debug logs
 * 	GODEBUG=http2debug=2   # ... even more verbose, with frame dumps
 * ```
 * 
 * The GODEBUG variables are not covered by Go's API compatibility
 * promise. Please report any issues before disabling HTTP/2
 * support: https://golang.org/s/http2bug
 * 
 * The http package's Transport and Server both automatically enable
 * HTTP/2 support for simple configurations. To enable HTTP/2 for more
 * complex configurations, to use lower-level HTTP/2 features, or to use
 * a newer version of Go's http2 package, import "golang.org/x/net/http2"
 * directly and use its ConfigureTransport and/or ConfigureServer
 * functions. Manually configuring HTTP/2 via the golang.org/x/net/http2
 * package takes precedence over the net/http package's built-in HTTP/2
 * support.
 */
namespace http {
 /**
  * RoundTripper is an interface representing the ability to execute a
  * single HTTP transaction, obtaining the Response for a given Request.
  * 
  * A RoundTripper must be safe for concurrent use by multiple
  * goroutines.
  */
 interface RoundTripper {
  /**
   * RoundTrip executes a single HTTP transaction, returning
   * a Response for the provided Request.
   * 
   * RoundTrip should not attempt to interpret the response. In
   * particular, RoundTrip must return err == nil if it obtained
   * a response, regardless of the response's HTTP status code.
   * A non-nil err should be reserved for failure to obtain a
   * response. Similarly, RoundTrip should not attempt to
   * handle higher-level protocol details such as redirects,
   * authentication, or cookies.
   * 
   * RoundTrip should not modify the request, except for
   * consuming and closing the Request's Body. RoundTrip may
   * read fields of the request in a separate goroutine. Callers
   * should not mutate or reuse the request until the Response's
   * Body has been closed.
   * 
   * RoundTrip must always close the body, including on errors,
   * but depending on the implementation may do so in a separate
   * goroutine even after RoundTrip returns. This means that
   * callers wanting to reuse the body for subsequent requests
   * must arrange to wait for the Close call before doing so.
   * 
   * The Request's URL and Header fields must be initialized.
   */
  roundTrip(_arg0: Request): (Response | undefined)
 }
 /**
  * SameSite allows a server to define a cookie attribute making it impossible for
  * the browser to send this cookie along with cross-site requests. The main
  * goal is to mitigate the risk of cross-origin information leakage, and provide
  * some protection against cross-site request forgery attacks.
  * 
  * See https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-httpbis-cookie-same-site-00 for details.
  */
 interface SameSite extends Number{}
 // @ts-ignore
 import mathrand = rand
 /**
  * A CookieJar manages storage and use of cookies in HTTP requests.
  * 
  * Implementations of CookieJar must be safe for concurrent use by multiple
  * goroutines.
  * 
  * The net/http/cookiejar package provides a CookieJar implementation.
  */
 interface CookieJar {
  /**
   * SetCookies handles the receipt of the cookies in a reply for the
   * given URL.  It may or may not choose to save the cookies, depending
   * on the jar's policy and implementation.
   */
  setCookies(u: url.URL, cookies: Array<(Cookie | undefined)>): void
  /**
   * Cookies returns the cookies to send in a request for the given URL.
   * It is up to the implementation to honor the standard cookie use
   * restrictions such as in RFC 6265.
   */
  cookies(u: url.URL): Array<(Cookie | undefined)>
 }
 // @ts-ignore
 import urlpkg = url
 /**
  * A Server defines parameters for running an HTTP server.
  * The zero value for Server is a valid configuration.
  */
 interface Server {
  /**
   * Addr optionally specifies the TCP address for the server to listen on,
   * in the form "host:port". If empty, ":http" (port 80) is used.
   * The service names are defined in RFC 6335 and assigned by IANA.
   * See net.Dial for details of the address format.
   */
  addr: string
  handler: Handler // handler to invoke, http.DefaultServeMux if nil
  /**
   * TLSConfig optionally provides a TLS configuration for use
   * by ServeTLS and ListenAndServeTLS. Note that this value is
   * cloned by ServeTLS and ListenAndServeTLS, so it's not
   * possible to modify the configuration with methods like
   * tls.Config.SetSessionTicketKeys. To use
   * SetSessionTicketKeys, use Server.Serve with a TLS Listener
   * instead.
   */
  tlsConfig?: tls.Config
  /**
   * ReadTimeout is the maximum duration for reading the entire
   * request, including the body. A zero or negative value means
   * there will be no timeout.
   * 
   * Because ReadTimeout does not let Handlers make per-request
   * decisions on each request body's acceptable deadline or
   * upload rate, most users will prefer to use
   * ReadHeaderTimeout. It is valid to use them both.
   */
  readTimeout: time.Duration
  /**
   * ReadHeaderTimeout is the amount of time allowed to read
   * request headers. The connection's read deadline is reset
   * after reading the headers and the Handler can decide what
   * is considered too slow for the body. If ReadHeaderTimeout
   * is zero, the value of ReadTimeout is used. If both are
   * zero, there is no timeout.
   */
  readHeaderTimeout: time.Duration
  /**
   * WriteTimeout is the maximum duration before timing out
   * writes of the response. It is reset whenever a new
   * request's header is read. Like ReadTimeout, it does not
   * let Handlers make decisions on a per-request basis.
   * A zero or negative value means there will be no timeout.
   */
  writeTimeout: time.Duration
  /**
   * IdleTimeout is the maximum amount of time to wait for the
   * next request when keep-alives are enabled. If IdleTimeout
   * is zero, the value of ReadTimeout is used. If both are
   * zero, there is no timeout.
   */
  idleTimeout: time.Duration
  /**
   * MaxHeaderBytes controls the maximum number of bytes the
   * server will read parsing the request header's keys and
   * values, including the request line. It does not limit the
   * size of the request body.
   * If zero, DefaultMaxHeaderBytes is used.
   */
  maxHeaderBytes: number
  /**
   * TLSNextProto optionally specifies a function to take over
   * ownership of the provided TLS connection when an ALPN
   * protocol upgrade has occurred. The map key is the protocol
   * name negotiated. The Handler argument should be used to
   * handle HTTP requests and will initialize the Request's TLS
   * and RemoteAddr if not already set. The connection is
   * automatically closed when the function returns.
   * If TLSNextProto is not nil, HTTP/2 support is not enabled
   * automatically.
   */
  tlsNextProto: _TygojaDict
  /**
   * ConnState specifies an optional callback function that is
   * called when a client connection changes state. See the
   * ConnState type and associated constants for details.
   */
  connState: (_arg0: net.Conn, _arg1: ConnState) => void
  /**
   * ErrorLog specifies an optional logger for errors accepting
   * connections, unexpected behavior from handlers, and
   * underlying FileSystem errors.
   * If nil, logging is done via the log package's standard logger.
   */
  errorLog?: log.Logger
  /**
   * BaseContext optionally specifies a function that returns
   * the base context for incoming requests on this server.
   * The provided Listener is the specific Listener that's
   * about to start accepting requests.
   * If BaseContext is nil, the default is context.Background().
   * If non-nil, it must return a non-nil context.
   */
  baseContext: (_arg0: net.Listener) => context.Context
  /**
   * ConnContext optionally specifies a function that modifies
   * the context used for a new connection c. The provided ctx
   * is derived from the base context and has a ServerContextKey
   * value.
   */
  connContext: (ctx: context.Context, c: net.Conn) => context.Context
 }
 interface Server {
  /**
   * Close immediately closes all active net.Listeners and any
   * connections in state StateNew, StateActive, or StateIdle. For a
   * graceful shutdown, use Shutdown.
   * 
   * Close does not attempt to close (and does not even know about)
   * any hijacked connections, such as WebSockets.
   * 
   * Close returns any error returned from closing the Server's
   * underlying Listener(s).
   */
  close(): void
 }
 interface Server {
  /**
   * Shutdown gracefully shuts down the server without interrupting any
   * active connections. Shutdown works by first closing all open
   * listeners, then closing all idle connections, and then waiting
   * indefinitely for connections to return to idle and then shut down.
   * If the provided context expires before the shutdown is complete,
   * Shutdown returns the context's error, otherwise it returns any
   * error returned from closing the Server's underlying Listener(s).
   * 
   * When Shutdown is called, Serve, ListenAndServe, and
   * ListenAndServeTLS immediately return ErrServerClosed. Make sure the
   * program doesn't exit and waits instead for Shutdown to return.
   * 
   * Shutdown does not attempt to close nor wait for hijacked
   * connections such as WebSockets. The caller of Shutdown should
   * separately notify such long-lived connections of shutdown and wait
   * for them to close, if desired. See RegisterOnShutdown for a way to
   * register shutdown notification functions.
   * 
   * Once Shutdown has been called on a server, it may not be reused;
   * future calls to methods such as Serve will return ErrServerClosed.
   */
  shutdown(ctx: context.Context): void
 }
 interface Server {
  /**
   * RegisterOnShutdown registers a function to call on Shutdown.
   * This can be used to gracefully shutdown connections that have
   * undergone ALPN protocol upgrade or that have been hijacked.
   * This function should start protocol-specific graceful shutdown,
   * but should not wait for shutdown to complete.
   */
  registerOnShutdown(f: () => void): void
 }
 interface Server {
  /**
   * ListenAndServe listens on the TCP network address srv.Addr and then
   * calls Serve to handle requests on incoming connections.
   * Accepted connections are configured to enable TCP keep-alives.
   * 
   * If srv.Addr is blank, ":http" is used.
   * 
   * ListenAndServe always returns a non-nil error. After Shutdown or Close,
   * the returned error is ErrServerClosed.
   */
  listenAndServe(): void
 }
 interface Server {
  /**
   * Serve accepts incoming connections on the Listener l, creating a
   * new service goroutine for each. The service goroutines read requests and
   * then call srv.Handler to reply to them.
   * 
   * HTTP/2 support is only enabled if the Listener returns *tls.Conn
   * connections and they were configured with "h2" in the TLS
   * Config.NextProtos.
   * 
   * Serve always returns a non-nil error and closes l.
   * After Shutdown or Close, the returned error is ErrServerClosed.
   */
  serve(l: net.Listener): void
 }
 interface Server {
  /**
   * ServeTLS accepts incoming connections on the Listener l, creating a
   * new service goroutine for each. The service goroutines perform TLS
   * setup and then read requests, calling srv.Handler to reply to them.
   * 
   * Files containing a certificate and matching private key for the
   * server must be provided if neither the Server's
   * TLSConfig.Certificates nor TLSConfig.GetCertificate are populated.
   * If the certificate is signed by a certificate authority, the
   * certFile should be the concatenation of the server's certificate,
   * any intermediates, and the CA's certificate.
   * 
   * ServeTLS always returns a non-nil error. After Shutdown or Close, the
   * returned error is ErrServerClosed.
   */
  serveTLS(l: net.Listener, certFile: string): void
 }
 interface Server {
  /**
   * SetKeepAlivesEnabled controls whether HTTP keep-alives are enabled.
   * By default, keep-alives are always enabled. Only very
   * resource-constrained environments or servers in the process of
   * shutting down should disable them.
   */
  setKeepAlivesEnabled(v: boolean): void
 }
 interface Server {
  /**
   * ListenAndServeTLS listens on the TCP network address srv.Addr and
   * then calls ServeTLS to handle requests on incoming TLS connections.
   * Accepted connections are configured to enable TCP keep-alives.
   * 
   * Filenames containing a certificate and matching private key for the
   * server must be provided if neither the Server's TLSConfig.Certificates
   * nor TLSConfig.GetCertificate are populated. If the certificate is
   * signed by a certificate authority, the certFile should be the
   * concatenation of the server's certificate, any intermediates, and
   * the CA's certificate.
   * 
   * If srv.Addr is blank, ":https" is used.
   * 
   * ListenAndServeTLS always returns a non-nil error. After Shutdown or
   * Close, the returned error is ErrServerClosed.
   */
  listenAndServeTLS(certFile: string): void
 }
}

/**
 * Package echo implements high performance, minimalist Go web framework.
 * 
 * Example:
 * 
 * ```
 *   package main
 * 
 * 	import (
 * 		"github.com/labstack/echo/v5"
 * 		"github.com/labstack/echo/v5/middleware"
 * 		"log"
 * 		"net/http"
 * 	)
 * 
 *   // Handler
 *   func hello(c echo.Context) error {
 *     return c.String(http.StatusOK, "Hello, World!")
 *   }
 * 
 *   func main() {
 *     // Echo instance
 *     e := echo.New()
 * 
 *     // Middleware
 *     e.Use(middleware.Logger())
 *     e.Use(middleware.Recover())
 * 
 *     // Routes
 *     e.GET("/", hello)
 * 
 *     // Start server
 *     if err := e.Start(":8080"); err != http.ErrServerClosed {
 * 		  log.Fatal(err)
 * 	  }
 *   }
 * ```
 * 
 * Learn more at https://echo.labstack.com
 */
namespace echo {
 // @ts-ignore
 import stdContext = context
 /**
  * Route contains information to adding/registering new route with the router.
  * Method+Path pair uniquely identifies the Route. It is mandatory to provide Method+Path+Handler fields.
  */
 interface Route {
  method: string
  path: string
  handler: HandlerFunc
  middlewares: Array<MiddlewareFunc>
  name: string
 }
 interface Route {
  /**
   * ToRouteInfo converts Route to RouteInfo
   */
  toRouteInfo(params: Array<string>): RouteInfo
 }
 interface Route {
  /**
   * ToRoute returns Route which Router uses to register the method handler for path.
   */
  toRoute(): Route
 }
 interface Route {
  /**
   * ForGroup recreates Route with added group prefix and group middlewares it is grouped to.
   */
  forGroup(pathPrefix: string, middlewares: Array<MiddlewareFunc>): Routable
 }
 /**
  * RoutableContext is additional interface that structures implementing Context must implement. Methods inside this
  * interface are meant for request routing purposes and should not be used in middlewares.
  */
 interface RoutableContext {
  /**
   * Request returns `*http.Request`.
   */
  request(): (http.Request | undefined)
  /**
   * RawPathParams returns raw path pathParams value. Allocation of PathParams is handled by Context.
   */
  rawPathParams(): (PathParams | undefined)
  /**
   * SetRawPathParams replaces any existing param values with new values for this context lifetime (request).
   * Do not set any other value than what you got from RawPathParams as allocation of PathParams is handled by Context.
   */
  setRawPathParams(params: PathParams): void
  /**
   * SetPath sets the registered path for the handler.
   */
  setPath(p: string): void
  /**
   * SetRouteInfo sets the route info of this request to the context.
   */
  setRouteInfo(ri: RouteInfo): void
  /**
   * Set saves data in the context. Allows router to store arbitrary (that only router has access to) data in context
   * for later use in middlewares/handler.
   */
  set(key: string, val: {
  }): void
 }
 /**
  * PathParam is tuple pf path parameter name and its value in request path
  */
 interface PathParam {
  name: string
  value: string
 }
}

namespace store {
}

namespace mailer {
 /**
  * Message defines a generic email message struct.
  */
 interface Message {
  from: mail.Address
  to: Array<mail.Address>
  bcc: Array<mail.Address>
  cc: Array<mail.Address>
  subject: string
  html: string
  text: string
  headers: _TygojaDict
  attachments: _TygojaDict
 }
}

namespace search {
 /**
  * Result defines the returned search result structure.
  */
 interface Result {
  page: number
  perPage: number
  totalItems: number
  totalPages: number
  items: any
 }
}

namespace settings {
 // @ts-ignore
 import validation = ozzo_validation
 interface EmailTemplate {
  body: string
  subject: string
  actionUrl: string
 }
 interface EmailTemplate {
  /**
   * Validate makes EmailTemplate validatable by implementing [validation.Validatable] interface.
   */
  validate(): void
 }
 interface EmailTemplate {
  /**
   * Resolve replaces the placeholder parameters in the current email
   * template and returns its components as ready-to-use strings.
   */
  resolve(appName: string, appUrl: string): string
 }
}

namespace hook {
 /**
  * Handler defines a hook handler function.
  */
 interface Handler<T> {(e: T): void }
 /**
  * wrapped local Hook embedded struct to limit the public API surface.
  */
 type _subAUkZj<T> = Hook<T>
 interface mainHook<T> extends _subAUkZj<T> {
 }
}

namespace subscriptions {
 /**
  * Message defines a client's channel data.
  */
 interface Message {
  name: string
  data: string
 }
 /**
  * Client is an interface for a generic subscription client.
  */
 interface Client {
  /**
   * Id Returns the unique id of the client.
   */
  id(): string
  /**
   * Channel returns the client's communication channel.
   */
  channel(): undefined
  /**
   * Subscriptions returns all subscriptions to which the client has subscribed to.
   */
  subscriptions(): _TygojaDict
  /**
   * Subscribe subscribes the client to the provided subscriptions list.
   */
  subscribe(...subs: string[]): void
  /**
   * Unsubscribe unsubscribes the client from the provided subscriptions list.
   */
  unsubscribe(...subs: string[]): void
  /**
   * HasSubscription checks if the client is subscribed to `sub`.
   */
  hasSubscription(sub: string): boolean
  /**
   * Set stores any value to the client's context.
   */
  set(key: string, value: any): void
  /**
   * Unset removes a single value from the client's context.
   */
  unset(key: string): void
  /**
   * Get retrieves the key value from the client's context.
   */
  get(key: string): any
  /**
   * Discard marks the client as "discarded", meaning that it
   * shouldn't be used anymore for sending new messages.
   * 
   * It is safe to call Discard() multiple times.
   */
  discard(): void
  /**
   * IsDiscarded indicates whether the client has been "discarded"
   * and should no longer be used.
   */
  isDiscarded(): boolean
 }
}

/**
 * Package autocert provides automatic access to certificates from Let's Encrypt
 * and any other ACME-based CA.
 * 
 * This package is a work in progress and makes no API stability promises.
 */
namespace autocert {
 // @ts-ignore
 import mathrand = rand
 /**
  * Manager is a stateful certificate manager built on top of acme.Client.
  * It obtains and refreshes certificates automatically using "tls-alpn-01"
  * or "http-01" challenge types, as well as providing them to a TLS server
  * via tls.Config.
  * 
  * You must specify a cache implementation, such as DirCache,
  * to reuse obtained certificates across program restarts.
  * Otherwise your server is very likely to exceed the certificate
  * issuer's request rate limits.
  */
 interface Manager {
  /**
   * Prompt specifies a callback function to conditionally accept a CA's Terms of Service (TOS).
   * The registration may require the caller to agree to the CA's TOS.
   * If so, Manager calls Prompt with a TOS URL provided by the CA. Prompt should report
   * whether the caller agrees to the terms.
   * 
   * To always accept the terms, the callers can use AcceptTOS.
   */
  prompt: (tosURL: string) => boolean
  /**
   * Cache optionally stores and retrieves previously-obtained certificates
   * and other state. If nil, certs will only be cached for the lifetime of
   * the Manager. Multiple Managers can share the same Cache.
   * 
   * Using a persistent Cache, such as DirCache, is strongly recommended.
   */
  cache: Cache
  /**
   * HostPolicy controls which domains the Manager will attempt
   * to retrieve new certificates for. It does not affect cached certs.
   * 
   * If non-nil, HostPolicy is called before requesting a new cert.
   * If nil, all hosts are currently allowed. This is not recommended,
   * as it opens a potential attack where clients connect to a server
   * by IP address and pretend to be asking for an incorrect host name.
   * Manager will attempt to obtain a certificate for that host, incorrectly,
   * eventually reaching the CA's rate limit for certificate requests
   * and making it impossible to obtain actual certificates.
   * 
   * See GetCertificate for more details.
   */
  hostPolicy: HostPolicy
  /**
   * RenewBefore optionally specifies how early certificates should
   * be renewed before they expire.
   * 
   * If zero, they're renewed 30 days before expiration.
   */
  renewBefore: time.Duration
  /**
   * Client is used to perform low-level operations, such as account registration
   * and requesting new certificates.
   * 
   * If Client is nil, a zero-value acme.Client is used with DefaultACMEDirectory
   * as the directory endpoint.
   * If the Client.Key is nil, a new ECDSA P-256 key is generated and,
   * if Cache is not nil, stored in cache.
   * 
   * Mutating the field after the first call of GetCertificate method will have no effect.
   */
  client?: acme.Client
  /**
   * Email optionally specifies a contact email address.
   * This is used by CAs, such as Let's Encrypt, to notify about problems
   * with issued certificates.
   * 
   * If the Client's account key is already registered, Email is not used.
   */
  email: string
  /**
   * ForceRSA used to make the Manager generate RSA certificates. It is now ignored.
   * 
   * Deprecated: the Manager will request the correct type of certificate based
   * on what each client supports.
   */
  forceRSA: boolean
  /**
   * ExtraExtensions are used when generating a new CSR (Certificate Request),
   * thus allowing customization of the resulting certificate.
   * For instance, TLS Feature Extension (RFC 7633) can be used
   * to prevent an OCSP downgrade attack.
   * 
   * The field value is passed to crypto/x509.CreateCertificateRequest
   * in the template's ExtraExtensions field as is.
   */
  extraExtensions: Array<pkix.Extension>
  /**
   * ExternalAccountBinding optionally represents an arbitrary binding to an
   * account of the CA to which the ACME server is tied.
   * See RFC 8555, Section 7.3.4 for more details.
   */
  externalAccountBinding?: acme.ExternalAccountBinding
 }
 interface Manager {
  /**
   * TLSConfig creates a new TLS config suitable for net/http.Server servers,
   * supporting HTTP/2 and the tls-alpn-01 ACME challenge type.
   */
  tlsConfig(): (tls.Config | undefined)
 }
 interface Manager {
  /**
   * GetCertificate implements the tls.Config.GetCertificate hook.
   * It provides a TLS certificate for hello.ServerName host, including answering
   * tls-alpn-01 challenges.
   * All other fields of hello are ignored.
   * 
   * If m.HostPolicy is non-nil, GetCertificate calls the policy before requesting
   * a new cert. A non-nil error returned from m.HostPolicy halts TLS negotiation.
   * The error is propagated back to the caller of GetCertificate and is user-visible.
   * This does not affect cached certs. See HostPolicy field description for more details.
   * 
   * If GetCertificate is used directly, instead of via Manager.TLSConfig, package users will
   * also have to add acme.ALPNProto to NextProtos for tls-alpn-01, or use HTTPHandler for http-01.
   */
  getCertificate(hello: tls.ClientHelloInfo): (tls.Certificate | undefined)
 }
 interface Manager {
  /**
   * HTTPHandler configures the Manager to provision ACME "http-01" challenge responses.
   * It returns an http.Handler that responds to the challenges and must be
   * running on port 80. If it receives a request that is not an ACME challenge,
   * it delegates the request to the optional fallback handler.
   * 
   * If fallback is nil, the returned handler redirects all GET and HEAD requests
   * to the default TLS port 443 with 302 Found status code, preserving the original
   * request path and query. It responds with 400 Bad Request to all other HTTP methods.
   * The fallback is not protected by the optional HostPolicy.
   * 
   * Because the fallback handler is run with unencrypted port 80 requests,
   * the fallback should not serve TLS-only requests.
   * 
   * If HTTPHandler is never called, the Manager will only use the "tls-alpn-01"
   * challenge for domain verification.
   */
  httpHandler(fallback: http.Handler): http.Handler
 }
 interface Manager {
  /**
   * Listener listens on the standard TLS port (443) on all interfaces
   * and returns a net.Listener returning *tls.Conn connections.
   * 
   * The returned listener uses a *tls.Config that enables HTTP/2, and
   * should only be used with servers that support HTTP/2.
   * 
   * The returned Listener also enables TCP keep-alives on the accepted
   * connections. The returned *tls.Conn are returned before their TLS
   * handshake has completed.
   * 
   * Unlike NewListener, it is the caller's responsibility to initialize
   * the Manager m's Prompt, Cache, HostPolicy, and other desired options.
   */
  listener(): net.Listener
 }
}

/**
 * Package core is the backbone of PocketBase.
 * 
 * It defines the main PocketBase App interface and its base implementation.
 */
namespace core {
 interface BaseModelEvent {
  model: models.Model
 }
 interface BaseModelEvent {
  tags(): Array<string>
 }
 interface BaseCollectionEvent {
  collection?: models.Collection
 }
 interface BaseCollectionEvent {
  tags(): Array<string>
 }
}

/**
 * Package flag implements command-line flag parsing.
 * 
 * # Usage
 * 
 * Define flags using flag.String(), Bool(), Int(), etc.
 * 
 * This declares an integer flag, -n, stored in the pointer nFlag, with type *int:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	import "flag"
 * 	var nFlag = flag.Int("n", 1234, "help message for flag n")
 * ```
 * 
 * If you like, you can bind the flag to a variable using the Var() functions.
 * 
 * ```
 * 	var flagvar int
 * 	func init() {
 * 		flag.IntVar(&flagvar, "flagname", 1234, "help message for flagname")
 * 	}
 * ```
 * 
 * Or you can create custom flags that satisfy the Value interface (with
 * pointer receivers) and couple them to flag parsing by
 * 
 * ```
 * 	flag.Var(&flagVal, "name", "help message for flagname")
 * ```
 * 
 * For such flags, the default value is just the initial value of the variable.
 * 
 * After all flags are defined, call
 * 
 * ```
 * 	flag.Parse()
 * ```
 * 
 * to parse the command line into the defined flags.
 * 
 * Flags may then be used directly. If you're using the flags themselves,
 * they are all pointers; if you bind to variables, they're values.
 * 
 * ```
 * 	fmt.Println("ip has value ", *ip)
 * 	fmt.Println("flagvar has value ", flagvar)
 * ```
 * 
 * After parsing, the arguments following the flags are available as the
 * slice flag.Args() or individually as flag.Arg(i).
 * The arguments are indexed from 0 through flag.NArg()-1.
 * 
 * # Command line flag syntax
 * 
 * The following forms are permitted:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	-flag
 * 	--flag   // double dashes are also permitted
 * 	-flag=x
 * 	-flag x  // non-boolean flags only
 * ```
 * 
 * One or two dashes may be used; they are equivalent.
 * The last form is not permitted for boolean flags because the
 * meaning of the command
 * 
 * ```
 * 	cmd -x *
 * ```
 * 
 * where * is a Unix shell wildcard, will change if there is a file
 * called 0, false, etc. You must use the -flag=false form to turn
 * off a boolean flag.
 * 
 * Flag parsing stops just before the first non-flag argument
 * ("-" is a non-flag argument) or after the terminator "--".
 * 
 * Integer flags accept 1234, 0664, 0x1234 and may be negative.
 * Boolean flags may be:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	1, 0, t, f, T, F, true, false, TRUE, FALSE, True, False
 * ```
 * 
 * Duration flags accept any input valid for time.ParseDuration.
 * 
 * The default set of command-line flags is controlled by
 * top-level functions.  The FlagSet type allows one to define
 * independent sets of flags, such as to implement subcommands
 * in a command-line interface. The methods of FlagSet are
 * analogous to the top-level functions for the command-line
 * flag set.
 */
namespace flag {
 /**
  * A FlagSet represents a set of defined flags. The zero value of a FlagSet
  * has no name and has ContinueOnError error handling.
  * 
  * Flag names must be unique within a FlagSet. An attempt to define a flag whose
  * name is already in use will cause a panic.
  */
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Usage is the function called when an error occurs while parsing flags.
   * The field is a function (not a method) that may be changed to point to
   * a custom error handler. What happens after Usage is called depends
   * on the ErrorHandling setting; for the command line, this defaults
   * to ExitOnError, which exits the program after calling Usage.
   */
  usage: () => void
 }
 /**
  * A Flag represents the state of a flag.
  */
 interface Flag {
  name: string // name as it appears on command line
  usage: string // help message
  value: Value // value as set
  defValue: string // default value (as text); for usage message
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Output returns the destination for usage and error messages. os.Stderr is returned if
   * output was not set or was set to nil.
   */
  output(): io.Writer
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Name returns the name of the flag set.
   */
  name(): string
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * ErrorHandling returns the error handling behavior of the flag set.
   */
  errorHandling(): ErrorHandling
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * SetOutput sets the destination for usage and error messages.
   * If output is nil, os.Stderr is used.
   */
  setOutput(output: io.Writer): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * VisitAll visits the flags in lexicographical order, calling fn for each.
   * It visits all flags, even those not set.
   */
  visitAll(fn: (_arg0: Flag) => void): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Visit visits the flags in lexicographical order, calling fn for each.
   * It visits only those flags that have been set.
   */
  visit(fn: (_arg0: Flag) => void): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Lookup returns the Flag structure of the named flag, returning nil if none exists.
   */
  lookup(name: string): (Flag | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Set sets the value of the named flag.
   */
  set(name: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * PrintDefaults prints, to standard error unless configured otherwise, the
   * default values of all defined command-line flags in the set. See the
   * documentation for the global function PrintDefaults for more information.
   */
  printDefaults(): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * NFlag returns the number of flags that have been set.
   */
  nFlag(): number
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Arg returns the i'th argument. Arg(0) is the first remaining argument
   * after flags have been processed. Arg returns an empty string if the
   * requested element does not exist.
   */
  arg(i: number): string
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * NArg is the number of arguments remaining after flags have been processed.
   */
  nArg(): number
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Args returns the non-flag arguments.
   */
  args(): Array<string>
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * BoolVar defines a bool flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The argument p points to a bool variable in which to store the value of the flag.
   */
  boolVar(p: boolean, name: string, value: boolean, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Bool defines a bool flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The return value is the address of a bool variable that stores the value of the flag.
   */
  bool(name: string, value: boolean, usage: string): (boolean | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * IntVar defines an int flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The argument p points to an int variable in which to store the value of the flag.
   */
  intVar(p: number, name: string, value: number, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Int defines an int flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The return value is the address of an int variable that stores the value of the flag.
   */
  int(name: string, value: number, usage: string): (number | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Int64Var defines an int64 flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The argument p points to an int64 variable in which to store the value of the flag.
   */
  int64Var(p: number, name: string, value: number, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Int64 defines an int64 flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The return value is the address of an int64 variable that stores the value of the flag.
   */
  int64(name: string, value: number, usage: string): (number | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * UintVar defines a uint flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The argument p points to a uint variable in which to store the value of the flag.
   */
  uintVar(p: number, name: string, value: number, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Uint defines a uint flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The return value is the address of a uint variable that stores the value of the flag.
   */
  uint(name: string, value: number, usage: string): (number | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Uint64Var defines a uint64 flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The argument p points to a uint64 variable in which to store the value of the flag.
   */
  uint64Var(p: number, name: string, value: number, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Uint64 defines a uint64 flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The return value is the address of a uint64 variable that stores the value of the flag.
   */
  uint64(name: string, value: number, usage: string): (number | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * StringVar defines a string flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The argument p points to a string variable in which to store the value of the flag.
   */
  stringVar(p: string, name: string, value: string, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * String defines a string flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The return value is the address of a string variable that stores the value of the flag.
   */
  string(name: string, value: string, usage: string): (string | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Float64Var defines a float64 flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The argument p points to a float64 variable in which to store the value of the flag.
   */
  float64Var(p: number, name: string, value: number, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Float64 defines a float64 flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The return value is the address of a float64 variable that stores the value of the flag.
   */
  float64(name: string, value: number, usage: string): (number | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * DurationVar defines a time.Duration flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The argument p points to a time.Duration variable in which to store the value of the flag.
   * The flag accepts a value acceptable to time.ParseDuration.
   */
  durationVar(p: time.Duration, name: string, value: time.Duration, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Duration defines a time.Duration flag with specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The return value is the address of a time.Duration variable that stores the value of the flag.
   * The flag accepts a value acceptable to time.ParseDuration.
   */
  duration(name: string, value: time.Duration, usage: string): (time.Duration | undefined)
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * TextVar defines a flag with a specified name, default value, and usage string.
   * The argument p must be a pointer to a variable that will hold the value
   * of the flag, and p must implement encoding.TextUnmarshaler.
   * If the flag is used, the flag value will be passed to p's UnmarshalText method.
   * The type of the default value must be the same as the type of p.
   */
  textVar(p: encoding.TextUnmarshaler, name: string, value: encoding.TextMarshaler, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Func defines a flag with the specified name and usage string.
   * Each time the flag is seen, fn is called with the value of the flag.
   * If fn returns a non-nil error, it will be treated as a flag value parsing error.
   */
  func(name: string, fn: (_arg0: string) => void): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Var defines a flag with the specified name and usage string. The type and
   * value of the flag are represented by the first argument, of type Value, which
   * typically holds a user-defined implementation of Value. For instance, the
   * caller could create a flag that turns a comma-separated string into a slice
   * of strings by giving the slice the methods of Value; in particular, Set would
   * decompose the comma-separated string into the slice.
   */
  var(value: Value, name: string, usage: string): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Parse parses flag definitions from the argument list, which should not
   * include the command name. Must be called after all flags in the FlagSet
   * are defined and before flags are accessed by the program.
   * The return value will be ErrHelp if -help or -h were set but not defined.
   */
  parse(arguments: Array<string>): void
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Parsed reports whether f.Parse has been called.
   */
  parsed(): boolean
 }
 interface FlagSet {
  /**
   * Init sets the name and error handling property for a flag set.
   * By default, the zero FlagSet uses an empty name and the
   * ContinueOnError error handling policy.
   */
  init(name: string, errorHandling: ErrorHandling): void
 }
}

/**
 * Package pflag is a drop-in replacement for Go's flag package, implementing
 * POSIX/GNU-style --flags.
 * 
 * pflag is compatible with the GNU extensions to the POSIX recommendations
 * for command-line options. See
 * http://www.gnu.org/software/libc/manual/html_node/Argument-Syntax.html
 * 
 * Usage:
 * 
 * pflag is a drop-in replacement of Go's native flag package. If you import
 * pflag under the name "flag" then all code should continue to function
 * with no changes.
 * 
 * ```
 * 	import flag "github.com/spf13/pflag"
 * ```
 * 
 * There is one exception to this: if you directly instantiate the Flag struct
 * there is one more field "Shorthand" that you will need to set.
 * Most code never instantiates this struct directly, and instead uses
 * functions such as String(), BoolVar(), and Var(), and is therefore
 * unaffected.
 * 
 * Define flags using flag.String(), Bool(), Int(), etc.
 * 
 * This declares an integer flag, -flagname, stored in the pointer ip, with type *int.
 * ```
 * 	var ip = flag.Int("flagname", 1234, "help message for flagname")
 * ```
 * If you like, you can bind the flag to a variable using the Var() functions.
 * ```
 * 	var flagvar int
 * 	func init() {
 * 		flag.IntVar(&flagvar, "flagname", 1234, "help message for flagname")
 * 	}
 * ```
 * Or you can create custom flags that satisfy the Value interface (with
 * pointer receivers) and couple them to flag parsing by
 * ```
 * 	flag.Var(&flagVal, "name", "help message for flagname")
 * ```
 * For such flags, the default value is just the initial value of the variable.
 * 
 * After all flags are defined, call
 * ```
 * 	flag.Parse()
 * ```
 * to parse the command line into the defined flags.
 * 
 * Flags may then be used directly. If you're using the flags themselves,
 * they are all pointers; if you bind to variables, they're values.
 * ```
 * 	fmt.Println("ip has value ", *ip)
 * 	fmt.Println("flagvar has value ", flagvar)
 * ```
 * 
 * After parsing, the arguments after the flag are available as the
 * slice flag.Args() or individually as flag.Arg(i).
 * The arguments are indexed from 0 through flag.NArg()-1.
 * 
 * The pflag package also defines some new functions that are not in flag,
 * that give one-letter shorthands for flags. You can use these by appending
 * 'P' to the name of any function that defines a flag.
 * ```
 * 	var ip = flag.IntP("flagname", "f", 1234, "help message")
 * 	var flagvar bool
 * 	func init() {
 * 		flag.BoolVarP(&flagvar, "boolname", "b", true, "help message")
 * 	}
 * 	flag.VarP(&flagval, "varname", "v", "help message")
 * ```
 * Shorthand letters can be used with single dashes on the command line.
 * Boolean shorthand flags can be combined with other shorthand flags.
 * 
 * Command line flag syntax:
 * ```
 * 	--flag    // boolean flags only
 * 	--flag=x
 * ```
 * 
 * Unlike the flag package, a single dash before an option means something
 * different than a double dash. Single dashes signify a series of shorthand
 * letters for flags. All but the last shorthand letter must be boolean flags.
 * ```
 * 	// boolean flags
 * 	-f
 * 	-abc
 * 	// non-boolean flags
 * 	-n 1234
 * 	-Ifile
 * 	// mixed
 * 	-abcs "hello"
 * 	-abcn1234
 * ```
 * 
 * Flag parsing stops after the terminator "--". Unlike the flag package,
 * flags can be interspersed with arguments anywhere on the command line
 * before this terminator.
 * 
 * Integer flags accept 1234, 0664, 0x1234 and may be negative.
 * Boolean flags (in their long form) accept 1, 0, t, f, true, false,
 * TRUE, FALSE, True, False.
 * Duration flags accept any input valid for time.ParseDuration.
 * 
 * The default set of command-line flags is controlled by
 * top-level functions.  The FlagSet type allows one to define
 * independent sets of flags, such as to implement subcommands
 * in a command-line interface. The methods of FlagSet are
 * analogous to the top-level functions for the command-line
 * flag set.
 */
namespace pflag {
 // @ts-ignore
 import goflag = flag
 /**
  * ErrorHandling defines how to handle flag parsing errors.
  */
 interface ErrorHandling extends Number{}
 /**
  * ParseErrorsWhitelist defines the parsing errors that can be ignored
  */
 interface ParseErrorsWhitelist {
  /**
   * UnknownFlags will ignore unknown flags errors and continue parsing rest of the flags
   */
  unknownFlags: boolean
 }
 /**
  * Value is the interface to the dynamic value stored in a flag.
  * (The default value is represented as a string.)
  */
 interface Value {
  string(): string
  set(_arg0: string): void
  type(): string
 }
}

/**
 * Package reflect implements run-time reflection, allowing a program to
 * manipulate objects with arbitrary types. The typical use is to take a value
 * with static type interface{} and extract its dynamic type information by
 * calling TypeOf, which returns a Type.
 * 
 * A call to ValueOf returns a Value representing the run-time data.
 * Zero takes a Type and returns a Value representing a zero value
 * for that type.
 * 
 * See "The Laws of Reflection" for an introduction to reflection in Go:
 * https://golang.org/doc/articles/laws_of_reflection.html
 */
namespace reflect {
 /**
  * A Kind represents the specific kind of type that a Type represents.
  * The zero Kind is not a valid kind.
  */
 interface Kind extends Number{}
 /**
  * ChanDir represents a channel type's direction.
  */
 interface ChanDir extends Number{}
 /**
  * Method represents a single method.
  */
 interface Method {
  /**
   * Name is the method name.
   */
  name: string
  /**
   * PkgPath is the package path that qualifies a lower case (unexported)
   * method name. It is empty for upper case (exported) method names.
   * The combination of PkgPath and Name uniquely identifies a method
   * in a method set.
   * See https://golang.org/ref/spec#Uniqueness_of_identifiers
   */
  pkgPath: string
  type: Type // method type
  func: Value // func with receiver as first argument
  index: number // index for Type.Method
 }
 interface Method {
  /**
   * IsExported reports whether the method is exported.
   */
  isExported(): boolean
 }
 interface Kind {
  /**
   * String returns the name of k.
   */
  string(): string
 }
 interface ChanDir {
  string(): string
 }
 /**
  * A StructField describes a single field in a struct.
  */
 interface StructField {
  /**
   * Name is the field name.
   */
  name: string
  /**
   * PkgPath is the package path that qualifies a lower case (unexported)
   * field name. It is empty for upper case (exported) field names.
   * See https://golang.org/ref/spec#Uniqueness_of_identifiers
   */
  pkgPath: string
  type: Type // field type
  tag: StructTag // field tag string
  offset: number // offset within struct, in bytes
  index: Array<number> // index sequence for Type.FieldByIndex
  anonymous: boolean // is an embedded field
 }
 interface StructField {
  /**
   * IsExported reports whether the field is exported.
   */
  isExported(): boolean
 }
}

/**
 * Package fs defines basic interfaces to a file system.
 * A file system can be provided by the host operating system
 * but also by other packages.
 */
namespace fs {
 /**
  * A FileMode represents a file's mode and permission bits.
  * The bits have the same definition on all systems, so that
  * information about files can be moved from one system
  * to another portably. Not all bits apply to all systems.
  * The only required bit is ModeDir for directories.
  */
 interface FileMode extends Number{}
 interface FileMode {
  string(): string
 }
 interface FileMode {
  /**
   * IsDir reports whether m describes a directory.
   * That is, it tests for the ModeDir bit being set in m.
   */
  isDir(): boolean
 }
 interface FileMode {
  /**
   * IsRegular reports whether m describes a regular file.
   * That is, it tests that no mode type bits are set.
   */
  isRegular(): boolean
 }
 interface FileMode {
  /**
   * Perm returns the Unix permission bits in m (m & ModePerm).
   */
  perm(): FileMode
 }
 interface FileMode {
  /**
   * Type returns type bits in m (m & ModeType).
   */
  type(): FileMode
 }
}

/**
 * Package big implements arbitrary-precision arithmetic (big numbers).
 * The following numeric types are supported:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	Int    signed integers
 * 	Rat    rational numbers
 * 	Float  floating-point numbers
 * ```
 * 
 * The zero value for an Int, Rat, or Float correspond to 0. Thus, new
 * values can be declared in the usual ways and denote 0 without further
 * initialization:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	var x Int        // &x is an *Int of value 0
 * 	var r = &Rat{}   // r is a *Rat of value 0
 * 	y := new(Float)  // y is a *Float of value 0
 * ```
 * 
 * Alternatively, new values can be allocated and initialized with factory
 * functions of the form:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	func NewT(v V) *T
 * ```
 * 
 * For instance, NewInt(x) returns an *Int set to the value of the int64
 * argument x, NewRat(a, b) returns a *Rat set to the fraction a/b where
 * a and b are int64 values, and NewFloat(f) returns a *Float initialized
 * to the float64 argument f. More flexibility is provided with explicit
 * setters, for instance:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	var z1 Int
 * 	z1.SetUint64(123)                 // z1 := 123
 * 	z2 := new(Rat).SetFloat64(1.25)   // z2 := 5/4
 * 	z3 := new(Float).SetInt(z1)       // z3 := 123.0
 * ```
 * 
 * Setters, numeric operations and predicates are represented as methods of
 * the form:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	func (z *T) SetV(v V) *T          // z = v
 * 	func (z *T) Unary(x *T) *T        // z = unary x
 * 	func (z *T) Binary(x, y *T) *T    // z = x binary y
 * 	func (x *T) Pred() P              // p = pred(x)
 * ```
 * 
 * with T one of Int, Rat, or Float. For unary and binary operations, the
 * result is the receiver (usually named z in that case; see below); if it
 * is one of the operands x or y it may be safely overwritten (and its memory
 * reused).
 * 
 * Arithmetic expressions are typically written as a sequence of individual
 * method calls, with each call corresponding to an operation. The receiver
 * denotes the result and the method arguments are the operation's operands.
 * For instance, given three *Int values a, b and c, the invocation
 * 
 * ```
 * 	c.Add(a, b)
 * ```
 * 
 * computes the sum a + b and stores the result in c, overwriting whatever
 * value was held in c before. Unless specified otherwise, operations permit
 * aliasing of parameters, so it is perfectly ok to write
 * 
 * ```
 * 	sum.Add(sum, x)
 * ```
 * 
 * to accumulate values x in a sum.
 * 
 * (By always passing in a result value via the receiver, memory use can be
 * much better controlled. Instead of having to allocate new memory for each
 * result, an operation can reuse the space allocated for the result value,
 * and overwrite that value with the new result in the process.)
 * 
 * Notational convention: Incoming method parameters (including the receiver)
 * are named consistently in the API to clarify their use. Incoming operands
 * are usually named x, y, a, b, and so on, but never z. A parameter specifying
 * the result is named z (typically the receiver).
 * 
 * For instance, the arguments for (*Int).Add are named x and y, and because
 * the receiver specifies the result destination, it is called z:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	func (z *Int) Add(x, y *Int) *Int
 * ```
 * 
 * Methods of this form typically return the incoming receiver as well, to
 * enable simple call chaining.
 * 
 * Methods which don't require a result value to be passed in (for instance,
 * Int.Sign), simply return the result. In this case, the receiver is typically
 * the first operand, named x:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	func (x *Int) Sign() int
 * ```
 * 
 * Various methods support conversions between strings and corresponding
 * numeric values, and vice versa: *Int, *Rat, and *Float values implement
 * the Stringer interface for a (default) string representation of the value,
 * but also provide SetString methods to initialize a value from a string in
 * a variety of supported formats (see the respective SetString documentation).
 * 
 * Finally, *Int, *Rat, and *Float satisfy the fmt package's Scanner interface
 * for scanning and (except for *Rat) the Formatter interface for formatted
 * printing.
 */
namespace big {
 /**
  * An Int represents a signed multi-precision integer.
  * The zero value for an Int represents the value 0.
  * 
  * Operations always take pointer arguments (*Int) rather
  * than Int values, and each unique Int value requires
  * its own unique *Int pointer. To "copy" an Int value,
  * an existing (or newly allocated) Int must be set to
  * a new value using the Int.Set method; shallow copies
  * of Ints are not supported and may lead to errors.
  */
 interface Int {
 }
 interface Int {
  /**
   * Sign returns:
   * 
   * ```
   * 	-1 if x <  0
   * 	 0 if x == 0
   * 	+1 if x >  0
   * ```
   */
  sign(): number
 }
 interface Int {
  /**
   * SetInt64 sets z to x and returns z.
   */
  setInt64(x: number): (Int | undefined)
 }
 interface Int {
  /**
   * SetUint64 sets z to x and returns z.
   */
  setUint64(x: number): (Int | undefined)
 }
 interface Int {
  /**
   * Set sets z to x and returns z.
   */
  set(x: Int): (Int | undefined)
 }
 interface Int {
  /**
   * Bits provides raw (unchecked but fast) access to x by returning its
   * absolute value as a little-endian Word slice. The result and x share
   * the same underlying array.
   * Bits is intended to support implementation of missing low-level Int
   * functionality outside this package; it should be avoided otherwise.
   */
  bits(): Array<Word>
 }
 interface Int {
  /**
   * SetBits provides raw (unchecked but fast) access to z by setting its
   * value to abs, interpreted as a little-endian Word slice, and returning
   * z. The result and abs share the same underlying array.
   * SetBits is intended to support implementation of missing low-level Int
   * functionality outside this package; it should be avoided otherwise.
   */
  setBits(abs: Array<Word>): (Int | undefined)
 }
 interface Int {
  /**
   * Abs sets z to |x| (the absolute value of x) and returns z.
   */
  abs(x: Int): (Int | undefined)
 }
 interface Int {
  /**
   * Neg sets z to -x and returns z.
   */
  neg(x: Int): (Int | undefined)
 }
 interface Int {
  /**
   * Add sets z to the sum x+y and returns z.
   */
  add(x: Int): (Int | undefined)
 }
 interface Int {
  /**
   * Sub sets z to the difference x-y and returns z.
   */
  sub(x: Int): (Int | undefined)
 }
 interface Int {
  /**
   * Mul sets z to the product x*y and returns z.
   */
  mul(x: Int): (Int | undefined)
 }
 interface Int {
  /**
   * MulRange sets z to the product of all integers
   * in the range [a, b] inclusively and returns z.
   * If a > b (empty range), the result is 1.
   */
  mulRange(a: number): (Int | undefined)
 }
 interface Int {
  /**
   * Binomial sets z to the binomial coefficient of (n, k) and returns z.
   */
  binomial(n: number): (Int | undefined)
 }
 interface Int {
  /**
   * Quo sets z to the quotient x/y for y != 0 and returns z.
   * If y == 0, a division-by-zero run-time panic occurs.
   * Quo implements truncated division (like Go); see QuoRem for more details.
   */
  quo(x: Int): (Int | undefined)
 }
 interface Int {
  /**
   * Rem sets z to the remainder x%y for y != 0 and returns z.
   * If y == 0, a division-by-zero run-time panic occurs.
   * Rem implements truncated modulus (like Go); see QuoRem for more details.
   */
  rem(x: Int): (Int | undefined)
 }
 interface Int {
  /**
   * QuoRem sets z to the quotient x/y and r to the remainder x%y
   * and returns the pair (z, r) for y != 0.
   * If y == 0, a division-by-zero run-time panic occurs.
   * 
   * QuoRem implements T-division and modulus (like Go):
   * 
   * ```
   * 	q = x/y      with the result truncated to zero
   * 	r = x - y*q
   * ```
   * 
   * (See Daan Leijen, “Division and Modulus for Computer Scientists”.)
   * See DivMod for Euclidean division and modulus (unlike Go).
   */
  quoRem(x: Int): [(Int | undefined), (Int | undefined)]
 }
 interface Int {
  /**
   * Div sets z to the quotient x/y for y != 0 and returns z.
   * If y == 0, a division-by-zero run-time panic occurs.
   * Div implements Euclidean division (unlike Go); see DivMod for more details.
   */
  div(x: Int): (Int | undefined)
 }
 interface Int {
  /**
   * Mod sets z to the modulus x%y for y != 0 and returns z.
   * If y == 0, a division-by-zero run-time panic occurs.
   * Mod implements Euclidean modulus (unlike Go); see DivMod for more details.
   */
  mod(x: Int): (Int | undefined)
 }
 interface Int {
  /**
   * DivMod sets z to the quotient x div y and m to the modulus x mod y
   * and returns the pair (z, m) for y != 0.
   * If y == 0, a division-by-zero run-time panic occurs.
   * 
   * DivMod implements Euclidean division and modulus (unlike Go):
   * 
   * ```
   * 	q = x div y  such that
   * 	m = x - y*q  with 0 <= m < |y|
   * ```
   * 
   * (See Raymond T. Boute, “The Euclidean definition of the functions
   * div and mod”. ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and
   * Systems (TOPLAS), 14(2):127-144, New York, NY, USA, 4/1992.
   * ACM press.)
   * See QuoRem for T-division and modulus (like Go).
   */
  divMod(x: Int): [(Int | undefined), (Int | undefined)]
 }
 interface Int {
  /**
   * Cmp compares x and y and returns:
   * 
   * ```
   * 	-1 if x <  y
   * 	 0 if x == y
   * 	+1 if x >  y
   * ```
   */
  cmp(y: Int): number
 }
 interface Int {
  /**
   * CmpAbs compares the absolute values of x and y and returns:
   * 
   * ```
   * 	-1 if |x| <  |y|
   * 	 0 if |x| == |y|
   * 	+1 if |x| >  |y|
   * ```
   */
  cmpAbs(y: Int): number
 }
 interface Int {
  /**
   * Int64 returns the int64 representation of x.
   * If x cannot be represented in an int64, the result is undefined.
   */
  int64(): number
 }
 interface Int {
  /**
   * Uint64 returns the uint64 representation of x.
   * If x cannot be represented in a uint64, the result is undefined.
   */
  uint64(): number
 }
 interface Int {
  /**
   * IsInt64 reports whether x can be represented as an int64.
   */
  isInt64(): boolean
 }
 interface Int {
  /**
   * IsUint64 reports whether x can be represented as a uint64.
   */
  isUint64(): boolean
 }
 interface Int {
  /**
   * SetString sets z to the value of s, interpreted in the given base,
   * and returns z and a boolean indicating success. The entire string
   * (not just a prefix) must be valid for success. If SetString fails,
   * the value of z is undefined but the returned value is nil.
   * 
   * The base argument must be 0 or a value between 2 and MaxBase.
   * For base 0, the number prefix determines the actual base: A prefix of
   * “0b” or “0B” selects base 2, “0”, “0o” or “0O” selects base 8,
   * and “0x” or “0X” selects base 16. Otherwise, the selected base is 10
   * and no prefix is accepted.
   * 
   * For bases <= 36, lower and upper case letters are considered the same:
   * The letters 'a' to 'z' and 'A' to 'Z' represent digit values 10 to 35.
   * For bases > 36, the upper case letters 'A' to 'Z' represent the digit
   * values 36 to 61.
   * 
   * For base 0, an underscore character “_” may appear between a base
   * prefix and an adjacent digit, and between successive digits; such
   * underscores do not change the value of the number.
   * Incorrect placement of underscores is reported as an error if there
   * are no other errors. If base != 0, underscores are not recognized
   * and act like any other character that is not a valid digit.
   */
  setString(s: string, base: number): [(Int | undefined), boolean]
 }
 interface Int {
  /**
   * SetBytes interprets buf as the bytes of a big-endian unsigned
   * integer, sets z to that value, and returns z.
   */
  setBytes(buf: string): (Int | undefined)
 }
 interface Int {
  /**
   * Bytes returns the absolute value of x as a big-endian byte slice.
   * 
   * To use a fixed length slice, or a preallocated one, use FillBytes.
   */
  bytes(): string
 }
 interface Int {
  /**
   * FillBytes sets buf to the absolute value of x, storing it as a zero-extended
   * big-endian byte slice, and returns buf.
   * 
   * If the absolute value of x doesn't fit in buf, FillBytes will panic.
   */
  fillBytes(buf: string): string
 }
 interface Int {
  /**
   * BitLen returns the length of the absolute value of x in bits.
   * The bit length of 0 is 0.
   */
  bitLen(): number
 }
 interface Int {
  /**
   * TrailingZeroBits returns the number of consecutive least significant zero
   * bits of |x|.
   */
  trailingZeroBits(): number
 }
 interface Int {
  /**
   * Exp sets z = x**y mod |m| (i.e. the sign of m is ignored), and returns z.
   * If m == nil or m == 0, z = x**y unless y <= 0 then z = 1. If m != 0, y < 0,
   * and x and m are not relatively prime, z is unchanged and nil is returned.
   * 
   * Modular exponentiation of inputs of a particular size is not a
   * cryptographically constant-time operation.
   */
  exp(x: Int): (Int | undefined)
 }
 interface Int {
  /**
   * GCD sets z to the greatest common divisor of a and b and returns z.
   * If x or y are not nil, GCD sets their value such that z = a*x + b*y.
   * 
   * a and b may be positive, zero or negative. (Before Go 1.14 both had
   * to be > 0.) Regardless of the signs of a and b, z is always >= 0.
   * 
   * If a == b == 0, GCD sets z = x = y = 0.
   * 
   * If a == 0 and b != 0, GCD sets z = |b|, x = 0, y = sign(b) * 1.
   * 
   * If a != 0 and b == 0, GCD sets z = |a|, x = sign(a) * 1, y = 0.
   */
  gcd(x: Int): (Int | undefined)
 }
 interface Int {
  /**
   * Rand sets z to a pseudo-random number in [0, n) and returns z.
   * 
   * As this uses the math/rand package, it must not be used for
   * security-sensitive work. Use crypto/rand.Int instead.
   */
  rand(rnd: rand.Rand, n: Int): (Int | undefined)
 }
 interface Int {
  /**
   * ModInverse sets z to the multiplicative inverse of g in the ring ℤ/nℤ
   * and returns z. If g and n are not relatively prime, g has no multiplicative
   * inverse in the ring ℤ/nℤ.  In this case, z is unchanged and the return value
   * is nil. If n == 0, a division-by-zero run-time panic occurs.
   */
  modInverse(g: Int): (Int | undefined)
 }
 interface Int {
  /**
   * ModSqrt sets z to a square root of x mod p if such a square root exists, and
   * returns z. The modulus p must be an odd prime. If x is not a square mod p,
   * ModSqrt leaves z unchanged and returns nil. This function panics if p is
   * not an odd integer, its behavior is undefined if p is odd but not prime.
   */
  modSqrt(x: Int): (Int | undefined)
 }
 interface Int {
  /**
   * Lsh sets z = x << n and returns z.
   */
  lsh(x: Int, n: number): (Int | undefined)
 }
 interface Int {
  /**
   * Rsh sets z = x >> n and returns z.
   */
  rsh(x: Int, n: number): (Int | undefined)
 }
 interface Int {
  /**
   * Bit returns the value of the i'th bit of x. That is, it
   * returns (x>>i)&1. The bit index i must be >= 0.
   */
  bit(i: number): number
 }
 interface Int {
  /**
   * SetBit sets z to x, with x's i'th bit set to b (0 or 1).
   * That is, if b is 1 SetBit sets z = x | (1 << i);
   * if b is 0 SetBit sets z = x &^ (1 << i). If b is not 0 or 1,
   * SetBit will panic.
   */
  setBit(x: Int, i: number, b: number): (Int | undefined)
 }
 interface Int {
  /**
   * And sets z = x & y and returns z.
   */
  and(x: Int): (Int | undefined)
 }
 interface Int {
  /**
   * AndNot sets z = x &^ y and returns z.
   */
  andNot(x: Int): (Int | undefined)
 }
 interface Int {
  /**
   * Or sets z = x | y and returns z.
   */
  or(x: Int): (Int | undefined)
 }
 interface Int {
  /**
   * Xor sets z = x ^ y and returns z.
   */
  xor(x: Int): (Int | undefined)
 }
 interface Int {
  /**
   * Not sets z = ^x and returns z.
   */
  not(x: Int): (Int | undefined)
 }
 interface Int {
  /**
   * Sqrt sets z to ⌊√x⌋, the largest integer such that z² ≤ x, and returns z.
   * It panics if x is negative.
   */
  sqrt(x: Int): (Int | undefined)
 }
 interface Int {
  /**
   * Text returns the string representation of x in the given base.
   * Base must be between 2 and 62, inclusive. The result uses the
   * lower-case letters 'a' to 'z' for digit values 10 to 35, and
   * the upper-case letters 'A' to 'Z' for digit values 36 to 61.
   * No prefix (such as "0x") is added to the string. If x is a nil
   * pointer it returns "<nil>".
   */
  text(base: number): string
 }
 interface Int {
  /**
   * Append appends the string representation of x, as generated by
   * x.Text(base), to buf and returns the extended buffer.
   */
  append(buf: string, base: number): string
 }
 interface Int {
  /**
   * String returns the decimal representation of x as generated by
   * x.Text(10).
   */
  string(): string
 }
 interface Int {
  /**
   * Format implements fmt.Formatter. It accepts the formats
   * 'b' (binary), 'o' (octal with 0 prefix), 'O' (octal with 0o prefix),
   * 'd' (decimal), 'x' (lowercase hexadecimal), and
   * 'X' (uppercase hexadecimal).
   * Also supported are the full suite of package fmt's format
   * flags for integral types, including '+' and ' ' for sign
   * control, '#' for leading zero in octal and for hexadecimal,
   * a leading "0x" or "0X" for "%#x" and "%#X" respectively,
   * specification of minimum digits precision, output field
   * width, space or zero padding, and '-' for left or right
   * justification.
   */
  format(s: fmt.State, ch: string): void
 }
 interface Int {
  /**
   * Scan is a support routine for fmt.Scanner; it sets z to the value of
   * the scanned number. It accepts the formats 'b' (binary), 'o' (octal),
   * 'd' (decimal), 'x' (lowercase hexadecimal), and 'X' (uppercase hexadecimal).
   */
  scan(s: fmt.ScanState, ch: string): void
 }
 interface Int {
  /**
   * GobEncode implements the gob.GobEncoder interface.
   */
  gobEncode(): string
 }
 interface Int {
  /**
   * GobDecode implements the gob.GobDecoder interface.
   */
  gobDecode(buf: string): void
 }
 interface Int {
  /**
   * MarshalText implements the encoding.TextMarshaler interface.
   */
  marshalText(): string
 }
 interface Int {
  /**
   * UnmarshalText implements the encoding.TextUnmarshaler interface.
   */
  unmarshalText(text: string): void
 }
 interface Int {
  /**
   * MarshalJSON implements the json.Marshaler interface.
   */
  marshalJSON(): string
 }
 interface Int {
  /**
   * UnmarshalJSON implements the json.Unmarshaler interface.
   */
  unmarshalJSON(text: string): void
 }
 interface Int {
  /**
   * ProbablyPrime reports whether x is probably prime,
   * applying the Miller-Rabin test with n pseudorandomly chosen bases
   * as well as a Baillie-PSW test.
   * 
   * If x is prime, ProbablyPrime returns true.
   * If x is chosen randomly and not prime, ProbablyPrime probably returns false.
   * The probability of returning true for a randomly chosen non-prime is at most ¼ⁿ.
   * 
   * ProbablyPrime is 100% accurate for inputs less than 2⁶⁴.
   * See Menezes et al., Handbook of Applied Cryptography, 1997, pp. 145-149,
   * and FIPS 186-4 Appendix F for further discussion of the error probabilities.
   * 
   * ProbablyPrime is not suitable for judging primes that an adversary may
   * have crafted to fool the test.
   * 
   * As of Go 1.8, ProbablyPrime(0) is allowed and applies only a Baillie-PSW test.
   * Before Go 1.8, ProbablyPrime applied only the Miller-Rabin tests, and ProbablyPrime(0) panicked.
   */
  probablyPrime(n: number): boolean
 }
}

/**
 * Package asn1 implements parsing of DER-encoded ASN.1 data structures,
 * as defined in ITU-T Rec X.690.
 * 
 * See also “A Layman's Guide to a Subset of ASN.1, BER, and DER,”
 * http://luca.ntop.org/Teaching/Appunti/asn1.html.
 */
namespace asn1 {
 /**
  * An ObjectIdentifier represents an ASN.1 OBJECT IDENTIFIER.
  */
 interface ObjectIdentifier extends Array<number>{}
 interface ObjectIdentifier {
  /**
   * Equal reports whether oi and other represent the same identifier.
   */
  equal(other: ObjectIdentifier): boolean
 }
 interface ObjectIdentifier {
  string(): string
 }
}

/**
 * Package pkix contains shared, low level structures used for ASN.1 parsing
 * and serialization of X.509 certificates, CRL and OCSP.
 */
namespace pkix {
 /**
  * Extension represents the ASN.1 structure of the same name. See RFC
  * 5280, section 4.2.
  */
 interface Extension {
  id: asn1.ObjectIdentifier
  critical: boolean
  value: string
 }
 /**
  * Name represents an X.509 distinguished name. This only includes the common
  * elements of a DN. Note that Name is only an approximation of the X.509
  * structure. If an accurate representation is needed, asn1.Unmarshal the raw
  * subject or issuer as an RDNSequence.
  */
 interface Name {
  country: Array<string>
  locality: Array<string>
  streetAddress: Array<string>
  serialNumber: string
  /**
   * Names contains all parsed attributes. When parsing distinguished names,
   * this can be used to extract non-standard attributes that are not parsed
   * by this package. When marshaling to RDNSequences, the Names field is
   * ignored, see ExtraNames.
   */
  names: Array<AttributeTypeAndValue>
  /**
   * ExtraNames contains attributes to be copied, raw, into any marshaled
   * distinguished names. Values override any attributes with the same OID.
   * The ExtraNames field is not populated when parsing, see Names.
   */
  extraNames: Array<AttributeTypeAndValue>
 }
 interface Name {
  /**
   * FillFromRDNSequence populates n from the provided RDNSequence.
   * Multi-entry RDNs are flattened, all entries are added to the
   * relevant n fields, and the grouping is not preserved.
   */
  fillFromRDNSequence(rdns: RDNSequence): void
 }
 interface Name {
  /**
   * ToRDNSequence converts n into a single RDNSequence. The following
   * attributes are encoded as multi-value RDNs:
   * 
   * ```
   *   - Country
   *   - Organization
   *   - OrganizationalUnit
   *   - Locality
   *   - Province
   *   - StreetAddress
   *   - PostalCode
   * ```
   * 
   * Each ExtraNames entry is encoded as an individual RDN.
   */
  toRDNSequence(): RDNSequence
 }
 interface Name {
  /**
   * String returns the string form of n, roughly following
   * the RFC 2253 Distinguished Names syntax.
   */
  string(): string
 }
 /**
  * CertificateList represents the ASN.1 structure of the same name. See RFC
  * 5280, section 5.1. Use Certificate.CheckCRLSignature to verify the
  * signature.
  * 
  * Deprecated: x509.RevocationList should be used instead.
  */
 interface CertificateList {
  tbsCertList: TBSCertificateList
  signatureAlgorithm: AlgorithmIdentifier
  signatureValue: asn1.BitString
 }
 interface CertificateList {
  /**
   * HasExpired reports whether certList should have been updated by now.
   */
  hasExpired(now: time.Time): boolean
 }
 /**
  * RevokedCertificate represents the ASN.1 structure of the same name. See RFC
  * 5280, section 5.1.
  */
 interface RevokedCertificate {
  serialNumber?: big.Int
  revocationTime: time.Time
  extensions: Array<Extension>
 }
}

/**
 * Package bufio implements buffered I/O. It wraps an io.Reader or io.Writer
 * object, creating another object (Reader or Writer) that also implements
 * the interface but provides buffering and some help for textual I/O.
 */
namespace bufio {
 /**
  * Reader implements buffering for an io.Reader object.
  */
 interface Reader {
 }
 interface Reader {
  /**
   * Size returns the size of the underlying buffer in bytes.
   */
  size(): number
 }
 interface Reader {
  /**
   * Reset discards any buffered data, resets all state, and switches
   * the buffered reader to read from r.
   * Calling Reset on the zero value of Reader initializes the internal buffer
   * to the default size.
   */
  reset(r: io.Reader): void
 }
 interface Reader {
  /**
   * Peek returns the next n bytes without advancing the reader. The bytes stop
   * being valid at the next read call. If Peek returns fewer than n bytes, it
   * also returns an error explaining why the read is short. The error is
   * ErrBufferFull if n is larger than b's buffer size.
   * 
   * Calling Peek prevents a UnreadByte or UnreadRune call from succeeding
   * until the next read operation.
   */
  peek(n: number): string
 }
 interface Reader {
  /**
   * Discard skips the next n bytes, returning the number of bytes discarded.
   * 
   * If Discard skips fewer than n bytes, it also returns an error.
   * If 0 <= n <= b.Buffered(), Discard is guaranteed to succeed without
   * reading from the underlying io.Reader.
   */
  discard(n: number): number
 }
 interface Reader {
  /**
   * Read reads data into p.
   * It returns the number of bytes read into p.
   * The bytes are taken from at most one Read on the underlying Reader,
   * hence n may be less than len(p).
   * To read exactly len(p) bytes, use io.ReadFull(b, p).
   * If the underlying Reader can return a non-zero count with io.EOF,
   * then this Read method can do so as well; see the [io.Reader] docs.
   */
  read(p: string): number
 }
 interface Reader {
  /**
   * ReadByte reads and returns a single byte.
   * If no byte is available, returns an error.
   */
  readByte(): string
 }
 interface Reader {
  /**
   * UnreadByte unreads the last byte. Only the most recently read byte can be unread.
   * 
   * UnreadByte returns an error if the most recent method called on the
   * Reader was not a read operation. Notably, Peek, Discard, and WriteTo are not
   * considered read operations.
   */
  unreadByte(): void
 }
 interface Reader {
  /**
   * ReadRune reads a single UTF-8 encoded Unicode character and returns the
   * rune and its size in bytes. If the encoded rune is invalid, it consumes one byte
   * and returns unicode.ReplacementChar (U+FFFD) with a size of 1.
   */
  readRune(): [string, number]
 }
 interface Reader {
  /**
   * UnreadRune unreads the last rune. If the most recent method called on
   * the Reader was not a ReadRune, UnreadRune returns an error. (In this
   * regard it is stricter than UnreadByte, which will unread the last byte
   * from any read operation.)
   */
  unreadRune(): void
 }
 interface Reader {
  /**
   * Buffered returns the number of bytes that can be read from the current buffer.
   */
  buffered(): number
 }
 interface Reader {
  /**
   * ReadSlice reads until the first occurrence of delim in the input,
   * returning a slice pointing at the bytes in the buffer.
   * The bytes stop being valid at the next read.
   * If ReadSlice encounters an error before finding a delimiter,
   * it returns all the data in the buffer and the error itself (often io.EOF).
   * ReadSlice fails with error ErrBufferFull if the buffer fills without a delim.
   * Because the data returned from ReadSlice will be overwritten
   * by the next I/O operation, most clients should use
   * ReadBytes or ReadString instead.
   * ReadSlice returns err != nil if and only if line does not end in delim.
   */
  readSlice(delim: string): string
 }
 interface Reader {
  /**
   * ReadLine is a low-level line-reading primitive. Most callers should use
   * ReadBytes('\n') or ReadString('\n') instead or use a Scanner.
   * 
   * ReadLine tries to return a single line, not including the end-of-line bytes.
   * If the line was too long for the buffer then isPrefix is set and the
   * beginning of the line is returned. The rest of the line will be returned
   * from future calls. isPrefix will be false when returning the last fragment
   * of the line. The returned buffer is only valid until the next call to
   * ReadLine. ReadLine either returns a non-nil line or it returns an error,
   * never both.
   * 
   * The text returned from ReadLine does not include the line end ("\r\n" or "\n").
   * No indication or error is given if the input ends without a final line end.
   * Calling UnreadByte after ReadLine will always unread the last byte read
   * (possibly a character belonging to the line end) even if that byte is not
   * part of the line returned by ReadLine.
   */
  readLine(): [string, boolean]
 }
 interface Reader {
  /**
   * ReadBytes reads until the first occurrence of delim in the input,
   * returning a slice containing the data up to and including the delimiter.
   * If ReadBytes encounters an error before finding a delimiter,
   * it returns the data read before the error and the error itself (often io.EOF).
   * ReadBytes returns err != nil if and only if the returned data does not end in
   * delim.
   * For simple uses, a Scanner may be more convenient.
   */
  readBytes(delim: string): string
 }
 interface Reader {
  /**
   * ReadString reads until the first occurrence of delim in the input,
   * returning a string containing the data up to and including the delimiter.
   * If ReadString encounters an error before finding a delimiter,
   * it returns the data read before the error and the error itself (often io.EOF).
   * ReadString returns err != nil if and only if the returned data does not end in
   * delim.
   * For simple uses, a Scanner may be more convenient.
   */
  readString(delim: string): string
 }
 interface Reader {
  /**
   * WriteTo implements io.WriterTo.
   * This may make multiple calls to the Read method of the underlying Reader.
   * If the underlying reader supports the WriteTo method,
   * this calls the underlying WriteTo without buffering.
   */
  writeTo(w: io.Writer): number
 }
 /**
  * Writer implements buffering for an io.Writer object.
  * If an error occurs writing to a Writer, no more data will be
  * accepted and all subsequent writes, and Flush, will return the error.
  * After all data has been written, the client should call the
  * Flush method to guarantee all data has been forwarded to
  * the underlying io.Writer.
  */
 interface Writer {
 }
 interface Writer {
  /**
   * Size returns the size of the underlying buffer in bytes.
   */
  size(): number
 }
 interface Writer {
  /**
   * Reset discards any unflushed buffered data, clears any error, and
   * resets b to write its output to w.
   * Calling Reset on the zero value of Writer initializes the internal buffer
   * to the default size.
   */
  reset(w: io.Writer): void
 }
 interface Writer {
  /**
   * Flush writes any buffered data to the underlying io.Writer.
   */
  flush(): void
 }
 interface Writer {
  /**
   * Available returns how many bytes are unused in the buffer.
   */
  available(): number
 }
 interface Writer {
  /**
   * AvailableBuffer returns an empty buffer with b.Available() capacity.
   * This buffer is intended to be appended to and
   * passed to an immediately succeeding Write call.
   * The buffer is only valid until the next write operation on b.
   */
  availableBuffer(): string
 }
 interface Writer {
  /**
   * Buffered returns the number of bytes that have been written into the current buffer.
   */
  buffered(): number
 }
 interface Writer {
  /**
   * Write writes the contents of p into the buffer.
   * It returns the number of bytes written.
   * If nn < len(p), it also returns an error explaining
   * why the write is short.
   */
  write(p: string): number
 }
 interface Writer {
  /**
   * WriteByte writes a single byte.
   */
  writeByte(c: string): void
 }
 interface Writer {
  /**
   * WriteRune writes a single Unicode code point, returning
   * the number of bytes written and any error.
   */
  writeRune(r: string): number
 }
 interface Writer {
  /**
   * WriteString writes a string.
   * It returns the number of bytes written.
   * If the count is less than len(s), it also returns an error explaining
   * why the write is short.
   */
  writeString(s: string): number
 }
 interface Writer {
  /**
   * ReadFrom implements io.ReaderFrom. If the underlying writer
   * supports the ReadFrom method, this calls the underlying ReadFrom.
   * If there is buffered data and an underlying ReadFrom, this fills
   * the buffer and writes it before calling ReadFrom.
   */
  readFrom(r: io.Reader): number
 }
}

/**
 * Package net provides a portable interface for network I/O, including
 * TCP/IP, UDP, domain name resolution, and Unix domain sockets.
 * 
 * Although the package provides access to low-level networking
 * primitives, most clients will need only the basic interface provided
 * by the Dial, Listen, and Accept functions and the associated
 * Conn and Listener interfaces. The crypto/tls package uses
 * the same interfaces and similar Dial and Listen functions.
 * 
 * The Dial function connects to a server:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	conn, err := net.Dial("tcp", "golang.org:80")
 * 	if err != nil {
 * 		// handle error
 * 	}
 * 	fmt.Fprintf(conn, "GET / HTTP/1.0\r\n\r\n")
 * 	status, err := bufio.NewReader(conn).ReadString('\n')
 * 	// ...
 * ```
 * 
 * The Listen function creates servers:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	ln, err := net.Listen("tcp", ":8080")
 * 	if err != nil {
 * 		// handle error
 * 	}
 * 	for {
 * 		conn, err := ln.Accept()
 * 		if err != nil {
 * 			// handle error
 * 		}
 * 		go handleConnection(conn)
 * 	}
 * ```
 * 
 * # Name Resolution
 * 
 * The method for resolving domain names, whether indirectly with functions like Dial
 * or directly with functions like LookupHost and LookupAddr, varies by operating system.
 * 
 * On Unix systems, the resolver has two options for resolving names.
 * It can use a pure Go resolver that sends DNS requests directly to the servers
 * listed in /etc/resolv.conf, or it can use a cgo-based resolver that calls C
 * library routines such as getaddrinfo and getnameinfo.
 * 
 * By default the pure Go resolver is used, because a blocked DNS request consumes
 * only a goroutine, while a blocked C call consumes an operating system thread.
 * When cgo is available, the cgo-based resolver is used instead under a variety of
 * conditions: on systems that do not let programs make direct DNS requests (OS X),
 * when the LOCALDOMAIN environment variable is present (even if empty),
 * when the RES_OPTIONS or HOSTALIASES environment variable is non-empty,
 * when the ASR_CONFIG environment variable is non-empty (OpenBSD only),
 * when /etc/resolv.conf or /etc/nsswitch.conf specify the use of features that the
 * Go resolver does not implement, and when the name being looked up ends in .local
 * or is an mDNS name.
 * 
 * The resolver decision can be overridden by setting the netdns value of the
 * GODEBUG environment variable (see package runtime) to go or cgo, as in:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	export GODEBUG=netdns=go    # force pure Go resolver
 * 	export GODEBUG=netdns=cgo   # force native resolver (cgo, win32)
 * ```
 * 
 * The decision can also be forced while building the Go source tree
 * by setting the netgo or netcgo build tag.
 * 
 * A numeric netdns setting, as in GODEBUG=netdns=1, causes the resolver
 * to print debugging information about its decisions.
 * To force a particular resolver while also printing debugging information,
 * join the two settings by a plus sign, as in GODEBUG=netdns=go+1.
 * 
 * On Plan 9, the resolver always accesses /net/cs and /net/dns.
 * 
 * On Windows, in Go 1.18.x and earlier, the resolver always used C
 * library functions, such as GetAddrInfo and DnsQuery.
 */
namespace net {
 /**
  * Addr represents a network end point address.
  * 
  * The two methods Network and String conventionally return strings
  * that can be passed as the arguments to Dial, but the exact form
  * and meaning of the strings is up to the implementation.
  */
 interface Addr {
  network(): string // name of the network (for example, "tcp", "udp")
  string(): string // string form of address (for example, "192.0.2.1:25", "[2001:db8::1]:80")
 }
 /**
  * A Listener is a generic network listener for stream-oriented protocols.
  * 
  * Multiple goroutines may invoke methods on a Listener simultaneously.
  */
 interface Listener {
  /**
   * Accept waits for and returns the next connection to the listener.
   */
  accept(): Conn
  /**
   * Close closes the listener.
   * Any blocked Accept operations will be unblocked and return errors.
   */
  close(): void
  /**
   * Addr returns the listener's network address.
   */
  addr(): Addr
 }
}

/**
 * Copyright 2021 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
 * Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
 * license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
 */
/**
 * Package x509 parses X.509-encoded keys and certificates.
 */
namespace x509 {
 // @ts-ignore
 import cryptobyte_asn1 = asn1
 /**
  * VerifyOptions contains parameters for Certificate.Verify.
  */
 interface VerifyOptions {
  /**
   * DNSName, if set, is checked against the leaf certificate with
   * Certificate.VerifyHostname or the platform verifier.
   */
  dnsName: string
  /**
   * Intermediates is an optional pool of certificates that are not trust
   * anchors, but can be used to form a chain from the leaf certificate to a
   * root certificate.
   */
  intermediates?: CertPool
  /**
   * Roots is the set of trusted root certificates the leaf certificate needs
   * to chain up to. If nil, the system roots or the platform verifier are used.
   */
  roots?: CertPool
  /**
   * CurrentTime is used to check the validity of all certificates in the
   * chain. If zero, the current time is used.
   */
  currentTime: time.Time
  /**
   * KeyUsages specifies which Extended Key Usage values are acceptable. A
   * chain is accepted if it allows any of the listed values. An empty list
   * means ExtKeyUsageServerAuth. To accept any key usage, include ExtKeyUsageAny.
   */
  keyUsages: Array<ExtKeyUsage>
  /**
   * MaxConstraintComparisions is the maximum number of comparisons to
   * perform when checking a given certificate's name constraints. If
   * zero, a sensible default is used. This limit prevents pathological
   * certificates from consuming excessive amounts of CPU time when
   * validating. It does not apply to the platform verifier.
   */
  maxConstraintComparisions: number
 }
 interface SignatureAlgorithm extends Number{}
 interface SignatureAlgorithm {
  string(): string
 }
 interface PublicKeyAlgorithm extends Number{}
 interface PublicKeyAlgorithm {
  string(): string
 }
 /**
  * KeyUsage represents the set of actions that are valid for a given key. It's
  * a bitmap of the KeyUsage* constants.
  */
 interface KeyUsage extends Number{}
 /**
  * ExtKeyUsage represents an extended set of actions that are valid for a given key.
  * Each of the ExtKeyUsage* constants define a unique action.
  */
 interface ExtKeyUsage extends Number{}
}

/**
 * Package tls partially implements TLS 1.2, as specified in RFC 5246,
 * and TLS 1.3, as specified in RFC 8446.
 */
namespace tls {
 /**
  * ClientHelloInfo contains information from a ClientHello message in order to
  * guide application logic in the GetCertificate and GetConfigForClient callbacks.
  */
 interface ClientHelloInfo {
  /**
   * CipherSuites lists the CipherSuites supported by the client (e.g.
   * TLS_AES_128_GCM_SHA256, TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256).
   */
  cipherSuites: Array<number>
  /**
   * ServerName indicates the name of the server requested by the client
   * in order to support virtual hosting. ServerName is only set if the
   * client is using SNI (see RFC 4366, Section 3.1).
   */
  serverName: string
  /**
   * SupportedCurves lists the elliptic curves supported by the client.
   * SupportedCurves is set only if the Supported Elliptic Curves
   * Extension is being used (see RFC 4492, Section 5.1.1).
   */
  supportedCurves: Array<CurveID>
  /**
   * SupportedPoints lists the point formats supported by the client.
   * SupportedPoints is set only if the Supported Point Formats Extension
   * is being used (see RFC 4492, Section 5.1.2).
   */
  supportedPoints: Array<number>
  /**
   * SignatureSchemes lists the signature and hash schemes that the client
   * is willing to verify. SignatureSchemes is set only if the Signature
   * Algorithms Extension is being used (see RFC 5246, Section 7.4.1.4.1).
   */
  signatureSchemes: Array<SignatureScheme>
  /**
   * SupportedProtos lists the application protocols supported by the client.
   * SupportedProtos is set only if the Application-Layer Protocol
   * Negotiation Extension is being used (see RFC 7301, Section 3.1).
   * 
   * Servers can select a protocol by setting Config.NextProtos in a
   * GetConfigForClient return value.
   */
  supportedProtos: Array<string>
  /**
   * SupportedVersions lists the TLS versions supported by the client.
   * For TLS versions less than 1.3, this is extrapolated from the max
   * version advertised by the client, so values other than the greatest
   * might be rejected if used.
   */
  supportedVersions: Array<number>
  /**
   * Conn is the underlying net.Conn for the connection. Do not read
   * from, or write to, this connection; that will cause the TLS
   * connection to fail.
   */
  conn: net.Conn
 }
 interface ClientHelloInfo {
  /**
   * Context returns the context of the handshake that is in progress.
   * This context is a child of the context passed to HandshakeContext,
   * if any, and is canceled when the handshake concludes.
   */
  context(): context.Context
 }
 /**
  * A Config structure is used to configure a TLS client or server.
  * After one has been passed to a TLS function it must not be
  * modified. A Config may be reused; the tls package will also not
  * modify it.
  */
 interface Config {
  /**
   * Rand provides the source of entropy for nonces and RSA blinding.
   * If Rand is nil, TLS uses the cryptographic random reader in package
   * crypto/rand.
   * The Reader must be safe for use by multiple goroutines.
   */
  rand: io.Reader
  /**
   * Time returns the current time as the number of seconds since the epoch.
   * If Time is nil, TLS uses time.Now.
   */
  time: () => time.Time
  /**
   * Certificates contains one or more certificate chains to present to the
   * other side of the connection. The first certificate compatible with the
   * peer's requirements is selected automatically.
   * 
   * Server configurations must set one of Certificates, GetCertificate or
   * GetConfigForClient. Clients doing client-authentication may set either
   * Certificates or GetClientCertificate.
   * 
   * Note: if there are multiple Certificates, and they don't have the
   * optional field Leaf set, certificate selection will incur a significant
   * per-handshake performance cost.
   */
  certificates: Array<Certificate>
  /**
   * NameToCertificate maps from a certificate name to an element of
   * Certificates. Note that a certificate name can be of the form
   * '*.example.com' and so doesn't have to be a domain name as such.
   * 
   * Deprecated: NameToCertificate only allows associating a single
   * certificate with a given name. Leave this field nil to let the library
   * select the first compatible chain from Certificates.
   */
  nameToCertificate: _TygojaDict
  /**
   * GetCertificate returns a Certificate based on the given
   * ClientHelloInfo. It will only be called if the client supplies SNI
   * information or if Certificates is empty.
   * 
   * If GetCertificate is nil or returns nil, then the certificate is
   * retrieved from NameToCertificate. If NameToCertificate is nil, the
   * best element of Certificates will be used.
   */
  getCertificate: (_arg0: ClientHelloInfo) => (Certificate | undefined)
  /**
   * GetClientCertificate, if not nil, is called when a server requests a
   * certificate from a client. If set, the contents of Certificates will
   * be ignored.
   * 
   * If GetClientCertificate returns an error, the handshake will be
   * aborted and that error will be returned. Otherwise
   * GetClientCertificate must return a non-nil Certificate. If
   * Certificate.Certificate is empty then no certificate will be sent to
   * the server. If this is unacceptable to the server then it may abort
   * the handshake.
   * 
   * GetClientCertificate may be called multiple times for the same
   * connection if renegotiation occurs or if TLS 1.3 is in use.
   */
  getClientCertificate: (_arg0: CertificateRequestInfo) => (Certificate | undefined)
  /**
   * GetConfigForClient, if not nil, is called after a ClientHello is
   * received from a client. It may return a non-nil Config in order to
   * change the Config that will be used to handle this connection. If
   * the returned Config is nil, the original Config will be used. The
   * Config returned by this callback may not be subsequently modified.
   * 
   * If GetConfigForClient is nil, the Config passed to Server() will be
   * used for all connections.
   * 
   * If SessionTicketKey was explicitly set on the returned Config, or if
   * SetSessionTicketKeys was called on the returned Config, those keys will
   * be used. Otherwise, the original Config keys will be used (and possibly
   * rotated if they are automatically managed).
   */
  getConfigForClient: (_arg0: ClientHelloInfo) => (Config | undefined)
  /**
   * VerifyPeerCertificate, if not nil, is called after normal
   * certificate verification by either a TLS client or server. It
   * receives the raw ASN.1 certificates provided by the peer and also
   * any verified chains that normal processing found. If it returns a
   * non-nil error, the handshake is aborted and that error results.
   * 
   * If normal verification fails then the handshake will abort before
   * considering this callback. If normal verification is disabled by
   * setting InsecureSkipVerify, or (for a server) when ClientAuth is
   * RequestClientCert or RequireAnyClientCert, then this callback will
   * be considered but the verifiedChains argument will always be nil.
   */
  verifyPeerCertificate: (rawCerts: Array<string>, verifiedChains: Array<Array<(x509.Certificate | undefined)>>) => void
  /**
   * VerifyConnection, if not nil, is called after normal certificate
   * verification and after VerifyPeerCertificate by either a TLS client
   * or server. If it returns a non-nil error, the handshake is aborted
   * and that error results.
   * 
   * If normal verification fails then the handshake will abort before
   * considering this callback. This callback will run for all connections
   * regardless of InsecureSkipVerify or ClientAuth settings.
   */
  verifyConnection: (_arg0: ConnectionState) => void
  /**
   * RootCAs defines the set of root certificate authorities
   * that clients use when verifying server certificates.
   * If RootCAs is nil, TLS uses the host's root CA set.
   */
  rootCAs?: x509.CertPool
  /**
   * NextProtos is a list of supported application level protocols, in
   * order of preference. If both peers support ALPN, the selected
   * protocol will be one from this list, and the connection will fail
   * if there is no mutually supported protocol. If NextProtos is empty
   * or the peer doesn't support ALPN, the connection will succeed and
   * ConnectionState.NegotiatedProtocol will be empty.
   */
  nextProtos: Array<string>
  /**
   * ServerName is used to verify the hostname on the returned
   * certificates unless InsecureSkipVerify is given. It is also included
   * in the client's handshake to support virtual hosting unless it is
   * an IP address.
   */
  serverName: string
  /**
   * ClientAuth determines the server's policy for
   * TLS Client Authentication. The default is NoClientCert.
   */
  clientAuth: ClientAuthType
  /**
   * ClientCAs defines the set of root certificate authorities
   * that servers use if required to verify a client certificate
   * by the policy in ClientAuth.
   */
  clientCAs?: x509.CertPool
  /**
   * InsecureSkipVerify controls whether a client verifies the server's
   * certificate chain and host name. If InsecureSkipVerify is true, crypto/tls
   * accepts any certificate presented by the server and any host name in that
   * certificate. In this mode, TLS is susceptible to machine-in-the-middle
   * attacks unless custom verification is used. This should be used only for
   * testing or in combination with VerifyConnection or VerifyPeerCertificate.
   */
  insecureSkipVerify: boolean
  /**
   * CipherSuites is a list of enabled TLS 1.0–1.2 cipher suites. The order of
   * the list is ignored. Note that TLS 1.3 ciphersuites are not configurable.
   * 
   * If CipherSuites is nil, a safe default list is used. The default cipher
   * suites might change over time.
   */
  cipherSuites: Array<number>
  /**
   * PreferServerCipherSuites is a legacy field and has no effect.
   * 
   * It used to control whether the server would follow the client's or the
   * server's preference. Servers now select the best mutually supported
   * cipher suite based on logic that takes into account inferred client
   * hardware, server hardware, and security.
   * 
   * Deprecated: PreferServerCipherSuites is ignored.
   */
  preferServerCipherSuites: boolean
  /**
   * SessionTicketsDisabled may be set to true to disable session ticket and
   * PSK (resumption) support. Note that on clients, session ticket support is
   * also disabled if ClientSessionCache is nil.
   */
  sessionTicketsDisabled: boolean
  /**
   * SessionTicketKey is used by TLS servers to provide session resumption.
   * See RFC 5077 and the PSK mode of RFC 8446. If zero, it will be filled
   * with random data before the first server handshake.
   * 
   * Deprecated: if this field is left at zero, session ticket keys will be
   * automatically rotated every day and dropped after seven days. For
   * customizing the rotation schedule or synchronizing servers that are
   * terminating connections for the same host, use SetSessionTicketKeys.
   */
  sessionTicketKey: string
  /**
   * ClientSessionCache is a cache of ClientSessionState entries for TLS
   * session resumption. It is only used by clients.
   */
  clientSessionCache: ClientSessionCache
  /**
   * MinVersion contains the minimum TLS version that is acceptable.
   * 
   * By default, TLS 1.2 is currently used as the minimum when acting as a
   * client, and TLS 1.0 when acting as a server. TLS 1.0 is the minimum
   * supported by this package, both as a client and as a server.
   * 
   * The client-side default can temporarily be reverted to TLS 1.0 by
   * including the value "x509sha1=1" in the GODEBUG environment variable.
   * Note that this option will be removed in Go 1.19 (but it will still be
   * possible to set this field to VersionTLS10 explicitly).
   */
  minVersion: number
  /**
   * MaxVersion contains the maximum TLS version that is acceptable.
   * 
   * By default, the maximum version supported by this package is used,
   * which is currently TLS 1.3.
   */
  maxVersion: number
  /**
   * CurvePreferences contains the elliptic curves that will be used in
   * an ECDHE handshake, in preference order. If empty, the default will
   * be used. The client will use the first preference as the type for
   * its key share in TLS 1.3. This may change in the future.
   */
  curvePreferences: Array<CurveID>
  /**
   * DynamicRecordSizingDisabled disables adaptive sizing of TLS records.
   * When true, the largest possible TLS record size is always used. When
   * false, the size of TLS records may be adjusted in an attempt to
   * improve latency.
   */
  dynamicRecordSizingDisabled: boolean
  /**
   * Renegotiation controls what types of renegotiation are supported.
   * The default, none, is correct for the vast majority of applications.
   */
  renegotiation: RenegotiationSupport
  /**
   * KeyLogWriter optionally specifies a destination for TLS master secrets
   * in NSS key log format that can be used to allow external programs
   * such as Wireshark to decrypt TLS connections.
   * See https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Mozilla/Projects/NSS/Key_Log_Format.
   * Use of KeyLogWriter compromises security and should only be
   * used for debugging.
   */
  keyLogWriter: io.Writer
 }
 interface Config {
  /**
   * Clone returns a shallow clone of c or nil if c is nil. It is safe to clone a Config that is
   * being used concurrently by a TLS client or server.
   */
  clone(): (Config | undefined)
 }
 interface Config {
  /**
   * SetSessionTicketKeys updates the session ticket keys for a server.
   * 
   * The first key will be used when creating new tickets, while all keys can be
   * used for decrypting tickets. It is safe to call this function while the
   * server is running in order to rotate the session ticket keys. The function
   * will panic if keys is empty.
   * 
   * Calling this function will turn off automatic session ticket key rotation.
   * 
   * If multiple servers are terminating connections for the same host they should
   * all have the same session ticket keys. If the session ticket keys leaks,
   * previously recorded and future TLS connections using those keys might be
   * compromised.
   */
  setSessionTicketKeys(keys: Array<string>): void
 }
 interface ClientHelloInfo {
  /**
   * SupportsCertificate returns nil if the provided certificate is supported by
   * the client that sent the ClientHello. Otherwise, it returns an error
   * describing the reason for the incompatibility.
   * 
   * If this ClientHelloInfo was passed to a GetConfigForClient or GetCertificate
   * callback, this method will take into account the associated Config. Note that
   * if GetConfigForClient returns a different Config, the change can't be
   * accounted for by this method.
   * 
   * This function will call x509.ParseCertificate unless c.Leaf is set, which can
   * incur a significant performance cost.
   */
  supportsCertificate(c: Certificate): void
 }
 interface Config {
  /**
   * BuildNameToCertificate parses c.Certificates and builds c.NameToCertificate
   * from the CommonName and SubjectAlternateName fields of each of the leaf
   * certificates.
   * 
   * Deprecated: NameToCertificate only allows associating a single certificate
   * with a given name. Leave that field nil to let the library select the first
   * compatible chain from Certificates.
   */
  buildNameToCertificate(): void
 }
 /**
  * A Certificate is a chain of one or more certificates, leaf first.
  */
 interface Certificate {
  certificate: Array<string>
  /**
   * PrivateKey contains the private key corresponding to the public key in
   * Leaf. This must implement crypto.Signer with an RSA, ECDSA or Ed25519 PublicKey.
   * For a server up to TLS 1.2, it can also implement crypto.Decrypter with
   * an RSA PublicKey.
   */
  privateKey: crypto.PrivateKey
  /**
   * SupportedSignatureAlgorithms is an optional list restricting what
   * signature algorithms the PrivateKey can be used for.
   */
  supportedSignatureAlgorithms: Array<SignatureScheme>
  /**
   * OCSPStaple contains an optional OCSP response which will be served
   * to clients that request it.
   */
  ocspStaple: string
  /**
   * SignedCertificateTimestamps contains an optional list of Signed
   * Certificate Timestamps which will be served to clients that request it.
   */
  signedCertificateTimestamps: Array<string>
  /**
   * Leaf is the parsed form of the leaf certificate, which may be initialized
   * using x509.ParseCertificate to reduce per-handshake processing. If nil,
   * the leaf certificate will be parsed as needed.
   */
  leaf?: x509.Certificate
 }
}

/**
 * Package log implements a simple logging package. It defines a type, Logger,
 * with methods for formatting output. It also has a predefined 'standard'
 * Logger accessible through helper functions Print[f|ln], Fatal[f|ln], and
 * Panic[f|ln], which are easier to use than creating a Logger manually.
 * That logger writes to standard error and prints the date and time
 * of each logged message.
 * Every log message is output on a separate line: if the message being
 * printed does not end in a newline, the logger will add one.
 * The Fatal functions call os.Exit(1) after writing the log message.
 * The Panic functions call panic after writing the log message.
 */
namespace log {
 /**
  * A Logger represents an active logging object that generates lines of
  * output to an io.Writer. Each logging operation makes a single call to
  * the Writer's Write method. A Logger can be used simultaneously from
  * multiple goroutines; it guarantees to serialize access to the Writer.
  */
 interface Logger {
 }
 interface Logger {
  /**
   * SetOutput sets the output destination for the logger.
   */
  setOutput(w: io.Writer): void
 }
 interface Logger {
  /**
   * Output writes the output for a logging event. The string s contains
   * the text to print after the prefix specified by the flags of the
   * Logger. A newline is appended if the last character of s is not
   * already a newline. Calldepth is used to recover the PC and is
   * provided for generality, although at the moment on all pre-defined
   * paths it will be 2.
   */
  output(calldepth: number, s: string): void
 }
 interface Logger {
  /**
   * Printf calls l.Output to print to the logger.
   * Arguments are handled in the manner of fmt.Printf.
   */
  printf(format: string, ...v: any[]): void
 }
 interface Logger {
  /**
   * Print calls l.Output to print to the logger.
   * Arguments are handled in the manner of fmt.Print.
   */
  print(...v: any[]): void
 }
 interface Logger {
  /**
   * Println calls l.Output to print to the logger.
   * Arguments are handled in the manner of fmt.Println.
   */
  println(...v: any[]): void
 }
 interface Logger {
  /**
   * Fatal is equivalent to l.Print() followed by a call to os.Exit(1).
   */
  fatal(...v: any[]): void
 }
 interface Logger {
  /**
   * Fatalf is equivalent to l.Printf() followed by a call to os.Exit(1).
   */
  fatalf(format: string, ...v: any[]): void
 }
 interface Logger {
  /**
   * Fatalln is equivalent to l.Println() followed by a call to os.Exit(1).
   */
  fatalln(...v: any[]): void
 }
 interface Logger {
  /**
   * Panic is equivalent to l.Print() followed by a call to panic().
   */
  panic(...v: any[]): void
 }
 interface Logger {
  /**
   * Panicf is equivalent to l.Printf() followed by a call to panic().
   */
  panicf(format: string, ...v: any[]): void
 }
 interface Logger {
  /**
   * Panicln is equivalent to l.Println() followed by a call to panic().
   */
  panicln(...v: any[]): void
 }
 interface Logger {
  /**
   * Flags returns the output flags for the logger.
   * The flag bits are Ldate, Ltime, and so on.
   */
  flags(): number
 }
 interface Logger {
  /**
   * SetFlags sets the output flags for the logger.
   * The flag bits are Ldate, Ltime, and so on.
   */
  setFlags(flag: number): void
 }
 interface Logger {
  /**
   * Prefix returns the output prefix for the logger.
   */
  prefix(): string
 }
 interface Logger {
  /**
   * SetPrefix sets the output prefix for the logger.
   */
  setPrefix(prefix: string): void
 }
 interface Logger {
  /**
   * Writer returns the output destination for the logger.
   */
  writer(): io.Writer
 }
}

/**
 * Package http provides HTTP client and server implementations.
 * 
 * Get, Head, Post, and PostForm make HTTP (or HTTPS) requests:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	resp, err := http.Get("http://example.com/")
 * 	...
 * 	resp, err := http.Post("http://example.com/upload", "image/jpeg", &buf)
 * 	...
 * 	resp, err := http.PostForm("http://example.com/form",
 * 		url.Values{"key": {"Value"}, "id": {"123"}})
 * ```
 * 
 * The client must close the response body when finished with it:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	resp, err := http.Get("http://example.com/")
 * 	if err != nil {
 * 		// handle error
 * 	}
 * 	defer resp.Body.Close()
 * 	body, err := io.ReadAll(resp.Body)
 * 	// ...
 * ```
 * 
 * For control over HTTP client headers, redirect policy, and other
 * settings, create a Client:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	client := &http.Client{
 * 		CheckRedirect: redirectPolicyFunc,
 * 	}
 * 
 * 	resp, err := client.Get("http://example.com")
 * 	// ...
 * 
 * 	req, err := http.NewRequest("GET", "http://example.com", nil)
 * 	// ...
 * 	req.Header.Add("If-None-Match", `W/"wyzzy"`)
 * 	resp, err := client.Do(req)
 * 	// ...
 * ```
 * 
 * For control over proxies, TLS configuration, keep-alives,
 * compression, and other settings, create a Transport:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	tr := &http.Transport{
 * 		MaxIdleConns:       10,
 * 		IdleConnTimeout:    30 * time.Second,
 * 		DisableCompression: true,
 * 	}
 * 	client := &http.Client{Transport: tr}
 * 	resp, err := client.Get("https://example.com")
 * ```
 * 
 * Clients and Transports are safe for concurrent use by multiple
 * goroutines and for efficiency should only be created once and re-used.
 * 
 * ListenAndServe starts an HTTP server with a given address and handler.
 * The handler is usually nil, which means to use DefaultServeMux.
 * Handle and HandleFunc add handlers to DefaultServeMux:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	http.Handle("/foo", fooHandler)
 * 
 * 	http.HandleFunc("/bar", func(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
 * 		fmt.Fprintf(w, "Hello, %q", html.EscapeString(r.URL.Path))
 * 	})
 * 
 * 	log.Fatal(http.ListenAndServe(":8080", nil))
 * ```
 * 
 * More control over the server's behavior is available by creating a
 * custom Server:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	s := &http.Server{
 * 		Addr:           ":8080",
 * 		Handler:        myHandler,
 * 		ReadTimeout:    10 * time.Second,
 * 		WriteTimeout:   10 * time.Second,
 * 		MaxHeaderBytes: 1 << 20,
 * 	}
 * 	log.Fatal(s.ListenAndServe())
 * ```
 * 
 * Starting with Go 1.6, the http package has transparent support for the
 * HTTP/2 protocol when using HTTPS. Programs that must disable HTTP/2
 * can do so by setting Transport.TLSNextProto (for clients) or
 * Server.TLSNextProto (for servers) to a non-nil, empty
 * map. Alternatively, the following GODEBUG environment variables are
 * currently supported:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	GODEBUG=http2client=0  # disable HTTP/2 client support
 * 	GODEBUG=http2server=0  # disable HTTP/2 server support
 * 	GODEBUG=http2debug=1   # enable verbose HTTP/2 debug logs
 * 	GODEBUG=http2debug=2   # ... even more verbose, with frame dumps
 * ```
 * 
 * The GODEBUG variables are not covered by Go's API compatibility
 * promise. Please report any issues before disabling HTTP/2
 * support: https://golang.org/s/http2bug
 * 
 * The http package's Transport and Server both automatically enable
 * HTTP/2 support for simple configurations. To enable HTTP/2 for more
 * complex configurations, to use lower-level HTTP/2 features, or to use
 * a newer version of Go's http2 package, import "golang.org/x/net/http2"
 * directly and use its ConfigureTransport and/or ConfigureServer
 * functions. Manually configuring HTTP/2 via the golang.org/x/net/http2
 * package takes precedence over the net/http package's built-in HTTP/2
 * support.
 */
namespace http {
 // @ts-ignore
 import mathrand = rand
 // @ts-ignore
 import urlpkg = url
 /**
  * A Handler responds to an HTTP request.
  * 
  * ServeHTTP should write reply headers and data to the ResponseWriter
  * and then return. Returning signals that the request is finished; it
  * is not valid to use the ResponseWriter or read from the
  * Request.Body after or concurrently with the completion of the
  * ServeHTTP call.
  * 
  * Depending on the HTTP client software, HTTP protocol version, and
  * any intermediaries between the client and the Go server, it may not
  * be possible to read from the Request.Body after writing to the
  * ResponseWriter. Cautious handlers should read the Request.Body
  * first, and then reply.
  * 
  * Except for reading the body, handlers should not modify the
  * provided Request.
  * 
  * If ServeHTTP panics, the server (the caller of ServeHTTP) assumes
  * that the effect of the panic was isolated to the active request.
  * It recovers the panic, logs a stack trace to the server error log,
  * and either closes the network connection or sends an HTTP/2
  * RST_STREAM, depending on the HTTP protocol. To abort a handler so
  * the client sees an interrupted response but the server doesn't log
  * an error, panic with the value ErrAbortHandler.
  */
 interface Handler {
  serveHTTP(_arg0: ResponseWriter, _arg1: Request): void
 }
 /**
  * A ConnState represents the state of a client connection to a server.
  * It's used by the optional Server.ConnState hook.
  */
 interface ConnState extends Number{}
 interface ConnState {
  string(): string
 }
}

/**
 * Package encoding defines interfaces shared by other packages that
 * convert data to and from byte-level and textual representations.
 * Packages that check for these interfaces include encoding/gob,
 * encoding/json, and encoding/xml. As a result, implementing an
 * interface once can make a type useful in multiple encodings.
 * Standard types that implement these interfaces include time.Time and net.IP.
 * The interfaces come in pairs that produce and consume encoded data.
 */
namespace encoding {
 /**
  * TextMarshaler is the interface implemented by an object that can
  * marshal itself into a textual form.
  * 
  * MarshalText encodes the receiver into UTF-8-encoded text and returns the result.
  */
 interface TextMarshaler {
  marshalText(): string
 }
 /**
  * TextUnmarshaler is the interface implemented by an object that can
  * unmarshal a textual representation of itself.
  * 
  * UnmarshalText must be able to decode the form generated by MarshalText.
  * UnmarshalText must copy the text if it wishes to retain the text
  * after returning.
  */
 interface TextUnmarshaler {
  unmarshalText(text: string): void
 }
}

/**
 * Package acme provides an implementation of the
 * Automatic Certificate Management Environment (ACME) spec,
 * most famously used by Let's Encrypt.
 * 
 * The initial implementation of this package was based on an early version
 * of the spec. The current implementation supports only the modern
 * RFC 8555 but some of the old API surface remains for compatibility.
 * While code using the old API will still compile, it will return an error.
 * Note the deprecation comments to update your code.
 * 
 * See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8555 for the spec.
 * 
 * Most common scenarios will want to use autocert subdirectory instead,
 * which provides automatic access to certificates from Let's Encrypt
 * and any other ACME-based CA.
 */
namespace acme {
 /**
  * Client is an ACME client.
  * 
  * The only required field is Key. An example of creating a client with a new key
  * is as follows:
  * 
  * ```
  * 	key, err := rsa.GenerateKey(rand.Reader, 2048)
  * 	if err != nil {
  * 		log.Fatal(err)
  * 	}
  * 	client := &Client{Key: key}
  * ```
  */
 interface Client {
  /**
   * Key is the account key used to register with a CA and sign requests.
   * Key.Public() must return a *rsa.PublicKey or *ecdsa.PublicKey.
   * 
   * The following algorithms are supported:
   * RS256, ES256, ES384 and ES512.
   * See RFC 7518 for more details about the algorithms.
   */
  key: crypto.Signer
  /**
   * HTTPClient optionally specifies an HTTP client to use
   * instead of http.DefaultClient.
   */
  httpClient?: http.Client
  /**
   * DirectoryURL points to the CA directory endpoint.
   * If empty, LetsEncryptURL is used.
   * Mutating this value after a successful call of Client's Discover method
   * will have no effect.
   */
  directoryURL: string
  /**
   * RetryBackoff computes the duration after which the nth retry of a failed request
   * should occur. The value of n for the first call on failure is 1.
   * The values of r and resp are the request and response of the last failed attempt.
   * If the returned value is negative or zero, no more retries are done and an error
   * is returned to the caller of the original method.
   * 
   * Requests which result in a 4xx client error are not retried,
   * except for 400 Bad Request due to "bad nonce" errors and 429 Too Many Requests.
   * 
   * If RetryBackoff is nil, a truncated exponential backoff algorithm
   * with the ceiling of 10 seconds is used, where each subsequent retry n
   * is done after either ("Retry-After" + jitter) or (2^n seconds + jitter),
   * preferring the former if "Retry-After" header is found in the resp.
   * The jitter is a random value up to 1 second.
   */
  retryBackoff: (n: number, r: http.Request, resp: http.Response) => time.Duration
  /**
   * UserAgent is prepended to the User-Agent header sent to the ACME server,
   * which by default is this package's name and version.
   * 
   * Reusable libraries and tools in particular should set this value to be
   * identifiable by the server, in case they are causing issues.
   */
  userAgent: string
  /**
   * KID is the key identifier provided by the CA. If not provided it will be
   * retrieved from the CA by making a call to the registration endpoint.
   */
  kid: KeyID
 }
 interface Client {
  /**
   * Discover performs ACME server discovery using c.DirectoryURL.
   * 
   * It caches successful result. So, subsequent calls will not result in
   * a network round-trip. This also means mutating c.DirectoryURL after successful call
   * of this method will have no effect.
   */
  discover(ctx: context.Context): Directory
 }
 interface Client {
  /**
   * CreateCert was part of the old version of ACME. It is incompatible with RFC 8555.
   * 
   * Deprecated: this was for the pre-RFC 8555 version of ACME. Callers should use CreateOrderCert.
   */
  createCert(ctx: context.Context, csr: string, exp: time.Duration, bundle: boolean): [Array<string>, string]
 }
 interface Client {
  /**
   * FetchCert retrieves already issued certificate from the given url, in DER format.
   * It retries the request until the certificate is successfully retrieved,
   * context is cancelled by the caller or an error response is received.
   * 
   * If the bundle argument is true, the returned value also contains the CA (issuer)
   * certificate chain.
   * 
   * FetchCert returns an error if the CA's response or chain was unreasonably large.
   * Callers are encouraged to parse the returned value to ensure the certificate is valid
   * and has expected features.
   */
  fetchCert(ctx: context.Context, url: string, bundle: boolean): Array<string>
 }
 interface Client {
  /**
   * RevokeCert revokes a previously issued certificate cert, provided in DER format.
   * 
   * The key argument, used to sign the request, must be authorized
   * to revoke the certificate. It's up to the CA to decide which keys are authorized.
   * For instance, the key pair of the certificate may be authorized.
   * If the key is nil, c.Key is used instead.
   */
  revokeCert(ctx: context.Context, key: crypto.Signer, cert: string, reason: CRLReasonCode): void
 }
 interface Client {
  /**
   * Register creates a new account with the CA using c.Key.
   * It returns the registered account. The account acct is not modified.
   * 
   * The registration may require the caller to agree to the CA's Terms of Service (TOS).
   * If so, and the account has not indicated the acceptance of the terms (see Account for details),
   * Register calls prompt with a TOS URL provided by the CA. Prompt should report
   * whether the caller agrees to the terms. To always accept the terms, the caller can use AcceptTOS.
   * 
   * When interfacing with an RFC-compliant CA, non-RFC 8555 fields of acct are ignored
   * and prompt is called if Directory's Terms field is non-zero.
   * Also see Error's Instance field for when a CA requires already registered accounts to agree
   * to an updated Terms of Service.
   */
  register(ctx: context.Context, acct: Account, prompt: (tosURL: string) => boolean): (Account | undefined)
 }
 interface Client {
  /**
   * GetReg retrieves an existing account associated with c.Key.
   * 
   * The url argument is a legacy artifact of the pre-RFC 8555 API
   * and is ignored.
   */
  getReg(ctx: context.Context, url: string): (Account | undefined)
 }
 interface Client {
  /**
   * UpdateReg updates an existing registration.
   * It returns an updated account copy. The provided account is not modified.
   * 
   * The account's URI is ignored and the account URL associated with
   * c.Key is used instead.
   */
  updateReg(ctx: context.Context, acct: Account): (Account | undefined)
 }
 interface Client {
  /**
   * AccountKeyRollover attempts to transition a client's account key to a new key.
   * On success client's Key is updated which is not concurrency safe.
   * On failure an error will be returned.
   * The new key is already registered with the ACME provider if the following is true:
   * ```
   *   - error is of type acme.Error
   *   - StatusCode should be 409 (Conflict)
   *   - Location header will have the KID of the associated account
   * ```
   * 
   * More about account key rollover can be found at
   * https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8555#section-7.3.5.
   */
  accountKeyRollover(ctx: context.Context, newKey: crypto.Signer): void
 }
 interface Client {
  /**
   * Authorize performs the initial step in the pre-authorization flow,
   * as opposed to order-based flow.
   * The caller will then need to choose from and perform a set of returned
   * challenges using c.Accept in order to successfully complete authorization.
   * 
   * Once complete, the caller can use AuthorizeOrder which the CA
   * should provision with the already satisfied authorization.
   * For pre-RFC CAs, the caller can proceed directly to requesting a certificate
   * using CreateCert method.
   * 
   * If an authorization has been previously granted, the CA may return
   * a valid authorization which has its Status field set to StatusValid.
   * 
   * More about pre-authorization can be found at
   * https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8555#section-7.4.1.
   */
  authorize(ctx: context.Context, domain: string): (Authorization | undefined)
 }
 interface Client {
  /**
   * AuthorizeIP is the same as Authorize but requests IP address authorization.
   * Clients which successfully obtain such authorization may request to issue
   * a certificate for IP addresses.
   * 
   * See the ACME spec extension for more details about IP address identifiers:
   * https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-acme-ip.
   */
  authorizeIP(ctx: context.Context, ipaddr: string): (Authorization | undefined)
 }
 interface Client {
  /**
   * GetAuthorization retrieves an authorization identified by the given URL.
   * 
   * If a caller needs to poll an authorization until its status is final,
   * see the WaitAuthorization method.
   */
  getAuthorization(ctx: context.Context, url: string): (Authorization | undefined)
 }
 interface Client {
  /**
   * RevokeAuthorization relinquishes an existing authorization identified
   * by the given URL.
   * The url argument is an Authorization.URI value.
   * 
   * If successful, the caller will be required to obtain a new authorization
   * using the Authorize or AuthorizeOrder methods before being able to request
   * a new certificate for the domain associated with the authorization.
   * 
   * It does not revoke existing certificates.
   */
  revokeAuthorization(ctx: context.Context, url: string): void
 }
 interface Client {
  /**
   * WaitAuthorization polls an authorization at the given URL
   * until it is in one of the final states, StatusValid or StatusInvalid,
   * the ACME CA responded with a 4xx error code, or the context is done.
   * 
   * It returns a non-nil Authorization only if its Status is StatusValid.
   * In all other cases WaitAuthorization returns an error.
   * If the Status is StatusInvalid, the returned error is of type *AuthorizationError.
   */
  waitAuthorization(ctx: context.Context, url: string): (Authorization | undefined)
 }
 interface Client {
  /**
   * GetChallenge retrieves the current status of an challenge.
   * 
   * A client typically polls a challenge status using this method.
   */
  getChallenge(ctx: context.Context, url: string): (Challenge | undefined)
 }
 interface Client {
  /**
   * Accept informs the server that the client accepts one of its challenges
   * previously obtained with c.Authorize.
   * 
   * The server will then perform the validation asynchronously.
   */
  accept(ctx: context.Context, chal: Challenge): (Challenge | undefined)
 }
 interface Client {
  /**
   * DNS01ChallengeRecord returns a DNS record value for a dns-01 challenge response.
   * A TXT record containing the returned value must be provisioned under
   * "_acme-challenge" name of the domain being validated.
   * 
   * The token argument is a Challenge.Token value.
   */
  dns01ChallengeRecord(token: string): string
 }
 interface Client {
  /**
   * HTTP01ChallengeResponse returns the response for an http-01 challenge.
   * Servers should respond with the value to HTTP requests at the URL path
   * provided by HTTP01ChallengePath to validate the challenge and prove control
   * over a domain name.
   * 
   * The token argument is a Challenge.Token value.
   */
  http01ChallengeResponse(token: string): string
 }
 interface Client {
  /**
   * HTTP01ChallengePath returns the URL path at which the response for an http-01 challenge
   * should be provided by the servers.
   * The response value can be obtained with HTTP01ChallengeResponse.
   * 
   * The token argument is a Challenge.Token value.
   */
  http01ChallengePath(token: string): string
 }
 interface Client {
  /**
   * TLSSNI01ChallengeCert creates a certificate for TLS-SNI-01 challenge response.
   * 
   * Deprecated: This challenge type is unused in both draft-02 and RFC versions of the ACME spec.
   */
  tlssni01ChallengeCert(token: string, ...opt: CertOption[]): [tls.Certificate, string]
 }
 interface Client {
  /**
   * TLSSNI02ChallengeCert creates a certificate for TLS-SNI-02 challenge response.
   * 
   * Deprecated: This challenge type is unused in both draft-02 and RFC versions of the ACME spec.
   */
  tlssni02ChallengeCert(token: string, ...opt: CertOption[]): [tls.Certificate, string]
 }
 interface Client {
  /**
   * TLSALPN01ChallengeCert creates a certificate for TLS-ALPN-01 challenge response.
   * Servers can present the certificate to validate the challenge and prove control
   * over a domain name. For more details on TLS-ALPN-01 see
   * https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-shoemaker-acme-tls-alpn-00#section-3
   * 
   * The token argument is a Challenge.Token value.
   * If a WithKey option is provided, its private part signs the returned cert,
   * and the public part is used to specify the signee.
   * If no WithKey option is provided, a new ECDSA key is generated using P-256 curve.
   * 
   * The returned certificate is valid for the next 24 hours and must be presented only when
   * the server name in the TLS ClientHello matches the domain, and the special acme-tls/1 ALPN protocol
   * has been specified.
   */
  tlsalpn01ChallengeCert(token: string, ...opt: CertOption[]): tls.Certificate
 }
 interface Client {
  /**
   * DeactivateReg permanently disables an existing account associated with c.Key.
   * A deactivated account can no longer request certificate issuance or access
   * resources related to the account, such as orders or authorizations.
   * 
   * It only works with CAs implementing RFC 8555.
   */
  deactivateReg(ctx: context.Context): void
 }
 interface Client {
  /**
   * AuthorizeOrder initiates the order-based application for certificate issuance,
   * as opposed to pre-authorization in Authorize.
   * It is only supported by CAs implementing RFC 8555.
   * 
   * The caller then needs to fetch each authorization with GetAuthorization,
   * identify those with StatusPending status and fulfill a challenge using Accept.
   * Once all authorizations are satisfied, the caller will typically want to poll
   * order status using WaitOrder until it's in StatusReady state.
   * To finalize the order and obtain a certificate, the caller submits a CSR with CreateOrderCert.
   */
  authorizeOrder(ctx: context.Context, id: Array<AuthzID>, ...opt: OrderOption[]): (Order | undefined)
 }
 interface Client {
  /**
   * GetOrder retrives an order identified by the given URL.
   * For orders created with AuthorizeOrder, the url value is Order.URI.
   * 
   * If a caller needs to poll an order until its status is final,
   * see the WaitOrder method.
   */
  getOrder(ctx: context.Context, url: string): (Order | undefined)
 }
 interface Client {
  /**
   * WaitOrder polls an order from the given URL until it is in one of the final states,
   * StatusReady, StatusValid or StatusInvalid, the CA responded with a non-retryable error
   * or the context is done.
   * 
   * It returns a non-nil Order only if its Status is StatusReady or StatusValid.
   * In all other cases WaitOrder returns an error.
   * If the Status is StatusInvalid, the returned error is of type *OrderError.
   */
  waitOrder(ctx: context.Context, url: string): (Order | undefined)
 }
 interface Client {
  /**
   * CreateOrderCert submits the CSR (Certificate Signing Request) to a CA at the specified URL.
   * The URL is the FinalizeURL field of an Order created with AuthorizeOrder.
   * 
   * If the bundle argument is true, the returned value also contain the CA (issuer)
   * certificate chain. Otherwise, only a leaf certificate is returned.
   * The returned URL can be used to re-fetch the certificate using FetchCert.
   * 
   * This method is only supported by CAs implementing RFC 8555. See CreateCert for pre-RFC CAs.
   * 
   * CreateOrderCert returns an error if the CA's response is unreasonably large.
   * Callers are encouraged to parse the returned value to ensure the certificate is valid and has the expected features.
   */
  createOrderCert(ctx: context.Context, url: string, csr: string, bundle: boolean): [Array<string>, string]
 }
 interface Client {
  /**
   * ListCertAlternates retrieves any alternate certificate chain URLs for the
   * given certificate chain URL. These alternate URLs can be passed to FetchCert
   * in order to retrieve the alternate certificate chains.
   * 
   * If there are no alternate issuer certificate chains, a nil slice will be
   * returned.
   */
  listCertAlternates(ctx: context.Context, url: string): Array<string>
 }
 /**
  * ExternalAccountBinding contains the data needed to form a request with
  * an external account binding.
  * See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8555#section-7.3.4 for more details.
  */
 interface ExternalAccountBinding {
  /**
   * KID is the Key ID of the symmetric MAC key that the CA provides to
   * identify an external account from ACME.
   */
  kid: string
  /**
   * Key is the bytes of the symmetric key that the CA provides to identify
   * the account. Key must correspond to the KID.
   */
  key: string
 }
 interface ExternalAccountBinding {
  string(): string
 }
}

/**
 * Package autocert provides automatic access to certificates from Let's Encrypt
 * and any other ACME-based CA.
 * 
 * This package is a work in progress and makes no API stability promises.
 */
namespace autocert {
 // @ts-ignore
 import mathrand = rand
 /**
  * HostPolicy specifies which host names the Manager is allowed to respond to.
  * It returns a non-nil error if the host should be rejected.
  * The returned error is accessible via tls.Conn.Handshake and its callers.
  * See Manager's HostPolicy field and GetCertificate method docs for more details.
  */
 interface HostPolicy {(ctx: context.Context, host: string): void }
 /**
  * Cache is used by Manager to store and retrieve previously obtained certificates
  * and other account data as opaque blobs.
  * 
  * Cache implementations should not rely on the key naming pattern. Keys can
  * include any printable ASCII characters, except the following: \/:*?"<>|
  */
 interface Cache {
  /**
   * Get returns a certificate data for the specified key.
   * If there's no such key, Get returns ErrCacheMiss.
   */
  get(ctx: context.Context, key: string): string
  /**
   * Put stores the data in the cache under the specified key.
   * Underlying implementations may use any data storage format,
   * as long as the reverse operation, Get, results in the original data.
   */
  put(ctx: context.Context, key: string, data: string): void
  /**
   * Delete removes a certificate data from the cache under the specified key.
   * If there's no such key in the cache, Delete returns nil.
   */
  delete(ctx: context.Context, key: string): void
 }
}

/**
 * Package driver defines interfaces to be implemented by database
 * drivers as used by package sql.
 * 
 * Most code should use package sql.
 * 
 * The driver interface has evolved over time. Drivers should implement
 * Connector and DriverContext interfaces.
 * The Connector.Connect and Driver.Open methods should never return ErrBadConn.
 * ErrBadConn should only be returned from Validator, SessionResetter, or
 * a query method if the connection is already in an invalid (e.g. closed) state.
 * 
 * All Conn implementations should implement the following interfaces:
 * Pinger, SessionResetter, and Validator.
 * 
 * If named parameters or context are supported, the driver's Conn should implement:
 * ExecerContext, QueryerContext, ConnPrepareContext, and ConnBeginTx.
 * 
 * To support custom data types, implement NamedValueChecker. NamedValueChecker
 * also allows queries to accept per-query options as a parameter by returning
 * ErrRemoveArgument from CheckNamedValue.
 * 
 * If multiple result sets are supported, Rows should implement RowsNextResultSet.
 * If the driver knows how to describe the types present in the returned result
 * it should implement the following interfaces: RowsColumnTypeScanType,
 * RowsColumnTypeDatabaseTypeName, RowsColumnTypeLength, RowsColumnTypeNullable,
 * and RowsColumnTypePrecisionScale. A given row value may also return a Rows
 * type, which may represent a database cursor value.
 * 
 * Before a connection is returned to the connection pool after use, IsValid is
 * called if implemented. Before a connection is reused for another query,
 * ResetSession is called if implemented. If a connection is never returned to the
 * connection pool but immediately reused, then ResetSession is called prior to
 * reuse but IsValid is not called.
 */
namespace driver {
 /**
  * Stmt is a prepared statement. It is bound to a Conn and not
  * used by multiple goroutines concurrently.
  */
 interface Stmt {
  /**
   * Close closes the statement.
   * 
   * As of Go 1.1, a Stmt will not be closed if it's in use
   * by any queries.
   * 
   * Drivers must ensure all network calls made by Close
   * do not block indefinitely (e.g. apply a timeout).
   */
  close(): void
  /**
   * NumInput returns the number of placeholder parameters.
   * 
   * If NumInput returns >= 0, the sql package will sanity check
   * argument counts from callers and return errors to the caller
   * before the statement's Exec or Query methods are called.
   * 
   * NumInput may also return -1, if the driver doesn't know
   * its number of placeholders. In that case, the sql package
   * will not sanity check Exec or Query argument counts.
   */
  numInput(): number
  /**
   * Exec executes a query that doesn't return rows, such
   * as an INSERT or UPDATE.
   * 
   * Deprecated: Drivers should implement StmtExecContext instead (or additionally).
   */
  exec(args: Array<Value>): Result
  /**
   * Query executes a query that may return rows, such as a
   * SELECT.
   * 
   * Deprecated: Drivers should implement StmtQueryContext instead (or additionally).
   */
  query(args: Array<Value>): Rows
 }
 /**
  * Tx is a transaction.
  */
 interface Tx {
  commit(): void
  rollback(): void
 }
}

namespace subscriptions {
}

/**
 * Package mail implements parsing of mail messages.
 * 
 * For the most part, this package follows the syntax as specified by RFC 5322 and
 * extended by RFC 6532.
 * Notable divergences:
 * ```
 *   - Obsolete address formats are not parsed, including addresses with
 *     embedded route information.
 *   - The full range of spacing (the CFWS syntax element) is not supported,
 *     such as breaking addresses across lines.
 *   - No unicode normalization is performed.
 *   - The special characters ()[]:;@\, are allowed to appear unquoted in names.
 * ```
 */
namespace mail {
 /**
  * Address represents a single mail address.
  * An address such as "Barry Gibbs <bg@example.com>" is represented
  * as Address{Name: "Barry Gibbs", Address: "bg@example.com"}.
  */
 interface Address {
  name: string // Proper name; may be empty.
  address: string // user@domain
 }
 interface Address {
  /**
   * String formats the address as a valid RFC 5322 address.
   * If the address's name contains non-ASCII characters
   * the name will be rendered according to RFC 2047.
   */
  string(): string
 }
}

namespace search {
}

/**
 * Package flag implements command-line flag parsing.
 * 
 * # Usage
 * 
 * Define flags using flag.String(), Bool(), Int(), etc.
 * 
 * This declares an integer flag, -n, stored in the pointer nFlag, with type *int:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	import "flag"
 * 	var nFlag = flag.Int("n", 1234, "help message for flag n")
 * ```
 * 
 * If you like, you can bind the flag to a variable using the Var() functions.
 * 
 * ```
 * 	var flagvar int
 * 	func init() {
 * 		flag.IntVar(&flagvar, "flagname", 1234, "help message for flagname")
 * 	}
 * ```
 * 
 * Or you can create custom flags that satisfy the Value interface (with
 * pointer receivers) and couple them to flag parsing by
 * 
 * ```
 * 	flag.Var(&flagVal, "name", "help message for flagname")
 * ```
 * 
 * For such flags, the default value is just the initial value of the variable.
 * 
 * After all flags are defined, call
 * 
 * ```
 * 	flag.Parse()
 * ```
 * 
 * to parse the command line into the defined flags.
 * 
 * Flags may then be used directly. If you're using the flags themselves,
 * they are all pointers; if you bind to variables, they're values.
 * 
 * ```
 * 	fmt.Println("ip has value ", *ip)
 * 	fmt.Println("flagvar has value ", flagvar)
 * ```
 * 
 * After parsing, the arguments following the flags are available as the
 * slice flag.Args() or individually as flag.Arg(i).
 * The arguments are indexed from 0 through flag.NArg()-1.
 * 
 * # Command line flag syntax
 * 
 * The following forms are permitted:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	-flag
 * 	--flag   // double dashes are also permitted
 * 	-flag=x
 * 	-flag x  // non-boolean flags only
 * ```
 * 
 * One or two dashes may be used; they are equivalent.
 * The last form is not permitted for boolean flags because the
 * meaning of the command
 * 
 * ```
 * 	cmd -x *
 * ```
 * 
 * where * is a Unix shell wildcard, will change if there is a file
 * called 0, false, etc. You must use the -flag=false form to turn
 * off a boolean flag.
 * 
 * Flag parsing stops just before the first non-flag argument
 * ("-" is a non-flag argument) or after the terminator "--".
 * 
 * Integer flags accept 1234, 0664, 0x1234 and may be negative.
 * Boolean flags may be:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	1, 0, t, f, T, F, true, false, TRUE, FALSE, True, False
 * ```
 * 
 * Duration flags accept any input valid for time.ParseDuration.
 * 
 * The default set of command-line flags is controlled by
 * top-level functions.  The FlagSet type allows one to define
 * independent sets of flags, such as to implement subcommands
 * in a command-line interface. The methods of FlagSet are
 * analogous to the top-level functions for the command-line
 * flag set.
 */
namespace flag {
 /**
  * Value is the interface to the dynamic value stored in a flag.
  * (The default value is represented as a string.)
  * 
  * If a Value has an IsBoolFlag() bool method returning true,
  * the command-line parser makes -name equivalent to -name=true
  * rather than using the next command-line argument.
  * 
  * Set is called once, in command line order, for each flag present.
  * The flag package may call the String method with a zero-valued receiver,
  * such as a nil pointer.
  */
 interface Value {
  string(): string
  set(_arg0: string): void
 }
 /**
  * ErrorHandling defines how FlagSet.Parse behaves if the parse fails.
  */
 interface ErrorHandling extends Number{}
}

/**
 * Package reflect implements run-time reflection, allowing a program to
 * manipulate objects with arbitrary types. The typical use is to take a value
 * with static type interface{} and extract its dynamic type information by
 * calling TypeOf, which returns a Type.
 * 
 * A call to ValueOf returns a Value representing the run-time data.
 * Zero takes a Type and returns a Value representing a zero value
 * for that type.
 * 
 * See "The Laws of Reflection" for an introduction to reflection in Go:
 * https://golang.org/doc/articles/laws_of_reflection.html
 */
namespace reflect {
 /**
  * A StructTag is the tag string in a struct field.
  * 
  * By convention, tag strings are a concatenation of
  * optionally space-separated key:"value" pairs.
  * Each key is a non-empty string consisting of non-control
  * characters other than space (U+0020 ' '), quote (U+0022 '"'),
  * and colon (U+003A ':').  Each value is quoted using U+0022 '"'
  * characters and Go string literal syntax.
  */
 interface StructTag extends String{}
 interface StructTag {
  /**
   * Get returns the value associated with key in the tag string.
   * If there is no such key in the tag, Get returns the empty string.
   * If the tag does not have the conventional format, the value
   * returned by Get is unspecified. To determine whether a tag is
   * explicitly set to the empty string, use Lookup.
   */
  get(key: string): string
 }
 interface StructTag {
  /**
   * Lookup returns the value associated with key in the tag string.
   * If the key is present in the tag the value (which may be empty)
   * is returned. Otherwise the returned value will be the empty string.
   * The ok return value reports whether the value was explicitly set in
   * the tag string. If the tag does not have the conventional format,
   * the value returned by Lookup is unspecified.
   */
  lookup(key: string): [string, boolean]
 }
 /**
  * Value is the reflection interface to a Go value.
  * 
  * Not all methods apply to all kinds of values. Restrictions,
  * if any, are noted in the documentation for each method.
  * Use the Kind method to find out the kind of value before
  * calling kind-specific methods. Calling a method
  * inappropriate to the kind of type causes a run time panic.
  * 
  * The zero Value represents no value.
  * Its IsValid method returns false, its Kind method returns Invalid,
  * its String method returns "<invalid Value>", and all other methods panic.
  * Most functions and methods never return an invalid value.
  * If one does, its documentation states the conditions explicitly.
  * 
  * A Value can be used concurrently by multiple goroutines provided that
  * the underlying Go value can be used concurrently for the equivalent
  * direct operations.
  * 
  * To compare two Values, compare the results of the Interface method.
  * Using == on two Values does not compare the underlying values
  * they represent.
  */
 type _subGvkYZ = flag
 interface Value extends _subGvkYZ {
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * Addr returns a pointer value representing the address of v.
   * It panics if CanAddr() returns false.
   * Addr is typically used to obtain a pointer to a struct field
   * or slice element in order to call a method that requires a
   * pointer receiver.
   */
  addr(): Value
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * Bool returns v's underlying value.
   * It panics if v's kind is not Bool.
   */
  bool(): boolean
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * Bytes returns v's underlying value.
   * It panics if v's underlying value is not a slice of bytes or
   * an addressable array of bytes.
   */
  bytes(): string
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * CanAddr reports whether the value's address can be obtained with Addr.
   * Such values are called addressable. A value is addressable if it is
   * an element of a slice, an element of an addressable array,
   * a field of an addressable struct, or the result of dereferencing a pointer.
   * If CanAddr returns false, calling Addr will panic.
   */
  canAddr(): boolean
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * CanSet reports whether the value of v can be changed.
   * A Value can be changed only if it is addressable and was not
   * obtained by the use of unexported struct fields.
   * If CanSet returns false, calling Set or any type-specific
   * setter (e.g., SetBool, SetInt) will panic.
   */
  canSet(): boolean
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * Call calls the function v with the input arguments in.
   * For example, if len(in) == 3, v.Call(in) represents the Go call v(in[0], in[1], in[2]).
   * Call panics if v's Kind is not Func.
   * It returns the output results as Values.
   * As in Go, each input argument must be assignable to the
   * type of the function's corresponding input parameter.
   * If v is a variadic function, Call creates the variadic slice parameter
   * itself, copying in the corresponding values.
   */
  call(_arg0: Array<Value>): Array<Value>
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * CallSlice calls the variadic function v with the input arguments in,
   * assigning the slice in[len(in)-1] to v's final variadic argument.
   * For example, if len(in) == 3, v.CallSlice(in) represents the Go call v(in[0], in[1], in[2]...).
   * CallSlice panics if v's Kind is not Func or if v is not variadic.
   * It returns the output results as Values.
   * As in Go, each input argument must be assignable to the
   * type of the function's corresponding input parameter.
   */
  callSlice(_arg0: Array<Value>): Array<Value>
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * Cap returns v's capacity.
   * It panics if v's Kind is not Array, Chan, Slice or pointer to Array.
   */
  cap(): number
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * Close closes the channel v.
   * It panics if v's Kind is not Chan.
   */
  close(): void
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * CanComplex reports whether Complex can be used without panicking.
   */
  canComplex(): boolean
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * Complex returns v's underlying value, as a complex128.
   * It panics if v's Kind is not Complex64 or Complex128
   */
  complex(): number
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * Elem returns the value that the interface v contains
   * or that the pointer v points to.
   * It panics if v's Kind is not Interface or Pointer.
   * It returns the zero Value if v is nil.
   */
  elem(): Value
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * Field returns the i'th field of the struct v.
   * It panics if v's Kind is not Struct or i is out of range.
   */
  field(i: number): Value
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * FieldByIndex returns the nested field corresponding to index.
   * It panics if evaluation requires stepping through a nil
   * pointer or a field that is not a struct.
   */
  fieldByIndex(index: Array<number>): Value
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * FieldByIndexErr returns the nested field corresponding to index.
   * It returns an error if evaluation requires stepping through a nil
   * pointer, but panics if it must step through a field that
   * is not a struct.
   */
  fieldByIndexErr(index: Array<number>): Value
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * FieldByName returns the struct field with the given name.
   * It returns the zero Value if no field was found.
   * It panics if v's Kind is not struct.
   */
  fieldByName(name: string): Value
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * FieldByNameFunc returns the struct field with a name
   * that satisfies the match function.
   * It panics if v's Kind is not struct.
   * It returns the zero Value if no field was found.
   */
  fieldByNameFunc(match: (_arg0: string) => boolean): Value
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * CanFloat reports whether Float can be used without panicking.
   */
  canFloat(): boolean
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * Float returns v's underlying value, as a float64.
   * It panics if v's Kind is not Float32 or Float64
   */
  float(): number
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * Index returns v's i'th element.
   * It panics if v's Kind is not Array, Slice, or String or i is out of range.
   */
  index(i: number): Value
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * CanInt reports whether Int can be used without panicking.
   */
  canInt(): boolean
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * Int returns v's underlying value, as an int64.
   * It panics if v's Kind is not Int, Int8, Int16, Int32, or Int64.
   */
  int(): number
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * CanInterface reports whether Interface can be used without panicking.
   */
  canInterface(): boolean
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * Interface returns v's current value as an interface{}.
   * It is equivalent to:
   * 
   * ```
   * 	var i interface{} = (v's underlying value)
   * ```
   * 
   * It panics if the Value was obtained by accessing
   * unexported struct fields.
   */
  interface(): any
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * InterfaceData returns a pair of unspecified uintptr values.
   * It panics if v's Kind is not Interface.
   * 
   * In earlier versions of Go, this function returned the interface's
   * value as a uintptr pair. As of Go 1.4, the implementation of
   * interface values precludes any defined use of InterfaceData.
   * 
   * Deprecated: The memory representation of interface values is not
   * compatible with InterfaceData.
   */
  interfaceData(): Array<number>
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * IsNil reports whether its argument v is nil. The argument must be
   * a chan, func, interface, map, pointer, or slice value; if it is
   * not, IsNil panics. Note that IsNil is not always equivalent to a
   * regular comparison with nil in Go. For example, if v was created
   * by calling ValueOf with an uninitialized interface variable i,
   * i==nil will be true but v.IsNil will panic as v will be the zero
   * Value.
   */
  isNil(): boolean
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * IsValid reports whether v represents a value.
   * It returns false if v is the zero Value.
   * If IsValid returns false, all other methods except String panic.
   * Most functions and methods never return an invalid Value.
   * If one does, its documentation states the conditions explicitly.
   */
  isValid(): boolean
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * IsZero reports whether v is the zero value for its type.
   * It panics if the argument is invalid.
   */
  isZero(): boolean
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * Kind returns v's Kind.
   * If v is the zero Value (IsValid returns false), Kind returns Invalid.
   */
  kind(): Kind
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * Len returns v's length.
   * It panics if v's Kind is not Array, Chan, Map, Slice, String, or pointer to Array.
   */
  len(): number
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * MapIndex returns the value associated with key in the map v.
   * It panics if v's Kind is not Map.
   * It returns the zero Value if key is not found in the map or if v represents a nil map.
   * As in Go, the key's value must be assignable to the map's key type.
   */
  mapIndex(key: Value): Value
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * MapKeys returns a slice containing all the keys present in the map,
   * in unspecified order.
   * It panics if v's Kind is not Map.
   * It returns an empty slice if v represents a nil map.
   */
  mapKeys(): Array<Value>
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * SetIterKey assigns to v the key of iter's current map entry.
   * It is equivalent to v.Set(iter.Key()), but it avoids allocating a new Value.
   * As in Go, the key must be assignable to v's type.
   */
  setIterKey(iter: MapIter): void
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * SetIterValue assigns to v the value of iter's current map entry.
   * It is equivalent to v.Set(iter.Value()), but it avoids allocating a new Value.
   * As in Go, the value must be assignable to v's type.
   */
  setIterValue(iter: MapIter): void
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * MapRange returns a range iterator for a map.
   * It panics if v's Kind is not Map.
   * 
   * Call Next to advance the iterator, and Key/Value to access each entry.
   * Next returns false when the iterator is exhausted.
   * MapRange follows the same iteration semantics as a range statement.
   * 
   * Example:
   * 
   * ```
   * 	iter := reflect.ValueOf(m).MapRange()
   * 	for iter.Next() {
   * 		k := iter.Key()
   * 		v := iter.Value()
   * 		...
   * 	}
   * ```
   */
  mapRange(): (MapIter | undefined)
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * Method returns a function value corresponding to v's i'th method.
   * The arguments to a Call on the returned function should not include
   * a receiver; the returned function will always use v as the receiver.
   * Method panics if i is out of range or if v is a nil interface value.
   */
  method(i: number): Value
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * NumMethod returns the number of methods in the value's method set.
   * 
   * For a non-interface type, it returns the number of exported methods.
   * 
   * For an interface type, it returns the number of exported and unexported methods.
   */
  numMethod(): number
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * MethodByName returns a function value corresponding to the method
   * of v with the given name.
   * The arguments to a Call on the returned function should not include
   * a receiver; the returned function will always use v as the receiver.
   * It returns the zero Value if no method was found.
   */
  methodByName(name: string): Value
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * NumField returns the number of fields in the struct v.
   * It panics if v's Kind is not Struct.
   */
  numField(): number
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * OverflowComplex reports whether the complex128 x cannot be represented by v's type.
   * It panics if v's Kind is not Complex64 or Complex128.
   */
  overflowComplex(x: number): boolean
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * OverflowFloat reports whether the float64 x cannot be represented by v's type.
   * It panics if v's Kind is not Float32 or Float64.
   */
  overflowFloat(x: number): boolean
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * OverflowInt reports whether the int64 x cannot be represented by v's type.
   * It panics if v's Kind is not Int, Int8, Int16, Int32, or Int64.
   */
  overflowInt(x: number): boolean
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * OverflowUint reports whether the uint64 x cannot be represented by v's type.
   * It panics if v's Kind is not Uint, Uintptr, Uint8, Uint16, Uint32, or Uint64.
   */
  overflowUint(x: number): boolean
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * Pointer returns v's value as a uintptr.
   * It returns uintptr instead of unsafe.Pointer so that
   * code using reflect cannot obtain unsafe.Pointers
   * without importing the unsafe package explicitly.
   * It panics if v's Kind is not Chan, Func, Map, Pointer, Slice, or UnsafePointer.
   * 
   * If v's Kind is Func, the returned pointer is an underlying
   * code pointer, but not necessarily enough to identify a
   * single function uniquely. The only guarantee is that the
   * result is zero if and only if v is a nil func Value.
   * 
   * If v's Kind is Slice, the returned pointer is to the first
   * element of the slice. If the slice is nil the returned value
   * is 0.  If the slice is empty but non-nil the return value is non-zero.
   * 
   * It's preferred to use uintptr(Value.UnsafePointer()) to get the equivalent result.
   */
  pointer(): number
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * Recv receives and returns a value from the channel v.
   * It panics if v's Kind is not Chan.
   * The receive blocks until a value is ready.
   * The boolean value ok is true if the value x corresponds to a send
   * on the channel, false if it is a zero value received because the channel is closed.
   */
  recv(): [Value, boolean]
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * Send sends x on the channel v.
   * It panics if v's kind is not Chan or if x's type is not the same type as v's element type.
   * As in Go, x's value must be assignable to the channel's element type.
   */
  send(x: Value): void
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * Set assigns x to the value v.
   * It panics if CanSet returns false.
   * As in Go, x's value must be assignable to v's type.
   */
  set(x: Value): void
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * SetBool sets v's underlying value.
   * It panics if v's Kind is not Bool or if CanSet() is false.
   */
  setBool(x: boolean): void
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * SetBytes sets v's underlying value.
   * It panics if v's underlying value is not a slice of bytes.
   */
  setBytes(x: string): void
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * SetComplex sets v's underlying value to x.
   * It panics if v's Kind is not Complex64 or Complex128, or if CanSet() is false.
   */
  setComplex(x: number): void
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * SetFloat sets v's underlying value to x.
   * It panics if v's Kind is not Float32 or Float64, or if CanSet() is false.
   */
  setFloat(x: number): void
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * SetInt sets v's underlying value to x.
   * It panics if v's Kind is not Int, Int8, Int16, Int32, or Int64, or if CanSet() is false.
   */
  setInt(x: number): void
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * SetLen sets v's length to n.
   * It panics if v's Kind is not Slice or if n is negative or
   * greater than the capacity of the slice.
   */
  setLen(n: number): void
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * SetCap sets v's capacity to n.
   * It panics if v's Kind is not Slice or if n is smaller than the length or
   * greater than the capacity of the slice.
   */
  setCap(n: number): void
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * SetMapIndex sets the element associated with key in the map v to elem.
   * It panics if v's Kind is not Map.
   * If elem is the zero Value, SetMapIndex deletes the key from the map.
   * Otherwise if v holds a nil map, SetMapIndex will panic.
   * As in Go, key's elem must be assignable to the map's key type,
   * and elem's value must be assignable to the map's elem type.
   */
  setMapIndex(key: Value): void
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * SetUint sets v's underlying value to x.
   * It panics if v's Kind is not Uint, Uintptr, Uint8, Uint16, Uint32, or Uint64, or if CanSet() is false.
   */
  setUint(x: number): void
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * SetPointer sets the unsafe.Pointer value v to x.
   * It panics if v's Kind is not UnsafePointer.
   */
  setPointer(x: number): void
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * SetString sets v's underlying value to x.
   * It panics if v's Kind is not String or if CanSet() is false.
   */
  setString(x: string): void
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * Slice returns v[i:j].
   * It panics if v's Kind is not Array, Slice or String, or if v is an unaddressable array,
   * or if the indexes are out of bounds.
   */
  slice(i: number): Value
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * Slice3 is the 3-index form of the slice operation: it returns v[i:j:k].
   * It panics if v's Kind is not Array or Slice, or if v is an unaddressable array,
   * or if the indexes are out of bounds.
   */
  slice3(i: number): Value
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * String returns the string v's underlying value, as a string.
   * String is a special case because of Go's String method convention.
   * Unlike the other getters, it does not panic if v's Kind is not String.
   * Instead, it returns a string of the form "<T value>" where T is v's type.
   * The fmt package treats Values specially. It does not call their String
   * method implicitly but instead prints the concrete values they hold.
   */
  string(): string
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * TryRecv attempts to receive a value from the channel v but will not block.
   * It panics if v's Kind is not Chan.
   * If the receive delivers a value, x is the transferred value and ok is true.
   * If the receive cannot finish without blocking, x is the zero Value and ok is false.
   * If the channel is closed, x is the zero value for the channel's element type and ok is false.
   */
  tryRecv(): [Value, boolean]
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * TrySend attempts to send x on the channel v but will not block.
   * It panics if v's Kind is not Chan.
   * It reports whether the value was sent.
   * As in Go, x's value must be assignable to the channel's element type.
   */
  trySend(x: Value): boolean
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * Type returns v's type.
   */
  type(): Type
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * CanUint reports whether Uint can be used without panicking.
   */
  canUint(): boolean
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * Uint returns v's underlying value, as a uint64.
   * It panics if v's Kind is not Uint, Uintptr, Uint8, Uint16, Uint32, or Uint64.
   */
  uint(): number
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * UnsafeAddr returns a pointer to v's data, as a uintptr.
   * It is for advanced clients that also import the "unsafe" package.
   * It panics if v is not addressable.
   * 
   * It's preferred to use uintptr(Value.Addr().UnsafePointer()) to get the equivalent result.
   */
  unsafeAddr(): number
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * UnsafePointer returns v's value as a unsafe.Pointer.
   * It panics if v's Kind is not Chan, Func, Map, Pointer, Slice, or UnsafePointer.
   * 
   * If v's Kind is Func, the returned pointer is an underlying
   * code pointer, but not necessarily enough to identify a
   * single function uniquely. The only guarantee is that the
   * result is zero if and only if v is a nil func Value.
   * 
   * If v's Kind is Slice, the returned pointer is to the first
   * element of the slice. If the slice is nil the returned value
   * is nil.  If the slice is empty but non-nil the return value is non-nil.
   */
  unsafePointer(): number
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * Convert returns the value v converted to type t.
   * If the usual Go conversion rules do not allow conversion
   * of the value v to type t, or if converting v to type t panics, Convert panics.
   */
  convert(t: Type): Value
 }
 interface Value {
  /**
   * CanConvert reports whether the value v can be converted to type t.
   * If v.CanConvert(t) returns true then v.Convert(t) will not panic.
   */
  canConvert(t: Type): boolean
 }
}

/**
 * Package fmt implements formatted I/O with functions analogous
 * to C's printf and scanf.  The format 'verbs' are derived from C's but
 * are simpler.
 * 
 * # Printing
 * 
 * The verbs:
 * 
 * General:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	%v	the value in a default format
 * 		when printing structs, the plus flag (%+v) adds field names
 * 	%#v	a Go-syntax representation of the value
 * 	%T	a Go-syntax representation of the type of the value
 * 	%%	a literal percent sign; consumes no value
 * ```
 * 
 * Boolean:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	%t	the word true or false
 * ```
 * 
 * Integer:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	%b	base 2
 * 	%c	the character represented by the corresponding Unicode code point
 * 	%d	base 10
 * 	%o	base 8
 * 	%O	base 8 with 0o prefix
 * 	%q	a single-quoted character literal safely escaped with Go syntax.
 * 	%x	base 16, with lower-case letters for a-f
 * 	%X	base 16, with upper-case letters for A-F
 * 	%U	Unicode format: U+1234; same as "U+%04X"
 * ```
 * 
 * Floating-point and complex constituents:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	%b	decimalless scientific notation with exponent a power of two,
 * 		in the manner of strconv.FormatFloat with the 'b' format,
 * 		e.g. -123456p-78
 * 	%e	scientific notation, e.g. -1.234456e+78
 * 	%E	scientific notation, e.g. -1.234456E+78
 * 	%f	decimal point but no exponent, e.g. 123.456
 * 	%F	synonym for %f
 * 	%g	%e for large exponents, %f otherwise. Precision is discussed below.
 * 	%G	%E for large exponents, %F otherwise
 * 	%x	hexadecimal notation (with decimal power of two exponent), e.g. -0x1.23abcp+20
 * 	%X	upper-case hexadecimal notation, e.g. -0X1.23ABCP+20
 * ```
 * 
 * String and slice of bytes (treated equivalently with these verbs):
 * 
 * ```
 * 	%s	the uninterpreted bytes of the string or slice
 * 	%q	a double-quoted string safely escaped with Go syntax
 * 	%x	base 16, lower-case, two characters per byte
 * 	%X	base 16, upper-case, two characters per byte
 * ```
 * 
 * Slice:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	%p	address of 0th element in base 16 notation, with leading 0x
 * ```
 * 
 * Pointer:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	%p	base 16 notation, with leading 0x
 * 	The %b, %d, %o, %x and %X verbs also work with pointers,
 * 	formatting the value exactly as if it were an integer.
 * ```
 * 
 * The default format for %v is:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	bool:                    %t
 * 	int, int8 etc.:          %d
 * 	uint, uint8 etc.:        %d, %#x if printed with %#v
 * 	float32, complex64, etc: %g
 * 	string:                  %s
 * 	chan:                    %p
 * 	pointer:                 %p
 * ```
 * 
 * For compound objects, the elements are printed using these rules, recursively,
 * laid out like this:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	struct:             {field0 field1 ...}
 * 	array, slice:       [elem0 elem1 ...]
 * 	maps:               map[key1:value1 key2:value2 ...]
 * 	pointer to above:   &{}, &[], &map[]
 * ```
 * 
 * Width is specified by an optional decimal number immediately preceding the verb.
 * If absent, the width is whatever is necessary to represent the value.
 * Precision is specified after the (optional) width by a period followed by a
 * decimal number. If no period is present, a default precision is used.
 * A period with no following number specifies a precision of zero.
 * Examples:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	%f     default width, default precision
 * 	%9f    width 9, default precision
 * 	%.2f   default width, precision 2
 * 	%9.2f  width 9, precision 2
 * 	%9.f   width 9, precision 0
 * ```
 * 
 * Width and precision are measured in units of Unicode code points,
 * that is, runes. (This differs from C's printf where the
 * units are always measured in bytes.) Either or both of the flags
 * may be replaced with the character '*', causing their values to be
 * obtained from the next operand (preceding the one to format),
 * which must be of type int.
 * 
 * For most values, width is the minimum number of runes to output,
 * padding the formatted form with spaces if necessary.
 * 
 * For strings, byte slices and byte arrays, however, precision
 * limits the length of the input to be formatted (not the size of
 * the output), truncating if necessary. Normally it is measured in
 * runes, but for these types when formatted with the %x or %X format
 * it is measured in bytes.
 * 
 * For floating-point values, width sets the minimum width of the field and
 * precision sets the number of places after the decimal, if appropriate,
 * except that for %g/%G precision sets the maximum number of significant
 * digits (trailing zeros are removed). For example, given 12.345 the format
 * %6.3f prints 12.345 while %.3g prints 12.3. The default precision for %e, %f
 * and %#g is 6; for %g it is the smallest number of digits necessary to identify
 * the value uniquely.
 * 
 * For complex numbers, the width and precision apply to the two
 * components independently and the result is parenthesized, so %f applied
 * to 1.2+3.4i produces (1.200000+3.400000i).
 * 
 * When formatting a single integer code point or a rune string (type []rune)
 * with %q, invalid Unicode code points are changed to the Unicode replacement
 * character, U+FFFD, as in strconv.QuoteRune.
 * 
 * Other flags:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	'+'	always print a sign for numeric values;
 * 		guarantee ASCII-only output for %q (%+q)
 * 	'-'	pad with spaces on the right rather than the left (left-justify the field)
 * 	'#'	alternate format: add leading 0b for binary (%#b), 0 for octal (%#o),
 * 		0x or 0X for hex (%#x or %#X); suppress 0x for %p (%#p);
 * 		for %q, print a raw (backquoted) string if strconv.CanBackquote
 * 		returns true;
 * 		always print a decimal point for %e, %E, %f, %F, %g and %G;
 * 		do not remove trailing zeros for %g and %G;
 * 		write e.g. U+0078 'x' if the character is printable for %U (%#U).
 * 	' '	(space) leave a space for elided sign in numbers (% d);
 * 		put spaces between bytes printing strings or slices in hex (% x, % X)
 * 	'0'	pad with leading zeros rather than spaces;
 * 		for numbers, this moves the padding after the sign;
 * 		ignored for strings, byte slices and byte arrays
 * ```
 * 
 * Flags are ignored by verbs that do not expect them.
 * For example there is no alternate decimal format, so %#d and %d
 * behave identically.
 * 
 * For each Printf-like function, there is also a Print function
 * that takes no format and is equivalent to saying %v for every
 * operand.  Another variant Println inserts blanks between
 * operands and appends a newline.
 * 
 * Regardless of the verb, if an operand is an interface value,
 * the internal concrete value is used, not the interface itself.
 * Thus:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	var i interface{} = 23
 * 	fmt.Printf("%v\n", i)
 * ```
 * 
 * will print 23.
 * 
 * Except when printed using the verbs %T and %p, special
 * formatting considerations apply for operands that implement
 * certain interfaces. In order of application:
 * 
 * 1. If the operand is a reflect.Value, the operand is replaced by the
 * concrete value that it holds, and printing continues with the next rule.
 * 
 * 2. If an operand implements the Formatter interface, it will
 * be invoked. In this case the interpretation of verbs and flags is
 * controlled by that implementation.
 * 
 * 3. If the %v verb is used with the # flag (%#v) and the operand
 * implements the GoStringer interface, that will be invoked.
 * 
 * If the format (which is implicitly %v for Println etc.) is valid
 * for a string (%s %q %v %x %X), the following two rules apply:
 * 
 * 4. If an operand implements the error interface, the Error method
 * will be invoked to convert the object to a string, which will then
 * be formatted as required by the verb (if any).
 * 
 * 5. If an operand implements method String() string, that method
 * will be invoked to convert the object to a string, which will then
 * be formatted as required by the verb (if any).
 * 
 * For compound operands such as slices and structs, the format
 * applies to the elements of each operand, recursively, not to the
 * operand as a whole. Thus %q will quote each element of a slice
 * of strings, and %6.2f will control formatting for each element
 * of a floating-point array.
 * 
 * However, when printing a byte slice with a string-like verb
 * (%s %q %x %X), it is treated identically to a string, as a single item.
 * 
 * To avoid recursion in cases such as
 * 
 * ```
 * 	type X string
 * 	func (x X) String() string { return Sprintf("<%s>", x) }
 * ```
 * 
 * convert the value before recurring:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	func (x X) String() string { return Sprintf("<%s>", string(x)) }
 * ```
 * 
 * Infinite recursion can also be triggered by self-referential data
 * structures, such as a slice that contains itself as an element, if
 * that type has a String method. Such pathologies are rare, however,
 * and the package does not protect against them.
 * 
 * When printing a struct, fmt cannot and therefore does not invoke
 * formatting methods such as Error or String on unexported fields.
 * 
 * # Explicit argument indexes
 * 
 * In Printf, Sprintf, and Fprintf, the default behavior is for each
 * formatting verb to format successive arguments passed in the call.
 * However, the notation [n] immediately before the verb indicates that the
 * nth one-indexed argument is to be formatted instead. The same notation
 * before a '*' for a width or precision selects the argument index holding
 * the value. After processing a bracketed expression [n], subsequent verbs
 * will use arguments n+1, n+2, etc. unless otherwise directed.
 * 
 * For example,
 * 
 * ```
 * 	fmt.Sprintf("%[2]d %[1]d\n", 11, 22)
 * ```
 * 
 * will yield "22 11", while
 * 
 * ```
 * 	fmt.Sprintf("%[3]*.[2]*[1]f", 12.0, 2, 6)
 * ```
 * 
 * equivalent to
 * 
 * ```
 * 	fmt.Sprintf("%6.2f", 12.0)
 * ```
 * 
 * will yield " 12.00". Because an explicit index affects subsequent verbs,
 * this notation can be used to print the same values multiple times
 * by resetting the index for the first argument to be repeated:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	fmt.Sprintf("%d %d %#[1]x %#x", 16, 17)
 * ```
 * 
 * will yield "16 17 0x10 0x11".
 * 
 * # Format errors
 * 
 * If an invalid argument is given for a verb, such as providing
 * a string to %d, the generated string will contain a
 * description of the problem, as in these examples:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	Wrong type or unknown verb: %!verb(type=value)
 * 		Printf("%d", "hi"):        %!d(string=hi)
 * 	Too many arguments: %!(EXTRA type=value)
 * 		Printf("hi", "guys"):      hi%!(EXTRA string=guys)
 * 	Too few arguments: %!verb(MISSING)
 * 		Printf("hi%d"):            hi%!d(MISSING)
 * 	Non-int for width or precision: %!(BADWIDTH) or %!(BADPREC)
 * 		Printf("%*s", 4.5, "hi"):  %!(BADWIDTH)hi
 * 		Printf("%.*s", 4.5, "hi"): %!(BADPREC)hi
 * 	Invalid or invalid use of argument index: %!(BADINDEX)
 * 		Printf("%*[2]d", 7):       %!d(BADINDEX)
 * 		Printf("%.[2]d", 7):       %!d(BADINDEX)
 * ```
 * 
 * All errors begin with the string "%!" followed sometimes
 * by a single character (the verb) and end with a parenthesized
 * description.
 * 
 * If an Error or String method triggers a panic when called by a
 * print routine, the fmt package reformats the error message
 * from the panic, decorating it with an indication that it came
 * through the fmt package.  For example, if a String method
 * calls panic("bad"), the resulting formatted message will look
 * like
 * 
 * ```
 * 	%!s(PANIC=bad)
 * ```
 * 
 * The %!s just shows the print verb in use when the failure
 * occurred. If the panic is caused by a nil receiver to an Error
 * or String method, however, the output is the undecorated
 * string, "<nil>".
 * 
 * # Scanning
 * 
 * An analogous set of functions scans formatted text to yield
 * values.  Scan, Scanf and Scanln read from os.Stdin; Fscan,
 * Fscanf and Fscanln read from a specified io.Reader; Sscan,
 * Sscanf and Sscanln read from an argument string.
 * 
 * Scan, Fscan, Sscan treat newlines in the input as spaces.
 * 
 * Scanln, Fscanln and Sscanln stop scanning at a newline and
 * require that the items be followed by a newline or EOF.
 * 
 * Scanf, Fscanf, and Sscanf parse the arguments according to a
 * format string, analogous to that of Printf. In the text that
 * follows, 'space' means any Unicode whitespace character
 * except newline.
 * 
 * In the format string, a verb introduced by the % character
 * consumes and parses input; these verbs are described in more
 * detail below. A character other than %, space, or newline in
 * the format consumes exactly that input character, which must
 * be present. A newline with zero or more spaces before it in
 * the format string consumes zero or more spaces in the input
 * followed by a single newline or the end of the input. A space
 * following a newline in the format string consumes zero or more
 * spaces in the input. Otherwise, any run of one or more spaces
 * in the format string consumes as many spaces as possible in
 * the input. Unless the run of spaces in the format string
 * appears adjacent to a newline, the run must consume at least
 * one space from the input or find the end of the input.
 * 
 * The handling of spaces and newlines differs from that of C's
 * scanf family: in C, newlines are treated as any other space,
 * and it is never an error when a run of spaces in the format
 * string finds no spaces to consume in the input.
 * 
 * The verbs behave analogously to those of Printf.
 * For example, %x will scan an integer as a hexadecimal number,
 * and %v will scan the default representation format for the value.
 * The Printf verbs %p and %T and the flags # and + are not implemented.
 * For floating-point and complex values, all valid formatting verbs
 * (%b %e %E %f %F %g %G %x %X and %v) are equivalent and accept
 * both decimal and hexadecimal notation (for example: "2.3e+7", "0x4.5p-8")
 * and digit-separating underscores (for example: "3.14159_26535_89793").
 * 
 * Input processed by verbs is implicitly space-delimited: the
 * implementation of every verb except %c starts by discarding
 * leading spaces from the remaining input, and the %s verb
 * (and %v reading into a string) stops consuming input at the first
 * space or newline character.
 * 
 * The familiar base-setting prefixes 0b (binary), 0o and 0 (octal),
 * and 0x (hexadecimal) are accepted when scanning integers
 * without a format or with the %v verb, as are digit-separating
 * underscores.
 * 
 * Width is interpreted in the input text but there is no
 * syntax for scanning with a precision (no %5.2f, just %5f).
 * If width is provided, it applies after leading spaces are
 * trimmed and specifies the maximum number of runes to read
 * to satisfy the verb. For example,
 * 
 * ```
 * 	Sscanf(" 1234567 ", "%5s%d", &s, &i)
 * ```
 * 
 * will set s to "12345" and i to 67 while
 * 
 * ```
 * 	Sscanf(" 12 34 567 ", "%5s%d", &s, &i)
 * ```
 * 
 * will set s to "12" and i to 34.
 * 
 * In all the scanning functions, a carriage return followed
 * immediately by a newline is treated as a plain newline
 * (\r\n means the same as \n).
 * 
 * In all the scanning functions, if an operand implements method
 * Scan (that is, it implements the Scanner interface) that
 * method will be used to scan the text for that operand.  Also,
 * if the number of arguments scanned is less than the number of
 * arguments provided, an error is returned.
 * 
 * All arguments to be scanned must be either pointers to basic
 * types or implementations of the Scanner interface.
 * 
 * Like Scanf and Fscanf, Sscanf need not consume its entire input.
 * There is no way to recover how much of the input string Sscanf used.
 * 
 * Note: Fscan etc. can read one character (rune) past the input
 * they return, which means that a loop calling a scan routine
 * may skip some of the input.  This is usually a problem only
 * when there is no space between input values.  If the reader
 * provided to Fscan implements ReadRune, that method will be used
 * to read characters.  If the reader also implements UnreadRune,
 * that method will be used to save the character and successive
 * calls will not lose data.  To attach ReadRune and UnreadRune
 * methods to a reader without that capability, use
 * bufio.NewReader.
 */
namespace fmt {
 /**
  * State represents the printer state passed to custom formatters.
  * It provides access to the io.Writer interface plus information about
  * the flags and options for the operand's format specifier.
  */
 interface State {
  /**
   * Write is the function to call to emit formatted output to be printed.
   */
  write(b: string): number
  /**
   * Width returns the value of the width option and whether it has been set.
   */
  width(): [number, boolean]
  /**
   * Precision returns the value of the precision option and whether it has been set.
   */
  precision(): [number, boolean]
  /**
   * Flag reports whether the flag c, a character, has been set.
   */
  flag(c: number): boolean
 }
 /**
  * ScanState represents the scanner state passed to custom scanners.
  * Scanners may do rune-at-a-time scanning or ask the ScanState
  * to discover the next space-delimited token.
  */
 interface ScanState {
  /**
   * ReadRune reads the next rune (Unicode code point) from the input.
   * If invoked during Scanln, Fscanln, or Sscanln, ReadRune() will
   * return EOF after returning the first '\n' or when reading beyond
   * the specified width.
   */
  readRune(): [string, number]
  /**
   * UnreadRune causes the next call to ReadRune to return the same rune.
   */
  unreadRune(): void
  /**
   * SkipSpace skips space in the input. Newlines are treated appropriately
   * for the operation being performed; see the package documentation
   * for more information.
   */
  skipSpace(): void
  /**
   * Token skips space in the input if skipSpace is true, then returns the
   * run of Unicode code points c satisfying f(c).  If f is nil,
   * !unicode.IsSpace(c) is used; that is, the token will hold non-space
   * characters. Newlines are treated appropriately for the operation being
   * performed; see the package documentation for more information.
   * The returned slice points to shared data that may be overwritten
   * by the next call to Token, a call to a Scan function using the ScanState
   * as input, or when the calling Scan method returns.
   */
  token(skipSpace: boolean, f: (_arg0: string) => boolean): string
  /**
   * Width returns the value of the width option and whether it has been set.
   * The unit is Unicode code points.
   */
  width(): [number, boolean]
  /**
   * Because ReadRune is implemented by the interface, Read should never be
   * called by the scanning routines and a valid implementation of
   * ScanState may choose always to return an error from Read.
   */
  read(buf: string): number
 }
}

/**
 * Package rand implements pseudo-random number generators unsuitable for
 * security-sensitive work.
 * 
 * Random numbers are generated by a Source. Top-level functions, such as
 * Float64 and Int, use a default shared Source that produces a deterministic
 * sequence of values each time a program is run. Use the Seed function to
 * initialize the default Source if different behavior is required for each run.
 * The default Source is safe for concurrent use by multiple goroutines, but
 * Sources created by NewSource are not.
 * 
 * This package's outputs might be easily predictable regardless of how it's
 * seeded. For random numbers suitable for security-sensitive work, see the
 * crypto/rand package.
 */
namespace rand {
 interface Rand {
  /**
   * ExpFloat64 returns an exponentially distributed float64 in the range
   * (0, +math.MaxFloat64] with an exponential distribution whose rate parameter
   * (lambda) is 1 and whose mean is 1/lambda (1).
   * To produce a distribution with a different rate parameter,
   * callers can adjust the output using:
   * 
   * ```
   * 	sample = ExpFloat64() / desiredRateParameter
   * ```
   */
  expFloat64(): number
 }
 interface Rand {
  /**
   * NormFloat64 returns a normally distributed float64 in
   * the range -math.MaxFloat64 through +math.MaxFloat64 inclusive,
   * with standard normal distribution (mean = 0, stddev = 1).
   * To produce a different normal distribution, callers can
   * adjust the output using:
   * 
   * ```
   * 	sample = NormFloat64() * desiredStdDev + desiredMean
   * ```
   */
  normFloat64(): number
 }
 /**
  * A Rand is a source of random numbers.
  */
 interface Rand {
 }
 interface Rand {
  /**
   * Seed uses the provided seed value to initialize the generator to a deterministic state.
   * Seed should not be called concurrently with any other Rand method.
   */
  seed(seed: number): void
 }
 interface Rand {
  /**
   * Int63 returns a non-negative pseudo-random 63-bit integer as an int64.
   */
  int63(): number
 }
 interface Rand {
  /**
   * Uint32 returns a pseudo-random 32-bit value as a uint32.
   */
  uint32(): number
 }
 interface Rand {
  /**
   * Uint64 returns a pseudo-random 64-bit value as a uint64.
   */
  uint64(): number
 }
 interface Rand {
  /**
   * Int31 returns a non-negative pseudo-random 31-bit integer as an int32.
   */
  int31(): number
 }
 interface Rand {
  /**
   * Int returns a non-negative pseudo-random int.
   */
  int(): number
 }
 interface Rand {
  /**
   * Int63n returns, as an int64, a non-negative pseudo-random number in the half-open interval [0,n).
   * It panics if n <= 0.
   */
  int63n(n: number): number
 }
 interface Rand {
  /**
   * Int31n returns, as an int32, a non-negative pseudo-random number in the half-open interval [0,n).
   * It panics if n <= 0.
   */
  int31n(n: number): number
 }
 interface Rand {
  /**
   * Intn returns, as an int, a non-negative pseudo-random number in the half-open interval [0,n).
   * It panics if n <= 0.
   */
  intn(n: number): number
 }
 interface Rand {
  /**
   * Float64 returns, as a float64, a pseudo-random number in the half-open interval [0.0,1.0).
   */
  float64(): number
 }
 interface Rand {
  /**
   * Float32 returns, as a float32, a pseudo-random number in the half-open interval [0.0,1.0).
   */
  float32(): number
 }
 interface Rand {
  /**
   * Perm returns, as a slice of n ints, a pseudo-random permutation of the integers
   * in the half-open interval [0,n).
   */
  perm(n: number): Array<number>
 }
 interface Rand {
  /**
   * Shuffle pseudo-randomizes the order of elements.
   * n is the number of elements. Shuffle panics if n < 0.
   * swap swaps the elements with indexes i and j.
   */
  shuffle(n: number, swap: (i: number) => void): void
 }
 interface Rand {
  /**
   * Read generates len(p) random bytes and writes them into p. It
   * always returns len(p) and a nil error.
   * Read should not be called concurrently with any other Rand method.
   */
  read(p: string): number
 }
}

/**
 * Package big implements arbitrary-precision arithmetic (big numbers).
 * The following numeric types are supported:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	Int    signed integers
 * 	Rat    rational numbers
 * 	Float  floating-point numbers
 * ```
 * 
 * The zero value for an Int, Rat, or Float correspond to 0. Thus, new
 * values can be declared in the usual ways and denote 0 without further
 * initialization:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	var x Int        // &x is an *Int of value 0
 * 	var r = &Rat{}   // r is a *Rat of value 0
 * 	y := new(Float)  // y is a *Float of value 0
 * ```
 * 
 * Alternatively, new values can be allocated and initialized with factory
 * functions of the form:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	func NewT(v V) *T
 * ```
 * 
 * For instance, NewInt(x) returns an *Int set to the value of the int64
 * argument x, NewRat(a, b) returns a *Rat set to the fraction a/b where
 * a and b are int64 values, and NewFloat(f) returns a *Float initialized
 * to the float64 argument f. More flexibility is provided with explicit
 * setters, for instance:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	var z1 Int
 * 	z1.SetUint64(123)                 // z1 := 123
 * 	z2 := new(Rat).SetFloat64(1.25)   // z2 := 5/4
 * 	z3 := new(Float).SetInt(z1)       // z3 := 123.0
 * ```
 * 
 * Setters, numeric operations and predicates are represented as methods of
 * the form:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	func (z *T) SetV(v V) *T          // z = v
 * 	func (z *T) Unary(x *T) *T        // z = unary x
 * 	func (z *T) Binary(x, y *T) *T    // z = x binary y
 * 	func (x *T) Pred() P              // p = pred(x)
 * ```
 * 
 * with T one of Int, Rat, or Float. For unary and binary operations, the
 * result is the receiver (usually named z in that case; see below); if it
 * is one of the operands x or y it may be safely overwritten (and its memory
 * reused).
 * 
 * Arithmetic expressions are typically written as a sequence of individual
 * method calls, with each call corresponding to an operation. The receiver
 * denotes the result and the method arguments are the operation's operands.
 * For instance, given three *Int values a, b and c, the invocation
 * 
 * ```
 * 	c.Add(a, b)
 * ```
 * 
 * computes the sum a + b and stores the result in c, overwriting whatever
 * value was held in c before. Unless specified otherwise, operations permit
 * aliasing of parameters, so it is perfectly ok to write
 * 
 * ```
 * 	sum.Add(sum, x)
 * ```
 * 
 * to accumulate values x in a sum.
 * 
 * (By always passing in a result value via the receiver, memory use can be
 * much better controlled. Instead of having to allocate new memory for each
 * result, an operation can reuse the space allocated for the result value,
 * and overwrite that value with the new result in the process.)
 * 
 * Notational convention: Incoming method parameters (including the receiver)
 * are named consistently in the API to clarify their use. Incoming operands
 * are usually named x, y, a, b, and so on, but never z. A parameter specifying
 * the result is named z (typically the receiver).
 * 
 * For instance, the arguments for (*Int).Add are named x and y, and because
 * the receiver specifies the result destination, it is called z:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	func (z *Int) Add(x, y *Int) *Int
 * ```
 * 
 * Methods of this form typically return the incoming receiver as well, to
 * enable simple call chaining.
 * 
 * Methods which don't require a result value to be passed in (for instance,
 * Int.Sign), simply return the result. In this case, the receiver is typically
 * the first operand, named x:
 * 
 * ```
 * 	func (x *Int) Sign() int
 * ```
 * 
 * Various methods support conversions between strings and corresponding
 * numeric values, and vice versa: *Int, *Rat, and *Float values implement
 * the Stringer interface for a (default) string representation of the value,
 * but also provide SetString methods to initialize a value from a string in
 * a variety of supported formats (see the respective SetString documentation).
 * 
 * Finally, *Int, *Rat, and *Float satisfy the fmt package's Scanner interface
 * for scanning and (except for *Rat) the Formatter interface for formatted
 * printing.
 */
namespace big {
 /**
  * A Word represents a single digit of a multi-precision unsigned integer.
  */
 interface Word extends Number{}
}

/**
 * Package asn1 implements parsing of DER-encoded ASN.1 data structures,
 * as defined in ITU-T Rec X.690.
 * 
 * See also “A Layman's Guide to a Subset of ASN.1, BER, and DER,”
 * http://luca.ntop.org/Teaching/Appunti/asn1.html.
 */
namespace asn1 {
 /**
  * BitString is the structure to use when you want an ASN.1 BIT STRING type. A
  * bit string is padded up to the nearest byte in memory and the number of
  * valid bits is recorded. Padding bits will be zero.
  */
 interface BitString {
  bytes: string // bits packed into bytes.
  bitLength: number // length in bits.
 }
 interface BitString {
  /**
   * At returns the bit at the given index. If the index is out of range it
   * returns false.
   */
  at(i: number): number
 }
 interface BitString {
  /**
   * RightAlign returns a slice where the padding bits are at the beginning. The
   * slice may share memory with the BitString.
   */
  rightAlign(): string
 }
}

/**
 * Package pkix contains shared, low level structures used for ASN.1 parsing
 * and serialization of X.509 certificates, CRL and OCSP.
 */
namespace pkix {
 /**
  * AlgorithmIdentifier represents the ASN.1 structure of the same name. See RFC
  * 5280, section 4.1.1.2.
  */
 interface AlgorithmIdentifier {
  algorithm: asn1.ObjectIdentifier
  parameters: asn1.RawValue
 }
 interface RDNSequence extends Array<RelativeDistinguishedNameSET>{}
 interface RDNSequence {
  /**
   * String returns a string representation of the sequence r,
   * roughly following the RFC 2253 Distinguished Names syntax.
   */
  string(): string
 }
 /**
  * AttributeTypeAndValue mirrors the ASN.1 structure of the same name in
  * RFC 5280, Section 4.1.2.4.
  */
 interface AttributeTypeAndValue {
  type: asn1.ObjectIdentifier
  value: any
 }
 /**
  * TBSCertificateList represents the ASN.1 structure of the same name. See RFC
  * 5280, section 5.1.
  * 
  * Deprecated: x509.RevocationList should be used instead.
  */
 interface TBSCertificateList {
  raw: asn1.RawContent
  version: number
  signature: AlgorithmIdentifier
  issuer: RDNSequence
  thisUpdate: time.Time
  nextUpdate: time.Time
  revokedCertificates: Array<RevokedCertificate>
  extensions: Array<Extension>
 }
}

/**
 * Package crypto collects common cryptographic constants.
 */
namespace crypto {
 /**
  * PrivateKey represents a private key using an unspecified algorithm.
  * 
  * Although this type is an empty interface for backwards compatibility reasons,
  * all private key types in the standard library implement the following interface
  * 
  * ```
  * 	interface{
  * 	    Public() crypto.PublicKey
  * 	    Equal(x crypto.PrivateKey) bool
  * 	}
  * ```
  * 
  * as well as purpose-specific interfaces such as Signer and Decrypter, which
  * can be used for increased type safety within applications.
  */
 interface PrivateKey extends _TygojaAny{}
 /**
  * Signer is an interface for an opaque private key that can be used for
  * signing operations. For example, an RSA key kept in a hardware module.
  */
 interface Signer {
  /**
   * Public returns the public key corresponding to the opaque,
   * private key.
   */
  public(): PublicKey
  /**
   * Sign signs digest with the private key, possibly using entropy from
   * rand. For an RSA key, the resulting signature should be either a
   * PKCS #1 v1.5 or PSS signature (as indicated by opts). For an (EC)DSA
   * key, it should be a DER-serialised, ASN.1 signature structure.
   * 
   * Hash implements the SignerOpts interface and, in most cases, one can
   * simply pass in the hash function used as opts. Sign may also attempt
   * to type assert opts to other types in order to obtain algorithm
   * specific values. See the documentation in each package for details.
   * 
   * Note that when a signature of a hash of a larger message is needed,
   * the caller is responsible for hashing the larger message and passing
   * the hash (as digest) and the hash function (as opts) to Sign.
   */
  sign(rand: io.Reader, digest: string, opts: SignerOpts): string
 }
}

/**
 * Copyright 2021 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
 * Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
 * license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
 */
/**
 * Package x509 parses X.509-encoded keys and certificates.
 */
namespace x509 {
 /**
  * CertPool is a set of certificates.
  */
 interface CertPool {
 }
 interface CertPool {
  /**
   * Clone returns a copy of s.
   */
  clone(): (CertPool | undefined)
 }
 interface CertPool {
  /**
   * AddCert adds a certificate to a pool.
   */
  addCert(cert: Certificate): void
 }
 interface CertPool {
  /**
   * AppendCertsFromPEM attempts to parse a series of PEM encoded certificates.
   * It appends any certificates found to s and reports whether any certificates
   * were successfully parsed.
   * 
   * On many Linux systems, /etc/ssl/cert.pem will contain the system wide set
   * of root CAs in a format suitable for this function.
   */
  appendCertsFromPEM(pemCerts: string): boolean
 }
 interface CertPool {
  /**
   * Subjects returns a list of the DER-encoded subjects of
   * all of the certificates in the pool.
   * 
   * Deprecated: if s was returned by SystemCertPool, Subjects
   * will not include the system roots.
   */
  subjects(): Array<string>
 }
 interface CertPool {
  /**
   * Equal reports whether s and other are equal.
   */
  equal(other: CertPool): boolean
 }
 // @ts-ignore
 import cryptobyte_asn1 = asn1
}

/**
 * Package tls partially implements TLS 1.2, as specified in RFC 5246,
 * and TLS 1.3, as specified in RFC 8446.
 */
namespace tls {
 /**
  * CurveID is the type of a TLS identifier for an elliptic curve. See
  * https://www.iana.org/assignments/tls-parameters/tls-parameters.xml#tls-parameters-8.
  * 
  * In TLS 1.3, this type is called NamedGroup, but at this time this library
  * only supports Elliptic Curve based groups. See RFC 8446, Section 4.2.7.
  */
 interface CurveID extends Number{}
 /**
  * ClientAuthType declares the policy the server will follow for
  * TLS Client Authentication.
  */
 interface ClientAuthType extends Number{}
 /**
  * ClientSessionCache is a cache of ClientSessionState objects that can be used
  * by a client to resume a TLS session with a given server. ClientSessionCache
  * implementations should expect to be called concurrently from different
  * goroutines. Up to TLS 1.2, only ticket-based resumption is supported, not
  * SessionID-based resumption. In TLS 1.3 they were merged into PSK modes, which
  * are supported via this interface.
  */
 interface ClientSessionCache {
  /**
   * Get searches for a ClientSessionState associated with the given key.
   * On return, ok is true if one was found.
   */
  get(sessionKey: string): [(ClientSessionState | undefined), boolean]
  /**
   * Put adds the ClientSessionState to the cache with the given key. It might
   * get called multiple times in a connection if a TLS 1.3 server provides
   * more than one session ticket. If called with a nil *ClientSessionState,
   * it should remove the cache entry.
   */
  put(sessionKey: string, cs: ClientSessionState): void
 }
 /**
  * SignatureScheme identifies a signature algorithm supported by TLS. See
  * RFC 8446, Section 4.2.3.
  */
 interface SignatureScheme extends Number{}
 /**
  * CertificateRequestInfo contains information from a server's
  * CertificateRequest message, which is used to demand a certificate and proof
  * of control from a client.
  */
 interface CertificateRequestInfo {
  /**
   * AcceptableCAs contains zero or more, DER-encoded, X.501
   * Distinguished Names. These are the names of root or intermediate CAs
   * that the server wishes the returned certificate to be signed by. An
   * empty slice indicates that the server has no preference.
   */
  acceptableCAs: Array<string>
  /**
   * SignatureSchemes lists the signature schemes that the server is
   * willing to verify.
   */
  signatureSchemes: Array<SignatureScheme>
  /**
   * Version is the TLS version that was negotiated for this connection.
   */
  version: number
 }
 interface CertificateRequestInfo {
  /**
   * Context returns the context of the handshake that is in progress.
   * This context is a child of the context passed to HandshakeContext,
   * if any, and is canceled when the handshake concludes.
   */
  context(): context.Context
 }
 /**
  * RenegotiationSupport enumerates the different levels of support for TLS
  * renegotiation. TLS renegotiation is the act of performing subsequent
  * handshakes on a connection after the first. This significantly complicates
  * the state machine and has been the source of numerous, subtle security
  * issues. Initiating a renegotiation is not supported, but support for
  * accepting renegotiation requests may be enabled.
  * 
  * Even when enabled, the server may not change its identity between handshakes
  * (i.e. the leaf certificate must be the same). Additionally, concurrent
  * handshake and application data flow is not permitted so renegotiation can
  * only be used with protocols that synchronise with the renegotiation, such as
  * HTTPS.
  * 
  * Renegotiation is not defined in TLS 1.3.
  */
 interface RenegotiationSupport extends Number{}
 interface CertificateRequestInfo {
  /**
   * SupportsCertificate returns nil if the provided certificate is supported by
   * the server that sent the CertificateRequest. Otherwise, it returns an error
   * describing the reason for the incompatibility.
   */
  supportsCertificate(c: Certificate): void
 }
 interface SignatureScheme {
  string(): string
 }
 interface CurveID {
  string(): string
 }
 interface ClientAuthType {
  string(): string
 }
}

/**
 * Package log implements a simple logging package. It defines a type, Logger,
 * with methods for formatting output. It also has a predefined 'standard'
 * Logger accessible through helper functions Print[f|ln], Fatal[f|ln], and
 * Panic[f|ln], which are easier to use than creating a Logger manually.
 * That logger writes to standard error and prints the date and time
 * of each logged message.
 * Every log message is output on a separate line: if the message being
 * printed does not end in a newline, the logger will add one.
 * The Fatal functions call os.Exit(1) after writing the log message.
 * The Panic functions call panic after writing the log message.
 */
namespace log {
}

/**
 * Package acme provides an implementation of the
 * Automatic Certificate Management Environment (ACME) spec,
 * most famously used by Let's Encrypt.
 * 
 * The initial implementation of this package was based on an early version
 * of the spec. The current implementation supports only the modern
 * RFC 8555 but some of the old API surface remains for compatibility.
 * While code using the old API will still compile, it will return an error.
 * Note the deprecation comments to update your code.
 * 
 * See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8555 for the spec.
 * 
 * Most common scenarios will want to use autocert subdirectory instead,
 * which provides automatic access to certificates from Let's Encrypt
 * and any other ACME-based CA.
 */
namespace acme {
 /**
  * KeyID is the account key identity provided by a CA during registration.
  */
 interface KeyID extends String{}
 /**
  * CRLReasonCode identifies the reason for a certificate revocation.
  */
 interface CRLReasonCode extends Number{}
 /**
  * Account is a user account. It is associated with a private key.
  * Non-RFC 8555 fields are empty when interfacing with a compliant CA.
  */
 interface Account {
  /**
   * URI is the account unique ID, which is also a URL used to retrieve
   * account data from the CA.
   * When interfacing with RFC 8555-compliant CAs, URI is the "kid" field
   * value in JWS signed requests.
   */
  uri: string
  /**
   * Contact is a slice of contact info used during registration.
   * See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8555#section-7.3 for supported
   * formats.
   */
  contact: Array<string>
  /**
   * Status indicates current account status as returned by the CA.
   * Possible values are StatusValid, StatusDeactivated, and StatusRevoked.
   */
  status: string
  /**
   * OrdersURL is a URL from which a list of orders submitted by this account
   * can be fetched.
   */
  ordersURL: string
  /**
   * The terms user has agreed to.
   * A value not matching CurrentTerms indicates that the user hasn't agreed
   * to the actual Terms of Service of the CA.
   * 
   * It is non-RFC 8555 compliant. Package users can store the ToS they agree to
   * during Client's Register call in the prompt callback function.
   */
  agreedTerms: string
  /**
   * Actual terms of a CA.
   * 
   * It is non-RFC 8555 compliant. Use Directory's Terms field.
   * When a CA updates their terms and requires an account agreement,
   * a URL at which instructions to do so is available in Error's Instance field.
   */
  currentTerms: string
  /**
   * Authz is the authorization URL used to initiate a new authz flow.
   * 
   * It is non-RFC 8555 compliant. Use Directory's AuthzURL or OrderURL.
   */
  authz: string
  /**
   * Authorizations is a URI from which a list of authorizations
   * granted to this account can be fetched via a GET request.
   * 
   * It is non-RFC 8555 compliant and is obsoleted by OrdersURL.
   */
  authorizations: string
  /**
   * Certificates is a URI from which a list of certificates
   * issued for this account can be fetched via a GET request.
   * 
   * It is non-RFC 8555 compliant and is obsoleted by OrdersURL.
   */
  certificates: string
  /**
   * ExternalAccountBinding represents an arbitrary binding to an account of
   * the CA which the ACME server is tied to.
   * See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8555#section-7.3.4 for more details.
   */
  externalAccountBinding?: ExternalAccountBinding
 }
 /**
  * Directory is ACME server discovery data.
  * See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8555#section-7.1.1 for more details.
  */
 interface Directory {
  /**
   * NonceURL indicates an endpoint where to fetch fresh nonce values from.
   */
  nonceURL: string
  /**
   * RegURL is an account endpoint URL, allowing for creating new accounts.
   * Pre-RFC 8555 CAs also allow modifying existing accounts at this URL.
   */
  regURL: string
  /**
   * OrderURL is used to initiate the certificate issuance flow
   * as described in RFC 8555.
   */
  orderURL: string
  /**
   * AuthzURL is used to initiate identifier pre-authorization flow.
   * Empty string indicates the flow is unsupported by the CA.
   */
  authzURL: string
  /**
   * CertURL is a new certificate issuance endpoint URL.
   * It is non-RFC 8555 compliant and is obsoleted by OrderURL.
   */
  certURL: string
  /**
   * RevokeURL is used to initiate a certificate revocation flow.
   */
  revokeURL: string
  /**
   * KeyChangeURL allows to perform account key rollover flow.
   */
  keyChangeURL: string
  /**
   * Term is a URI identifying the current terms of service.
   */
  terms: string
  /**
   * Website is an HTTP or HTTPS URL locating a website
   * providing more information about the ACME server.
   */
  website: string
  /**
   * CAA consists of lowercase hostname elements, which the ACME server
   * recognises as referring to itself for the purposes of CAA record validation
   * as defined in RFC 6844.
   */
  caa: Array<string>
  /**
   * ExternalAccountRequired indicates that the CA requires for all account-related
   * requests to include external account binding information.
   */
  externalAccountRequired: boolean
 }
 /**
  * Order represents a client's request for a certificate.
  * It tracks the request flow progress through to issuance.
  */
 interface Order {
  /**
   * URI uniquely identifies an order.
   */
  uri: string
  /**
   * Status represents the current status of the order.
   * It indicates which action the client should take.
   * 
   * Possible values are StatusPending, StatusReady, StatusProcessing, StatusValid and StatusInvalid.
   * Pending means the CA does not believe that the client has fulfilled the requirements.
   * Ready indicates that the client has fulfilled all the requirements and can submit a CSR
   * to obtain a certificate. This is done with Client's CreateOrderCert.
   * Processing means the certificate is being issued.
   * Valid indicates the CA has issued the certificate. It can be downloaded
   * from the Order's CertURL. This is done with Client's FetchCert.
   * Invalid means the certificate will not be issued. Users should consider this order
   * abandoned.
   */
  status: string
  /**
   * Expires is the timestamp after which CA considers this order invalid.
   */
  expires: time.Time
  /**
   * Identifiers contains all identifier objects which the order pertains to.
   */
  identifiers: Array<AuthzID>
  /**
   * NotBefore is the requested value of the notBefore field in the certificate.
   */
  notBefore: time.Time
  /**
   * NotAfter is the requested value of the notAfter field in the certificate.
   */
  notAfter: time.Time
  /**
   * AuthzURLs represents authorizations to complete before a certificate
   * for identifiers specified in the order can be issued.
   * It also contains unexpired authorizations that the client has completed
   * in the past.
   * 
   * Authorization objects can be fetched using Client's GetAuthorization method.
   * 
   * The required authorizations are dictated by CA policies.
   * There may not be a 1:1 relationship between the identifiers and required authorizations.
   * Required authorizations can be identified by their StatusPending status.
   * 
   * For orders in the StatusValid or StatusInvalid state these are the authorizations
   * which were completed.
   */
  authzURLs: Array<string>
  /**
   * FinalizeURL is the endpoint at which a CSR is submitted to obtain a certificate
   * once all the authorizations are satisfied.
   */
  finalizeURL: string
  /**
   * CertURL points to the certificate that has been issued in response to this order.
   */
  certURL: string
  /**
   * The error that occurred while processing the order as received from a CA, if any.
   */
  error?: Error
 }
 /**
  * OrderOption allows customizing Client.AuthorizeOrder call.
  */
 interface OrderOption {
 }
 /**
  * Authorization encodes an authorization response.
  */
 interface Authorization {
  /**
   * URI uniquely identifies a authorization.
   */
  uri: string
  /**
   * Status is the current status of an authorization.
   * Possible values are StatusPending, StatusValid, StatusInvalid, StatusDeactivated,
   * StatusExpired and StatusRevoked.
   */
  status: string
  /**
   * Identifier is what the account is authorized to represent.
   */
  identifier: AuthzID
  /**
   * The timestamp after which the CA considers the authorization invalid.
   */
  expires: time.Time
  /**
   * Wildcard is true for authorizations of a wildcard domain name.
   */
  wildcard: boolean
  /**
   * Challenges that the client needs to fulfill in order to prove possession
   * of the identifier (for pending authorizations).
   * For valid authorizations, the challenge that was validated.
   * For invalid authorizations, the challenge that was attempted and failed.
   * 
   * RFC 8555 compatible CAs require users to fuflfill only one of the challenges.
   */
  challenges: Array<(Challenge | undefined)>
  /**
   * A collection of sets of challenges, each of which would be sufficient
   * to prove possession of the identifier.
   * Clients must complete a set of challenges that covers at least one set.
   * Challenges are identified by their indices in the challenges array.
   * If this field is empty, the client needs to complete all challenges.
   * 
   * This field is unused in RFC 8555.
   */
  combinations: Array<Array<number>>
 }
 /**
  * AuthzID is an identifier that an account is authorized to represent.
  */
 interface AuthzID {
  type: string // The type of identifier, "dns" or "ip".
  value: string // The identifier itself, e.g. "example.org".
 }
 /**
  * Challenge encodes a returned CA challenge.
  * Its Error field may be non-nil if the challenge is part of an Authorization
  * with StatusInvalid.
  */
 interface Challenge {
  /**
   * Type is the challenge type, e.g. "http-01", "tls-alpn-01", "dns-01".
   */
  type: string
  /**
   * URI is where a challenge response can be posted to.
   */
  uri: string
  /**
   * Token is a random value that uniquely identifies the challenge.
   */
  token: string
  /**
   * Status identifies the status of this challenge.
   * In RFC 8555, possible values are StatusPending, StatusProcessing, StatusValid,
   * and StatusInvalid.
   */
  status: string
  /**
   * Validated is the time at which the CA validated this challenge.
   * Always zero value in pre-RFC 8555.
   */
  validated: time.Time
  /**
   * Error indicates the reason for an authorization failure
   * when this challenge was used.
   * The type of a non-nil value is *Error.
   */
  error: Error
 }
 /**
  * CertOption is an optional argument type for the TLS ChallengeCert methods for
  * customizing a temporary certificate for TLS-based challenges.
  */
 interface CertOption {
 }
}

/**
 * Package driver defines interfaces to be implemented by database
 * drivers as used by package sql.
 * 
 * Most code should use package sql.
 * 
 * The driver interface has evolved over time. Drivers should implement
 * Connector and DriverContext interfaces.
 * The Connector.Connect and Driver.Open methods should never return ErrBadConn.
 * ErrBadConn should only be returned from Validator, SessionResetter, or
 * a query method if the connection is already in an invalid (e.g. closed) state.
 * 
 * All Conn implementations should implement the following interfaces:
 * Pinger, SessionResetter, and Validator.
 * 
 * If named parameters or context are supported, the driver's Conn should implement:
 * ExecerContext, QueryerContext, ConnPrepareContext, and ConnBeginTx.
 * 
 * To support custom data types, implement NamedValueChecker. NamedValueChecker
 * also allows queries to accept per-query options as a parameter by returning
 * ErrRemoveArgument from CheckNamedValue.
 * 
 * If multiple result sets are supported, Rows should implement RowsNextResultSet.
 * If the driver knows how to describe the types present in the returned result
 * it should implement the following interfaces: RowsColumnTypeScanType,
 * RowsColumnTypeDatabaseTypeName, RowsColumnTypeLength, RowsColumnTypeNullable,
 * and RowsColumnTypePrecisionScale. A given row value may also return a Rows
 * type, which may represent a database cursor value.
 * 
 * Before a connection is returned to the connection pool after use, IsValid is
 * called if implemented. Before a connection is reused for another query,
 * ResetSession is called if implemented. If a connection is never returned to the
 * connection pool but immediately reused, then ResetSession is called prior to
 * reuse but IsValid is not called.
 */
namespace driver {
 /**
  * Result is the result of a query execution.
  */
 interface Result {
  /**
   * LastInsertId returns the database's auto-generated ID
   * after, for example, an INSERT into a table with primary
   * key.
   */
  lastInsertId(): number
  /**
   * RowsAffected returns the number of rows affected by the
   * query.
   */
  rowsAffected(): number
 }
 /**
  * Rows is an iterator over an executed query's results.
  */
 interface Rows {
  /**
   * Columns returns the names of the columns. The number of
   * columns of the result is inferred from the length of the
   * slice. If a particular column name isn't known, an empty
   * string should be returned for that entry.
   */
  columns(): Array<string>
  /**
   * Close closes the rows iterator.
   */
  close(): void
  /**
   * Next is called to populate the next row of data into
   * the provided slice. The provided slice will be the same
   * size as the Columns() are wide.
   * 
   * Next should return io.EOF when there are no more rows.
   * 
   * The dest should not be written to outside of Next. Care
   * should be taken when closing Rows not to modify
   * a buffer held in dest.
   */
  next(dest: Array<Value>): void
 }
}

/**
 * Package crypto collects common cryptographic constants.
 */
namespace crypto {
 /**
  * PublicKey represents a public key using an unspecified algorithm.
  * 
  * Although this type is an empty interface for backwards compatibility reasons,
  * all public key types in the standard library implement the following interface
  * 
  * ```
  * 	interface{
  * 	    Equal(x crypto.PublicKey) bool
  * 	}
  * ```
  * 
  * which can be used for increased type safety within applications.
  */
 interface PublicKey extends _TygojaAny{}
 /**
  * SignerOpts contains options for signing with a Signer.
  */
 interface SignerOpts {
  /**
   * HashFunc returns an identifier for the hash function used to produce
   * the message passed to Signer.Sign, or else zero to indicate that no
   * hashing was done.
   */
  hashFunc(): Hash
 }
}

/**
 * Package reflect implements run-time reflection, allowing a program to
 * manipulate objects with arbitrary types. The typical use is to take a value
 * with static type interface{} and extract its dynamic type information by
 * calling TypeOf, which returns a Type.
 * 
 * A call to ValueOf returns a Value representing the run-time data.
 * Zero takes a Type and returns a Value representing a zero value
 * for that type.
 * 
 * See "The Laws of Reflection" for an introduction to reflection in Go:
 * https://golang.org/doc/articles/laws_of_reflection.html
 */
namespace reflect {
 interface flag extends Number{}
 /**
  * A MapIter is an iterator for ranging over a map.
  * See Value.MapRange.
  */
 interface MapIter {
 }
 interface MapIter {
  /**
   * Key returns the key of iter's current map entry.
   */
  key(): Value
 }
 interface MapIter {
  /**
   * Value returns the value of iter's current map entry.
   */
  value(): Value
 }
 interface MapIter {
  /**
   * Next advances the map iterator and reports whether there is another
   * entry. It returns false when iter is exhausted; subsequent
   * calls to Key, Value, or Next will panic.
   */
  next(): boolean
 }
 interface MapIter {
  /**
   * Reset modifies iter to iterate over v.
   * It panics if v's Kind is not Map and v is not the zero Value.
   * Reset(Value{}) causes iter to not to refer to any map,
   * which may allow the previously iterated-over map to be garbage collected.
   */
  reset(v: Value): void
 }
}

/**
 * Package asn1 implements parsing of DER-encoded ASN.1 data structures,
 * as defined in ITU-T Rec X.690.
 * 
 * See also “A Layman's Guide to a Subset of ASN.1, BER, and DER,”
 * http://luca.ntop.org/Teaching/Appunti/asn1.html.
 */
namespace asn1 {
 /**
  * A RawValue represents an undecoded ASN.1 object.
  */
 interface RawValue {
  class: number
  isCompound: boolean
  bytes: string
  fullBytes: string // includes the tag and length
 }
 /**
  * RawContent is used to signal that the undecoded, DER data needs to be
  * preserved for a struct. To use it, the first field of the struct must have
  * this type. It's an error for any of the other fields to have this type.
  */
 interface RawContent extends String{}
}

/**
 * Package pkix contains shared, low level structures used for ASN.1 parsing
 * and serialization of X.509 certificates, CRL and OCSP.
 */
namespace pkix {
 interface RelativeDistinguishedNameSET extends Array<AttributeTypeAndValue>{}
}

/**
 * Package tls partially implements TLS 1.2, as specified in RFC 5246,
 * and TLS 1.3, as specified in RFC 8446.
 */
namespace tls {
 /**
  * ClientSessionState contains the state needed by clients to resume TLS
  * sessions.
  */
 interface ClientSessionState {
 }
}

/**
 * Package acme provides an implementation of the
 * Automatic Certificate Management Environment (ACME) spec,
 * most famously used by Let's Encrypt.
 * 
 * The initial implementation of this package was based on an early version
 * of the spec. The current implementation supports only the modern
 * RFC 8555 but some of the old API surface remains for compatibility.
 * While code using the old API will still compile, it will return an error.
 * Note the deprecation comments to update your code.
 * 
 * See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8555 for the spec.
 * 
 * Most common scenarios will want to use autocert subdirectory instead,
 * which provides automatic access to certificates from Let's Encrypt
 * and any other ACME-based CA.
 */
namespace acme {
 /**
  * Error is an ACME error, defined in Problem Details for HTTP APIs doc
  * http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-appsawg-http-problem.
  */
 interface Error {
  /**
   * StatusCode is The HTTP status code generated by the origin server.
   */
  statusCode: number
  /**
   * ProblemType is a URI reference that identifies the problem type,
   * typically in a "urn:acme:error:xxx" form.
   */
  problemType: string
  /**
   * Detail is a human-readable explanation specific to this occurrence of the problem.
   */
  detail: string
  /**
   * Instance indicates a URL that the client should direct a human user to visit
   * in order for instructions on how to agree to the updated Terms of Service.
   * In such an event CA sets StatusCode to 403, ProblemType to
   * "urn:ietf:params:acme:error:userActionRequired" and a Link header with relation
   * "terms-of-service" containing the latest TOS URL.
   */
  instance: string
  /**
   * Header is the original server error response headers.
   * It may be nil.
   */
  header: http.Header
  /**
   * Subproblems may contain more detailed information about the individual problems
   * that caused the error. This field is only sent by RFC 8555 compatible ACME
   * servers. Defined in RFC 8555 Section 6.7.1.
   */
  subproblems: Array<Subproblem>
 }
 interface Error {
  error(): string
 }
}

/**
 * Package crypto collects common cryptographic constants.
 */
namespace crypto {
 /**
  * Hash identifies a cryptographic hash function that is implemented in another
  * package.
  */
 interface Hash extends Number{}
 interface Hash {
  /**
   * HashFunc simply returns the value of h so that Hash implements SignerOpts.
   */
  hashFunc(): Hash
 }
 interface Hash {
  string(): string
 }
 interface Hash {
  /**
   * Size returns the length, in bytes, of a digest resulting from the given hash
   * function. It doesn't require that the hash function in question be linked
   * into the program.
   */
  size(): number
 }
 interface Hash {
  /**
   * New returns a new hash.Hash calculating the given hash function. New panics
   * if the hash function is not linked into the binary.
   */
  new(): hash.Hash
 }
 interface Hash {
  /**
   * Available reports whether the given hash function is linked into the binary.
   */
  available(): boolean
 }
}

/**
 * Package acme provides an implementation of the
 * Automatic Certificate Management Environment (ACME) spec,
 * most famously used by Let's Encrypt.
 * 
 * The initial implementation of this package was based on an early version
 * of the spec. The current implementation supports only the modern
 * RFC 8555 but some of the old API surface remains for compatibility.
 * While code using the old API will still compile, it will return an error.
 * Note the deprecation comments to update your code.
 * 
 * See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8555 for the spec.
 * 
 * Most common scenarios will want to use autocert subdirectory instead,
 * which provides automatic access to certificates from Let's Encrypt
 * and any other ACME-based CA.
 */
namespace acme {
 /**
  * A Subproblem describes an ACME subproblem as reported in an Error.
  */
 interface Subproblem {
  /**
   * Type is a URI reference that identifies the problem type,
   * typically in a "urn:acme:error:xxx" form.
   */
  type: string
  /**
   * Detail is a human-readable explanation specific to this occurrence of the problem.
   */
  detail: string
  /**
   * Instance indicates a URL that the client should direct a human user to visit
   * in order for instructions on how to agree to the updated Terms of Service.
   * In such an event CA sets StatusCode to 403, Type to
   * "urn:ietf:params:acme:error:userActionRequired", and adds a Link header with relation
   * "terms-of-service" containing the latest TOS URL.
   */
  instance: string
  /**
   * Identifier may contain the ACME identifier that the error is for.
   */
  identifier?: AuthzID
 }
 interface Subproblem {
  string(): string
 }
}

/**
 * Package hash provides interfaces for hash functions.
 */
namespace hash {
 /**
  * Hash is the common interface implemented by all hash functions.
  * 
  * Hash implementations in the standard library (e.g. hash/crc32 and
  * crypto/sha256) implement the encoding.BinaryMarshaler and
  * encoding.BinaryUnmarshaler interfaces. Marshaling a hash implementation
  * allows its internal state to be saved and used for additional processing
  * later, without having to re-write the data previously written to the hash.
  * The hash state may contain portions of the input in its original form,
  * which users are expected to handle for any possible security implications.
  * 
  * Compatibility: Any future changes to hash or crypto packages will endeavor
  * to maintain compatibility with state encoded using previous versions.
  * That is, any released versions of the packages should be able to
  * decode data written with any previously released version,
  * subject to issues such as security fixes.
  * See the Go compatibility document for background: https://golang.org/doc/go1compat
  */
 interface Hash {
  /**
   * Write (via the embedded io.Writer interface) adds more data to the running hash.
   * It never returns an error.
   */
  /**
   * Sum appends the current hash to b and returns the resulting slice.
   * It does not change the underlying hash state.
   */
  sum(b: string): string
  /**
   * Reset resets the Hash to its initial state.
   */
  reset(): void
  /**
   * Size returns the number of bytes Sum will return.
   */
  size(): number
  /**
   * BlockSize returns the hash's underlying block size.
   * The Write method must be able to accept any amount
   * of data, but it may operate more efficiently if all writes
   * are a multiple of the block size.
   */
  blockSize(): number
 }
}